-
1 Paul, Lewis
SUBJECT AREA: Textiles[br]d. April 1759 Brook Green, London, England[br]English inventor of hand carding machines and partner with Wyatt in early spinning machines.[br]Lewis Paul, apparently of French Huguenot extraction, was quite young when his father died. His father was Physician to Lord Shaftsbury, who acted as Lewis Paul's guardian. In 1728 Paul made a runaway match with a widow and apparently came into her property when she died a year later. He must have subsequently remarried. In 1732 he invented a pinking machine for making the edges of shrouds out of which he derived some profit.Why Paul went to Birmingham is unknown, but he helped finance some of Wyatt's earlier inventions. Judging by the later patents taken out by Paul, it is probable that he was the one interested in spinning, turning to Wyatt for help in the construction of his spinning machine because he had no mechanical skills. The two men may have been involved in this as early as 1733, although it is more likely that they began this work in 1735. Wyatt went to London to construct a model and in 1736 helped to apply for a patent, which was granted in 1738 in the name of Paul. The patent shows that Paul and Wyatt had a number of different ways of spinning in mind, but contains no drawings of the machines. In one part there is a description of sets of rollers to draw the cotton out more finely that could have been similar to those later used by Richard Arkwright. However, it would seem that Paul and Wyatt followed the other main method described, which might be called spindle drafting, where the fibres are drawn out between the nip of a pair of rollers and the tip of the spindle; this method is unsatisfactory for continuous spinning and results in an uneven yarn.The spinning venture was supported by Thomas Warren, a well-known Birmingham printer, Edward Cave of Gentleman's Magazine, Dr Robert James of fever-powder celebrity, Mrs Desmoulins, and others. Dr Samuel Johnson also took much interest. In 1741 a mill powered by two asses was equipped at the Upper Priory, Birmingham, with, machinery for spinning cotton being constructed by Wyatt. Licences for using the invention were sold to other people including Edward Cave, who established a mill at Northampton, so the enterprise seemed to have great promise. A spinning machine must be supplied with fibres suitably prepared, so carding machines had to be developed. Work was in hand on one in 1740 and in 1748 Paul took out another patent for two types of carding device, possibly prompted by the patent taken out by Daniel Bourn. Both of Paul's devices were worked by hand and the carded fibres were laid onto a strip of paper. The paper and fibres were then rolled up and placed in the spinning machine. In 1757 John Dyer wrote a poem entitled The Fleece, which describes a circular spinning machine of the type depicted in a patent taken out by Paul in 1758. Drawings in this patent show that this method of spinning was different from Arkwright's. Paul endeavoured to have the machine introduced into the Foundling Hospital, but his death in early 1759 stopped all further development. He was buried at Paddington on 30 April that year.[br]Bibliography1738, British patent no. 562 (spinning machine). 1748, British patent no. 636 (carding machine).1758, British patent no. 724 (circular spinning machine).Further ReadingG.J.French, 1859, The Life and Times of Samuel Crompton, London, App. This should be read in conjunction with R.L.Hills, 1970, Power in the Industrial Revolution, Manchester, which shows that the roller drafting system on Paul's later spinning machine worked on the wrong principles.A.P.Wadsworth and J.de L.Mann, 1931, The Cotton Trade and Industrial Lancashire, 1600–1780, Manchester (provides good coverage of the partnership of Paul and Wyatt and the early mills).E.Baines, 1835, History of the Cotton Manufacture in Great Britain, London (this publication must be mentioned, but is now out of date).A.Seymour-Jones, 1921, "The invention of roller drawing in cotton spinning", Transactions of the Newcomen Society 1 (a more modern account).RLH -
2 πνεῦμα
πνεῦμα, ατος, τό (πνέω; Aeschyl., Pre-Socr., Hdt.+. On the history of the word s. Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 308ff).① air in movement, blowing, breathing (even the glowing exhalations of a volcanic crater: Diod S 5, 7, 3)ⓐ wind (Aeschyl. et al.; LXX, EpArist, Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 343; 349; SibOr 8, 297) in wordplay τὸ πνεῦμα πνεῖ the wind blows J 3:8a (EpJer 60 πνεῦμα ἐν πάσῃ χώρᾳ πνεῖ. But s. TDonn, ET 66, ’54f, 32; JThomas, Restoration Qtrly 24, ’81, 219–24). ὀθόνη πλοίου ὑπὸ πνεύματος πληρουμένη MPol 15:2. Of God ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα who makes his angels winds Hb 1:7; 1 Cl 36:3 (both Ps 103:4).ⓑ the breathing out of air, blowing, breath (Aeschyl. et al.; Pla., Tim. 79b; LXX) ὁ ἄνομος, ὅν ὁ κύριος Ἰησοῦς ἀνελεῖ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 2 Th 2:8 (cp. Is 11:4; Ps 32:6).② that which animates or gives life to the body, breath, (life-)spirit (Aeschyl. et al.; Phoenix of Colophon 1, 16 [Coll. Alex. p. 231] πν.=a breathing entity [in contrast to becoming earth in death]; Polyb. 31, 10, 4; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 4 p. 394b, 8ff; PHib 5, 54 [III B.C.]; PGM 4, 538; 658; 2499; LXX; TestAbr A 17 p. 98, 19 [Stone p. 44] al.; JosAs 19:3; SibOr 4, 46; Tat. 4:2) ἀφιέναι τὸ πνεῦμα give up one’s spirit, breathe one’s last (Eur., Hec. 571; Porphyr., Vi. Plotini 2) Mt 27:50. J says for this παραδιδόναι τὸ πν. 19:3 (cp. ApcMos 31 ἀποδῶ τὸ πν.; Just., D. 105, 5). Of the return of the (life-)spirit of a deceased person into her dead body ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πν. αὐτῆς Lk 8:55 (cp. Jdg 15:19). εἰς χεῖράς σου παρατίθεμαι τὸ πν. μου into your hands I entrust my spirit 23:46 (Ps 30:6; for alleged focus on ἐλπίζειν s. EBons, BZ 38, ’94, 93–101). κύριε Ἰησοῦ, δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου Ac 7:59; composite of both passages AcPl Ha 10, 23 (cp. ApcMos 42). τὸ πν. μου ὁ δεσπότης δέξεται GJs 23:3 (on the pneuma flying upward after death cp. Epicharm. in Vorsokrat. 23 [=13, 4th ed.], B 9 and 22; Eur., Suppl. 533 πνεῦμα μὲν πρὸς αἰθέρα, τὸ σῶμα δʼ ἐς γῆν; PGM 1, 177ff τελευτήσαντός σου τὸ σῶμα περιστελεῖ, σοῦ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα … εἰς ἀέρα ἄξει σὺν αὑτῷ ‘when you are dead [the angel] will wrap your body … and take your spirit with him into the sky’). τὸ σῶμα χωρὶς πν. νεκρόν ἐστιν Js 2:26. πν. ζωῆς ἐκ τ. θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν ἐν αὐτοῖς (i.e. the prophet-witnesses who have been martyred) Rv 11:11 (cp. Ezk 37:10 v.l. εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτοὺς πνεῦμα ζωῆς; vs. 5). Of the spirit that animated the image of a beast, and enabled it to speak and to have Christians put to death 13:15.—After a person’s death, the πν. lives on as an independent being, in heaven πνεύματα δικαὶων τετελειωμένων Hb 12:23 (cp. Da 3:86 εὐλογεῖτε, πνεύματα καὶ ψυχαὶ δικαίων, τὸν κύριον). According to non-biblical sources, the πν. are in the netherworld (cp. En 22:3–13; Sib Or 7, 127) or in the air (PGM 1, 178), where evil spirits can prevent them from ascending higher (s. ἀήρ2b). τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν πορευθεὶς ἐκήρυξεν 1 Pt 3:19 belongs here if it refers to Jesus’ preaching to the spirits of the dead confined in Hades (so Usteri et al.; s. also JMcCulloch, The Harrowing of Hell, 1930), whether it be when he descended into Hades, or when he returned to heaven (so RBultmann, Bekenntnis u. Liedfragmente im 1 Pt: ConNeot11, ’47, 1–14).—CClemen, Niedergefahren zu den Toten 1900; JTurmel, La Descente du Christ aux enfers 1905; JMonnier, La Descente aux enfers 1906; HHoltzmann, ARW 11, 1908, 285–97; KGschwind, Die Niederfahrt Christi in die Unterwelt 1911; DPlooij, De Descensus in 1 Pt 3:19 en 4:6: TT 47, 1913, 145–62; JBernard, The Descent into Hades a Christian Baptism (on 1 Pt 3:19ff): Exp. 8th ser., 11, 1916, 241–74; CSchmidt, Gespräche Jesu mit seinen Jüngern: TU 43, 1919, 452ff; JFrings, BZ 17, 1926, 75–88; JKroll, Gott u. Hölle ’32; RGanschinietz, Katabasis: Pauly-W. X/2, 1919, 2359–449; Clemen2 89–96; WBieder, Die Vorstellung v. d. Höllenfahrt Jesu Chr. ’49; SJohnson, JBL 79, ’60, 48–51; WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits ’65. S. also the lit. in Windisch, Hdb.2 1930, exc. on 1 Pt 3:20; ESelwyn, The First Ep. of St. Peter ’46 and 4c below.—This is prob. also the place for θανατωθεὶς μὲν σαρκὶ ζωοποιηθεὶς δὲ πνεύματι• ἐν ᾧ καὶ … 1 Pt 3:18f (some mss. read πνεύματι instead of πνεύμασιν in vs. 19, evidently in ref. to the manner of Jesus’ movement; πνεῦμα is that part of Christ which, in contrast to σάρξ, did not pass away in death, but survived as an individual entity after death; s. ἐν 7). Likew. the contrast κατὰ σάρκα … κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 1:3f. Cp. 1 Ti 3:16.③ a part of human personality, spiritⓐ when used with σάρξ, the flesh, it denotes the immaterial part 2 Cor 7:1; Col 2:5. Flesh and spirit=the whole personality, in its outer and inner aspects, oft. in Ign.: IMg 1:2; 13:1a; ITr ins; 12:1; IRo ins; ISm 1:1; IPol 5:1; AcPl Ant 13, 18 (=Aa I 237, 3).—In the same sense beside σῶμα, the body (Simplicius, In Epict. p. 50, 1; Ps.-Phoc. 106f; PGM 1, 178) 1 Cor 5:3–5; 7:34.—The inner life of humans is divided into ψυχὴ καὶ πνεῦμα (cp. Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 10 p. 370c τὶ θεῖον ὄντως ἐνῆν πνεῦμα τῇ ψυχῇ=a divine spirit was actually in the soul; Wsd 15:11; Jos., Ant. 1, 34; Tat. 13, 2; 15, 1 et al.; Ath. 27, 1. S. also Herm. Wr. 10, 13; 16f; PGM 4, 627; 630. ἐκ τριῶν συνεστάναι λέγουσι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος καὶ πνεύματος Did., Gen. 55, 14) Hb 4:12. Cp. Phil 1:27. τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τὸ σῶμα 1 Th 5:23 (s. GMilligan, Thess. 1908, 78f; EvDobschütz in Meyer X7 1909, 230ff; EBurton, Spirit, Soul, and Flesh 1918; AFestugière, La Trichotomie des 1 Th 5:23 et la Philos. gr.: RSR 20, 1930, 385–415; CMasson, RTP 33, ’45, 97–102; FGrant, An Introd. to NT Thought ’50, 161–66). σαρκί, ψυχῇ, πνεύματι IPhld 11:2.ⓑ as the source and seat of insight, feeling, and will, gener. as the representative part of human inner life (cp. PGM 4, 627; 3 Km 20:5; Sir 9:9 al.; Just., D. 30, 1; Did., Gen. 232, 5) ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ Mk 2:8. ἀναστενάξας τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ λέγει 8:12 (s. ἀναστενάζω). ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πν. μου Lk 1:47 (in parallelism w. ψυχή vs. 46, as Sir 9:9). ἠγαλλιάσατο τῷ πν. 10:21 v.l., Ἰησοῦς ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πν. J 11:33 (s. ἐμβριμάομαι 3); Ἰης. ἐταράχθη τῷ πν. 13:21. παρωξύνετο τὸ πν. αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ Ac 17:16; ζέων τῷ πν. with spirit-fervor 18:25 (s. ζέω). τὸ παιδίον ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι Lk 1:80; 2:40 v.l.; ἔθετο ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῷ πν. Paul made up his mind Ac 19:21 (some would put this pass. in 6c, but cp. Lk 1:66 and analogous formulations Hom. et al. in L-S-J-M s.v. τίθημι A6). προσκυνήσουσιν τῷ πατρὶ ἐν πνεύματι of the spiritual, i.e. the pure, inner worship of God, that has nothing to do w. holy times, places, appurtenances, or ceremonies J 4:23; cp. vs. 24b. πν. συντετριμμένον (Ps 50:19) 1 Cl 18:17; 52:4.—2 Cl 20:4; Hv 3, 12, 2; 3, 13, 2.—This usage is also found in Paul. His conviction (s. 5 below) that the Christian possesses the (divine) πνεῦμα and thus is different fr. all other people, leads him to choose this word in preference to others, in order to characterize a believer’s inner being gener. ᾧ λατρεύω ἐν τῷ πν. μου Ro 1:9. οὐκ ἔσχηκα ἄνεσιν τῷ πν. μου 2 Cor 2:13. Cp. 7:13. As a matter of fact, it can mean simply a person’s very self or ego: τὸ πνεῦμα συμμαρτυρεῖ τῷ πνεύματι ἡμῶν the Spirit (of God) bears witness to our very self Ro 8:16 (cp. PGM 12, 327 ἠκούσθη μου τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπὸ πνεύματος οὐρανοῦ). ἀνέπαυσαν τὸ ἐμὸν πν. καὶ τὸ ὑμῶν they have refreshed both me and you 1 Cor 16:18. ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χρ. μετά τοῦ πν. (ὑμῶν) Gal 6:18; Phil 4:23; Phlm 25. Cp. 2 Ti 4:22. Likew. in Ign. τὸ ἐμὸν πν. my (unworthy) self IEph 18:1; IRo 9:3; cp. 1 Cor 2:11a—On the relation of the divine Spirit to the believer’s spiritual self, s. SWollenweider, Der Geist Gottes als Selbst der Glaubenden: ZTK 93, ’96, 163–92.—Only a part of the inner life, i.e. that which concerns the will, is meant in τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής Mt 26:41; Mk 14:38; Pol 7:2. That which is inferior, anxiety, fear of suffering, etc. is attributed to the σάρξ.—The mng. of the expr. οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι Mt 5:3 is difficult to determine w. certainty (cp. Pla., Ep. 7, 335a πένης ἀνὴρ τὴν ψυχήν. The dat. as τῇ ψυχῇ M. Ant. 6, 52; 8, 51). The sense is prob. those who are poor in their inner life, because they do not have a misdirected pride in their own spiritual riches (s. AKlöpper, Über den Sinn u. die ursprgl. Form der ersten Seligpreisung der Bergpredigt bei Mt: ZWT 37, 1894, 175–91; RKabisch, Die erste Seligpreisung: StKr 69, 1896, 195–215; KKöhler, Die ursprgl. Form der Seligpreisungen: StKr 91, 1918, 157–92; JBoehmer, De Schatkamer 17, 1923, 11–16, TT [Copenhagen] 4, 1924, 195–207, JBL 45, 1926, 298–304; WMacgregor, ET 39, 1928, 293–97; VMacchioro, JR 12, ’32, 40–49; EEvans, Theology 47, ’44, 55–60; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 134ff; Betz, SM 116 n. 178 for Qumran reff.).ⓒ spiritual state, state of mind, disposition ἐν ἀγάπῃ πνεύματί τε πραΰτητος with love and a gentle spirit 1 Cor 4:21; cp. Gal 6:1. τὸ πν. τοῦ νοὸς ὑμῶν Eph 4:23 (s. νοῦς 2a). ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ τοῦ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος with the imperishable (gift) of a quiet disposition 1 Pt 3:4.④ an independent noncorporeal being, in contrast to a being that can be perceived by the physical senses, spirit (ELangton, Good and Evil Spirits ’42).ⓐ God personally: πνεῦμα ὁ θεός J 4:24a (Ath. 16, 2; on God as a spirit, esp. in the Stoa, s. MPohlenz, D. Stoa ’48/49. Hdb. ad loc. Also Celsus 6, 71 [Stoic]; Herm. Wr. 18, 3 ἀκάματον μέν ἐστι πνεῦμα ὁ θεός).ⓑ good, or at least not expressly evil spirits or spirit-beings (cp. CIG III, 5858b δαίμονες καὶ πνεύματα; Proclus on Pla., Cratyl. p. 69, 6; 12 Pasqu.; En 15:4; 6; 8; 10; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 15f [Stone p. 10, 15f] πάντα τὰ ἐπουράνια πνεύματα; TestAbr B 13 p. 117, 26 [Stone p. 82] ὑψηλὸν πν.; PGM 3, 8 ἐπικαλοῦμαί σε, ἱερὸν πνεῦμα; 4, 1448; 3080; 12, 249) πνεῦμα w. ἄγγελος (cp. Jos., Ant. 4, 108; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 33; 8, 12) Ac 23:8f. God is ὁ παντὸς πνεύματος κτίστης καὶ ἐπίσκοπος 1 Cl 59:3b.—Pl., God the μόνος εὐεργέτης πνεύματων 1 Cl 59:3a. Cp. 64 (s. on this Num 16:22; 27:16. Prayers for vengeance fr. Rheneia [Dssm., LO 351–55=LAE 423ff=SIG 1181, 2] τὸν θεὸν τὸν κύριον τῶν πνευμάτων; PGM 5, 467 θεὸς θεῶν, ὁ κύριος τῶν πν.; sim. the magic pap PWarr 21, 24; 26 [III A.D.]); the πατὴρ τῶν πνευμάτων Hb 12:9. Intermediary beings (in polytheistic terminology: δαίμονες) that serve God are called λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα Hb 1:14. In Rv we read of the ἑπτὰ πνεύματα (τοῦ θεοῦ) 1:4; 3:1; 4:5; 5:6; s. ASkrinjar, Biblica 16, ’35, 1–24; 113–40.— Ghost Lk 24:37, 39.ⓒ evil spirits (PGM 13, 798; 36, 160; TestJob 27, 2; ApcSed [both Satan]; AscIs 3:28; Just., D. 39, 6 al.; Ath. 25, 3), esp. in accounts of healing in the Synoptics: (τὸ) πνεῦμα (τὸ) ἀκάθαρτον (Just., D. 82, 3) Mt 12:43; Mk 1:23, 26; 3:30; 5:2, 8; 7:25; 9:25a; Lk 8:29; 9:42; 11:24; Rv 18:2. Pl. (TestBenj 5:2) Mt 10:1; Mk 1:27; 3:11; 5:13; 6:7; Lk 4:36; 6:18; Ac 5:16; 8:7; Rv 16:13; ending of Mk in the Freer ms.—τὸ πν. τὸ πονηρόν Ac 19:15f. Pl. (En 99:7; TestSim 4:9; 6:6, TestJud 16:1; Just., D. 76, 6) Lk 7:21; 8:2; Ac 19:12f.—πν. ἄλαλον Mk 9:17; cp. vs. 25b (s. ἄλαλος). πν. πύθων Ac 16:16 (s. πύθων). πν. ἀσθενείας Lk 13:11. Cp. 1 Ti 4:1b. πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου (s. δαιμόνιον 2) Lk 4:33. πνεύματα δαιμονίων Rv 16:14 (in effect = personified ‘exhalations’ of evil powers; for the combination of πν. and δαιμ. cp. the love spell Sb 4324, 16f τὰ πνεύματα τῶν δαιμόνων τούτων).—Abs. of a harmful spirit Mk 9:20; Lk 9:39; Ac 16:18. Pl. Mt 8:16; 12:45; Lk 10:20; 11:26.—1 Pt 3:19 (s. 2 above) belongs here if the πνεύματα refer to hostile spirit-powers, evil spirits, fallen angels (so FSpitta, Christi Predigt an die Geister 1890; HGunkel, Zum religionsgesch. Verständnis des NT 1903, 72f; WBousset, ZNW 19, 1920, 50–66; Rtzst., Herr der Grösse 1919, 25ff; Knopf, Windisch, FHauck ad loc.; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism ’46, esp. 54–56, 69).—Hermas also has the concept of evil spirits that lead an independent existence, and live and reign within the inner life of a pers.; the Holy Spirit, who also lives or would like to live there, is forced out by them (cp. TestDan 4) Hm 5, 1, 2–4; 5, 2, 5–8; 10, 1, 2. τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον … ἕτερον πονηρὸν πν. 5, 1, 2. These πνεύματα are ὀξυχολία 5, 1, 3; 5, 2, 8 (τὸ πονηρότατον πν.); 10, 1, 2; διψυχία 9:11 (ἐπίγειον πν. ἐστι παρὰ τοῦ διαβόλου); 10, 1, 2; λύπη 10, 1, 2 (πάντων τῶν πνευμάτων πονηροτέρα) and other vices. On the complicated pneuma-concept of the Mandates of Hermas s. MDibelius, Hdb. exc. on Hm 5, 2, 7; cp. Leutzsch, Hermas 453f n. 133.⑤ God’s being as controlling influence, with focus on association with humans, Spirit, spirit as that which differentiates God fr. everything that is not God, as the divine power that produces all divine existence, as the divine element in which all divine life is carried on, as the bearer of every application of the divine will. All those who belong to God possess or receive this spirit and hence have a share in God’s life. This spirit also serves to distinguish Christians fr. all unbelievers (cp. PGM 4, 1121ff, where the spirit is greeted as one who enters devotees and, in accordance w. God’s will, separates them fr. themselves, i.e. fr. the purely human part of their nature); for this latter aspect s. esp. 6 below.ⓐ the Spirit of God, of the Lord (=God) etc. (LXX; TestSim 4:4; JosAs 8:11; ApcSed 14:6; 15:6; ApcMos 43; SibOr 3, 701; Ps.-Phoc. 106; Philo; Joseph. [s. c below]; apolog. Cp. Plut., Numa 4, 6 πνεῦμα θεοῦ, capable of begetting children; s. παρθένος a) τὸ πν. τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:11b, 14; 3:16; 6:11; 1J 4:2a (Just., D. 49, 3; Tat. 13, 3; Ath. 22, 3). τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πν. 1 Pt 4:14 (Just., A I, 60, 6). τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12b. τὸ πν. κυρίου Ac 5:9; B 6:14; B 9:2 (cp. Mel., P. 32, 222). τὸ πνεῦμά μου or αὐτοῦ: Mt 12:18 (Is 42:1); Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f.—Cp. 1QS 4:21); 1 Cor 2:10a v.l.; Eph 3:16; 1 Th 4:8 (where τὸ ἅγιον is added); 1J 4:13.—τὸ πν. τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν Mt 10:20. τὸ πν. τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν Ro 8:11a.—Without the art. πν. θεοῦ (JosAs 4:9; Tat. 15:3; Theoph. Ant. 1, 5 [p. 66, 18]) the Spirit of God Mt 3:16; 12:28; Ro 8:9b, 14, 19; 1 Cor 7:40; 12:3a; 2 Cor 3:3 (πν. θεοῦ ζῶντος); Phil 3:3. πν. κυρίου Lk 4:18 (Is 61:1); Ac 8:39 (like J 3:8; 20:22; Ac 2:4, this pass. belongs on the borderline betw. the mngs. ‘wind’ and ‘spirit’; cp. Diod S 3, 60, 3 Ἕσπερον ἐξαίφνης ὑπὸ πνευμάτων συναρπαγέντα μεγάλων ἄφαντον γενέσθαι ‘Hesperus [a son of Atlas] was suddenly snatched by strong winds and vanished fr. sight’. S. HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919, 19ff; OCullmann, TZ. 4, ’48, 364); 1 Cl 21:2.ⓑ the Spirit of Christ, of the Lord (=Christ) etc. τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ Ac 16:7. τὸ πν. Χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:32. τὸ ἐν αὐτοῖς πν. Χριστοῦ 1 Pt 1:11. πν. Χριστοῦ Ro 8:9c. πν. τοῦ Χριστοῦ AcPl Ha 8, 18. ἀπὸ τοῦ πν. τοῦ χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:10. τὸ πν. Ἰης. Χριστοῦ Phil 1:19. τὸ πν. κυρίου 2 Cor 3:17b (JHermann, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61). τὸ πν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ (=θεοῦ) Gal 4:6. As possessor of the divine Spirit, and at the same time controlling its distribution among humans, Christ is called κύριος πνεύματος Lord of the Spirit 2 Cor 3:18 (s. Windisch ad loc.); but many prefer to transl. from the Lord who is the Spirit.—CMoule, OCullmann Festschr., ’72, 231–37.ⓒ Because of its heavenly origin and nature this Spirit is called (the) Holy Spirit (cp. PGM 4, 510 ἵνα πνεύσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸ ἱερὸν πνεῦμα.—Neither Philo nor Josephus called the Spirit πν. ἅγιον; the former used θεῖον or θεοῦ πν., the latter πν. θεῖον: Ant. 4, 118; 8, 408; 10, 239; but ἅγιον πνεῦμα Orig. C. Cels 1, 40, 16).α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον (Is 63:10f; Ps 50:13; 142:10 v.l.; cp. Sus 45 Theod.; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 10 [Stone p. 10]; JosAs 8:11 [codd. ADE]; AscIs 3, 15, 26; Just., D. 36, 6 al.) Mt 12:32 = Mk 3:29 = Lk 12:10 (τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα; on the ‘sin against the Holy Spirit’ s. HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 96–112; AFridrichsen, Le péché contre le Saint-Esprit: RHPR 3, 1923, 367–72). Mk 12:36; 13:11; Lk 2:26; 3:22; 10:21; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; 2:33; 5:3, 32; 7:51; 8:18 v.l.; 10:44, 47; 11:15; 13:2; 15:8, 28; 19:6; 20:23, 28; 21:11; 28:25; Eph 1:13 (τὸ πν. τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τὸ ἅγιον); 4:30 (τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον τοῦ θεοῦ); Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15; 1 Cl 13:1; 16:2; 18:11 (Ps 50:13); 22:1; IEph 9:1; Hs 5, 5, 2; 5, 6, 5–7 (on the relationship of the Holy Spirit to the Son in Hermas s. ALink, Christi Person u. Werk im Hirten des Hermas 1886; JvWalter, ZNW 14, 1913, 133–44; MDibelius, Hdb. exc. following Hs 5, 6, 8 p. 572–76).—τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα (Wsd 9:17; OdeSol 11:2; TestJob 51:2; ApcEsdr 7:16; Just. D. 25, 1 al.) Mt 28:19; Lk 12:10 (s. above), 12; Ac 1:8; 2:38 (epexegetic gen.); 4:31; 9:31; 10:45; 13:4; 16:6; 1 Cor 6:19; 2 Cor 13:13; 1J 5:7 v.l. (on the Comma Johanneum s. λόγο 3); GJs 24:4 (s. χρηματίζω 1bα). As the mother of Jesus GHb 20, 61 (HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 64ff; SHirsch, D. Vorstellg. v. e. weibl. πνεῦμα ἅγ. im NT u. in d. ältesten christl. Lit. 1927. Also WBousset, Hauptprobleme der Gnosis 1907, 9ff).β. without the art. (s. B-D-F §257, 2; Rob. 761; 795) πνεῦμα ἅγιον (PGM 3, 289; Da 5:12 LXX; PsSol 17:37; AssMos Fgm. b; Just., D. 4, 1 al.; Ath. 24, 1. S. also Da Theod. 4:8, 9, 18 θεοῦ πνεῦμα ἅγιον or πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἅγιον) Mk 1:8; Lk 1:15, 35, 41, 67; 2:25; 4:1; 11:13; J 20:22 (Cassien, La pentecôte johannique [J 20:19–23] ’39.—See also 1QS 4:20f); Ac 2:4a; 4:8; 7:55; 8:15, 17, 19; 9:17; 10:38; 11:24; 13:9; 19:2ab; Hb 2:4; 6:4; 1 Pt 1:12 v.l.; 1 Cl 2:2; AcPl 6:18; 9:4 (restored after Aa I 110, 11); AcPlCor 2:5.—So oft. in combination w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου Ac 1:2; 4:25; Ro 5:5; 2 Ti 1:14; 1 Cl 8:1 (cp. διὰ πν. αἰωνίου Hb 9:14). διὰ φωνῆς πν. ἁγίου AcPl Ha 11, 6. ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου (Eus., PE 3, 12, 3 of the Egyptians: ἐκ τ. πνεύματος οἴονται συλλαμβάνειν τὸν γῦπα. Here πνεῦμα= ‘wind’; s. Horapollo 1, 11 p. 14f. The same of other birds since Aristot.—On the neut. πνεῦμα as a masc. principle cp. Aristoxenus, Fgm. 13 of the two original principles: πατέρα μὲν φῶς, μητέρα δὲ σκότος) Mt 1:18, 20; IEph 18:2; GJs 14:2; 19:1 (pap). ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ (PsSol 17:37; ApcZeph; Ar. 15, 1) Mt 3:11; Mk 1:8 v.l.; Lk 3:16; J 1:33b; Ac 1:5 (cp. 1QS 3:7f); 11:16; Ro 9:1; 14:17; 15:16; 1 Cor 12:3b; 2 Cor 6:6; 1 Th 1:5; 1 Pt 1:12 (without ἐν v.l.); Jd 20. ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου 2 Pt 1:21. Cp. ἐν δυνάμει πνεύματος ἁγίου Ro 15:13, 19 v.l. (for πνεύματος θεοῦ). μετὰ χαρᾶς πνεύματος ἁγίου 1 Th 1:6. διὰ ἀνακαινώσεως πνεύματος ἁγίου Tit 3:5.ⓓ abs.α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα. In this connection the art. is perh. used anaphorically at times, w. the second mention of a word (s. B-D-F §252; Rob. 762); perh. Mt 12:31 (looking back to vs. 28 πν. θεοῦ); Mk 1:10, 12 (cp. vs. 8 πν. ἅγιον); Lk 4:1b, 14 (cp. vs. 1a); Ac 2:4b (cp. vs. 4a).—As a rule it is not possible to assume that anaphora is present: Mt 4:1; J 1:32, 33a; 3:6a, 8b (in wordplay), 34; 7:39a; Ac 8:29; 10:19; 11:12, 28; 19:1 D; 20:3 D, 22; 21:4; Ro 8:23 (ἀπαρχή 1bβ; 2), 26a, 27; 12:11; 15:30; 2 Cor 1:22 and 5:5 (KErlemann, ZNW 83, ’92, 202–23, and s. ἀρραβών); 12:18 (τῷ αὐτῷ πν.); Gal 3:2, 5, 14 (ἐπαγγελία 1bβ); Eph 4:3 (gen. of the author); 6:17 (perh. epexegetic gen.); 1 Ti 4:1a; Js 4:5; 1J 3:24; 5:6ab (some mss. add καὶ πνεύματος to the words διʼ ὕδατος κ. αἵματος at the beg. of the verse; this is approved by HvSoden, Moffatt, Vogels, Merk, and w. reservations by CDodd, The Joh. Epistles ’46, TManson, JTS 48, ’47, 25–33), vs. 8; Rv 2:7, 11, 17, 29; 3:6, 13, 22; 14:13; 22:17; B 19:2, B 7= D 4:10 (s. ἐτοιμάζω b). ἐν τῷ πνεύματι (led) by the Spirit Lk 2:27.—Paul links this Spirit of God, known to every Christian, with Christ as liberating agent in contrast to legal constraint ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμα ἐστιν the Lord means Spirit 2 Cor 3:17a (UHolzmeister, 2 Cor 3:17 Dominus autem Spiritus est 1908; JNisius, Zur Erklärung v. 2 Cor 3:16ff: ZKT 40, 1916, 617–75; JKögel, Ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμά ἐστιν: ASchlatter Festschr. 1922, 35–46; C Guignebert, Congr. d’Hist. du Christ. II 1928, 7–22; EFuchs, Christus u. d. Geist b. Pls ’32; HHughes, ET 45, ’34, 235f; CLattey, Verb. Dom. 20, ’40, 187–89; DGriffiths ET 55, ’43, 81–83; HIngo, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61 [Paul]; JDunn, JTS 21, ’70, 309–20).β. without the art. πνεῦμα B 1:3. κοινωνία πνεύματος Phil 2:1 (κοινωνία 1 and 2). πνεύματι in the Spirit or through the Spirit Gal 3:3; 5:5, 16, 18; 1 Pt 4:6. εἰ ζῶμεν πνεύματι, πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν if we live by the Spirit, let us also walk by the Spirit Gal 5:25. Freq. used w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος 1 Pt 1:22 v.l. ἐξ (ὕδατος καὶ) πνεύματος J 3:5. ἐν πνεύματι in, by, through the Spirit Mt 22:43; Eph 2:22; 3:5; 5:18; 6:18; Col 1:8 (ἀγάπη ἐν πνεύματι love called forth by the Spirit); B 9:7. κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 8:4f; Gal 4:29. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2 (s. ἁγιασμός).—In neg. expressions: οὔπω ἧν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39b. ψυχικοὶ πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες worldly people, who do not have the Spirit Jd 19.—ἓν πνεῦμα one and the same Spirit 1 Cor 12:13; Eph 2:18; 4:4; one (in) Spirit 1 Cor 6:17.ⓔ The Spirit is more closely defined by a gen. of thing: τὸ πν. τῆς ἀληθείας (TestJud 20:5) J 14:17; 15:26; 16:13 (in these three places the Spirit of Truth is the Paraclete promised by Jesus upon his departure); 1J 4:6 (opp. τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης, as TestJud 20:1; PsSol 8:14 πλ. πλανήσεως; Just., D. 7, 3 πλάνου καὶ ἀκαθάρτου πνεύματος; cp. 1QS 4:23); τὸ τῆς δόξης πν. 1 Pt 4:14. τὸ πν. τῆς ζωῆς the Spirit of life Ro 8:2. το πν. τῆς πίστεως 2 Cor 4:13. πν. σοφίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως Eph 1:17 (cp. Just., D. 87, 4). πν. υἱοθεσίας Ro 8:15b (opp. πν. δουλείας vs. 15a). πν. δυνάμεως AcPl Ha 8, 25. πν. δυνάμεως καὶ ἀγάπης καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 2 Ti 1:7 (opp. πν. δειλίας). τὸ πν. τῆς χάριτος (s. TestJud 24:2) Hb 10:29 (Zech 12:10); cp. 1 Cl 46:6.ⓕ Of Christ ‘it is written’ in Scripture: (ἐγένετο) ὁ ἔσχατος Ἀδὰμ εἰς πνεῦμα ζῳοποιοῦν 1 Cor 15:45. The scripture pass. upon which the first part of this verse is based is Gen 2:7, where Wsd 15:11 also substitutes the words πνεῦμα ζωτικόν for πνοὴν ζωῆς (cp. Just., D. 6, 2). On the other hand, s. Philo, Leg. All. 1, 42 and s. the lit. s.v. Ἀδάμ ad loc.ⓖ The (divine) Pneuma stands in contrast to everything that characterizes this age or the finite world gener.: οὐ τὸ πν. τοῦ κόσμου ἀλλὰ τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12; cp. Eph 2:2 and 1 Ti 4:1ab.α. in contrast to σάρξ, which is more closely connected w. sin than any other earthly material (Just., D. 135, 6): J 3:6; Ro 8:4–6, 9a, 13; Gal 3:3; 5:17ab; 6:8. Cp. B 10:9. πᾶσα ἐπιθυμία κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος στρατεύεται Pol 5:3.β. in contrast to σῶμα (=σάρξ) Ro 8:10 and to σάρξ (=σῶμα, as many hold) J 6:63a (for τὸ πν. ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν cp. Philo, Op. Mund. 30; Herm. Wr. in Cyrill., C. Jul. I 556c=542, 24 Sc. the pneuma τὰ πάντα ζῳοποιεῖ καὶ τρέφει. S. also f above). Cp. Ro 8:11b.γ. in contrast to γράμμα, which is the characteristic quality of God’s older declaration of the divine will in the law: Ro 2:29; 7:6; 2 Cor 3:6ab, 8 (cp. vs. 7).δ. in contrast to the wisdom of humans 1 Cor 2:13.⑥ the Spirit of God as exhibited in the character or activity of God’s people or selected agents, Spirit, spirit (s. HPreisker, Geist u. Leben ’33).ⓐ πνεῦμα is accompanied by another noun, which characterizes the working of the Spirit more definitely: πνεῦμα καὶ δύναμις spirit and power Lk 1:17; 1 Cor 2:4. Cp. Ac 10:38; 1 Th 1:5. πνεῦμα καὶ ζωή J 6:63b. πνεῦμα κ. σοφία Ac 6:3; cp. vs. 10 (cp. TestReub 2:6 πνεῦμα λαλίας). πίστις κ. πνεῦμα ἅγιον 6:5 (cp. Just., D. 135, 6). χαρὰ καὶ πνεῦμα ἅγ. 13:52.ⓑ Unless frustrated by humans in their natural condition, the Spirit of God produces a spiritual type of conduct Gal 5:16, 25 and produces the καρπὸς τοῦ πνεύματος vs. 22 (s. Vögtle under πλεονεξία).ⓒ The Spirit inspires certain people of God B 12:2; B 13:5, above all, in their capacity as proclaimers of a divine revelation (Strabo 9, 3, 5 the πνεῦμα ἐνθουσιαστικόν, that inspired the Pythia; Περὶ ὕψους 13, 2; 33, 5 of the divine πν. that impels prophets and poets to express themselves; schol. on Pla. 856e of a μάντις: ἄνωθεν λαμβάνειν τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ πληροῦσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ; Aristobulus in Eus., PE 8, 10, 4 [=Fgm. 2, 4 p. 136 Holladay] τὸ θεῖον πν., καθʼ ὸ̔ καὶ προφήτης ἀνακεκήρυκται ‘[Moses possessed] the Divine Spirit with the result that he was proclaimed a prophet’; AscIs 1:7 τὸ πν. τὸ λαλοῦν ἐν ἐμοί; AssMos Fgm. f εἶδεν πνεύματι ἐπαρθείς; Just., A I, 38, 1 al.; Ath. 10, 3 τὸ προφητικὸν πν. Cp. Marinus, Vi. Procli 23 of Proclus: οὐ γὰρ ἄνευ θείας ἐπινοίας … διαλέγεσθαι; Orig., C. Cels. 3, 28, 23). προφητεία came into being only as ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου φερόμενοι ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 2 Pt 1:21; cp. Ac 15:29 v.l.; cp. 1 Cl 8:1. David Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; cp. Ac 1:16; 4:25. Isaiah Ac 28:25. Moses B 10:2, B 9; the Spirit was also active in giving the tables of the law to Moses 14:2. Christ himself spoke in the OT διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου 1 Cl 22:1. The ἱεραὶ γραφαί are called αἱ διὰ τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἁγίου 45:2.—The Christian prophet Agabus also ἐσήμαινεν διὰ τοῦ πν. Ac 11:28; cp. Ac 21:11. Likew. Ign. IPhld 7:2. In general the Spirit reveals the most profound secrets to those who believe 1 Cor 2:10ab.—1 Cl claims to be written διὰ τοῦ ἁγ. πν. 63:2. On Ac 19:21 s. 3b.ⓓ The Spirit of God, being one, shows the variety and richness of its life in the different kinds of spiritual gifts which are granted to certain Christians 1 Cor 12:4, 7, 11; cp. vs. 13ab.—Vss. 8–10 enumerate the individual gifts of the Spirit, using various prepositions: διὰ τοὺ πν. vs. 8a; κατὰ τὸ πν. vs. 8b; ἐν τῷ πν. vs. 9ab. τὸ πν. μὴ σβέννυτε do not quench the Spirit 1 Th 5:19 refers to the gift of prophecy, acc. to vs. 20.—The use of the pl. πνεύματα is explained in 1 Cor 14:12 by the varied nature of the Spirit’s working; in vs. 32 by the number of persons who possess the prophetic spirit; on the latter s. Rv 22:6 and 19:10.ⓔ One special type of spiritual gift is represented by ecstatic speaking. Of those who ‘speak in tongues’ that no earthly person can understand: πνεύματι λαλεῖ μυστήρια expresses secret things in a spiritual way 1 Cor 14:2. Cp. vss. 14–16 and s. νοῦς 1b. τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπερεντυγχάνει στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις the Spirit pleads in our behalf with groans beyond words Ro 8:26b. Of speech that is ecstatic, but expressed in words that can be understood λαλεῖν ἐν πνεύματι D 11:7, 8; cp. vs. 9 (on the subject-matter 1 Cor 12:3; Jos., Ant. 4, 118f; TestJob 43:2 ἀναλαβὼν Ἐλιφᾶς πν. εἶπεν ὕμνον). Of the state of mind of the seer of the Apocalypse: ἐν πνεύματι Rv 17:3; 21:10; γενέσθαι ἐν πν. 1:10; 4:2 (s. γίνομαι 5c, ἐν 4c and EMoering, StKr 92, 1920, 148–54; RJeske, NTS 31, ’85, 452–66); AcPl Ha 6, 27. On the Spirit at Pentecost Ac 2:4 s. KLake: Beginn. I 5, ’33, 111–21. κατασταλέντος τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἐν Μύρτῃ when the Spirit (of prophecy) that was in Myrta ceased speaking AcPl Ha 7, 9.ⓕ The Spirit leads and directs Christian missionaries in their journeys (Aelian, NA 11, 16 the young women are led blindfolded to the cave of the holy serpent; they are guided by a πνεῦμα θεῖον) Ac 16:6, 7 (by dreams, among other methods; cp. vs. 9f and s. Marinus, Vi. Procli 27: Proclus ἔφασκεν προθυμηθῆναι μὲν πολλάκις γράψαι, κωλυθῆναι δὲ ἐναργῶς ἔκ τινων ἐνυπνίων). In Ac 16:6–7 τὸ ἅγιον πν. and τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ are distinguished.⑦ an activating spirit that is not fr. God, spirit: πν. ἔτερον a different (kind of) spirit 2 Cor 11:4. Cp. 2 Th 2:2; 1J 4:1–3. Because there are persons activated by such spirits, it is necessary to test the var. kinds of spirits (the same problem Artem. 3, 20 περὶ διαφορᾶς μάντεων, οἷς δεῖ προσέχειν καὶ οἷς μή) 1 Cor 12:10; 1J 4:1b. ὁ διάβολος πληροῖ αὐτὸν αὐτοῦ πν. Hm 11:3. Also οὐκ οἴδατε ποίου πνεύματός ἐστε Lk 9:55 v.l. distinguishes betw. the spirit shown by Jesus’ disciples, and another kind of spirit.—Even more rarely a spirit divinely given that is not God’s own; so (in a quot. fr. Is 29:10) a πνεῦμα κατανύξεως Ro 11:8.⑧ an independent transcendent personality, the Spirit, which appears in formulas that became more and more fixed and distinct (cp. Ath. 12, 2; Hippol., Ref. 7, 26, 2.—Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 12 θεόν, υἱόν πατρός, πνεῦμα ἐκ πατρὸς ἐκπορευόμενον ἓν ἐκ τριῶν καὶ ἐξ ἑνὸς τρία, ταῦτα νόμιζε Ζῆνα, τόνδʼ ἡγοῦ θεόν=‘God, son of the father, spirit proceeding from the father, one from three and three from one, consider these as Zeus, think of this one as God’. The entire context bears a Christian impress.—As Aion in gnostic speculation Iren. 1, 2, 5 [Harv. I 21, 2]): βαπτίζοντες αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος Mt 28:19 (on the text s. βαπτίζω 2c; on the subject-matter GWalther, Die Entstehung des Taufsymbols aus dem Taufritus: StKr 95, 1924, 256ff); D 7:1, 3. Cp. 2 Cor 13:13; 1 Cl 58:2; IEph 9:1; IMg 13:1b, 2; MPol 14:3; 22:1, 3; Epil Mosq 5. On this s. HUsener, Dreiheit: RhM 58, 1903, 1ff; 161ff; 321ff; esp. 36ff; EvDobschütz, Zwei-u. dreigliedrige Formeln: JBL 50, ’31, 116–47 (also Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 92–100); Norden, Agn. Th. 228ff; JMainz, Die Bed. der Dreizahl im Judentum 1922; Clemen2 125–28; NSöderblom, Vater, Sohn u. Geist 1909; DNielsen, Der dreieinige Gott I 1922; GKrüger, Das Dogma v. der Dreieinigkeit 1905, 46ff; AHarnack, Entstehung u. Entwicklung der Kirchenverfassung 1910, 187ff; JHaussleiter, Trinitarischer Glaube u. Christusbekenntnis in der alten Kirche: BFCT XXV 4, 1920; JLebreton, Histoire du dogme de la Trinité I: Les origines6 1927; RBlümel, Pls u. d. dreieinige Gott 1929.—On the whole word FRüsche, D. Seelenpneuma ’33; HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919; EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 486–95; PVolz, Der Geist Gottes u. d. verwandten Erscheinungen im AT 1910; JHehn, Zum Problem des Geistes im alten Orient u. im AT: ZAW n.s. 2, 1925, 210–25; SLinder, Studier till Gamla Testamentets föreställningar om anden 1926; AMarmorstein, Der Hl. Geist in der rabb. Legende: ARW 28, 1930, 286–303; NSnaith, The Distinctive Ideas of the OT ’46, 229–37; FDillistone, Bibl. Doctrine of the Holy Spirit: Theology Today 3, ’46/47, 486–97; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 341–46; ESchweizer, CDodd Festschr., ’56, 482–508; DLys, Rûach, Le Souffle dans l’AT, ’62; DHill, Gk. Words and Hebr. Mngs. ’67, 202–93.—HGunkel, Die Wirkungen des Hl. Geistes2 1899; HWeinel, Die Wirkungen des Geistes u. der Geister im nachap. Zeitalter 1899; EWinstanley, The Spirit in the NT 1908; HSwete, The Holy Spirit in the NT 1909, The Holy Spirit in the Ancient Church 1912; EScott, The Spirit in the NT 1923; FBüchsel, Der Geist Gottes im NT 1926; EvDobschütz, Der Geistbesitz des Christen im Urchristentum: Monatsschr. für Pastoral-theol. 20, 1924, 228ff; FBadcock, ‘The Spirit’ and Spirit in the NT: ET 45, ’34, 218–21; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 151–62 (Eng. tr. KGrobel, ’51, I 153–64); ESchweizer, Geist u. Gemeinde im NT ’52, Int 6, ’52, 259–78.—WTosetti, Der Hl. Geist als göttliche Pers. in den Evangelien 1918; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion. Der Ursprung des Geistbegriffs der Syn. Ev. aus der griech. Mystik 1922; AFrövig, Das Sendungsbewusstsein Jesu u. der Geist 1924; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist nach Syn. Überl.: Studies in Early Christianity, presented to FCPorter and BWBacon 1928, 209–36; FSynge, The Holy Spirit in the Gospels and Acts: CQR 120, ’35, 205–17; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit and the Gospel Trad. ’47.—ESokolowski, Die Begriffe Geist u. Leben bei Pls 1903; KDeissner, Auferstehungshoffnung u. Pneumagedanke bei Pls 1912; GVos, The Eschatological Aspect of the Pauline Conception of the Spirit: Bibl. and Theol. Studies by the Faculty of Princeton Theol. Sem. 1912, 209–59; HBertrams, Das Wesen des Geistes nach d. Anschauung des Ap. Pls 1913; WReinhard, Das Wirken des Hl. Geistes im Menschen nach den Briefen des Ap. Pls 1918; HHoyle, The Holy Spirit in St. Paul 1928; PGächter, Z. Pneumabegriff des hl. Pls: ZKT 53, 1929, 345–408; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik des Ap. Pls 1930, 159–74 al. [Mysticism of Paul the Apostle, tr. WMontgomery ’31, 160–76 al.]; E-BAllo, RB 43, ’34, 321–46 [1 Cor]; Ltzm., Hdb. exc. after Ro 8:11; Synge [s. above], CQR 119, ’35, 79–93 [Pauline epp.]; NWaaning, Onderzoek naar het gebruik van πνεῦμα bij Pls, diss. Amsterd. ’39; RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 167–200.—HvBaer, Der Hl. Geist in den Lukasschriften 1926; MGoguel, La Notion joh. de l’Esprit 1902; JSimpson, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: Exp., 9th ser., 4, 1925, 292–99; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist im J.: Amicitiae Corolla (RHarris Festschr.) ’33, 303–18; WLofthouse, The Holy Spirit in Ac and J: ET 52, ’40/41, 334–36; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: JTS 1 n.s., ’50, 1–15; FCrump, Pneuma in the Gospels, diss. Catholic Univ. of America, ’54; GLampe, Studies in the Gospels (RHLightfoot memorial vol.) ’55, 159–200; NHamilton, The Holy Spirit and Eschatology in Paul, ’57; WDavies, Paul and the Dead Sea Scrolls, Flesh and Spirit: The Scrolls and the NT, ed. KStendahl, ’57, 157–82.—GJohnston, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Holy Spirit’ in the Qumran Lit.: NT Sidelights (ACPurdy Festschr.) ’60, 27–42; JPryke, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Flesh’ in Qumran and NT, RevQ 5, ’65, 346–60; HBraun, Qumran und d. NT II, ’66, 150–64; DHill, Greek Words and Hebrew Meanings, ’67, 202–93; WBieder, Pneumatolog. Aspekte im Hb, OCullmann Festschr. ’72, 251–59; KEasley, The Pauline Usage of πνεύματι as a Reference to the Spirit of God: JETS 27, ’84, 299–313 (statistics).—B. 260; 1087. Pauly-W. XIV 387–412. BHHW I 534–37. Schmidt, Syn. II 218–50. New Docs 4, 38f. DELG s.v. πνέω. M-M. Dict. de la Bible XI 126–398. EDNT. TW. Sv. -
3 echt
I Adj.1. (nicht nachgemacht) genuine; Unterschrift, Urkunde etc.: auch authentic; Gold, Leder etc.: auch real; Haarfarbe: natural; das Gemälde etc. ist nicht echt auch is a forgery ( oder fake); für echt erklären authenticate2. (wahr) real; Liebe, Freundschaft: auch true; Gefühle: auch sincere; (nicht vorgetäuscht) genuine; (unverfälscht) real, genuine; ein echter Verlust a real ( oder great) loss; ich möchte das echte Wien erleben I want to see ( oder experience) the real Vienna3. nur attr.; (typisch) typical, true; ein echter Engländer a real ( oder true) Englishman, an Englishman born and bred7. umg. (geistig normal) with it; bist du noch echt? are you feeling all right?; der ist doch nicht ganz echt! that one’s off his head ( oder not all there)!II Adv.1. really; die Uhr ist echt Gold the watch is (made of) real ( oder genuine) gold, the watch is really gold2. umg. (wirklich) really; das war echt gut! it was really good; das hat sie gesagt - echt wahr oder (in) echt? did she really ( oder honestly)?3. umg. (typisch) typically; das ist echt Paul! that’s Paul all over; das ist mal wieder echt Martin that’s Martin all over, that’s just typical of Martin; das war mal wieder echt Mann / deutsch! that was just so typically male / German!* * *authentic; actual; pure; real; unfading; genuine; true; unfeigned* * *ẹcht [ɛçt]1. adj, adv1) real, genuine; Gefühle real, genuine, sincere; Haar, Perlen, Gold real; Unterschrift, Geldschein, Gemälde genuine; Haarfarbe naturaldas Gemälde war nicht echt — the painting was a forgery, the painting was forged
2) (= typisch) typical3) Farbe fast4) (MATH)echter Bruch — proper fraction
2. adv1) (= typisch) typicallyecht Tiroler Trachten — original Tyrolean costumes
echt Shakespeare — typical of Shakespeare, typically Shakespearean
echt Franz/Frau — typical of or just like Franz/a woman, Franz/a woman all over (inf)
2)3) (inf = wirklich) reallymeinst du das echt? — do you really or honestly mean that?
der spinnt doch echt — he must be out of his mind, he must be cracked (Brit inf), he must be round the bend (Brit inf)
ich habs echt eilig — I'm really in a hurry
* * *1) (real; not fake or artificial: a genuine pearl; a genuine antique.) genuine2) (which actually exists: There's a real monster in that cave.) real3) (not imitation; genuine: real leather; Is that diamond real?) real4) (true; genuine: a sincere desire; sincere friends.) sincere5) (properly so called: A spider is not a true insect.) true6) (pure, or not mixed with anything else: a feeling of unadulterated hatred.) unadulterated* * *[ˈɛçt]I. adjeine \echte Blondine a natural blonde2. (aufrichtig) Freundschaft, Schmerz sincere3. (typisch) typical4. (beständig)\echte Farben fast colours [or AM -ors5. (wirklich) realII. adv1. (typisch) typically2. (rein) puredas Armband ist \echt Platin! the bracelet is pure platinum!4. (kindersprache)in \echt for real fam* * *1.1) genuine; authentic, genuine <signature, document>4) (Math.) proper < fraction>2.1)echt golden/italienisch — usw. real gold/real or genuine Italian etc.
2) (ugs.): (wirklich) reallydas ist echt wahr/blöd — that's absolutely true/stupid
3) (typisch) typically* * *A. adj1. (nicht nachgemacht) genuine; Unterschrift, Urkunde etc: auch authentic; Gold, Leder etc: auch real; Haarfarbe: natural;das Gemälde etcfür echt erklären authenticate2. (wahr) real; Liebe, Freundschaft: auch true; Gefühle: auch sincere; (nicht vorgetäuscht) genuine; (unverfälscht) real, genuine;ein echter Verlust a real ( oder great) loss;ich möchte das echte Wien erleben I want to see ( oder experience) the real Vienna6. CHEM etc, Farbe: fast7. umg (geistig normal) with it;bist du noch echt? are you feeling all right?;B. adv1. really;2. umg (wirklich) really;das war echt gut! it was really good;(in) echt? did she really ( oder honestly)?3. umg (typisch) typically;das ist echt Paul! that’s Paul all over;das ist mal wieder echt Martin that’s Martin all over, that’s just typical of Martin;das war mal wieder echt Mann/deutsch! that was just so typically male/German!…echt im adj allg …proof;bügelecht ironable;mottenecht mothproof;säureecht acid-proof;schweißecht sweat-proof* * *1.1) genuine; authentic, genuine <signature, document>3) nicht präd. (typisch) real, typical <Bavarian, American, etc.>4) (Math.) proper < fraction>2.1)echt golden/italienisch — usw. real gold/real or genuine Italian etc.
2) (ugs.): (wirklich) reallydas ist echt wahr/blöd — that's absolutely true/stupid
3) (typisch) typically* * *adj.genuine adj.pure adj.real adj.substantial adj.true adj.unfeigned adj. adv.genuinely adv.properly adv. -
4 AT
I) prep.A. with dative.I. Of motion;1) towards, against;Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;2) close atup to;Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;3) to, at;koma at landi, to come to land;ganga at dómi, to go into court;ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;5) denoting hostility;renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;6) around;vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;7) denoting business, engagement;ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.II. Of position, &c.;1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;at kirkju, at church;at dómi, in court;at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;2) denoting participation in;vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;4) with proper names of places (farms);konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;at Marðar, at Mara’s home;at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).III. Of time;1) at, in;at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;at páskum, at Easter;at kveldi, at eventide;at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;at fjöru, at the ebb;at flœðum, at the floodtide;2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;at ári komanda, next year;at vári, er kemr, next spring;generally with ‘komanda’ understood;at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;at honum önduðum, after his death;4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.IV. fig. and in various uses;1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;verða at ormi, to become a snake;2) for, as;gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;3) by;taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;4) as regards as to;auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);aðili at sök = aðili sakar;7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;at landslögum, by the law of the land;at vánum, as was to be expected;at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;10) in adverbial phrases;gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;at fullu, fully;at vísu, surely;at frjálsu, freely;at eilífu, for ever and ever;at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;2) in an objective sense;hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;hón grét at meir, she wept the more;þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.conj., that;1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);4) since, because, as (= því at);5) connected with þó, því, svá;þó at (with subj.), though, although;því at, because, for;svá at, so that;6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;áðr at (= á. en), before;7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.V)negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.odda at, Yggs at, battle.* * *1.and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.WITH DAT.A. LOC.I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.B. TEMP.I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.C. METAPH. and in various cases:I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.V. denoting the source of a thing:1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.IX. following many words:1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.WITH ACC.TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.2.and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.I. it is used either,1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.3.and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.II. it is used,1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.III. used in connection with conjunctions,1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.IV. as a relat. conj.:1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.4.and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.5.n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.6.the negative verbal suffix, v. -a. -
5 être
être [εtʀ]━━━━━━━━━1. linking verb━━━━━━━━━➭ TABLE 61━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Pour les locutions comme être en colère, c'est dommage, reportez-vous à l'autre mot.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━1. <a. to be• soyez sages ! be good!► être de• serez-vous des nôtres demain ? will you be coming tomorrow?2. <• être fabriqué par... to be made by...━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Les temps composés français ne se traduisent pas toujours par des temps composés anglais: le passé composé français peut se traduire soit par le prétérit, soit par le parfait anglais, selon le contexte.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━• est-il déjà passé ? has he been already?3. <a. to be• où étais-tu ? where were you?b. ( = aller)━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque avoir été décrit un déplacement, il est rendu le plus souvent par to go ; lorsqu'il exprime le fait de s'être trouvé quelque part, il se traduit par to be.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━• as-tu déjà été à l'étranger ? -- oui j'ai été en Italie l'an dernier have you ever been abroad? -- yes I went to Italy last year4. <a. ► il est + adjectif it is• il est étrange que... it's odd that...• quelle heure est-il ? what time is it?• il est un pays où... there is a country where...• il est des gens qui... there are people who...• il était une fois... once upon a time there was...d. ► c'est, ce sont + nom ou pronom━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► En anglais, to be se met au temps de l'action décrite.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Notez l'emploi possible d'un auxiliaire en anglais pour traduire les propositions tronquées.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━• qui a crié ? -- c'est lui who shouted? -- he did or it was hime. ► c'est + adjectif it is• ça c'est vrai ! that's true!• un hôtel pas cher, c'est difficile à trouver it's not easy to find a cheap hotel• voler, c'est quelque chose que je ne ferai jamais stealing is something I'll never dof. (locutions)► c'est... qui• c'est eux or ce sont eux qui mentaient they are the ones who were lying• c'est toi qui le dis ! that's what you say!• c'est moi qu'on attendait it was me they were waiting for► c'est... que• ne partez pas, c'est à vous que je veux parler don't go, it's you I want to talk to► c'est que (pour expliquer)quand il écrit, c'est qu'il a besoin d'argent when he writes, it's because he needs money• c'est que je le connais bien ! I know him so well!• c'est qu'elle n'a pas d'argent it's because she has no money ; (exclamatif) but she has no money!► ce n'est pas que• ce n'est pas qu'il soit beau ! it's not that he's good-looking!► est-ce que ?• est-ce que c'est vrai ? is it true?• est-ce que vous saviez ? did you know?• est-ce que tu m'entends ? can you hear me?• est-ce que c'est toi qui l'as battu ? was it you who beat him?• quand est-ce que ce sera réparé ? when will it be fixed?• où est-ce que tu l'as mis ? where have you put it?► n'est-ce pas ? → n'est-ce pas5. <a. ( = créature) beingb. ( = individu) person* * *
I ɛtʀverbe intransitif (+ v avoir)1)voilà ce qu'il en est — ( présentation) this is how it is; ( conclusion) that's how it is
qu'en est-il de...? — what's the news on...?
2)je suis à vous tout de suite/dans un instant — I'll be with you right away/in a minute
3)il n'est plus — euph he's no longer with us
fût-il duc/en cristal — even if he were a duke/it were made of crystal
••on ne peut pas être et avoir été — Proverbe you can't stay young forever
••
Dans la plupart des situations exprimant l'existence, l'identité, la localisation, la qualité, être sera traduit par to be: je pense donc je suis = I think therefore I am; le soleil est une étoile = the sun is a star; j'étais chez moi = I was at home; l'eau est froide = the water is coldLes locutions figées contenant être sont traitées sous l'entrée appropriée. Ainsi être en train de/sur le point de/hors de soi etc sont respectivement sous train, point, hors etc; comme si de rien n'était et quoi qu'il en soit sous comme et quoi. De même, les expressions avec si et les questions commençant par que sont traitées sous si et que, à part qu'est-ce à dire?, que l'on trouvera sous dire. Selon le même principe, l'emploi facultatif de étant après considérer comme et présenter comme est traité sous ces verbes; étant donné (que) et étant entendu que sont sous donné et entendu. La plupart des autres emplois de étant se traduisent par being: cela (ou ceci) étant = this being so. En revanche, c'est-à-dire, n'est-ce pas, peut-être et soit sont des entrées à part entière, traitées à leur place dans le dictionnairePar ailleurs, on consultera utilement les notes d'usage répertoriées, notamment pour l'expression de l'heure, la date, les nationalités, les professions, les nombres etcêtre = verbe auxiliaireêtre auxiliaire de la voix passive se traduit par to be. On notera l'emploi des divers temps en anglaisau présent: où sont les épreuves? elles sont révisées par le traducteur = where are the proofs? they are being revised by the translator; votre voiture est réparée = your car has been repaired; les portes sont repeintes chaque année = the doors are repainted every yearau passé: les épreuves ont été révisées en juin = the proofs were revised in June; les épreuves ont été révisées plusieurs fois = the proofs have been revised several times; les épreuves ont été révisées bien avant ma démission = the proofs had been revised long before I resignedêtre se traduit par to have si le temps est également composé en anglais - ce qui est beaucoup moins fréquent qu'en français (voir ci-dessus) - sauf avec naître. Dans certains contextes, on peut avoir: elles sont tombées = they have fallen; ils se sont enfuis = they have escaped; elle s'était vengée = she had taken her revengeLes verbes traduits par une construction passive ou attributive en anglais ( se vendre = to be sold; s'indigner = to be indignant) suivent les mêmes règles au passé: tous les livres se sont vendus = all the books have been sold; elle se serait indignée = she would have been indignantNoter que la forme pronominale à valeur passive est souvent mieux rendue en anglais par une forme intransitive: les livres se sont bien vendus = the books have sold wellêtre = allerLorsqu'il signifie aller, être se traduit par to be en anglais, mais seulement s'il est directement suivi d'un complément de lieu: je n'ai jamais été en Chine = I've never been to China. Suivi d'un infinitif, il se rend par to go to: il a été voir son ami = he's gone to see his friend; j'ai été manger au restaurant = I went to eat in the restaurantDans le sens de s'en aller, on notera les tournures recherchées: ils s'en furent au théâtre = they went to the theatre; ils s'en furent (déçus) = they left (disappointed)est-ce, ou sa variante plus familière c'est, se traduit généralement par is it: est-ce leur fils/voiture? = is it their son/car?; c'est grave? = is it serious?; c'est toi ou ton frère? = is it you or your brother?Quand ce garde sa valeur démonstrative, l'anglais précise la référence: est-ce clair? = is that clear?; qui est-ce? ( en montrant une personne) = who is he/she?; et aussi = who is that?; mais, en parlant de quelqu'un qui vous appelle au téléphone, ou à quelqu'un qui frappe à la porte: = who is it?est-ce n'est généralement pas traduit dans les tournures emphatiques ou permettant d'éviter l'inversion du sujet: est-ce que tu parles russe? = do you speak Russian?; est-ce leur fils, ce garçon? is this boy their son?; qui est-ce qui l'a fait? = who did it?; qui est-ce que tu as rencontré? = who did you meet?; quand/où est-ce que tu manges? = when/where do you eat?; qu'est-ce que c'est? = what is it?, ou, comme vu plus haut, = what is this/that? selon qu'on montre un objet proche ou éloignéNéanmoins, la tournure emphatique est également possible en anglais dans certaines expressions: qu'est-ce que j'entends? = what's this I hear?; est-ce bien ce qu'il a voulu dire? = is that what he really meant?c'est se traduit, selon les contextes, it is ( it's), this is, that is ( that's): c'est facile ( de critiquer) = it's easy; (ce que tu me demandes, ce travail) = that's easy; c'est moi (réponse à ‘qui est-ce?’) = it's me; (réponse à ‘qui le fait?’) = I do; (réponse à ‘qui l'a fait?’) = I did; (pour me désigner sur une photo, ou comme étant le personnage dont il est question) = that's me ( traduit également ça, c'est moi); c'est Mme Fox (qui téléphone, réponse à ‘qui est-ce?’) = it's Mrs Fox; (réponse à ‘qui le fait?’) = Mrs Fox ou Mrs Fox does; (réponse à ‘qui l'a fait?’) = Mrs Fox did; (que je montre, dont vous voulez parler) = that's Mrs Fox; c'est eux, ce sont eux (qui sont là-bas, que je montre) = it's them; ( qui le font) = they do; ( qui l'ont fait) = they did; ( qui arrivent) = here they are; ce sont mes enfants ( que je vous présente) = these are my children; ( qui sont là-bas) = they are my children; c'est cela = that's right; c'est ça! tu crois que je vais faire le travail tout seul? = what's this! do you think I'm going to do the work all by myself?Lorsqu'il reprend un nom, un infinitif ou une proposition qui le précède c'est se traduit seulement par is: une étoile, c'est un réacteur nucléaire = a star is a nuclear reactor; réussir, c'est une question de volonté = to succeed is a question of will; sortir par ce temps, c'est de la folie = going out in this weather is sheer madness; eux, ce sont mes amis = they are my friendsDe même, lorsque c'est que reprend un groupe nominal ou une proposition, il se traduit simplement par is that: le comique, c'est que... = the funny thing is that... On trouvera en général cette tournure sous l'entrée appropriée, comme comique, fort, importer etcLorsque c'est que sert à donner une explication il se rend généralement, et selon le temps, par it is that, it was that, mais aussi, pour insister sur l'explication, par it is/was because: si j'ai fait ça, c'est que je ne pouvais pas faire autrement = if I did that, it was because I couldn't do otherwise. ce n'est pas que se traduit la plupart du temps it is/was not that (la contraction est it's not plutôt que it isn't): ce n'est pas qu'il soit bête, mais... = it's not that he is stupid, but...En corrélation avec un pronom relatif, c'est peut soit garder sa valeur de présentatif (voir plus haut) et se rendre par that's: c'est le journaliste qui m'a interviewé/que nous avons rencontré/dont je te parlais = that's the journalist who interviewed me/(that) we met/I was telling you about; c'est le château où je suis né = that's the castle where I was born; c'est ce qui me fait croire que... = that's what makes me think that...; c'est justement ce que je disais = that's exactly what I was saying; soit constituer une tournure emphatique qui se rend en anglais selon la nuance: c'est de la même femme que nous parlons = we're talking about the same woman; c'était d'en parler devant elle qui me gênait = talking about it in front of her was what made me feel uneasy ou what made me feel uneasy was talking about it in front of her; c'est lui/Paul qui l'a cassé ( je le dénonce) = he/Paul broke it; ( je l'accuse) = he/Paul is the one who broke it; c'est mon frère qui l'a écrit = it was my brother who wrote it ou my brother's the one who wrote it; c'est de ta soeur que je parlais, pas de toi = it was your sister I was talking about, not you; c'est cette voiture qui m'intéresse = this is the car (that) I am interested in; c'est lui le coupable = he is the culprit; ce sont eux les meurtriers = they are the murderersc'est à suivi d'un infinitif se traduit parfois par it is suivi de l'adjectif correspondant si cette même transformation est possible en français ( c'est à désespérer = c'est désespérant = it's hopeless), mais c'est rare, et il est conseillé de se reporter à l'infinitif en question ou à l'un des autres termes obtenus à partir de transformations semblablesc'est à... de faire (ou parfois à faire) se traduira de deux manières: c'est à Pierre/lui de choisir ( c'est son tour) it's Pierre's/his turn to choose; ( c'est sa responsabilité) it's up to Pierre/to him to chooseLa notion de rivalité contenue dans c'est à qui suivi du futur doit être rendue explicite en anglais: c'est à qui proposera le plus de réformes = each is trying to suggest more reforms than the other; c'était à qui des deux aurait le dernier mot = they were each trying to get in the last word; c'était à qui trouverait le plus d'erreurs dans le texte = they were vying with each other to find the most mistakes in the textc'est, équivalent de ça fait dans le compte d'une somme, se rend par it is: c'est 200 francs = it's 200 francs; c'est combien? = how much is it?ce sera avec valeur modale de ce doit être se traduit it must be: ce sera mon professeur de piano = it must be my piano teacherêtre = verbe impersonnelil est facile de critiquer = it is easy to criticize; il serait nécessaire de faire = it would be necessary to do; il est des gens bizarres = there are some strange people; il n'est pas de jour/d'heure sans qu'il se plaigne = not a day/an hour goes by without him complainingOn se référera par ailleurs aux notes d'usage concernant l'heure et la date; voir aussi les entrées temps et foisil est à suivi d'un infinitif se rend différemment, selon les nuances qu'imposent le contexte, par it must be, it has to be, it should be, it can be suivis du participe passé. Pour plus de sûreté, on se reportera à l'infinitif en question, où cette construction est généralement traitéeil est de suivi d'un substantif ou d'un groupe nominal se rend souvent par it is suivi directement d'un adjectif ou d'un substantif précédé d'un déterminant (article, pronom): il est de coutume de faire (ou qu'on fasse) = it is customary ou the custom to do; il est de notre responsabilité de faire = it is our responsibility to do; mais ce n'est pas une règle absolue, et il est préférable de consulter des entrées telles que goût, règle, notoriété etc pour avoir des traductions adéquates. Voir également 1 Voir également 1 ci-dessous pour des exemples supplémentairesCertains cas sont traités sous la rubrique ‘être = verbe impersonnel’; d'autres, expressions figées, le sont sous l'entrée appropriée; voir par exemple poche et frais pour en être de sa poche/pour ses frais. Enfin, quand l'antéc édent de en est exprimé dans la phrase, l'expression est traitée plus bas sous être de: où en étais-je? = where was I?; je ne sais plus où j'en suis = I'm lost; où en es-tu de tes recherches? - j'en suis à mi-chemin/au début = how far have you got in your research? - I'm halfway through/at the beginning; elle a eu plusieurs amants/accidents: elle en est à son quatrième = she has had several lovers/accidents: this is her fourth; j'en suis à me demander si... = I'm beginning to wonder whether...; j'en étais à ne pouvoir distinguer le vrai du faux = I got to the point where I couldn't distinguish between truth and falsehoodSuivie d'un substantif représentant un vêtement, l'expression peut être traduite to be in, mais on consultera l'entrée appropriée pour s'en assurer. Si l'on dit to be in uniform ou éventuellement to be wearing a uniform pour être en uniforme, l'anglais préfère généralement to be wearing a suit à to be in a suit pour être en costume (de même pour robe, tailleur etc). Dans le cas d'un déguisement, on a to be dressed up as: être en pirate = to be dressed up as a piratej'y suis ( je vous comprends) = I'm with you; ( plus général mais un peu familier) = I get it; je n'y suis pas ( je ne comprends pas) = I don't get it; vous y êtes? (vous comprenez?) = are you with me?; (vous êtes prêt(e)?) = are you ready?; 20000 francs? vous n'y êtes pas! = 20,000 francs? you're a long way out!; tu n'y es pas, c'est plus compliqué que ça = you don't realize, it's a lot more complicated than that. Voir aussi les entrées y, adverbe de lieu, et pourêtre + prépositionsLa plupart des cas ( être dans, sur, devant, pour, après, avec etc) sont traités sous la préposition correspondante. Ne sont retenus ici que les cas particuliers de être à et être deLes cas où l'on peut faire l'ellipse de être ou le remplacer par un autre verbe sont traités sous la préposition à; ceux de en être à sous la rubrique ‘en être’, et ceux de c'est à sous la rubrique ‘c'est’Les emplois de être à suivi d'un groupe nominal et signifiant ‘tendre vers’ sont généralement traités sous le substantif approprié, comme temps, hausse, agonie etc dans les expressions le temps est à la pluie, être à la hausse, être à l'agonie. De même, quand être à signifie un état, c'est sous le substantif ou adjectif approprié, comme bout, disposition, quai, vif etc, qu'on trouvera la ou les traductions de l'expression correspondanteSuivi d'un infinitif et signifiant devoir être, être à peut généralement se traduire, en observant les mêmes nuances qu'avec devoir, par must be, have to be ou should be suivi du participe passé du verbe anglais. Il reste conseillé de consulter l'infinitif en question, comme plaindre, prendre etc. On en trouve également un traitement succint sous les rubriques ‘être = verbe impersonnel' et ‘c'est'Au sens de appartenir à, l'anglais utilise to be suivi du cas possessif quand le possesseur est un être animé ou d'un pronom possessif si celui-ci est représent é par un pronom objet. Si le cas possessif n'est pas d'usage, on utilise de préférence to belong to: ce livre est à moi/à mon frère = this book is mine/my brother's; ces dictionnaires sont au service de traduction = these dictionaries belong to the translation department; à qui est ce chien? = who does this dog belong to? ou whose dog is this? Voir 2 ci-dessous pour des exemples supplémentairesQuand elle exprime un état ou une situation, la tournure être de suivie d'un substantif sans déterminant est traduite sous le substantif en question, notamment avis, garde, service etc. De même, certaines expressions où la présence de déterminant est variable, comme dans être de mauvaise foi/d'une incroyable mauvaise foi sont traitées sous l'entrée appropriée, en l'occurrence, foi; voir aussi humeur, massacrante, poil etcLa construction être d'un/d'une suivie d'un adjectif substantivé ou d'un substantif exprimant une qualité ou un défaut peut généralement être rendue par to be so suivi de l'adjectif correspondant en anglais, si le substantif est seul: elle est d'un ridicule/d'une prétention! = she's so ridiculous/so pretentious!; si le substantif est qualifié, l'adjectif devient généralement un adverbe en anglais: il est d'une exquise courtoisie/d'une incompétence rare = he's exquisitely courteous/exceptionally incompetent; mais il n'est pas inutile de vérifier les traductions des adjectifs et substantifs à leur entrée avant de rendre cette constructionAu sens de participer à, faire partie de, la tournure être de se traduit de façon très variable (voir aussi partie): il est des nôtres ( il vient avec nous) = he's with us; (il est de notre clan, agit et pense comme nous) = he's one of us; serez-vous des nôtres? = will you be (coming) with us?; êtes-vous des nôtres? = are you coming with us? (ici, coming est nécessaire, pour éviter l'ambiguïté de are you with us?); les journalistes ne sont pas/ne seront pas du voyage = the journalists aren't coming/won't be coming on the trip; ils ont organisé une expédition mais je n'en étais pas = they organized an expedition but I wasn't part of it; il y avait un congrès mais il n'en était pas = there was a congress but he didn't take partSuivi d'un infinitif et précédé de noms abstraits avec l'article défini ( l'idéal, l'essentiel etc) ou de superlatifs ( le plus simple), être de se traduit généralement par to be suivi de l'infinitif avec to: le plus simple serait de tout recommencer = the simplest thing to do would be to start all over again
II ɛtʀnom masculin1) ( organisme vivant) beingun être sans défense — a defenceless [BrE] creature
2) ( personne) personun être cher or aimé — a loved one
3) ( nature intime) being4) Philosophie
••
Dans la plupart des situations exprimant l'existence, l'identité, la localisation, la qualité, être sera traduit par to be: je pense donc je suis = I think therefore I am; le soleil est une étoile = the sun is a star; j'étais chez moi = I was at home; l'eau est froide = the water is coldLes locutions figées contenant être sont traitées sous l'entrée appropriée. Ainsi être en train de/sur le point de/hors de soi etc sont respectivement sous train, point, hors etc; comme si de rien n'était et quoi qu'il en soit sous comme et quoi. De même, les expressions avec si et les questions commençant par que sont traitées sous si et que, à part qu'est-ce à dire?, que l'on trouvera sous dire. Selon le même principe, l'emploi facultatif de étant après considérer comme et présenter comme est traité sous ces verbes; étant donné (que) et étant entendu que sont sous donné et entendu. La plupart des autres emplois de étant se traduisent par being: cela (ou ceci) étant = this being so. En revanche, c'est-à-dire, n'est-ce pas, peut-être et soit sont des entrées à part entière, traitées à leur place dans le dictionnairePar ailleurs, on consultera utilement les notes d'usage répertoriées, notamment pour l'expression de l'heure, la date, les nationalités, les professions, les nombres etcêtre = verbe auxiliaireêtre auxiliaire de la voix passive se traduit par to be. On notera l'emploi des divers temps en anglaisau présent: où sont les épreuves? elles sont révisées par le traducteur = where are the proofs? they are being revised by the translator; votre voiture est réparée = your car has been repaired; les portes sont repeintes chaque année = the doors are repainted every yearau passé: les épreuves ont été révisées en juin = the proofs were revised in June; les épreuves ont été révisées plusieurs fois = the proofs have been revised several times; les épreuves ont été révisées bien avant ma démission = the proofs had been revised long before I resignedêtre se traduit par to have si le temps est également composé en anglais - ce qui est beaucoup moins fréquent qu'en français (voir ci-dessus) - sauf avec naître. Dans certains contextes, on peut avoir: elles sont tombées = they have fallen; ils se sont enfuis = they have escaped; elle s'était vengée = she had taken her revengeLes verbes traduits par une construction passive ou attributive en anglais ( se vendre = to be sold; s'indigner = to be indignant) suivent les mêmes règles au passé: tous les livres se sont vendus = all the books have been sold; elle se serait indignée = she would have been indignantNoter que la forme pronominale à valeur passive est souvent mieux rendue en anglais par une forme intransitive: les livres se sont bien vendus = the books have sold wellêtre = allerLorsqu'il signifie aller, être se traduit par to be en anglais, mais seulement s'il est directement suivi d'un complément de lieu: je n'ai jamais été en Chine = I've never been to China. Suivi d'un infinitif, il se rend par to go to: il a été voir son ami = he's gone to see his friend; j'ai été manger au restaurant = I went to eat in the restaurantDans le sens de s'en aller, on notera les tournures recherchées: ils s'en furent au théâtre = they went to the theatre; ils s'en furent (déçus) = they left (disappointed)est-ce, ou sa variante plus familière c'est, se traduit généralement par is it: est-ce leur fils/voiture? = is it their son/car?; c'est grave? = is it serious?; c'est toi ou ton frère? = is it you or your brother?Quand ce garde sa valeur démonstrative, l'anglais précise la référence: est-ce clair? = is that clear?; qui est-ce? ( en montrant une personne) = who is he/she?; et aussi = who is that?; mais, en parlant de quelqu'un qui vous appelle au téléphone, ou à quelqu'un qui frappe à la porte: = who is it?est-ce n'est généralement pas traduit dans les tournures emphatiques ou permettant d'éviter l'inversion du sujet: est-ce que tu parles russe? = do you speak Russian?; est-ce leur fils, ce garçon? is this boy their son?; qui est-ce qui l'a fait? = who did it?; qui est-ce que tu as rencontré? = who did you meet?; quand/où est-ce que tu manges? = when/where do you eat?; qu'est-ce que c'est? = what is it?, ou, comme vu plus haut, = what is this/that? selon qu'on montre un objet proche ou éloignéNéanmoins, la tournure emphatique est également possible en anglais dans certaines expressions: qu'est-ce que j'entends? = what's this I hear?; est-ce bien ce qu'il a voulu dire? = is that what he really meant?c'est se traduit, selon les contextes, it is ( it's), this is, that is ( that's): c'est facile ( de critiquer) = it's easy; (ce que tu me demandes, ce travail) = that's easy; c'est moi (réponse à ‘qui est-ce?’) = it's me; (réponse à ‘qui le fait?’) = I do; (réponse à ‘qui l'a fait?’) = I did; (pour me désigner sur une photo, ou comme étant le personnage dont il est question) = that's me ( traduit également ça, c'est moi); c'est Mme Fox (qui téléphone, réponse à ‘qui est-ce?’) = it's Mrs Fox; (réponse à ‘qui le fait?’) = Mrs Fox ou Mrs Fox does; (réponse à ‘qui l'a fait?’) = Mrs Fox did; (que je montre, dont vous voulez parler) = that's Mrs Fox; c'est eux, ce sont eux (qui sont là-bas, que je montre) = it's them; ( qui le font) = they do; ( qui l'ont fait) = they did; ( qui arrivent) = here they are; ce sont mes enfants ( que je vous présente) = these are my children; ( qui sont là-bas) = they are my children; c'est cela = that's right; c'est ça! tu crois que je vais faire le travail tout seul? = what's this! do you think I'm going to do the work all by myself?Lorsqu'il reprend un nom, un infinitif ou une proposition qui le précède c'est se traduit seulement par is: une étoile, c'est un réacteur nucléaire = a star is a nuclear reactor; réussir, c'est une question de volonté = to succeed is a question of will; sortir par ce temps, c'est de la folie = going out in this weather is sheer madness; eux, ce sont mes amis = they are my friendsDe même, lorsque c'est que reprend un groupe nominal ou une proposition, il se traduit simplement par is that: le comique, c'est que... = the funny thing is that... On trouvera en général cette tournure sous l'entrée appropriée, comme comique, fort, importer etcLorsque c'est que sert à donner une explication il se rend généralement, et selon le temps, par it is that, it was that, mais aussi, pour insister sur l'explication, par it is/was because: si j'ai fait ça, c'est que je ne pouvais pas faire autrement = if I did that, it was because I couldn't do otherwise. ce n'est pas que se traduit la plupart du temps it is/was not that (la contraction est it's not plutôt que it isn't): ce n'est pas qu'il soit bête, mais... = it's not that he is stupid, but...En corrélation avec un pronom relatif, c'est peut soit garder sa valeur de présentatif (voir plus haut) et se rendre par that's: c'est le journaliste qui m'a interviewé/que nous avons rencontré/dont je te parlais = that's the journalist who interviewed me/(that) we met/I was telling you about; c'est le château où je suis né = that's the castle where I was born; c'est ce qui me fait croire que... = that's what makes me think that...; c'est justement ce que je disais = that's exactly what I was saying; soit constituer une tournure emphatique qui se rend en anglais selon la nuance: c'est de la même femme que nous parlons = we're talking about the same woman; c'était d'en parler devant elle qui me gênait = talking about it in front of her was what made me feel uneasy ou what made me feel uneasy was talking about it in front of her; c'est lui/Paul qui l'a cassé ( je le dénonce) = he/Paul broke it; ( je l'accuse) = he/Paul is the one who broke it; c'est mon frère qui l'a écrit = it was my brother who wrote it ou my brother's the one who wrote it; c'est de ta soeur que je parlais, pas de toi = it was your sister I was talking about, not you; c'est cette voiture qui m'intéresse = this is the car (that) I am interested in; c'est lui le coupable = he is the culprit; ce sont eux les meurtriers = they are the murderersc'est à suivi d'un infinitif se traduit parfois par it is suivi de l'adjectif correspondant si cette même transformation est possible en français ( c'est à désespérer = c'est désespérant = it's hopeless), mais c'est rare, et il est conseillé de se reporter à l'infinitif en question ou à l'un des autres termes obtenus à partir de transformations semblablesc'est à... de faire (ou parfois à faire) se traduira de deux manières: c'est à Pierre/lui de choisir ( c'est son tour) it's Pierre's/his turn to choose; ( c'est sa responsabilité) it's up to Pierre/to him to chooseLa notion de rivalité contenue dans c'est à qui suivi du futur doit être rendue explicite en anglais: c'est à qui proposera le plus de réformes = each is trying to suggest more reforms than the other; c'était à qui des deux aurait le dernier mot = they were each trying to get in the last word; c'était à qui trouverait le plus d'erreurs dans le texte = they were vying with each other to find the most mistakes in the textc'est, équivalent de ça fait dans le compte d'une somme, se rend par it is: c'est 200 francs = it's 200 francs; c'est combien? = how much is it?ce sera avec valeur modale de ce doit être se traduit it must be: ce sera mon professeur de piano = it must be my piano teacherêtre = verbe impersonnelil est facile de critiquer = it is easy to criticize; il serait nécessaire de faire = it would be necessary to do; il est des gens bizarres = there are some strange people; il n'est pas de jour/d'heure sans qu'il se plaigne = not a day/an hour goes by without him complainingOn se référera par ailleurs aux notes d'usage concernant l'heure et la date; voir aussi les entrées temps et foisil est à suivi d'un infinitif se rend différemment, selon les nuances qu'imposent le contexte, par it must be, it has to be, it should be, it can be suivis du participe passé. Pour plus de sûreté, on se reportera à l'infinitif en question, où cette construction est généralement traitéeil est de suivi d'un substantif ou d'un groupe nominal se rend souvent par it is suivi directement d'un adjectif ou d'un substantif précédé d'un déterminant (article, pronom): il est de coutume de faire (ou qu'on fasse) = it is customary ou the custom to do; il est de notre responsabilité de faire = it is our responsibility to do; mais ce n'est pas une règle absolue, et il est préférable de consulter des entrées telles que goût, règle, notoriété etc pour avoir des traductions adéquates. Voir également 1 Voir également 1 ci-dessous pour des exemples supplémentairesCertains cas sont traités sous la rubrique ‘être = verbe impersonnel’; d'autres, expressions figées, le sont sous l'entrée appropriée; voir par exemple poche et frais pour en être de sa poche/pour ses frais. Enfin, quand l'antéc édent de en est exprimé dans la phrase, l'expression est traitée plus bas sous être de: où en étais-je? = where was I?; je ne sais plus où j'en suis = I'm lost; où en es-tu de tes recherches? - j'en suis à mi-chemin/au début = how far have you got in your research? - I'm halfway through/at the beginning; elle a eu plusieurs amants/accidents: elle en est à son quatrième = she has had several lovers/accidents: this is her fourth; j'en suis à me demander si... = I'm beginning to wonder whether...; j'en étais à ne pouvoir distinguer le vrai du faux = I got to the point where I couldn't distinguish between truth and falsehoodSuivie d'un substantif représentant un vêtement, l'expression peut être traduite to be in, mais on consultera l'entrée appropriée pour s'en assurer. Si l'on dit to be in uniform ou éventuellement to be wearing a uniform pour être en uniforme, l'anglais préfère généralement to be wearing a suit à to be in a suit pour être en costume (de même pour robe, tailleur etc). Dans le cas d'un déguisement, on a to be dressed up as: être en pirate = to be dressed up as a piratej'y suis ( je vous comprends) = I'm with you; ( plus général mais un peu familier) = I get it; je n'y suis pas ( je ne comprends pas) = I don't get it; vous y êtes? (vous comprenez?) = are you with me?; (vous êtes prêt(e)?) = are you ready?; 20000 francs? vous n'y êtes pas! = 20,000 francs? you're a long way out!; tu n'y es pas, c'est plus compliqué que ça = you don't realize, it's a lot more complicated than that. Voir aussi les entrées y, adverbe de lieu, et pourêtre + prépositionsLa plupart des cas ( être dans, sur, devant, pour, après, avec etc) sont traités sous la préposition correspondante. Ne sont retenus ici que les cas particuliers de être à et être deLes cas où l'on peut faire l'ellipse de être ou le remplacer par un autre verbe sont traités sous la préposition à; ceux de en être à sous la rubrique ‘en être’, et ceux de c'est à sous la rubrique ‘c'est’Les emplois de être à suivi d'un groupe nominal et signifiant ‘tendre vers’ sont généralement traités sous le substantif approprié, comme temps, hausse, agonie etc dans les expressions le temps est à la pluie, être à la hausse, être à l'agonie. De même, quand être à signifie un état, c'est sous le substantif ou adjectif approprié, comme bout, disposition, quai, vif etc, qu'on trouvera la ou les traductions de l'expression correspondanteSuivi d'un infinitif et signifiant devoir être, être à peut généralement se traduire, en observant les mêmes nuances qu'avec devoir, par must be, have to be ou should be suivi du participe passé du verbe anglais. Il reste conseillé de consulter l'infinitif en question, comme plaindre, prendre etc. On en trouve également un traitement succint sous les rubriques ‘être = verbe impersonnel' et ‘c'est'Au sens de appartenir à, l'anglais utilise to be suivi du cas possessif quand le possesseur est un être animé ou d'un pronom possessif si celui-ci est représent é par un pronom objet. Si le cas possessif n'est pas d'usage, on utilise de préférence to belong to: ce livre est à moi/à mon frère = this book is mine/my brother's; ces dictionnaires sont au service de traduction = these dictionaries belong to the translation department; à qui est ce chien? = who does this dog belong to? ou whose dog is this? Voir 2 ci-dessous pour des exemples supplémentairesQuand elle exprime un état ou une situation, la tournure être de suivie d'un substantif sans déterminant est traduite sous le substantif en question, notamment avis, garde, service etc. De même, certaines expressions où la présence de déterminant est variable, comme dans être de mauvaise foi/d'une incroyable mauvaise foi sont traitées sous l'entrée appropriée, en l'occurrence, foi; voir aussi humeur, massacrante, poil etcLa construction être d'un/d'une suivie d'un adjectif substantivé ou d'un substantif exprimant une qualité ou un défaut peut généralement être rendue par to be so suivi de l'adjectif correspondant en anglais, si le substantif est seul: elle est d'un ridicule/d'une prétention! = she's so ridiculous/so pretentious!; si le substantif est qualifié, l'adjectif devient généralement un adverbe en anglais: il est d'une exquise courtoisie/d'une incompétence rare = he's exquisitely courteous/exceptionally incompetent; mais il n'est pas inutile de vérifier les traductions des adjectifs et substantifs à leur entrée avant de rendre cette constructionAu sens de participer à, faire partie de, la tournure être de se traduit de façon très variable (voir aussi partie): il est des nôtres ( il vient avec nous) = he's with us; (il est de notre clan, agit et pense comme nous) = he's one of us; serez-vous des nôtres? = will you be (coming) with us?; êtes-vous des nôtres? = are you coming with us? (ici, coming est nécessaire, pour éviter l'ambiguïté de are you with us?); les journalistes ne sont pas/ne seront pas du voyage = the journalists aren't coming/won't be coming on the trip; ils ont organisé une expédition mais je n'en étais pas = they organized an expedition but I wasn't part of it; il y avait un congrès mais il n'en était pas = there was a congress but he didn't take partSuivi d'un infinitif et précédé de noms abstraits avec l'article défini ( l'idéal, l'essentiel etc) ou de superlatifs ( le plus simple), être de se traduit généralement par to be suivi de l'infinitif avec to: le plus simple serait de tout recommencer = the simplest thing to do would be to start all over again* * *ɛtʀ1. nm2. vb (avec attribut)1) (état, description) to beIl est instituteur. — He's a teacher.
Vous êtes grand. — You're tall.
Vous êtes fatigué. — You're tired.
Je suis heureux. — I'm happy.
être à qn — to be sb's, to belong to sb
Ce livre est à Paul. — This book is Paul's., This book belongs to Paul.
C'est à moi. — It's mine.
C'est à eux. — It's theirs.
C'est à lui de le faire. — It's up to him to do it.
3) (origine)Il est de Paris. — He is from Paris.
Il est des nôtres. — He is one of us.
4) (obligation, but)être à (+ infinitif) C'est à réparer. — It needs repairing.
C'est à essayer. — You should try it.
Il est à espérer que... — It is to be hoped that...
3. vi1) (= se trouver) to beJe ne serai pas ici demain. — I won't be here tomorrow.
2) (date)Nous sommes le 10 janvier. — It's the 10th of January., Today is the 10th of January.
3) (= faire partie) to beêtre de ceux qui... — to be one of those who...
Il voulait en être. — He wanted to be part of it.
4) (= exister) to beêtre ou ne pas être... — to be or not to be...
en être à qch (= avoir atteint) — to have got to sth, to have got as far as sth, (= être réduit à) to be reduced to sth
Nous en étions au dessert. — We had got to the dessert., We had got as far as dessert.
Il en est à faire des ménages pour vivre. — He's been reduced to doing cleaning jobs to earn a living.
4. vb aux1) (dans verbes composés) to haveIl est parti. — He has left., He has gone.
Il n'est pas encore arrivé. — He hasn't arrived yet.
2) (forme passive) to beIl a été promu. — He has been promoted.
5. vb impersil est... — it is...
Il est impossible de le faire. — It's impossible to do it.
Il est 10 heures. — It's 10 o'clock.
See:* * *I.être ⇒ Note d'usage verb table: être vi1 il n'est pas jusqu'à l'Antarctique qui ne soit pollué even the Antarctic is polluted; il en est de Pierre comme de Paul it is the same with Pierre as with Paul; voilà ce qu'il en est ( présentation) this is how it is; ( conclusion) that's how it is; il n'en est rien this isn't at all the case; il en sera toujours ainsi it will always be so; il en a été de même it was the same; qu'en est-il de…? what's the news on…?;2 je suis à vous tout de suite/dans un instant I'll be with you right away/in a minute; je suis à vous I'm all yours; être à ce qu'on fait to have one's mind on what one is doing; elle est toujours à se plaindre she's always complaining;3 il n'est plus euph he's no longer with us; ce temps n'est plus those days are gone; ces traditions ne sont plus these traditions are things of the past; fût-il duc/en cristal even if he were a duke/it were made of crystal, even were he a duke/were it made of crystal; n'était leur grand âge were it not for their advanced age, if it were not for their advanced age; ne serait-ce qu'en faisant if only by doing; ne fût-ce que pour la soulager/qu'un instant if only to relieve her/for a moment; fût-ce pour des raisons humanitaires if only on humanitarian grounds.on ne peut pas être et avoir été Prov you can't stay young forever.II.être nm1 ( organisme vivant) being; être humain/vivant/surnaturel human/living/supernatural being; les êtres animés et inanimés animate and inanimate things; les êtres et les choses living things and objects; un être sans défense a defencelessGB creature; ces plantes sont des êtres inférieurs these plants are inferior life-forms;2 ( personne) person; un être d'exception an exceptional person; un être faible et timoré a weak and timorous person; les êtres qui doutent people who doubt; l'amitié entre deux êtres friendship between two people; un être cher or aimé a loved one; ce sont des êtres simples they're simple beings ou souls; son mari est un être sensible her husband is a sensitive soul;3 ( nature intime) being; de tout son être [détester, souhaiter] with one's whole being; au fond de son être, elle savait que in the core of her being, she knew that; blessé au plus profond de son être hurt to the core; les êtres contradictoires qui vous habitent the conflicting selves within you;I[ɛtr] nom masculin2. RELIGIONl'être éternel ou infini ou suprême the Supreme Being3. [personne] personII[ɛtr] verbe intransitifA.[EXPRIME L'EXISTENCE, LA RÉALITÉ]B.[RELIE L'ATTRIBUT, LE COMPLÉMENT AU SUJET]1. [suivi d'un attribut] to beje ne te le prêterai pas! — comment ou comme tu es! (familier) I won't lend it to you! — you see what you're like!Bruno/ce rôle est tout pour moi Bruno/this part means everything to me2. [suivi d'une préposition]j'y suis, j'y reste here I am and here I staya. [à la maison] I'm not at home for anyoneb. [au bureau] I won't see anybodyje suis à vous [je vous écoute] I'm all yourstout le monde est à la page 15/au chapitre 9? is everybody at page 15/chapter 9?vous êtes (bien) au 01.40.06.24.08 this is 01 40 06 24 08être de [provenir de] to be from, to come fromBruno est de sa famille Bruno is a member of her family ou is a relative of hersêtre de [participer à]: je suis de mariage le mois prochain I've got (to go to) a wedding next monthj'en suis au moment où il découvre le trésor I've got to the part ou the bit where he discovers the treasureoù en étais-je? [après une interruption dans une conversation] where was I ?tu en es encore à lui chercher des excuses! — oh non, je n'en suis plus là! you're still trying to find excuses for him! — oh no, I'm past that!ne plus savoir où l'on en est: je ne sais plus du tout où j'en suis dans tous ces calculs I don't know where I am any more with all these calculationsj'ai besoin de faire le point, je ne sais plus où j'en suis I've got to take stock, I've completely lost track of everythingy être [comprendre]: tu te souviens bien de Marie, une petite brune! — ah, oui, j'y suis maintenant! but you must remember Marie, a brunette! — oh yes, I'm with you now!mais non, vous n'y êtes pas du tout! you don't understand!3. [dans l'expression du temps] to benous sommes le 8/jeudi today is the 8th/ThursdayC.[SUBSTITUT DE ALLER, PARTIR] to go————————[ɛtr] verbe impersonnel1. [exister]il était une fois un prince... once (upon a time) there was a prince...2. [pour exprimer l'heure]3. (soutenu & locution)on a dit que vous vouliez démissionner — il n'en est rien it was rumoured you wanted to resign — that's not trueil n'est que de: il n'est que de lire les journaux pour s'en rendre compte you only have to read the newspapers to be aware of it————————[ɛtr] verbe auxiliaire1. [sert à former les temps composés]je suis/j'étais descendu I came/had come down2. [sert à former le passif]3. [sert à exprimer une obligation]cela étant locution adverbiale[dans ces circonstances] things being what they are[cela dit] having said that -
6 bien
bien [bjɛ̃]━━━━━━━━━1. adverb4. compounds━━━━━━━━━1. <a. ( = de façon satisfaisante) well• comment vas-tu ? -- très bien merci how are you? -- fine, thanksb. ( = selon la morale, la raison) [se conduire, agir] well• vous faites bien de me le dire ! you did well to tell me!• ça commence à bien faire ! (inf) this is getting beyond a joke!c. ( = sans difficulté) [supporter, se rappeler] welle. ( = effectivement) definitely• je trouve bien que c'est un peu cher mais tant pis yes, it is rather expensive but never mind• c'est bien à ton frère que je pensais yes, it was your brother I was thinking of• c'est bien mon manteau ? this is my coat, isn't it?• il s'agit bien de ça ! as if that's the point!• voilà bien les femmes ! that's women for you!f. ( = correctement) écoute-moi bien listen to me carefully• dis-lui bien que... make sure you tell him that...• c'est bien compris ? is that quite clear?• j'espère bien ! I should hope so!• où peut-il bien être ? where on earth can he be?g. ( = malgré tout) il fallait bien que ça se fasse it just had to be done• il pourrait bien venir nous voir de temps en temps ! he could at least come and see us now and then!h. ( = volontiers) (après un verbe au conditionnel) je mangerais bien un morceau I'd like a bite to eat• je voudrais bien t'y voir ! I'd like to see you try!i. ( = au moins) at leastj. (locutions)• je connais bien des gens qui auraient protesté I know a lot of people who would have protested► bien que although• bien sûr qu'il viendra ! of course he'll come!2. <a. ( = satisfaisant) goodc. ( = en bonne forme) well• tu n'es pas bien ? are you feeling OK?• il est bien, ce nouveau canapé the new sofa's nicee. ( = à l'aise) on est bien à l'ombre it's nice in the shade• laisse-le, il est bien où il est ! leave him alone - he's fine where he is!• vous voilà bien ! now you've done it!g. ( = en bons termes) être bien avec qn to get on well with sb3. <a. ( = ce qui est bon) good• c'est pour ton bien ! it's for your own good!4. <* * *bjɛ̃
1.
adjectif invariable1) ( convenable)ça fait bien d'aller à l'opéra — (colloq) it's the done thing to go to the opera
2) ( en bonne santé) wellt'es pas bien! — (colloq) you're out of your mind! (colloq)
3) ( à l'aise)nous voilà bien! — iron we' re in a fine mess!
4) (colloq) ( de qualité)
2.
1) ( correctement) gén well; [fonctionner] properly; [interpréter] correctlybien joué! — fig well done!
aller bien — [personne] to be well; [affaires] to go well
il travaille bien — ( élève) his work is good; ( artisan) he does a good job
il est bien remis — ( malade) he's made a good recovery
2) ( complètement) [arroser, décongeler, laver, mélanger, propre, cuit] thoroughly; [remplir, sécher, sec, fondu] completely; [lire, écouter, regarder] carefully3) ( agréablement) [présenté, situé] well; [s'habiller] well, smartly; [décoré, meublé] tastefully; [logé, installé, vivre] comfortablyaller bien à quelqu'un — [couleur, style] to suit somebody
4) ( hautement) [aimable, triste] very; [apprécier, craindre] very much; [simple, vrai, certain, évident] quitec'est bien joli tout ça, mais — that's all very well, but
bien mieux/moins/pire — much ou far better/less/worse
bien trop laid/tard — much too ugly/late
bien plus riche/cher — much ou far richer/more expensive
bien plus, il la vole! — not only that, he also takes her money
bien entendu or évidemment — naturally
5) ( volontiers)6) ( malgré tout)7) ( pour souligner)ça prouve/montre bien que — it just goes to prove/show that
je sais/crois bien que — I know/think that
on verra bien — well, we'll see
il le fait bien lui, pourquoi pas moi? — if he can do it, why can't I?
8) ( réellement) definitelyc'est bien lui/mon sac — it's definitely him/my bag, it's him/my bag all right (colloq)
il ne s'agit pas d'une erreur, mais bien de fraude — it's not a mistake, it's fraud
c'est bien ici qu'on vend les billets? — this is where you get tickets, isn't it?
c'est bien le moment! — iron great timing!
c'est bien le moment de partir! — iron what a time to leave!
9) ( au moins) at leastelle a bien 40 ans — she's at least 40, she's a good 40 years old
10) ( beaucoup)bien des fois — often, many a time
il s'est donné bien du mal — he's gone to a lot or a great deal of trouble
je te souhaite bien du plaisir! — iron I wish you joy!
3.
nom masculin1) ( avantage) goodgrand bien vous fasse! — iron much good may it do you!
parler en bien de quelqu'un — to speak favourably [BrE] of somebody
2) ( possession) possession
4.
5.
bien que locution conjonctive althoughPhrasal Verbs:••tout est bien qui finit bien — Proverbe all's well that ends well Proverbe
* * *bjɛ̃1. nm1) (= avantage)Ses vacances lui ont fait beaucoup de bien. — His holiday has done him a lot of good.
Jean m'a dit beaucoup de bien de toi. — Jean told me a lot of good things about you., Jean spoke very highly of you to me.
vouloir du bien à qn (= vouloir aider) — to have sb's best interests at heart
2) (= possession) possession, property, (= patrimoine) property3) (moral)2. biens nmpl3. adv1) (= de façon satisfaisante) wellElle travaille bien. — She works well.
aller bien; se porter bien — to be well
croyant bien faire, je... — thinking I was doing the right thing, I...
faire bien de... — to do well to...
Tu ferais bien de faire attention. — You'd do well to pay attention.
2) (concession)vouloir bien; Je veux bien le faire. — I'm quite willing to do it.
Il semble bien que... — It really seems that...
Paul est bien venu, n'est-ce pas? — Paul HAS come, hasn't he?
3) (valeur intensive) quiteJ'espère bien y aller. — I very much hope to go.
bien fait!; C'est bien fait pour toi! — It serves you right!
bien sûr!; bien entendu! — certainly!, of course!
4. exclright!, OK!, fine!5. adj inv1) (= en bonne forme)je me sens bien — I feel fine, I feel well
2) (= à l'aise)On est bien dans ce fauteuil. — This chair is very comfortable.
3) (= à son avantage)Tu es bien dans cette robe. — You look nice in that dress.
4) (= satisfaisant) goodCe restaurant est vraiment bien. — This restaurant is really good.
Elle est bien, cette maison. — It's a nice house.
Elle est bien, cette secrétaire. — She's a good secretary.
Ce n'est pas si bien que ça. — It's not as good as all that., It's not all that great.
5) (moralement)ce n'est pas bien de... — it's not right to...
Ce n'est pas bien de dire du mal des gens. — It's not right to say nasty things about people.
Elle est bien, cette femme. — She's a nice woman.
6) (= en bons termes)* * *A adj inv1 ( convenable) être bien dans un rôle to be good in a part; être bien de sa personne to be good-looking; il n'y a rien de bien ici there's nothing of interest here; voilà qui est bien that's good; ce n'est pas bien de mentir it's not nice to lie; ce serait bien si on pouvait nager it would be nice if we could swim; ça fait bien d'aller à l'opéra○ it's the done thing to go to the opera; les roses font bien sur la terrasse the roses look nice ou good on the terrace; tout est bien qui finit bien all's well that ends well;2 ( en bonne santé) well; ne pas se sentir bien not to feel well; non, mais, t'es pas bien○! you're out of your mind○!;3 ( à l'aise) comfortable; je suis bien dans ces bottes these boots are comfortable; on est bien sur cette chaise! what a comfortable chair!; on est bien au soleil! isn't it nice in the sun!; je me trouve bien ici I like it here; suis mes conseils, tu t'en trouveras bien take my advice, it'll serve you in good stead; nous voilà bien! iron we're in a fine mess!;4 ○( de qualité) un quartier bien a nice district; des gens bien respectable people; un type bien a gentleman; un film bien a good film.B adv1 ( correctement) [équipé, fait, géré, s'exprimer, dormir, choisir, se souvenir, danser] well; [fonctionner] properly; [libeller, diagnostiquer, interpréter] correctly; bien payé well paid; bien joué! lit well played!; fig well done!; aller bien [personne] to be well; [affaires] to go well; ça s'est bien passé it went well; la voiture ne marche pas bien the car isn't running properly ou right; ni bien ni mal so-so; parler (très) bien le chinois to speak (very) good Chinese, to speak Chinese (very) well; il travaille bien ( élève) his work is good; ( artisan) he does a good job; un travail bien fait a good job; il est bien remis ( malade) he's made a good recovery; bien se tenir à table to have good table manners; bien employer son temps to make good use of one's time; j'ai cru bien faire I thought I was doing the right thing; il fait bien de partir he's right to leave; c'est bien fait pour elle! it serves her right!; tu ferais bien d'y aller it would be a good idea for you to go there; pour bien faire, il faudrait acheter une lampe the thing to do would be to buy a lamp; bien m'en a pris de refuser it's a good thing I refused;2 ( complètement) [arroser, décongeler, laver, mélanger, propre, cuit] thoroughly; [remplir, sécher, sec, fondu] completely; [lire, examiner, écouter, regarder] carefully; marche bien à droite keep well over to the right; mets-toi bien dans le coin/devant stand right in the corner/at the front; bien profiter d'une situation to exploit a situation to the full;3 ( agréablement) [présenté, situé] well; [s'habiller] well, smartly; [décoré, meublé] tastefully; [logé, installé, vivre] comfortably; femme bien faite shapely woman; aller bien ensemble to go well together; aller bien à qn [couleur, style] to suit sb; se mettre bien avec qn to get on good terms with sb; bien prendre une remarque to take a remark in good part;4 ( hautement) [aimable, triste] very; [apprécier, craindre] very much; [simple, vrai, certain, évident] quite; il s'est bien mal comporté he behaved very ou really badly; il y a bien longtemps de ça that was a very long time ago; c'est bien loin pour nous it's rather far for us; merci bien thank you very much; tu as bien raison you're quite ou absolutely right; c'est bien dommage it's a great ou real pity; bien rire/s'amuser/se reposer to have a good laugh/time/rest; tu as l'air bien pensif you're looking very pensive; c'est bien promis? is that a promise?; c'est bien compris? is that clear?; bien au contraire on the contrary; c'est bien beau ou joli tout ça, mais that's all very well, but; bien mieux/ moins/pire much ou far better/less/worse; bien trop laid/tard much too ugly/late; bien plus riche/cher much ou far richer/more expensive; bien plus, il la vole! not only that, he also takes her money; bien sûr of course; bien entendu or évidemment naturally; bien souvent quite often;5 ( volontiers) j'irais bien à Bali I wouldn't mind going to Bali; j'en prendrais bien un autre I wouldn't mind another; je veux bien t'aider I don't mind helping you; j'aimerais bien essayer I would love to try; je te dirais bien de rester/venir, mais I would ask you to stay/come but; je verrais bien un arbre sur la pelouse I think a tree would look nice on the lawn; je le vois bien habiter à Paris I can just imagine him living in Paris;6 ( malgré tout) il faut bien le faire/que ça finisse it has to be done/to come to an end; il faudra bien s'y habituer we'll just have to get used to it; elle sera bien obligée de payer she'll just have to pay; tu aurais bien pu me le dire you could at least have told me; il finira bien par se calmer he'll calm down eventually;7 ( pour souligner) ça prouve/montre bien que it just goes to prove/show that; j'espère bien que I do hope that; je vois/comprends bien I do see/understand; je sais/crois bien que I know/think that; insiste bien make sure you insist; dis-le lui bien make sure you tell him/her; on verra bien well, we'll see; sache bien que je n'accepterai jamais let me tell you that I will never accept; crois bien que je n'hésiterais pas! you can be sure ou I can assure you that I would not hesitate!; je m'en doutais bien! I thought as much!; je t'avais bien dit de ne pas le manger! I told you not to eat it!; il le fait bien lui, pourquoi pas moi? if he can do it, why can't I?; veux-tu bien faire ce que je te dis! will you do as I tell you!; tu peux très bien le faire toi-même you can easily do it yourself; il se pourrait bien qu'il pleuve it might well rain; que peut-il bien faire à Paris? what on earth can he be doing in Paris?;8 ( réellement) definitely; c'est bien lui/mon sac it's definitely him/my bag, it's him/my bag all right○; j'ai vérifié: il est bien parti I checked, he's definitely gone ou he's gone all right○; c'est bien ce qu'il a dit/vu that's definitely ou exactly what he said/saw; et c'est bien lui qui conduisait? and it was definitely him driving?; il ne s'agit pas d'une erreur, mais bien de fraude it's not a mistake, it's fraud; c'est bien mardi aujourd'hui? today is Tuesday, isn't it?; c'est bien ici qu'on vend les billets? this is where you get tickets, isn't it?; tu as bien pris les clés? are you sure you've got the keys?; est-ce bien nécessaire? is it really necessary?; s'agit-il bien d'un suicide? was it really suicide?; c'est bien de lui! it's just like him!; voilà bien la politique! that's politics for you!; c'est bien le moment! iron great timing!; c'est bien le moment de partir! iron what a time to leave!;9 ( au moins) at least; elle a bien 40 ans she's at least 40, she's a good 40 years old; ça pèse bien dix kilos it weighs at least ten kilos, it weighs a good ten kilos; ça vaut bien le double it's worth at least twice as much;10 ( beaucoup) c'était il y a bien des années that was a good many years ago; bien des fois often, many a time; bien des gens lots of people; il s'est donné bien du mal he's gone to a lot or a great deal of trouble; il s'en faut bien! far from it!; mon fils me donne bien du souci my son is a great worry to me; avoir bien de la chance to be very lucky; je te souhaite bien du plaisir! iron I wish you joy!C nm1 ( avantage) good; pour le bien du pays for the good of the country; pour le bien de tous for the general good; c'est pour ton bien it's for your own good; ce serait un bien it would be a good thing; sacrifier son propre bien à celui d'autrui to put others first; le bien et le mal good and evil; faire le bien to do good; il a fait beaucoup de bien autour de lui he has done a lot of good; ça fait du bien aux enfants/plantes it's good for the children /plants; ça fait/ça leur fait du bien it does you/them good; mon repos m'a fait le plus grand bien my rest did me a world of good; grand bien vous fasse! iron much good may it do you!; vouloir le bien de qn to have sb's best interests at heart; vouloir du bien à qn to wish sb well; ‘un ami qui vous veut du bien’ ( dans une lettre anonyme) ‘from a well-wisher’, ‘one who has your best interests at heart’; dire du bien de qn to speak well of sb; on dit le plus grand bien du maire/musée people speak very highly of the mayor/museum; on a dit le plus grand bien de toi a lot of nice things were said about you; parler en bien de qn to speak favourablyGB of sb; ⇒ ennemi, honneur;2 ( possession) possession; (maison, terres) property; ( domaine) bien(s) estate; ( ensemble des possessions) bien(s) property ¢; ( patrimoine) bien(s) fortune; ( avoirs) biens assets; perdre tous ses bien s dans un incendie to lose all one's possessions in a fire; ce livre est mon bien le plus précieux this book is my most precious possession; les biens de ce monde material possessions; un petit bien en Corse a small property in Corsica; hériter des biens paternels to inherit one's father's property ou estate; dilapider son bien to squander one's fortune; avoir du bien (maisons, terres) to own property; ( argent) to be wealthy; des biens considérables substantial assets; la santé/liberté est le plus précieux des biens you can't put a price on good health/freedom; ⇒ abondance, acquis.D excl1 ( approbatif) bien! voyons le reste good! let's see the rest;E bien que loc conj although, though; bien qu'il le sache although he knows; bien qu'elle vive maintenant en Floride, je la vois régulièrement although she lives in Florida, I see her regularly; il est venu travailler bien qu'il soit grippé he came in to work, although he had flu; bien que très différentes en apparence, les deux œuvres ont des points communs although very different in appearance, the two works have common features; il joue un rôle important bien que discret he plays an important role, albeit a discreet one; ⇒ aussi, ou, si.biens de consommation consumer goods; biens durables consumer durables; biens d'équipement capital goods; biens d'équipement ménager household goods; biens fonciers land ¢; biens immeubles immovables; biens immeubles par destination fixtures; biens immobiliers real estate ¢; biens mobiliers personal property ¢; biens personnels private property ¢; biens propres separate estate (sg); détenir qch en bien s propres to hold sth as separate estate; biens publics public property ¢; biens sociaux corporate assets.[bjɛ̃] adverbe1. [de façon satisfaisante] wellla vis tient bien the screw is secure ou is in tighta. [à la rambarde] hold on tight!b. [sur la chaise] sit properly!c. [à table] behave yourself!2. [du point de vue de la santé]aller ou se porter bien to feel well ou finebien agir envers quelqu'un to do the proper ou right ou correct thing by somebodytu as bien fait you did the right thing, you did righttu fais bien de me le rappeler thank you for reminding me, it's a good thing you reminded me (of it)pour bien faire, nous devrions partir avant 9 h ideally, we should leave before 95. [avec soin]fais bien ce que l'on te dit do exactly ou just as you're toldc'est bien agréable it's really ou very nicetu es bien sûr? are you quite certain ou sure?bien avant/après well before/afterbien trop tôt far ou much too early7. (suivi d'un verbe) [beaucoup]on a bien ri we had a good laugh, we laughed a lot8. [véritablement]j'ai bien cru que... I really thought that...sans bien se rendre compte de ce qu'il faisait without being fully aware of ou without fully realizing what he was doing9. [pour renforcer, insister]ce n'est pas lui, mais bien son associé que j'ai eu au téléphone it wasn't him, but rather his partner I spoke to on the phonec'est bien ça that's it ou rightc'est bien ce que je disais/pensais that's just what I was saying/thinkingje vais me plaindre — je comprends ou pense bien! I'm going to complain — I should think so too!il ne m'aidera pas, tu penses bien! he won't help me, you can be sure of that!c'est bien de lui, ça! that's typical of him!, that's just like him!10. [volontiers]je te dirais bien quelque chose, mais je suis poli I could say something rude but I won'tje boirais bien quelque chose I could do with ou I wouldn't mind a drink11. [au moins] at least12. [exprimant la supposition, l'éventualité]13. [pourtant]14. [suivi d'un nom]bien de, bien des quite a lot ofelle a bien du courage! isn't she brave!, she's got a great deal of courage!bien des fois... more than once...bien des gens lots of ou quite a lot of ou quite a few people15. [dans la correspondance]————————[bjɛ̃] adjectif invariable1. [qui donne satisfaction] goodc'est bien de s'amuser mais il faut aussi travailler it's all right to have fun but you have to work tooje recule? — non, vous êtes bien là (familier) shall I move back? — no, you're all right ou OK ou fine like thatqu'est-ce qu'il est bien dans son dernier film! (familier) he's great ou really good in his new film!a. [cela te sied] you look very nice in a skirtb. [c'est acceptable pour l'occasion] a skirt is perfectly all rightc'est bien [conduite, action]: ce serait bien de lui envoyer un peu d'argent it'd be a good idea to send her some moneyce n'est pas bien de tirer la langue it's naughty ou it's not nice to stick out your tongue4. [en forme] wellb. [mentalement] are you crazy?me/te/nous voilà bien! NOW I'm/you're/we're in a fine mess!5. [à l'aise]6. [en bons termes]se mettre bien avec quelqu'un to get in with somebody, to get into somebody's good books————————[bjɛ̃] nom masculin1. PHILOSOPHIE & RELIGION2. [ce qui est agréable, avantageux]le bien commun ou général the common goodc'est pour le bien de tous/de l'entreprise it's for the common good/the good of the firmdire/penser du bien de to speak/to think well offaire du bien ou le plus grand bien à quelqu'un [médicament, repos] to do somebody good, to benefit somebodyla séparation leur fera le plus grand bien being apart will do them a lot ou a world of goodcette décision a été un bien pour tout le monde the decision was a good thing for all ou everyone concerned[argent] fortunetous mes biens all my worldly goods, all I'm worth5. DROIT & ÉCONOMIEbiens d'équipement capital equipment ou goodsbiens privés/publics private/public property————————[bjɛ̃] interjection2. [marquant l'approbation]je n'irai pas! — bien, n'en parlons plus! I won't go! — very well ou all right (then), let's drop the subject!bien, bien, on y va all right, all right ou OK, OK, let's gobien entendu locution adverbialebien entendu que locution conjonctive————————bien que locution conjonctivebien que malade, il a tenu à y aller although he was ill, he insisted on going————————bien sûr locution adverbiale————————bien sûr que locution conjonctive -
7 right
1. adjective1) (on or related to the side of the body which in most people has the more skilful hand, or to the side of a person or thing which is toward the east when that person or thing is facing north (opposite to left): When I'm writing, I hold my pen in my right hand.) derecho2) (correct: Put that book back in the right place; Is that the right answer to the question?) correcto3) (morally correct; good: It's not right to let thieves keep what they have stolen.) bien4) (suitable; appropriate: He's not the right man for this job; When would be the right time to ask him?) adecuado, apropiado
2. noun1) (something a person is, or ought to be, allowed to have, do etc: Everyone has the right to a fair trial; You must fight for your rights; You have no right to say that.) derecho2) (that which is correct or good: Who's in the right in this argument?) cierto, razón3) (the right side, part or direction: Turn to the right; Take the second road on the right.) derecha4) (in politics, the people, group, party or parties holding the more traditional beliefs etc.) derecha
3. adverb1) (exactly: He was standing right here.) exactamente2) (immediately: I'll go right after lunch; I'll come right down.) inmediatamente3) (close: He was standing right beside me.) justo4) (completely; all the way: The bullet went right through his arm.) totalmente, completamente5) (to the right: Turn right.) a la derecha6) (correctly: Have I done that right?; I don't think this sum is going to turn out right.) bien, correctamente
4. verb1) (to bring back to the correct, usually upright, position: The boat tipped over, but righted itself again.) enderezar2) (to put an end to and make up for something wrong that has been done: He's like a medieval knight, going about the country looking for wrongs to right.) corregir
5. interjection(I understand; I'll do what you say etc: `I want you to type some letters for me.' `Right, I'll do them now.') de acuerdo, bien- righteously
- righteousness
- rightful
- rightfully
- rightly
- rightness
- righto
- right-oh
- rights
- right angle
- right-angled
- right-hand
- right-handed
- right wing
6. adjective((right-wing) (having opinions which are) of this sort.) de derecha- by rights
- by right
- get
- keep on the right side of
- get right
- go right
- not in one's right mind
- not quite right in the head
- not right in the head
- put right
- put/set to rights
- right away
- right-hand man
- right now
- right of way
- serve right
right1 adj1. correctocan you tell me the right time? ¿me puedes decir la hora exacta?is this the High Street? That's right ¿es la Calle Mayor? Así es2. derechoright2 adv1. bien2. a la derechaturn right at the traffic lights en el semáforo, gira a la derecha3. justo / exactamenteright3 n1. derecha2. bien3. derechotr[raɪt]1 (not left) derecho,-a2 (correct) correcto,-a3 (just) justo,-a4 (suitable) apropiado,-a, adecuado,-a■ I don't think he's the right person for the job no creo que sea la persona adecuada para el puesto■ this watch hasn't been right since it was repaired este reloj no ha ido bien desde que lo repararon1 a la derecha, hacia la derecha■ turn right at the traffic lights en el semáforo, gira a la derecha2 (correctly) bien, correctamente3 (exactly) justo4 (well) bueno, bien■ right, I'm going to bed bueno, yo me voy a la cama1 (not left) derecha2 (entitlement) derecho1 corregir2 SMALLMARITIME/SMALL enderezar\SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALLall right! ¡bien!, ¡conforme!, ¡vale!it serves you «(him, etc)» right te (le, etc) está bien empleadoright away en seguidato be right tener razónto get it right acertarto put right arreglar, corregirright and wrong el bien y el malright angle ángulo rectoright wing SMALLPOLITICS/SMALL derecharight ['raɪt] vt1) fix, restore: repararto right the economy: reparar la economía2) straighten: enderezarright adv1) : biento live right: vivir bien2) precisely: precisamente, justoright in the middle: justo en medio3) directly, straight: derecho, directamentehe went right home: fue derecho a casa4) immediately: inmediatamenteright after lunch: inmediatamente después del almuerzo5) completely: completamentehe felt right at home: se sintió completamente cómodo6) : a la derechato look left and right: mirar a la izquierda y a la derecharight adj1) upright: bueno, honradoright conduct: conducta honrada2) correct: correctothe right answer: la respuesta correcta3) appropriate: apropiado, adecuado, debidothe right man for the job: el hombre perfecto para el trabajo4) straight: rectoa right line: una línea recta5) : derechothe right hand: la mano derecha6) sound: bienhe's not in his right mind: no está bien de la cabezaright n1) good: bien mto do right: hacer el bien2) : derecha fon the right: a la derecha4) entitlement: derecho mthe right to vote: el derecho a votarwomen's rights: los derechos de la mujer5)the Right : la derecha (en la política)adj.• acertado, -a adj.• ajustado, -a adj.• correcto, -a adj.• debido, -a adj.• derecho, -a adj.• diestro, -a adj.• enderezado, -a adj.• exacto, -a adj.• justo, -a adj.• lícito, -a adj.adv.• a la derecha adv.• bien adv.• justo adv.• mismo adv.interj.• cabal interj.n.• derechazo s.m.• derecho s.m.• justicia s.f.• privilegio s.m.• razón s.f.v.• adrizar v.• enderezar v.• endrezar v.
I raɪt1) ( correct) <answer/interpretation> correctoare we going in the right direction? — ¿vamos bien?
are you sure this is the right house? — ¿estás seguro de que ésta es la casa or de que es aquí?
did you press the right button? — ¿apretaste el botón que debías?
do you have the right change? — ¿tienes el cambio justo?
do you have the right time? — ¿tienes hora (buena)?
2) ( not mistaken)to be right — \<\<person\>\> tener* razón, estar* en lo cierto; \<\<clock\>\> estar* bien
how right she was! — cuánta razón tenía!, si habrá tenido razón!
to be right ABOUT something/somebody — tener* razón en cuanto a algo/alguien
to be right IN something: am I right in thinking this has happened before? si no me equivoco esto ya había pasado antes ¿no?; to get something right: you got two answers right acertaste dos respuestas; did I get your name right? ¿entendí bien tu nombre?; I guess you're Bobby - that's right! tú tienes que ser Bobby - el mismo! or así es!; two o'clock tomorrow, right? - right! — a las dos mañana ¿de acuerdo? - de acuerdo! or (esp Esp fam) vale!
3) (good, suitable) adecuado, apropiadowere the curtains the right length? — ¿estaban bien de largo las cortinas?
if the price is right — si el precio es razonable, si está bien de precio
4) (just, moral) (pred)to be right — ser* justo
to be right to + inf — hacer* bien en + inf
5) (pred)a) ( in order)it's too quiet: something's not right — hay demasiado silencio, algo pasa
b) (fit, healthy) (colloq) bien6) ( complete) (BrE colloq) (before n)he's a right idiot — es un idiota redomado or de marca mayor
7) ( Math)right angle — ángulo m recto
right triangle — (AmE) triángulo m rectángulo
8) (before n) <side/ear/shoe> derecho
II
1) (correctly, well) bien, correctamenteI had guessed right — había adivinado, no me había equivocado
nothing goes right for them — todo les sale mal, nada les sale bien
to do right by somebody — portarse bien con alguien; serve I 2)
2)a) (all the way, completely)they kept hoping right up until the last moment — no perdieron las esperanzas hasta el último momento
b) ( directly)it's right in front of you — lo tienes allí delante or (fam) delante de las narices
he was right here/there — estaba aquí mismo/allí mismo
c) ( immediately)3) <turn/look> a la derecha
III
1)a) c u ( entitlement) derecho mright to something/+ INF — derecho a algo/+ inf
in her/his/its own right: she is Queen in her own right es Reina a título propio or por derecho propio; she is also a composer in her own right ella también es compositora; the title is his by right el título le corresponde a él; by what right? — ¿con qué derecho?
b) rights pl derechos mplto be within one's rights — estar* en su (or mi etc) derecho
2) u c ( what is correct)to know right from wrong — saber* distinguir entre el bien y el mal
to be in the right — tener* razón, llevar la razón, estar* en lo cierto
to put o set something to rights — (esp BrE) arreglar algo
3)a) u ( opposite the left) derecha fthe one on the right — el/la de la derecha
to drive on the right — manejar or (Esp) conducir* por la derecha
on o to my/your right — a mi/tu derecha
b) ( right turn)take the next right — tome or (esp Esp) coja la próxima a la derecha
to make o (BrE) take a right — girar or torcer* or doblar a la derecha
4) u ( Pol)
IV
a) ( set upright) enderezar*b) ( redress) \<\<injustice\>\> reparar
V
interjection (colloq) bueno!, vale! (Esp fam)[raɪt]1. ADJ1) (=morally good, just) justoit is/seems only right that she should get the biggest share — es/me parece justo que ella reciba la mayor parte, está/me parece bien que ella reciba la mayor parte
it doesn't seem right that his contribution should not be acknowledged — parece injusto que no se reconozca su aportación
it's not right! — ¡no hay derecho!
I thought it right to ask permission first — me pareció conveniente preguntarle antes, pensé que debía preguntarle antes
would it be right for me to ask him? — ¿debería preguntárselo?
it is only right and proper that people should know what is going on — lo suyo es que la gente sepa lo que pasa
to do the right thing, do what is right — hacer lo correcto, actuar correctamente
doing the right thing by a pregnant girlfriend meant marrying her — hacer lo que Dios manda con una novia embarazada significaba casarse con ella
2) (=suitable) [tool, clothes] apropiado, adecuado; [time] oportunoto choose the right moment for sth/to do sth — elegir el momento oportuno para algo/para hacer algo
that's the right attitude! — ¡haces bien!
I haven't got the right clothes for a formal dinner — no tengo ropa apropiada or adecuada para una cena de etiqueta
you're not using the right tool for the job — no estás empleando la herramienta apropiada or adecuada para el trabajo
I don't think he's the right sort of person for you — me parece que no es la persona que te conviene
•
the balance of humour and tragedy is just right — el equilibrio entre humor y tragedia es perfecto"is there too much salt in it?" - "no, it's just right" — -¿tiene demasiada sal? -no, está en su punto justo
•
Mr Right — el novio soñado, el marido idealhe knows all the right people — tiene enchufes or (LAm) palanca en todas partes
•
I just happened to be in the right place at the right time — dio la casualidad de que estaba en el sitio adecuado en el momento adecuado•
if the price is right — si el precio es razonable•
he's on the right side of 40 — tiene menos de 40 años•
to say the right thing — decir lo que hay que decir, tener las palabras justas•
we'll do it when the time is right — lo haremos en el momento oportuno or a su debido tiempo3) (=correct) correcto, exactoright first time! — ¡exactamente!, ¡exacto!
"she's your sister?" - "that's right!" — -¿es tu hermana? -¡eso es! or ¡así es! or ¡exacto!
that's right! it has to go through that hole — ¡eso es! tiene que pasar por ese agujero
she said she'd done it, isn't that right, mother? — dijo que lo había hecho ¿no es así, madre? or ¿a que sí, madre?
you mean he offered to pay? is that right, Harry? — ¿dices que se ofreció a pagar? ¿es eso cierto, Harry?
and quite right too! — ¡y con razón!
am I right for the station? — ¿por aquí se va a la estación?, ¿voy bien (por aquí) para la estación?
•
right you are! * — ¡vale!, ¡muy bien!•
I was beginning to wonder whether I had the right day — empezaba a preguntarme si me habría equivocado de díayou didn't get it right, so you lose five points — no acertaste or te equivocaste, así que pierdes cinco puntos
let's get it right this time! — ¡a ver si esta vez nos sale bien!
we must get it right this time — esta vez tenemos que hacerlo bien or nos tiene que salir bien
•
is this the right house? — ¿es esta la casa?•
are you sure you've got the right number? — (Telec) ¿seguro que es ese el número?I'm confused, and I wanted you to put me right — tengo dudas y quisiera que tú me las aclararas
if you tell the story wrong the child will soon put you right — si te equivocas al contar la historia, el niño enseguida te corrige or te saca de tu error
to put a mistake right — corregir or rectificar un error
•
is this the right road for Segovia? — ¿es este el camino de Segovia?, ¿por aquí se va a Segovia?are we on the right road? — ¿vamos por buen camino?, ¿vamos bien por esta carretera?
•
it's not the right shade of green — no es el tono de verde que yo busco•
the right side of the fabric — el (lado) derecho de la tela•
is the skirt the right size? — ¿va bien la falda de talla?it's not the right size/length — no vale de talla/de largo
is that the right time? — ¿es esa la hora?
do you have the right time? — ¿tienes hora buena?, ¿sabes qué hora es exactamente?
- get on the right side of sb4) (=in the right)•
to be right — [person] tener razón, estar en lo ciertoyou're quite right, you're dead right * — tienes toda la razón
how right you are! — ¡qué razón tienes!
•
to be right about sth/sb, you were right about there being none left — tenías razón cuando decías que no quedaba ningunoyou were right about Peter, he's totally unreliable — tenías razón en lo de Peter or con respecto a Peter: no hay quien se fíe de él
•
am I right in thinking that we've met before? — si no me equivoco ya nos conocemos ¿no?you were right in calling the doctor, it was appendicitis — hiciste bien en llamar al médico, era apendicitis
5) (=in order)I knew something wasn't right when she didn't call as usual — supe que algo no iba bien cuando no llamaba como de costumbre
•
it will all come right in the end — todo se arreglará al final•
to put sth/sb right, I hope the garage can put the car right — espero que me sepan arreglar el coche en el talleryou've offended her but it's not too late to put things right — la has ofendido pero aún puedes arreglarlo
it's nothing a night's sleep won't put right — no es nada que no se arregle durmiendo toda la noche de un tirón
that's soon put right — eso se arregla fácilmente, eso tiene fácil arreglo
- be/feel as right as rain6) (=not left) derechoI'd give my right arm to know — daría cualquier cosa or todo el oro del mundo por saberlo
7) (Math) [angle] recto8) (Brit)* (as intensifier) (=complete)she made a right mess of it — lo hizo fatal *, le salió un buen churro (Sp) *
Charlieyou're a right one to talk — iro mira quién habla
2. ADV1) (=directly, exactly)•
right away — en seguida, ahora mismo, ahorita (mismo) (Mex, And)•
it happened right before our eyes — ocurrió delante de nuestros propios ojos•
he was standing right in the middle of the road — estaba justo en el centro or (CAm) en el mero centro de la calleshe's busy right now — ahora mismo or justo ahora está ocupada
•
he could tell right off that I was a foreigner — reconoció de inmediato que yo era extranjero•
to go right on — seguir todo derechoright on! * — † ¡eso es!, ¡de acuerdo!
•
she should come right out and say so — debería ser clara y decirlo•
it fell right on top of me — me cayó justo encima2) (=immediately) justo, inmediatamente•
I'll do it right after dinner — lo haré justo or inmediatamente después de cenar•
come right in! — ¡ven aquí dentro!3) (=completely)•
their house is right at the end of the street — su casa está justo al final de la calleshe was a very active old lady, right to the end — fue una anciana muy activa hasta el final
•
to push sth right in — meter algo hasta el fondo•
there is a fence right round the house — hay una valla que rodea la casa por completo•
he filled it right up — lo llenó del todo4) (=correctly) bien, correctamenteyou did right to/not to invite them — hiciste bien en invitarlos/en no invitarlos
if I remember right — si mal no recuerdo, si no me falla la memoria
it's him, right enough! — ¡seguro que es él!
5) (=fairly)•
to do right by sb — portarse como es debido con algn•
don't worry about the pay, John will see you right — no te preocupes por el sueldo, John se encargará de que te paguen lo que te correspondeserve•
to treat sb right — tratar bien a algn6) (=properly, satisfactorily) bien7) (=not left) a la derecha•
eyes right! — (Mil) ¡vista a la derecha!•
to turn right — torcer a la derechaleft II, 1., 1)right (about) turn! — ¡media vuelta a la derecha!
8) (as linker)right, who's next? — a ver, ¿quién va ahora?
right then, let's begin! — ¡empecemos, pues!
9) (in titles)3. N1) (=what is morally right, just)•
by rights the house should go to me — lo suyo or lo propio es que la casa me correspondiera a mí•
to be in the right — tener razón, estar en lo ciertowrong 3.to set or put the world to rights — arreglar el mundo
2) (=prerogative) derecho mthey have a right to privacy — tienen derecho a la or su intimidad
people have the right to read any kind of material they wish — la gente tiene derecho a leer lo que desee
what gives you the right or what right have you got to criticize me? — ¿qué derecho tienes tú a criticarme?
who gave you the right to come in here? — ¿quién te ha dado permiso para entrar aquí?
•
as of right — por derecho propio•
by right of — por or en razón deby what right do you make all the decisions? — ¿con qué derecho tomas tú todas las decisiones?
abode, assembly, exercise, reserve 2., 1)•
to own sth in one's own right — poseer algo por derecho propio•
insist on your legal rights — hazte valer tus derechos legales•
they don't have voting rights — no tienen derecho al voto or de voto•
to be (well) within one's rights — estar en su derechoyou'd be well within your rights to refuse to cooperate — estarías en tu derecho a negarte a cooperar
•
women's rights — derechos de la mujerall rights reserved — es propiedad, reservados todos los derechos
4) (=not left) derecha f•
reading from right to left — leyendo de derecha a izquierda•
to keep to the right — (Aut) circular por la derecha•
our house is the second on the right — nuestra casa es la segunda a or de la derecha•
on or to my right — a mi derecha5) (Pol)to be on or to the right of sth/sb — (Pol) estar a la derecha de algo/algn
he's further to the right than I am — es más de derecha or (Sp) de derechas que yo
6) (=right turn)to take or make a right — girar a la derecha
7) (Boxing) (=punch) derechazo m; (=right hand) derecha f4.VT (=put straight) [+ crooked picture] enderezar; (=correct) [+ mistake] corregir; [+ injustice] reparar; (=put right way up) [+ vehicle, person] enderezar•
he tried to right himself but the leg was broken — intentó ponerse de pie pero tenía la pierna rota•
to right a wrong — deshacer un agravio, reparar un daño5.CPDright angle N — ángulo m recto
to be at right angles (to sth) — estar en or formar ángulo recto (con algo)
right back N — (Sport) (=player) lateral mf derecho(-a); (=position) lateral m derecho
right half N — (Sport) medio m (volante) derecho
rights issue N — emisión f de acciones
right-to-liferight to life N — derecho m a la vida
right triangle (US) N — triángulo m rectángulo
right turn N —
to take or make a right turn — (Aut) girar a la derecha; (Pol) dar un giro a la derecha
right wing N — (Pol) derecha f; right-wing; (Sport) (=position) ala f derecha
* * *
I [raɪt]1) ( correct) <answer/interpretation> correctoare we going in the right direction? — ¿vamos bien?
are you sure this is the right house? — ¿estás seguro de que ésta es la casa or de que es aquí?
did you press the right button? — ¿apretaste el botón que debías?
do you have the right change? — ¿tienes el cambio justo?
do you have the right time? — ¿tienes hora (buena)?
2) ( not mistaken)to be right — \<\<person\>\> tener* razón, estar* en lo cierto; \<\<clock\>\> estar* bien
how right she was! — cuánta razón tenía!, si habrá tenido razón!
to be right ABOUT something/somebody — tener* razón en cuanto a algo/alguien
to be right IN something: am I right in thinking this has happened before? si no me equivoco esto ya había pasado antes ¿no?; to get something right: you got two answers right acertaste dos respuestas; did I get your name right? ¿entendí bien tu nombre?; I guess you're Bobby - that's right! tú tienes que ser Bobby - el mismo! or así es!; two o'clock tomorrow, right? - right! — a las dos mañana ¿de acuerdo? - de acuerdo! or (esp Esp fam) vale!
3) (good, suitable) adecuado, apropiadowere the curtains the right length? — ¿estaban bien de largo las cortinas?
if the price is right — si el precio es razonable, si está bien de precio
4) (just, moral) (pred)to be right — ser* justo
to be right to + inf — hacer* bien en + inf
5) (pred)a) ( in order)it's too quiet: something's not right — hay demasiado silencio, algo pasa
b) (fit, healthy) (colloq) bien6) ( complete) (BrE colloq) (before n)he's a right idiot — es un idiota redomado or de marca mayor
7) ( Math)right angle — ángulo m recto
right triangle — (AmE) triángulo m rectángulo
8) (before n) <side/ear/shoe> derecho
II
1) (correctly, well) bien, correctamenteI had guessed right — había adivinado, no me había equivocado
nothing goes right for them — todo les sale mal, nada les sale bien
to do right by somebody — portarse bien con alguien; serve I 2)
2)a) (all the way, completely)they kept hoping right up until the last moment — no perdieron las esperanzas hasta el último momento
b) ( directly)it's right in front of you — lo tienes allí delante or (fam) delante de las narices
he was right here/there — estaba aquí mismo/allí mismo
c) ( immediately)3) <turn/look> a la derecha
III
1)a) c u ( entitlement) derecho mright to something/+ INF — derecho a algo/+ inf
in her/his/its own right: she is Queen in her own right es Reina a título propio or por derecho propio; she is also a composer in her own right ella también es compositora; the title is his by right el título le corresponde a él; by what right? — ¿con qué derecho?
b) rights pl derechos mplto be within one's rights — estar* en su (or mi etc) derecho
2) u c ( what is correct)to know right from wrong — saber* distinguir entre el bien y el mal
to be in the right — tener* razón, llevar la razón, estar* en lo cierto
to put o set something to rights — (esp BrE) arreglar algo
3)a) u ( opposite the left) derecha fthe one on the right — el/la de la derecha
to drive on the right — manejar or (Esp) conducir* por la derecha
on o to my/your right — a mi/tu derecha
b) ( right turn)take the next right — tome or (esp Esp) coja la próxima a la derecha
to make o (BrE) take a right — girar or torcer* or doblar a la derecha
4) u ( Pol)
IV
a) ( set upright) enderezar*b) ( redress) \<\<injustice\>\> reparar
V
interjection (colloq) bueno!, vale! (Esp fam) -
8 turn
turn [tɜ:n]tourner ⇒ 1A (a), 1B (a), 1B (d), 1C (d), 2 (a), 2 (b), 2 (f) faire tourner ⇒ 1A (a) retourner ⇒ 1B (a) changer ⇒ 1C (a) faire devenir ⇒ 1C (a) se tourner ⇒ 2 (a) se retourner ⇒ 2 (b) devenir ⇒ 2 (d) se changer ⇒ 2 (e) tour ⇒ 3 (a), 3 (d), 3 (f), 3 (g) tournant ⇒ 3 (b), 3 (c) virage ⇒ 3 (b), 3 (c) tournure ⇒ 3 (d)A.(a) (cause to rotate, move round) tourner; (shaft, axle) faire tourner, faire pivoter; (direct) diriger;∎ she turned the key in the lock (to lock) elle a donné un tour de clé (à la porte), elle a fermé la porte à clé; (to unlock) elle a ouvert la porte avec la clé;∎ turn the wheel all the way round faites faire un tour complet à la roue;∎ Cars to turn the (steering) wheel tourner le volant;∎ turn the knob to the right tournez le bouton vers la droite;∎ turn the knob to "record" mettez le bouton en position "enregistrer";∎ she turned the oven to its highest setting elle a allumé ou mis le four à la température maximum;∎ she turned her chair towards the window elle a tourné sa chaise face à la fenêtre;∎ he turned the car into the drive il a engagé la voiture dans l'allée;∎ we turned our steps homeward nous avons dirigé nos pas vers la maison;∎ turn your head this way tournez la tête de ce côté∎ she turned the conversation to sport elle a orienté la conversation vers le sport;∎ their votes could turn the election in his favour leurs voix pourraient faire basculer les élections en sa faveur;∎ he would not be turned from his decision to resign il n'y a pas eu moyen de le faire revenir sur sa décision de démissionner;∎ nothing would turn the rebels from their cause rien ne pourrait détourner les rebelles de leur cause;∎ you've turned my whole family against me vous avez monté toute ma famille contre moi;∎ we turned his joke against him nous avons retourné la plaisanterie contre lui;∎ let's turn our attention to the matter in hand occupons-nous de l'affaire en question;∎ she turned her attention to the problem elle s'est concentrée sur le problème;∎ to turn one's thoughts to God tourner ses pensées vers Dieu;∎ research workers have turned the theory to practical use les chercheurs ont mis la théorie en pratique;∎ how can we turn this policy to our advantage or account? comment tirer parti de cette politique?, comment tourner cette politique à notre avantage?;∎ to turn one's back on sb tourner le dos à qn;∎ she looked at the letter the minute his back was turned dès qu'il a eu le dos tourné, elle a jeté un coup d'œil à la lettre;∎ how can you turn your back on your own family? comment peux-tu abandonner ta famille?;∎ she turned her back on her friends elle a tourné le dos à ses amis;∎ to turn one's back on the past tourner la page, tourner le dos au passé;∎ she was so pretty that she turned heads wherever she went elle était si jolie que tout le monde se retournait sur son passage;∎ success had not turned his head la réussite ne lui avait pas tourné la tête, il ne s'était pas laissé griser par la réussite;∎ all their compliments had turned her head tous leurs compliments lui étaient montés à la tête ou lui avaient tourné la tête;∎ to turn the tables on sb reprendre l'avantage sur qn;∎ figurative now the tables are turned maintenant les rôles sont renversésB.∎ the very thought of food turns my stomach l'idée même de manger me soulève le cœur;∎ to turn sth on its head bouleverser qch, mettre qch sens dessus dessous;∎ recent events have turned the situation on its head les événements récents ont retourné la situation∎ he turned the beggar from his door il a chassé le mendiant;∎ they turned the poachers off their land ils ont chassé les braconniers de leurs terres(c) (release, let loose)∎ he turned the cattle into the field il a fait rentrer le bétail dans le champ(d) (go round → corner) tourner(e) (reach → in age, time) passer, franchir;∎ I had just turned twenty je venais d'avoir vingt ans;∎ she's turned thirty elle a trente ans passés, elle a dépassé le cap de la trentaine;∎ it has only just turned four o'clock il est quatre heures passées de quelques secondes(f) (do, perform) faire;∎ the skater turned a circle on the ice la patineuse a décrit un cercle sur la glace;∎ to turn a cartwheel faire la roue∎ I've turned my ankle je me suis tordu la chevilleC.∎ to turn sth into sth transformer ou changer qch en qch;∎ bitterness turned their love into hate l'amertume a transformé leur amour en haine;∎ she turned the remark into a joke elle a tourné la remarque en plaisanterie;∎ they're turning the book into a film ils adaptent le livre pour l'écran;∎ the sight turned his heart to ice le spectacle lui a glacé le cœur ou l'a glacé;∎ Stock Exchange you should turn your shares into cash vous devriez réaliser vos actions;∎ time had turned the pages yellow le temps avait jauni les pages(b) (make bad, affect)∎ the lemon juice turned the milk (sour) le jus de citron a fait tourner le lait∎ to turn a good profit faire de gros bénéfices;∎ he turns an honest penny il gagne sa vie honnêtement;∎ familiar he was out to turn a fast buck il cherchait à gagner ou faire du fric facilement∎ a well-turned leg une jambe bien faite;∎ figurative to turn a phrase faire des phrases∎ to turn on an axis tourner autour d'un axe;∎ the crane turned (through) 180° la grue a pivoté de 180°;∎ the key won't turn la clé ne tourne pas;∎ he turned right round il a fait volte-face;∎ they turned towards me ils se sont tournés vers moi ou de mon côté;∎ they turned from the gruesome sight ils se sont détournés de cet horrible spectacle;∎ turn (round) and face the front tourne-toi et regarde devant toi∎ figurative the smell made my stomach turn l'odeur m'a soulevé le cœur(c) (change direction → person) tourner; (→ vehicle) tourner, virer; (→ luck, wind) tourner, changer; (→ river, road) faire un coude; (→ tide) changer de direction;∎ Military right turn! à droite!;∎ we turned towards town nous nous sommes dirigés vers la ville;∎ he turned (round) and went back il a fait demi-tour et est revenu sur ses pas;∎ the road turns south la route tourne vers le sud;∎ the car turned into our street la voiture a tourné dans notre rue;∎ we turned onto the main road nous nous sommes engagés dans ou nous avons pris la grand-route;∎ we turned off the main road nous avons quitté la grand-route;∎ Stock Exchange the market turned downwards/upwards le marché était à la baisse/à la hausse;∎ figurative I don't know where or which way to turn je ne sais plus quoi faire∎ it's turning cold il commence à faire froid;∎ the weather's turned bad le temps s'est gâté;∎ the argument turned nasty la dispute s'est envenimée;∎ she turned angry when he refused elle s'est mise en colère quand il a refusé;∎ to turn red/blue virer au rouge/bleu;∎ he turned red il a rougi;∎ a lawyer turned politician un avocat devenu homme politique;∎ to turn professional passer ou devenir professionnel;∎ the whole family turned Muslim toute la famille s'est convertie à l'islam(e) (transform) se changer, se transformer;∎ the pumpkin turned into a carriage la citrouille s'est transformée en carrosse;∎ the rain turned to snow la pluie s'est transformée en neige;∎ the little girl had turned into a young woman la petite fille était devenue une jeune femme;∎ their love turned to hate leur amour se changea en haine ou fit place à la haine∎ the weather has turned le temps a changé3 noun(a) (revolution, rotation) tour m;∎ he gave the handle a turn il a tourné la poignée;∎ give the screw another turn donnez un autre tour de vis;∎ with a turn of the wrist avec un tour de poignet∎ take the second turn on the right prenez la deuxième à droite;∎ no right turn (sign) défense de tourner à droite;∎ figurative at every turn à tout instant, à tout bout de champ(c) (bend, curve in road) virage m, tournant m;∎ there is a sharp turn to the left la route fait un brusque virage ou tourne brusquement à gauche(d) (change in state, nature) tour m, tournure f;∎ the conversation took a new turn la conversation a pris une nouvelle tournure;∎ it was an unexpected turn of events les événements ont pris une tournure imprévue;∎ things took a turn for the worse/better les choses se sont aggravées/améliorées;∎ the patient took a turn for the worse/better l'état du malade s'est aggravé/amélioré;∎ the situation took a tragic turn la situation a tourné au tragique∎ at the turn of the year vers la fin de l'année;∎ at the turn of the century au tournant du siècle(f) (in game, order, queue) tour m;∎ it's my turn c'est à moi, c'est mon tour;∎ it's his turn to do the dishes c'est à lui ou c'est son tour de faire la vaisselle;∎ you'll have to wait your turn il faudra attendre ton tour;∎ they laughed and cried by turns ils passaient tour à tour du rire aux larmes;∎ to take it in turns to do sth faire qch à tour de rôle;∎ let's take it in turns to drive relayons-nous au volant;∎ we took turns sleeping on the floor nous avons dormi par terre à tour de rôle;∎ turn and turn about à tour de rôle(g) (action, deed)∎ to do sb a good/bad turn rendre service/jouer un mauvais tour à qn;∎ he did them a bad turn il leur a joué un mauvais tour;∎ I've done my good turn for the day j'ai fait ma bonne action de la journée;∎ proverb one good turn deserves another = un service en vaut un autre, un service rendu en appelle un autre∎ she had one of her (funny) turns this morning elle a eu une de ses crises ce matin∎ you gave me quite a turn! tu m'as fait une sacrée peur!, tu m'as fait une de ces peurs!;∎ it gave me such a turn! j'ai eu une de ces peurs!∎ let's go for or take a turn in the garden allons faire un tour dans le jardin(k) (tendency, style)∎ to have an optimistic turn of mind être optimiste de nature ou d'un naturel optimiste;∎ he has a strange turn of mind il a une drôle de mentalité;∎ to have a good turn of speed rouler vite;∎ turn of phrase tournure f ou tour m de phrase;∎ she has a witty turn of phrase elle est très spirituelle ou pleine d'esprit(l) (purpose, requirement) exigence f, besoin m;∎ this book has served its turn ce livre a fait son temps(n) Stock Exchange (transaction) transaction f (qui comprend l'achat et la vente); British (difference in price) écart m entre le prix d'achat et le prix de vente∎ a comedy turn un numéro de comédie∎ she interviewed each of us in turn elle a eu un entretien avec chacun de nous l'un après l'autre;∎ I told Sarah and she in turn told Paul je l'ai dit à Sarah qui, à son tour, l'a dit à Paul;∎ I worked in turn as a waiter, an actor and a teacher j'ai travaillé successivement ou tour à tour comme serveur, acteur et enseignant∎ to be on the turn être sur le point de changer;∎ the tide is on the turn c'est le changement de marée; figurative le vent tourne;∎ the milk is on the turn le lait commence à tourner∎ don't play out of turn attends ton tour pour jouer;∎ figurative to speak out of turn faire des remarques déplacées, parler mal à proposAmerican turn signal lever (manette f de) clignotant mse retourner contre, s'en prendre à∎ she turned aside to blow her nose elle se détourna pour se moucheralso figurative écarter, détourner∎ she turned her head away from him elle s'est détournée de lui∎ the college turned away hundreds of applicants l'université a refusé des centaines de candidats;∎ she turned the salesman away elle chassa le représentant;∎ to turn people away (in theatre etc) refuser du monde;∎ we've been turning business away nous avons refusé du travailse détourner;∎ he turned away from them in anger en ou de colère, il leur a tourné le dos∎ it was getting dark so we decided to turn back comme il commençait à faire nuit, nous avons décidé de faire demi-tour;∎ my mind is made up, there is no turning back ma décision est prise, je ne reviendrai pas dessus∎ turn back to chapter one revenez ou retournez au premier chapitre∎ to turn the clock back remonter dans le temps, revenir en arrière(a) (heating, lighting, sound) baisser∎ to turn down the corner of a page corner une page;∎ to turn down the bed ouvrir le lit∎ they offered him a job but he turned them down ils lui ont proposé un emploi mais il a rejeté leur offre;∎ familiar she turned me down flat elle m'a envoyé balader(move downwards) tourner vers le bas;∎ the corners of his mouth turned down il a fait la moue ou une grimace désapprobatrice➲ turn in(a) (return, give in → borrowed article, equipment, piece of work) rendre, rapporter; (→ criminal) livrer à la police;∎ they turned the thief in (took him to the police) ils ont livré le voleur à la police; (informed on him) ils ont dénoncé le voleur à la police∎ turn in the edges rentrez les bords∎ the actor turned in a good performance l'acteur a très bien joué;∎ the company turned in record profits l'entreprise a fait des bénéfices record(a) (feet, toes)∎ my toes turn in j'ai les pieds en dedans∎ he turned in at the gate arrivé à la porte, il est entré∎ to turn in on oneself se replier sur soi-même➲ turn off(a) (switch off → light) éteindre; (→ heater, radio, television) éteindre, fermer; (cut off at mains) couper; (tap) fermer;∎ she turned the ignition/engine off elle a coupé le contact/arrêté le moteur∎ her superior attitude really turns me off son air suffisant me rebute(a) (leave road) tourner;∎ we turned off at junction 5 nous avons pris la sortie d'autoroute 5(b) (switch off) s'éteindre;∎ the heater turns off automatically l'appareil de chauffage s'éteint ou s'arrête automatiquement➲ turn on(a) (switch on → electricity, heating, light, radio, television) allumer; (→ engine) mettre en marche; (→ water) faire couler; (→ tap) ouvrir; (open at mains) ouvrir;∎ figurative she can turn on the charm/the tears whenever necessary elle sait faire du charme/pleurer quand il le faut(b) familiar (person → interest) intéresser□ ; (→ sexually) exciter; (→ introduce to drugs) initier à la drogue□ ;∎ to be turned on (sexually) être excité;∎ the movie didn't turn me on at all le film ne m'a vraiment pas emballé;∎ he turned us on to this new pianist il nous a fait découvrir ce nouveau pianiste(attack) attaquer;∎ the dogs turned on him les chiens l'ont attaqué ou se sont jetés sur lui;∎ his colleagues turned on him and accused him of stealing ses collègues s'en sont pris à lui et l'ont accusé de vol(take drugs) se droguer(a) (switch on) s'allumer;∎ the oven turns on automatically le four s'allume automatiquement(b) (depend, hinge on) dépendre de, reposer sur;∎ the whole case turned on or upon this detail toute l'affaire reposait sur ce détail;∎ everything turns on whether he continues as president tout dépend s'il reste président ou non➲ turn out∎ she turns her toes out when she walks elle marche en canard∎ he turned his daughter out of the house il a mis sa fille à la porte ou a chassé sa fille de la maison;∎ he was turned out of his job il a été renvoyé∎ turn the cake out onto a plate démoulez le gâteau sur une assiette∎ to turn out a room faire une pièce à fond∎ he turns out a book a year il écrit un livre par an;∎ few schools turn out the kind of people we need peu d'écoles forment le type de gens qu'il nous faut(g) (police, troops) envoyer;∎ turn out the guard! faites sortir la garde!∎ nicely or smartly turned out élégant;∎ he was turned out in a suit and a tie il portait un costume-cravate;∎ she always turns her children out beautifully elle habille toujours bien ses enfants(a) (show up) venir, arriver; Military (guard) (aller) prendre la faction; (troops) aller au rassemblement;∎ thousands turned out for the concert des milliers de gens sont venus ou ont assisté au concert;∎ the doctor had to turn out in the middle of the night le docteur a dû se déplacer au milieu de la nuit(b) (car, person) sortir, partir;∎ the car turned out of the car park la voiture est sortie du parking∎ my feet turn out j'ai les pieds en canard ou en dehors∎ his statement turned out to be false sa déclaration s'est révélée fausse;∎ her story turned out to be true ce qu'elle a raconté était vrai;∎ he turned out to be a scoundrel il s'est révélé être un vaurien, on s'est rendu compte que c'était un vaurien;∎ it turns out that… il se trouve que… + indicative∎ I don't know how it turned out je ne sais pas comment cela a fini;∎ how did the cake turn out? le gâteau était-il réussi?;∎ the story turned out happily l'histoire s'est bien terminée ou a bien fini;∎ the evening turned out badly la soirée a mal tourné;∎ everything will turn out fine tout va s'arranger ou ira bien;∎ as it turns out, he needn't have worried en l'occurrence ou en fin de compte, ce n'était pas la peine de se faire du souci(a) (playing card, mattress, person, stone) retourner; (page) tourner; (vehicle) retourner; (boat) faire chavirer;∎ I was turning over the pages of the magazine je feuilletais la revue;∎ figurative to turn over a new leaf s'acheter une conduite;∎ Agriculture to turn over the soil retourner la terre(b) (consider) réfléchir à ou sur;∎ I was turning the idea over in my mind je tournais et retournais ou ruminais l'idée dans ma tête(c) (hand over, transfer) rendre, remettre;∎ he turned the responsibility over to his deputy il s'est déchargé de la responsabilité sur son adjoint;∎ to turn sb over to the authorities livrer qn aux autorités∎ he's turning the land over to cattle farming il reconvertit sa terre dans l'élevage du bétail∎ the store turns over £1,000 a week la boutique fait un chiffre d'affaires de 1000 livres par semaine(f) (search through) fouiller(g) British familiar (rob → person) voler□, dévaliser□ ; (→ store) dévaliser□ ; (→ house) cambrioler□(a) (roll over → person) se retourner; (→ vehicle) se retourner, faire un tonneau; (→ boat) se retourner, chavirer(c) (when reading) tourner;∎ please turn over (in letter) TSVP∎ she turned round and waved goodbye elle se retourna et dit au revoir de la main;∎ the dancers turned round and round les danseurs tournaient ou tournoyaient (sur eux-mêmes)(b) (face opposite direction → person) faire volte-face, faire demi-tour; (→ vehicle) faire demi-tour;∎ figurative she turned round and accused us of stealing elle s'est retournée contre nous et nous a accusés de vol(a) (rotate → head) tourner; (→ object, person) tourner, retourner; (→ vehicle) faire faire demi-tour à;∎ could you turn the car round please? tu peux faire demi-tour, s'il te plaît?(b) (quantity of work) traiter∎ to turn a situation round renverser une situation;∎ Commerce to turn a company round sauver une entreprise de la faillite(d) (sentence, idea) retourner∎ turn to chapter one allez au premier chapitre(b) (seek help from) s'adresser à, se tourner vers;∎ to turn to sb for advice consulter qn, demander conseil à qn;∎ I don't know who to turn to je ne sais pas à qui m'adresser ou qui aller trouver;∎ he turned to his mother for sympathy il s'est tourné vers sa mère pour qu'elle le console;∎ she won't turn to me for help elle ne veut pas me demander de l'aide;∎ he turned to the bottle il s'est mis à boire∎ her thoughts turned to her sister elle se mit à penser à sa sœur;∎ the discussion turned to the war on se mit à discuter de la guerre(d) (address → subject, issue etc) aborder, traiter;∎ we shall now turn to the problem of housing nous allons maintenant aborder le problème du logement;∎ let us turn to another topic passons à un autre sujet➲ turn up(a) (heat, lighting, radio, TV) mettre plus fort;∎ to turn the sound up augmenter ou monter le volume;∎ she turned the oven up elle a mis ou réglé le four plus fort, elle a augmenté la température du four;∎ British very familiar turn it up! la ferme!∎ her research turned up some interesting new facts sa recherche a révélé de nouveaux détails intéressants(c) (point upwards) remonter, relever;∎ she has a turned-up nose elle a le nez retroussé(d) (collar) relever; (trousers) remonter; (sleeve) retrousser, remonter; (in order to shorten) raccourcir en faisant un ourlet(e) (uncover → card) retourner∎ she turned up at my office this morning elle s'est présentée à mon bureau ce matin;∎ he'll turn up again one of these days il reviendra bien un de ces jours;∎ I'll take the first job that turns up je prendrai le premier poste qui se présentera(b) (be found) être trouvé ou retrouvé;∎ her bag turned up eventually elle a fini par retrouver son sac∎ don't worry, something will turn up ne t'en fais pas, tu finiras par trouver quelque chose;∎ until something better turns up en attendant mieux -
9 acta fori
ăgo, egi, actum, 3, v. a. (axim = egerim, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 22; Paul. ex Fest. s. v. axitiosi, p. 3 Mull.;I.axit = egerit,
Paul. Diac. 3, 3;AGIER = agi,
Cic. Off. 3, 15;agentum = agentium,
Vulc. Gall. Av. Cass. 4, 6) [cf. agô; Sanscr. ag, aghami = to go, to drive; agmas = way, train = ogmos; agis = race, contest = agôn; perh. also Germ. jagen, to drive, to hunt], to put in motion, to move (syn.: agitare, pellere, urgere).Lit.A.Of cattle and other animals, to lead, drive.a.Absol.: agas asellum, Seip. ap. Cic. de Or. 2, 64, 258:b.jumenta agebat,
Liv. 1, 48:capellas ago,
Verg. E. 1, 13:Pars quia non veniant pecudes, sed agantur, ab actu etc.,
Ov. F. 1, 323:caballum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 36.—With acc. of place, prep., sup., or inf.:B. a.agere bovem Romam,
Curt. 1, 45:equum in hostem,
id. 7, 4:Germani in amnem aguntur,
Tac. H. 5, 21:acto ad vallum equo,
id. A. 2, 13:pecora per calles,
Curt. 7, 11:per devia rura capellas,
Ov. M. 1, 676:pecus pastum,
Varr. L. L. 6, 41, p. 88 Mull.:capellas potum age,
Verg. E. 9, 23:pecus egit altos Visere montes,
Hor. C. 1, 2, 7.—Absol.:b.agmen agens equitum,
Verg. A. 7, 804.—With prep., abl., or inf.:C.vinctum ante se Thyum agebat,
Nep. Dat. 3:agitur praeceps exercitus Lydorum in populos,
Sil. 4, 720:(adulteram) maritus per omnem vicum verbere agit,
Tac. G. 19; Suet. Calig. 27:captivos prae se agentes,
Curt. 7, 6; Liv. 23, 1:acti ante suum quisque praedonem catenati,
Quint. 8, 3, 69:captivos sub curribus agere,
Mart. 8, 26:agimur auguriis quaerere exilia,
Verg. A. 3, 5;and simple for comp.: multis milibus armatorum actis ex ea regione = coactis,
Liv. 44, 31.— In prose: agi, to be led, to march, to go:quo multitudo omnis consternata agebatur,
Liv. 10, 29: si citius agi vellet agmen, that the army would move, or march on quicker, id. 2, 58:raptim agmine acto,
id. 6, 28; so id. 23, 36; 25, 9.— Trop.:egit sol hiemem sub terras,
Verg. G. 4, 51:poemata dulcia sunto Et quocumque volent animum auditoris agunto,
lead the mind, Hor. A. P. 100. —Hence, poet.: se agere, to betake one's self, i. e. to go, to come (in Plaut. very freq.;also in Ter., Verg., etc.): quo agis te?
where are you going? Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 294:unde agis te?
id. Most. 1, 4, 28; so id. ib. 3, 1, 31; id. Mil. 3, 2, 49; id. Poen. 1, 2, 120; id. Pers. 4, 3, 13; id. Trin. 4, 3, 71:quo hinc te agis?
where are you going, Ter. And. 4, 2, 25:Ecce gubernator sese Palinurus agebat,
was moving along, Verg. A. 6, 337:Aeneas se matutinus agebat,
id. ib. 8, 465:is enim se primus agebat,
for he strode on in front, id. ib. 9, 696.—Also without se:Et tu, unde agis?
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 20:Quo agis?
id. Pers. 2, 2, 34:Huc age,
Tib. 2, 5, 2 (unless age is here to be taken with veni at the end of the line).—To drive or carry off (animals or men), to steal, rob, plunder (usually abigere):D.Et redigunt actos in sua rura boves,
Ov. F. 3, 64.—So esp. freq. of men or animals taken as booty in war, while ferre is used of portable things; hence, ferre et agere (as in Gr. agein kai pherein, Hom. Il. 5, 484; and reversed, pherein kai agein, in Hdt. and Xen.; cf.:rapiunt feruntque,
Verg. A. 2, 374:rapere et auferre,
Cic. Off. 1, 14), in gen., to rob, to plunder: res sociorum ferri agique vidit, Liv. 22, 3:ut ferri agique res suas viderunt,
id. 38, 15; so id. 3, 37;so also: rapere agereque: ut ex alieno agro raperent agerentque,
Liv. 22, 1, 2; but portari atque agi means to bear and carry, to bring together, in Caes. B. C. 2, 29 (as pherein kai agein in Plat. Phaedr. 279, C):ne pulcram praedam agat,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 2, 3:urbes, agros vastare, praedas agere,
Sall. J. 20, 8; 32, 3:pecoris et mancipiorum praedas,
id. ib. 44, 5;so eccl. Lat.: agere praedas de aliquo,
Vulg. Jud. 9, 16; ib. 1 Reg. 27, 8; cf. Gron. Obs. 3, 22, 633.—To chase, pursue, press animals or men, to drive about or onwards in flight (for the usual agitare).a.Of animals:b.apros,
Verg. G. 3, 412:cervum,
id. A. 7, 481; cf. id. ib. 4, 71:citos canes,
Ov. H. 5, 20:feros tauros,
Suet. Claud. 21.—Of men:E.ceteros ruerem, agerem,
Ter. Ad. 3, 2, 21 (= prosequerer, premerem, Don.):ita perterritos egerunt, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 4, 12:Demoleos cursu palantis Troas agebat,
Verg. A. 5, 265; cf. id. ib. 1, 574:aliquem in exsilium,
Liv. 25, 2; so Just. 2, 9, 6; 16, 4, 4; 17, 3, 17;22, 1, 16 al.: aliquem in fugam,
id. 16, 2, 3.—Of inanimate or abstract objects, to move, impel, push forwards, advance, carry to or toward any point:F.quid si pater cuniculos agat ad aerarium?
lead, make, Cic. Off. 3, 23, 90:egisse huc Alpheum vias,
made its way, Verg. A. 3, 695:vix leni et tranquillo mari moles agi possunt,
carry, build out, Curt. 4, 2, 8:cloacam maximam sub terram agendam,
to be carried under ground, Liv. 1, 56;so often in the histt., esp. Caes. and Livy, as t. t., of moving forwards the battering engines: celeriter vineis ad oppidum actis,
pushed forwards, up, Caes. B. G. 2, 12 Herz.; so id. ib. 3, 21; 7, 17; id. B. C. 2, 1; Liv. 8, 16:accelerant acta pariter testudine Volsci,
Verg. A. 9, 505 al.:fugere colles campique videntur, quos agimus praeter navem, i. e. praeter quos agimus navem,
Lucr. 4, 391:in litus passim naves egerunt,
drove the ships ashore, Liv. 22, 19:ratem in amnem,
Ov. F. 1, 500:naves in advorsum amnem,
Tac. H. 4, 22.— Poet.: agere navem, to steer or direct a ship, Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 114; so,agere currum,
to drive a chariot, Ov. M. 2, 62; 2, 388 al.—To stir up, to throw out, excite, cause, bring forth (mostly poet.):G.scintillasque agere ac late differre favillam,
to throw out sparks and scatter ashes far around, Lucr. 2, 675:spumas ore,
Verg. G. 3, 203; so Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 66:piceum Flumen agit,
Verg. A. 9, 814:qui vocem cubantes sensim excitant, eandemque cum egerunt, etc.,
when they have brought it forth, Cic. de Or. 1, 59, 251. —Hence, animam agere, to expel the breath of life, give up the ghost, expire:agens animam spumat,
Lucr. 3, 493:anhelans vaga vadit, animam agens,
Cat. 63, 31:nam et agere animam et efflare dicimus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 19:Hortensius, cum has litteras scripsi, animam agebat,
id. Fam. 8, 13, 2; so Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 13:eodem tempore et gestum et animam ageres,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 8:Est tanti habere animam ut agam?
Sen. Ep. 101, 12; and with a play upon words: semper agis causas et res agis, Attale, semper. Est, non est, quod agas, Attale, semper agis. Si res et causae desunt, agis, Attale, mulas;Attale, ne quod agas desit, agas animam,
Mart. 1, 80.—Of plants, to put forth or out, to shoot, extend:II.(salices) gemmas agunt,
Varr. R. R. 1, 30:florem agere coeperit ficus,
Col. R. R. 5, 10, 10:frondem agere,
Plin. 18, 6, 8, § 45:se ad auras palmes agit,
Verg. G. 2, 364:(platanum) radices trium et triginta cubitorum egisse,
Varr. R. R. 1, 37, 15:per glebas sensim radicibus actis,
Ov. M. 4, 254; so id. ib. 2, 583:robora suas radices in profundum agunt,
Plin. 16, 31, 56, § 127.—Metaph.:vera gloria radices agit,
Cic. Off. 2, 12, 43:pluma in cutem radices egerat imas,
Ov. M. 2, 582.Trop.A.Spec., to guide, govern:B.Tros Tyriusque mihi nullo discrimine agetur,
Verg. A. 1, 574; cf. Forbig. ad h. 1., who considers it the only instance of this use, and compares a similar use of agô; v. L. and S. s. v. II. 2.—In gen., to move, impel, excite, urge to a thing, to prompt or induce to:C.si quis ad illa deus te agat,
Hor. S. 2, 7, 24:una plaga ceteros ad certamen egit,
Liv. 9, 41; 8, 7; 39, 15: quae te, germane, furentem Mens agit in facinus? Ov. M. 5, 14:totis mentibus acta,
Sil. 10, 191:in furorem agere,
Quint. 6, 1, 31:si Agricola in ipsam gloriam praeceps agebatur,
Tac. Agr. 41:provinciam avaritia in bellum egerat,
id. A. 14, 32.—To drive, stir up, excite, agitate, rouse vehemently (cf. agito, II.):D.me amor fugat, agit,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 8:agunt eum praecipitem poenae civium Romanorum,
Cic. Verr. 1, 3:perpetua naturalis bonitas, quae nullis casibus neque agitur neque minuitur,
Nep. Att. 9, 1 Brem.:opportunitas, quae etiam mediocres viros spe praedae transvorsos agit,
i. e. leads astray, Sall. J. 6, 3; 14, 20; so Sen. Ep. 8, 3.— To pursue with hostile intent, to persecute, disturb, vex, to attack, assail (for the usu. agitare; mostly poet.):reginam Alecto stimulis agit undique Bacchi,
Verg. A. 7, 405:non res et agentia (i. e. agitantia, vexantia) verba Lycamben,
Hor. Ep. 1, 19, 25:acerba fata Romanos agunt,
id. Epod 7, 17:diris agam vos,
id. ib. 5, 89:quam deus ultor agebat,
Ov. M. 14, 750:futurae mortis agor stimulis,
Luc. 4, 517; cf. Matth. ad Cic. Mur. § 21.—To drive at something, to pursue a course of action, i. e. to make something an object of action; either in the most general sense, like the Engl. do and the Gr. prattein, for every kind of mental or physical employment; or, in a more restricted sense, to exhibit in external action, to act or perform, to deliver or pronounce, etc., so that after the act is completed nothing remains permanent, e. g. a speech, dance, play, etc. (while facere, to make, poiein, denotes the production of an object which continues to exist after the act is completed; and gerere, the performance of the duties of an office or calling).—On these significations, v. Varr. 6, 6, 62, and 6, 7, 64, and 6, 8, 72.—For the more restricted signif. v. Quint. 2, 18, 1 sq.; cf. Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 7, 12; Hab. Syn. 426.1. a.With the gen. objects, aliquid, nihil, plus, etc.:b.numquam se plus agere quam nihil cum ageret,
Cic. Rep. 1, 17 (cf. with this, id. Off. 3, 1: numquam se minus otiosum esse quam cum otiosus esset): mihi, qui nihil agit, esse omnino non videtur. id. N. D. 2, 16, 46:post satietatem nihil (est) agendum,
Cels. 1, 2.—Hence,Without object:c.aliud agendi tempus, aliud quiescendi,
Cic. N. D. 2, 53, 132; Juv. 16, 49:agendi tempora,
Tac. H. 3, 40:industria in agendo, celeritas in conficiendo,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 29.—In colloquial lang., to do, to fare, get on: quid agis? what are you doing? M. Tulli, quid agis? Cic. Cat. 1, 11:d.Quid agis?
What's your business? Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 9; also, How goes it with you? How are you? ti pratteis, Plaut. Curc. 2, 1, 20; Cic. Fam. 7, 11 al.; Hor. S. 1, 9, 4:vereor, quid agat,
how he is, Cic. Att. 9, 17:ut sciatis, quid agam,
Vulg. Ephes. 6, 21:prospere agit anima tua,
fares well, ib. 3 Joan. 2:quid agitur?
how goes it with you? how do you do? how are you? Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 17; 1, 5, 42; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 40:Quid intus agitur?
is going on, Plaut. Cas. 5, 2, 20; id. Ps. 1, 5, 42 al.—With nihil or non multum, to do, i. e. to effect, accomplish, achieve nothing, or not much (orig. belonging to colloquial lang., but in the class. per. even in oratorical and poet. style): nihil agit;e.collum obstringe homini,
Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 29:nihil agis,
you effect nothing, it is of no use, Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 12:nihil agis, dolor! quamvis sis molestus, numquam te esse confitebor malum,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 25, 61 Kuhn.; Matius ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 10: cupis, inquit, abire; sed nihil agis;usque tenebo,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 15:[nihil agis,] nihil assequeris,
Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 15 B. and K.:ubi blanditiis agitur nihil,
Ov. M. 6, 685: egerit non multum, has not done much, Curt. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 29; cf. Ruhnk. ad Rutil. Lup. p. 120.—In certain circumstances, to proceed, do, act, manage (mostly belonging to familiar style): Thr. Quid nunc agimus? Gn. Quin redimus, What shall we do now? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 41:2.hei mihi! quid faciam? quid agam?
what shall I do? how shall I act? id. Ad. 5, 3, 3:quid agam, habeo,
id. And. 3, 2, 18 (= quid respondeam habeo, Don.) al.:sed ita quidam agebat,
was so acting, Cic. Lig. 7, 21: a Burro minaciter actum, Burrus [p. 75] proceeded to threats, Tac. A. 13, 21.—To pursue, do, perform, transact (the most usual signif. of this word; in all periods; syn.: facere, efficere, transigere, gerere, tractare, curare): cui quod agat institutumst nullo negotio id agit, Enn. ap. Gell. 19, 10, 12 (Trag. v. 254 Vahl.): ut quae egi, ago, axim, verruncent bene, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 23 (Trag. Rel. p. 114 Rib.):3.At nihil est, nisi, dum calet, hoc agitur,
Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 92:Ut id agam, quod missus huc sum,
id. Ps. 2, 2, 44: homines quae agunt vigilantes, agitantque, ea si cui in somno accidunt, minus mirum est, Att. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 22, 45:observabo quam rem agat,
what he is going to do, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 114:Id quidem ago,
That is what I am doing, Verg. E. 9, 37:res vera agitur,
Juv. 4, 35:Jam tempus agires,
Verg. A. 5, 638:utilis rebus agendis,
Juv. 14, 72:grassator ferro agit rem,
does the business with a dagger, id. 3, 305; 6, 659 (cf.:gladiis geritur res,
Liv. 9, 41):nihil ego nunc de istac re ago,
do nothing about that matter, Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 8:postquam id actumst,
after this is accomplished, id. Am. 1, 1, 72; so,sed quid actumst?
id. Ps. 2, 4, 20:nihil aliud agebam nisi eum defenderem,
Cic. Sull. 12:ne quid temere ac fortuitu, inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,
id. Off. 1, 29:agamus quod instat,
Verg. E. 9, 66:renuntiaverunt ei omnia, quae egerant,
Vulg. Marc. 6, 30; ib. Act. 5, 35:suum negotium agere,
to mind one's business, attend to one's own affairs, Cic. Off. 1, 9; id. de Or. 3, 55, 211; so,ut vestrum negotium agatis,
Vulg. 1 Thess. 4, 11:neque satis Bruto constabat, quid agerent,
Caes. B. G. 3, 14:postquam res in Africa gestas, quoque modo actae forent, fama divolgavit,
Sall. J. 30, 1:sed tu delibera, utrum colloqui malis an per litteras agere quae cogitas,
Nep. Con. 3, 8 al. —With the spec. idea of completing, finishing: jucundi acti labores, a proverb in Cic. Fin. 2, 32, 105.—To pursue in one's mind, to drive at, to revolve, to be occupied with, think upon, have in view, aim at (cf. agito, II. E., volvo and voluto):4.nescio quid mens mea majus agit,
Ov. H. 12, 212:hoc variis mens ipsa modis agit,
Val. Fl. 3, 392:agere fratri proditionem,
Tac. H. 2, 26:de intranda Britannia,
id. Agr. 13.—With a verbal subst., as a favorite circumlocution for the action indicated by the subst. (cf. in Gr. agô with verbal subst.):5.rimas agere (sometimes ducere),
to open in cracks, fissures, to crack, Cic. Att. 14, 9; Ov. M. 2, 211; Luc. 6, 728: vos qui regalis corporis custodias agitis, keep watch over, guard, Naev. ap. Non. 323, 1; so Liv. 5, 10:vigilias agere,
Cic. Verr. 4, 43, 93; Nep. Thras. 4; Tac. H. 3, 76:excubias alicui,
Ov. F. 3, 245:excubias,
Tac. H. 4, 58:pervigilium,
Suet. Vit. 10:stationem agere,
to keep guard, Liv. 35, 29; Tac. H. 1, 28:triumphum agere,
to triumph, Cic. Fam. 3, 10; Ov. M. 15, 757; Suet. Dom. 6:libera arbitria agere,
to make free decisions, to decide arbitrarily, Liv. 24, 45; Curt. 6, 1, 19; 8, 1, 4:paenitentiam agere,
to exercise repentance, to repent, Quint. 9, 3, 12; Petr. S. 132; Tac. Or. 15; Curt. 8, 6, 23; Plin. Ep. 7, 10; Vulg. Lev. 5, 5; ib. Matt. 3, 2; ib. Apoc. 2, 5:silentia agere,
to maintain silence, Ov. M. 1, 349:pacem agere,
Juv. 15, 163:crimen agere,
to bring accusation, to accuse, Cic. Verr. 4, 22, 48:laborem agere,
id. Fin. 2, 32:cursus agere,
Ov. Am. 3, 6, 95:delectum agere,
to make choice, to choose, Plin. 7, 29, 30, § 107; Quint. 10, 4, 5:experimenta agere,
Liv. 9, 14; Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:mensuram,
id. 15, 3, 4, § 14:curam agere,
to care for, Ov. H. 15, 302; Quint. 8, prooem. 18:curam ejus egit,
Vulg. Luc. 10, 34:oblivia agere,
to forget, Ov. M. 12, 540:nugas agere,
to trifle, Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 29; id. As. 1, 1, 78, and often:officinas agere,
to keep shop, Inscr. Orell. 4266.—So esp.: agere gratias ( poet. grates; never in sing. gratiam), to give thanks, to thank; Gr. charin echein ( habere gratiam is to be or feel grateful; Gr. charin eidenai; and referre gratiam, to return a favor, requite; Gr. charin apodidonai; cf. Bremi ad Nep. Them. 8, 7):diis gratias pro meritis agere,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 26:Haud male agit gratias,
id. Aul. 4, 4, 31:Magnas vero agere gratias Thais mihi?
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 1:Dis magnas merito gratias habeo atque ago,
id. Phorm. 5, 6, 80: Lentulo nostro egi per litteras tuo nomine gratias diligenter, Cic. Fam. 1, 10: immortales ago tibi gratias agamque dum vivam;nam relaturum me adfirmare non possum,
id. ib. 10, 11, 1: maximas tibi omnes gratias agimus, C. Caesar;majores etiam habemus,
id. Marcell. 11, 33:Trebatio magnas ago gratias, quod, etc.,
id. Fam. 11, 28, 8: renuntiate gratias regi me agere;referre gratiam aliam nunc non posse quam ut suadeam, ne, etc.,
Liv. 37, 37: grates tibi ago, summe Sol, vobisque, reliqui Caelites, * Cic. Rep. 6, 9:gaudet et invito grates agit inde parenti,
Ov. M. 2, 152; so id. ib. 6, 435; 484; 10, 291; 681; 14, 596; Vulg. 2 Reg. 8, 10; ib. Matt. 15, 36 al.;and in connection with this, laudes agere: Jovis fratri laudes ago et grates gratiasque habeo,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 2:Dianae laudes gratesque agam,
id. Mil. 2, 5, 2; so,diis immortalibus laudesque et grates egit,
Liv. 26, 48:agi sibi gratias passus est,
Tac. Agr. 42; so id. H. 2, 71; 4, 51; id. A. 13, 21; but oftener grates or gratis in Tac.:Tiberius egit gratis benevolentiae patrum, A. 6, 2: agit grates,
id. H. 3, 80; 4, 64; id. A. 2, 38; 2, 86; 3, 18; 3, 24; 4, 15 al.—Of time, to pass, spend (very freq. and class.): Romulus in caelo cum dis agit aevom, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 28; so Pac. id. ib. 2, 21, 49, and Hor. S. 1, 5, 101:6.tempus,
Tac. H. 4, 62; id. A. 3, 16: domi aetatem, Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6:aetatem in litteris,
Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:senectutem,
id. Sen. 3, 7; cf. id. ib. 17, 60:dies festos,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 48; Tac. G. 17:otia secura,
Verg. G. 3, 377; Ov. F. 1, 68; 4, 926:ruri agere vitam,
Liv. 7, 39, and Tac. A. 15, 63:vitam in terris,
Verg. G. 2, 538:tranquillam vitam agere,
Vulg. 1 Tim. 2, 2:Hunc (diem) agerem si,
Verg. A. 5, 51:ver magnus agebat Orbis,
id. G. 2, 338:aestiva agere,
to pass, be in, summer quarters, Liv. 27, 8; 27, 21; Curt. 5, 8, 24.— Pass.:menses jam tibi esse actos vides,
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 2:mensis agitur hic septimus,
Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 34, and Ov. M. 7, 700:melior pars acta (est) diei,
Verg. A. 9, 156; Juv. 4, 66; Tac. A. 15, 63:acta est per lacrimas nox,
Ov. H. 12, 58 Ruhnk.:tunc principium anni agebatur,
Liv. 3, 6:actis quindecim annis in regno,
Just. 41, 5, 9:Nona aetas agitur,
Juv. 13, 28 al. —With annus and an ordinal, to be of a certain age, to be so old:quartum annum ago et octogesimum,
am eighty-four years old, Cic. Sen. 10, 32:Annum agens sextum decimum patrem amisit,
Suet. Caes. 1.—Metaph.: sescentesimum et quadragesimum annum urbs nostra agebat, was in its 640 th year, Tac. G. 37.— Hence also absol. (rare), to pass or spend time, to live, to be, to be somewhere:civitas laeta agere,
was joyful, Sall. J. 55, 2:tum Marius apud primos agebat,
id. ib. 101, 6:in Africa, qua procul a mari incultius agebatur,
id. ib. 89, 7:apud illos homines, qui tum agebant,
Tac. A. 3, 19:Thracia discors agebat,
id. ib. 3, 38:Juxta Hermunduros Naristi agunt,
Tac. G. 42:ultra jugum plurimae gentes agunt,
id. ib. 43:Gallos trans Padum agentes,
id. H. 3, 34:quibus (annis) exul Rhodi agit,
id. A. 1, 4:agere inter homines desinere,
id. ib. 15, 74:Vitellius non in ore volgi agere,
was not in the sight of the people, id. H. 3, 36:ante aciem agere,
id. G. 7; and:in armis agere,
id. A. 14, 55 = versari.—In the lang. of offerings, t. t., to despatch the victim, to kill, slay. In performing this rite, the sacrificer asked the priest, agone, shall I do it? and the latter answered, age or hoc age, do it:7.qui calido strictos tincturus sanguine cultros semper, Agone? rogat, nec nisi jussus agit,
Ov. F. 1. 321 (cf. agonia and agonalia):a tergo Chaeream cervicem (Caligulae) gladio caesim graviter percussisse, praemissa voce,
hoc age, Suet. Calig. 58; id. Galb. 20. —This call of the priest in act of solemn sacrifice, Hoc age, warned the assembled multitude to be quiet and give attention; hence hoc or id and sometimes haec or istuc agere was used for, to give attention to, to attend to, to mind, heed; and followed by ut or ne, to pursue a thing, have it in view, aim at, design, etc.; cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 1, 2, 15, and Suet. Calig. 58: hoc agite, Plaut. As. prol. init.:Hoc age,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 152; id. Ep. 1, 6, 31:Hoc agite, of poetry,
Juv. 7, 20:hoc agamus,
Sen. Clem. 1, 12:haec agamus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 49:agere hoc possumus,
Lucr. 1, 41; 4, 969; Juv. 7, 48:hoccine agis an non? hoc agam,
id. ib., Ter. And. 1, 2, 15; 2, 5, 4:nunc istuc age,
id. Heaut. 3, 2, 47; id. Phorm. 2, 3, 3 al.:Hoc egit civis Romanus ante te nemo,
Cic. Lig. 4, 11:id et agunt et moliuntur,
id. Mur. 38:(oculi, aures, etc.) quasi fenestrae sunt animi, quibus tamen sentire nihil queat mens, nisi id agat et adsit,
id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46: qui id egerunt, ut gentem... collocarent, aimed at this, that, etc., id. Cat. 4, 6, 12:qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,
keep it in view, that, id. Off. 1, 13, 41:idne agebas, ut tibi cum sceleratis, an ut cum bonis civibus conveniret?
id. Lig. 6, 18:Hoc agit, ut doleas,
Juv. 5, 157:Hoc age, ne mutata retrorsum te ferat aura,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 88:Quid tuus ille destrictus gladius agebat?
have in view, mean, Cic. Leg. 3, 9:Quid aliud egimus nisi ut, quod hic potest, nos possemus?
id. ib. 4, 10:Sin autem id actum est, ut homines postremi pecuniis alienis locupletarentur,
id. Rosc. Am. 47, 137:certiorem eum fecit, id agi, ut pons dissolveretur,
Nep. Them. 5, 1:ego id semper egi, ne bellis interessem,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7.—Also, the opp.: alias res or aliud agere, not to attend to, heed, or observe, to pursue secondary or subordinate objects: Ch. Alias res agis. Pa. Istuc ago equidem, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 57; id. Hec. 5, 3, 28:usque eo animadverti eum jocari atque alias res agere,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22:atqui vides, quam alias res agamus,
id. de Or. 3, 14, 51; id. Brut. 66, 233:aliud agens ac nihil ejusmodi cogitans,
id. Clu. 64.—In relation to public affairs, to conduct, manage, carry on, administer: agere bellum, to carry on or wage war (embracing the whole theory and practice of war, while bellum gerere designates the bodily and mental effort, and the bearing of the necessary burdens; and bellum facere, the actual outbreak of hostile feelings, v. Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 28):8.qui longe alia ratione ac reliqui Galli bellum agere instituerunt,
Caes. B. G. 3, 28:Antiochus si tam in agendo bello parere voluisset consiliis ejus (Hannibalis) quam in suscipiendo instituerat, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 8, 3; Curt. 4, 10, 29:aliena bella mercedibus agere,
Mel. 1, 16:Bellaque non puero tractat agenda puer,
Ov. A. A. 1, 182 (also in id. Tr. 2, 230, Gron. Observ. 2, 3, 227, for the usu. obit, with one MS., reads agit; so Merkel).— Poet.:Martem for bellum,
Luc. 4, 2: agere proelium, to give battle (very rare):levibus proeliis cum Gallis actis,
Liv. 22, 9.—Of offices, employments, etc., to conduct, exercise, administer, hold:forum agere,
to hold court, Cic. Fam. 8, 6; and:conventus agere,
to hold the assizes, id. Verr. 5, 11, 28; Caes. B. G. 1, 54; 6, 44;used of the governors of provinces: judicium agere,
Plin. 9, 35, 58, § 120:vivorum coetus agere,
to make assemblies of, to assemble, Tac. A. 16, 34:censum agere,
Liv. 3, 22; Tac. A. 14, 46; Suet. Aug. 27:recensum agere,
id. Caes. 41:potestatem agere,
Flor. 1, 7, 2:honorem agere,
Liv. 8, 26:regnum,
Flor. 1, 6, 2:rem publicam,
Dig. 4, 6, 35, § 8:consulatum,
Quint. 12, 1, 16:praefecturam,
Suet. Tib. 6:centurionatum,
Tac. A. 1, 44:senatum,
Suet. Caes. 88:fiscum agere,
to have charge of the treasury, id. Dom. 12:publicum agere,
to collect the taxes, id. Vesp. 1:inquisitionem agere,
Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:curam alicujus rei agere,
to have the management of, to manage, Liv. 6, 15; Suet. Claud. 18:rei publicae curationem agens,
Liv. 4, 13: dilectum agere, to make a levy, to levy (postAug. for dilectum habere, Cic., Caes., Sall.), Quint. 12, 3, 5; Tac. A. 2, 16; id. Agr. 7 and 10; id. H. 2, 16, 12; Suet. Calig. 43. —Of civil and political transactions in the senate, the forum, before tribunals of justice, etc., to manage or transact, to do, to discuss, plead, speak, deliberate; constr. aliquid or de aliqua re:a.velim recordere, quae ego de te in senatu egerim, quae in contionibus dixerim,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2; 1, 9:de condicionibus pacis,
Liv. 8, 37:de summa re publica,
Suet. Caes. 28:cum de Catilinae conjuratione ageretur in curia,
id. Aug. 94:de poena alicujus,
Liv. 5, 36:de agro plebis,
id. 1, 46.—Hence the phrase: agere cum populo, of magistrates, to address the people in a public assembly, for the purpose of obtaining their approval or rejection of a thing (while [p. 76] agere ad populum signifies to propose, to bring before the people):cum populo agere est rogare quid populum, quod suffragiis suis aut jubeat aut vetet,
Gell. 13, 15, 10:agere cum populo de re publica,
Cic. Verr. 1, 1, 12; id. Lael. 25, 96:neu quis de his postea ad senatum referat neve cum populo agat,
Sall. C. 51, 43.—So also absol.:hic locus (rostra) ad agendum amplissimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1:Metellus cum agere coepisset, tertio quoque verbo orationis suae me appellabat,
id. Fam. 5, 2.— Transf. to common life.Agere cum aliquo, de aliquo or re or ut, to treat, deal, negotiate, confer, talk with one about a person or thing; to endeavor to persuade or move one, that, etc.: nihil age tecum (sc. cum odore vini);b.ubi est ipsus (vini lepos)?
I have nothing to do with you, Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 11:Quae (patria) tecum, Catilina, sic agit,
thus pleads, Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 18:algae Inquisitores agerent cum remige nudo,
Juv. 4, 49:haec inter se dubiis de rebus agebant,
thus treated together, Verg. A. 11, 445:de quo et praesens tecum egi diligenter, et scripsi ad te accurate antea,
Cic. Fam. 13, 75:egi cum Claudia et cum vestra sorore Mucia, ut eum ab illa injuria deterrerent,
id. ib. 5, 2:misi ad Metellum communes amicos, qui agerent cum eo, ut de illa mente desisteret,
id. ib. 5, 2:Callias quidam egit cum Cimone, ut eam (Elpinicen) sibi uxorem daret,
Nep. Cim. 1, 3.—Also absol.:Alcibiades praesente vulgo agere coepit,
Nep. Alc. 8, 2:si qua Caesares obtinendae Armeniae egerant,
Tac. A. 15, 14:ut Lucretius agere varie, rogando alternis suadendoque coepit,
Liv. 2, 2.—In Suet. once agere cum senatu, with acc. and inf., to propose or state to the Senate:Tiberius egit cum senatu non debere talia praemia tribui,
Suet. Tib. 54.—With the advv. bene, praeclare, male, etc., to deal well or ill with one, to treat or use well or ill:9.facile est bene agere cum eis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 14, 11:bene egissent Athenienses cum Miltiade, si, etc.,
Val. Max. 5, 3, 3 ext.; Vulg. Jud. 9, 16:praeclare cum aliquo agere,
Cic. Sest. 23:Male agis mecum,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 21:qui cum creditoribus suis male agat,
Cic. Quinct. 84; and:tu contra me male agis,
Vulg. Jud. 11, 27.—Freq. in pass., to be or go well or ill with one, to be well or badly off:intelleget secum actum esse pessime,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 50:praeclare mecum actum puto,
id. Fam. 9, 24; so id. ib. 5, 18: exstat cujusdam non inscitus jocus bene agi potuisse cum rebus humanis, si Domitius pater talem habuisset uxorem, it would have gone well with human affairs, been well for mankind, if, etc., Suet. Ner. 28.—Also absol. without cum: agitur praeclare, si nosmet ipsos regere possumus, it is well done if, etc., it is a splendid thing if, etc., Cic. Fam. 4, 14:vivitur cum eis, in quibus praeclare agitur si sunt simulacra virtutis,
id. Off. 1, 15:bene agitur pro noxia,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 23.—Of transactions before a court or tribunal.a.Aliquid agere ex jure, ex syngrapha, ex sponso, or simply the abl. jure, lege, litibus, obsignatis tabellis, causa, to bring an action or suit, to manage a cause, to plead a case:b.ex jure civili et praetorio agere,
Cic. Caecin. 12:tamquam ex syngrapha agere cum populo,
to litigate, id. Mur. 17:ex sponso egit,
id. Quint. 9: Ph. Una injuriast Tecum. Ch. Lege agito ergo, Go to law, then, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 90:agere lege in hereditatem,
Cic. de Or. 1, 38, 175; Ov. F. 1, 48; Liv. 9, 46:cum illo se lege agere dicebat,
Nep. Tim. 5: summo jure agere, to assert or claim one's right to the full extent of the law, Cic. Off. 1, 11:non enim gladiis mecum, sed litibus agetur,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 4:causa quam vi agere malle,
Tac. A. 13, 37:tabellis obsignatis agis mecum,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 11, 33:Jure, ut opinor, agat, jure increpet inciletque,
with right would bring her charge, Lucr. 3, 963; so,Castrensis jurisdictio plura manu agens,
settles more cases by force, Tac. Agr. 9:ubi manu agitur,
when the case is settled by violent hands, id. G. 36.—Causam or rem agere, to try or plead a case; with apud, ad, or absol.:c.causam apud centumviros egit,
Cic. Caecin. 24:Caesar cum ageret apud censores,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 10; so with adversus:egi causam adversus magistratus,
Vulg. 2 Esdr. 13, 11:orator agere dicitur causam,
Varr. L. L. 6, 42: causam isto modo agere, Cic. Lig. 4, 10; Tac. Or. 5; 11; 14; Juv. 2, 51; 14, 132:agit causas liberales,
Cic. Fam. 8, 9: qui ad rem agendam adsunt, M. Cael. ap. Quint. 11, 1, 51:cum (M. Tullius) et ipsam se rem agere diceret,
Quint. 12, 10, 45: Gripe, accede huc;tua res agitur,
is being tried, Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 104; Quint. 8, 3, 13;and extra-judicially: rogo ad Caesarem meam causam agas,
Cic. Fam. 5, 10:Una (factio) populi causam agebat, altera optimatum,
Nep. Phoc. 3; so, agere, absol., to plead' ad judicem sic agi solet, Cic. Lig. 10:tam solute agere, tam leniter,
id. Brut. 80:tu istuc nisi fingeres, sic ageres?
id. ib. 80; Juv. 7, 143 and 144; 14, 32.— Transf. to common life; with de or acc., to discuss, treat, speak of:Sed estne hic ipsus, de quo agebam?
of whom I was speaking, Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 53:causa non solum exponenda, sed etiam graviter copioseque agenda est,
to be discussed, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 12; id. Verr. 1, 13, 37:Samnitium bella, quae agimus,
are treating of, Liv. 10, 31.—Hence,Agere aliquem reum, to proceed against one as accused, to accuse one, Liv. 4, 42; 24, 25; Tac. A. 14, 18:d.reus agitur,
id. ib. 15, 20; 3, 13; and with the gen. of the crime, with which one is charged:agere furti,
to accuse of theft, Cic. Fam. 7, 22:adulterii cum aliquo,
Quint. 4, 4, 8:injuriarum,
id. 3, 6, 19; and often in the Pandects.—Pass. of the thing which is the subject of accusation, to be in suit or in question; it concerns or affects, is about, etc.:(α).non nunc pecunia, sed illud agitur, quomodo, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 67:non capitis ei res agitur, sed pecuniae,
the point in dispute, id. Phorm. 4, 3, 26:aguntur injuriae sociorum, agitur vis legum, agitur existimatio, veritasque judiciorum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 51:si magna res, magna hereditas agetur,
id. Fin. 2, 17: qua de re agitur, what the point of dispute or litigation is, id. Brut. 79.—Hence, trop.,Res agitur, the case is on trial, i. e. something is at stake or at hazard, in peril, or in danger:(β).at nos, quarum res agitur, aliter auctores sumus,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 72:quasi istic mea res minor agatur quam tua,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 113:agitur populi Romani gloria, agitur salus sociorum atque amicorum, aguntur certissima populi Romani vectigalia et maxima, aguntur bona multorum civium,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:in quibus eorum aut caput agatur aut fama,
id. Lael. 17, 61; Nep. Att. 15, 2:non libertas solum agebatur,
Liv. 28, 19; Sen. Clem. 1, 20 al.:nam tua res agitur, paries cum proximus ardet,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 84 (= in periculo versatur, Lambin.):agitur pars tertia mundi,
is at stake, I am in danger of losing, Ov. M. 5, 372.—Res acta est, the case is over (and done for): acta haec res est;(γ).perii,
this matter is ended, Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 3: hence, actum est de aliquo or aliqua re, it is all over with a person or thing:actum hodie est de me,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 63:jam de Servio actum,
Liv. 1, 47:actum est de collo meo,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 4, 194.—So also absol.: actumst;ilicet me infelicem,
Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 17:si animus hominem pepulit, actumst,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 27; Ter. And. 3, 1, 7; Cic. Att. 5, 15:actumst, ilicet, peristi,
Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 9: periimus;actumst,
id. Heaut. 3, 3, 3.—Rem actam agere, to plead a case already finished, i. e. to act to no purpose:10. a.rem actam agis,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 27; id. Cist. 4, 2, 36; Liv. 28, 40; so,actum or acta agere: actum, aiunt, ne agas,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 72; Cic. Att. 9, 18:acta agimus,
id. Am. 22.—Of an orator, Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 19, 79:b.quae sic ab illo acta esse constabat oculis, voce, gestu, inimici ut lacrimas tenere non possent,
id. ib. 3, 56, 214:agere fortius et audentius volo,
Tac. Or. 18; 39.—Of an actor, to represent, play, act:11.Ipse hanc acturust Juppiter comoediam,
Plaut. Am. prol. 88; so,fabulam,
Ter. Ad. prol. 12; id. Hec. prol. 22:dum haec agitur fabula,
Plaut. Men. prol. 72 al.:partis,
to have a part in a play, Ter. Phorm. prol. 27:Ballionem illum cum agit, agit Chaeream,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 7:gestum agere in scaena,
id. de Or. 2, 57:dicitur canticum egisse aliquanto magis vigente motu,
Liv. 7, 2 al. — Transf. to other relations, to represent or personate one, to act the part of, to act as, behave like: has partes lenitatis semper egi, Cic. Mur. 3:egi illos omnes adulescentes, quos ille actitat,
id. Fam. 2, 9:amicum imperatoris,
Tac. H. 1, 30:exulem,
id. A. 1, 4:socium magis imperii quam ministrum,
id. H. 2, 83:senatorem,
Tac. A. 16, 28.—So of things poetically:utrinque prora frontem agit,
serves as a bow, Tac. G. 44.—Se agere = se gerere, to carry one's self, to behave, deport one's self:12.tanta mobilitate sese Numidae agunt,
Sall. J. 56, 5:quanto ferocius ante se egerint,
Tac. H. 3, 2 Halm:qui se pro equitibus Romanis agerent,
Suet. Claud. 25:non principem se, sed ministrum egit,
id. ib. 29:neglegenter se et avare agere,
Eutr. 6, 9:prudenter se agebat,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 18, 5:sapienter se agebat,
ib. 4 Reg. 18, 7. —Also absol.:seditiose,
Tac. Agr. 7:facile justeque,
id. ib. 9:superbe,
id. H. 2, 27:ex aequo,
id. ib. 4, 64:anxius et intentus agebat,
id. Agr. 5.—Imper.: age, agite, Ter., Tib., Lucr., Hor., Ov., never using agite, and Catull. never age, with which compare the Gr. age, agete (also accompanied by the particles dum, eia, en, ergo, igitur, jam, modo, nuncjam, porro, quare, quin, sane, vero, verum, and by sis); as an exclamation.a.In encouragement, exhortation, come! come on! (old Engl. go to!) up! on! quick! (cf. I. B. fin.).(α).In the sing.:(β).age, adsta, mane, audi, Enn. ap. Delr. Synt. 1, 99: age i tu secundum,
come, follow me! Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 1:age, perge, quaeso,
id. Cist. 2, 3, 12:age, da veniam filio,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 14:age, age, nunc experiamur,
id. ib. 5, 4, 23:age sis tu... delude,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 89; id. Ep. 3, 4, 39; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18; id. Rosc. Am. 16:quanto ferocius ante se egerint, agedum eam solve cistulam,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 151; id. Capt. 3, 4, 39:Agedum vicissim dic,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 69; id. Eun. 4, 4, 27:agedum humanis concede,
Lucr. 3, 962:age modo hodie sero,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103:age nuncjam,
id. And. 5, 2, 25:En age, quid cessas,
Tib. 2, 2, 10:Quare age,
Verg. A. 7, 429:Verum age,
id. ib. 12, 832:Quin age,
id. G. 4, 329:en, age, Rumpe moras,
id. ib. 3, 43:eia age,
id. A. 4, 569.—In the plur.:b.agite, pugni,
up, fists, and at 'em! Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146:agite bibite,
id. Curc. 1, 1, 88; id. Stich. 1, 3, 68:agite in modum dicite,
Cat. 61, 38:Quare agite... conjungite,
id. 64, 372; Verg. A. 1, 627:vos agite... volvite,
Val. Fl. 3, 311:agite nunc, divites, plorate,
Vulg. Jac. 5, 1:agitedum,
Liv. 3, 62.—Also age in the sing., with a verb in the plur. (cf. age tamnete, Hom. Od. 3, 332; age dê trapeiomen, id. Il. 3, 441):age igitur, intro abite,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 54:En agedum convertite,
Prop. 1, 1, 21:mittite, agedum, legatos,
Liv. 38, 47:Ite age,
Stat. Th. 10, 33:Huc age adeste,
Sil. 11, 169.—In transitions in discourse, well then! well now! well! (esp. in Cic. Or. very freq.). So in Plaut. for resuming discourse that has been interrupted: age, tu interea huic somnium narra, Curc. 2, 2, 5: nunc age, res quoniam docui non posse creari, etc., well now, since I have taught, etc., Lucr. 1, 266:c.nunc age, quod superest, cognosce et clarius audi,
id. 1, 920; so id. 1, 952; 2, 62; 333; 730; 3, 418;4, 109 al.: age porro, tu, qui existimari te voluisti interpretem foederum, cur, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 22; so id. Rosc. Am. 16; id. Part. 12; id. Att. 8, 3.—And age (as in a.) with a verb in the plur.:age vero, ceteris in rebus qualis sit temperantia considerate,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 14; so id. Sull. 26; id. Mil. 21; id. Rosc. Am. 37.—As a sign of assent, well! very well! good! right! Age, age, mansero, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 61: age, age, jam ducat;► Position.dabo,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 57:Age, veniam,
id. And. 4, 2, 30:age, sit ita factum,
Cic. Mil. 19:age sane,
Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 27; Cic. Fin. 2, 35, 119.—Age, used with another verb in the imperative, regularly stands before it, but in poetry, for the sake of the metre, it,I.Sometimes follows such verb; as,a.In dactylic metre:b.Cede agedum,
Prop. 5, 9, 54:Dic age,
Verg. A. 6, 343; Hor. S. 2, 7, 92; Ov. F. 1, 149:Esto age,
Pers. 2, 42:Fare age,
Verg. A. 3, 362:Finge age,
Ov. H. 7, 65:Redde age,
Hor. S. 2, 8, 80:Surge age,
Verg. A. 3, 169; 8, 59; 10, 241; Ov. H. 14, 73:Vade age,
Verg. A. 3, 462; 4, 422; so,agite: Ite agite,
Prop. 4, 3, 7.—In other metres (very rarely):II.appropera age,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 2, 38:dic age,
Hor. C. 1, [p. 77] 32, 3; 2, 11, 22;3, 4, 1.—So also in prose (very rarely): Mittite agedum,
Liv. 38, 47:procedat agedum ad pugnam,
id. 7, 9.—It is often separated from such verb:1.age me huc adspice,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 118; id. Capt. 5, 2, 1:Age... instiga,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 10; 5, 6, 11:Quare agite... conjungite,
Cat. 64, 372:Huc age... veni,
Tib. 2, 5, 2:Ergo age cervici imponere nostrae,
Verg. A. 2, 707:en age segnis Rumpe moras,
id. G. 3, 42:age te procellae Crede,
Hor. C. 3, 27, 62:Age jam... condisce,
id. ib. 4, 11, 31; id. S. 2, 7, 4.—Hence,ăgens, entis, P. a.A.Adj.1.Efficient, effective, powerful (only in the rhet. lang. of Cic.):► 2.utendum est imaginibus agentibus, acribus, insignitis,
Cic. de Or. 2, 87, 358:acre orator, incensus et agens,
id. Brut. 92, 317.— Comp. and sup. not used.Agentia verba, in the grammarians, for verba activa, Gell. 18, 12.—B.Subst.: ăgentes, ium.a.Under the emperors, a kind of secret police (also called frumentarii and curiosi), Aur. Vict. Caes. 39 fin.; Dig. 1, 12; 1, 20; 21; 22; 23, etc.; Amm. 15, 3; 14, 11 al.—b.For agrimensores, land-surveyors, Hyg. Lim. p. 179.—2.actus, a, um, P. a. Lit., that has been transacted in the Senate, in the forum, before the courts of justice, etc.; hence,A.actum, i, n., a public transaction in the Senate, before the people, or before a single magistrate:B.actum ejus, qui in re publica cum imperio versatus sit,
Cic. Phil. 1, 7:acta Caesaris servanda censeo,
id. ib. 1, 7:acta tui praeclari tribunatus,
id. Dom. 31.—acta publĭca, or absol.: acta, orum, n., the register of public acts, records, journal. Julius Caesar, in his consulship, ordered that the doings of the Senate (diurna acta) should be made public, Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Ernest. Exc. 1;1.but Augustus again prohibited it,
Suet. Aug. 36. Still the acts of the Senate were written down, and, under the succeeding emperors. certain senators were appointed to this office (actis vel commentariis Senatus conficiendis), Tac. A. 5, 4. They had also public registers of the transactions of the assemblies of the people, and of the different courts of justice;also of births and deaths, marriages, divorces, etc., which were preserved as sources of future history.—Hence, diurna urbis acta,
the city journal, Tac. A. 13, 31:acta populi,
Suet. Caes. 20:acta publica,
Tac. A. 12, 24; Suet. Tib. 8; Plin. Ep. 7, 33:urbana,
id. ib. 9, 15; which were all comprehended under the gen. name acta.With the time added:2.acta eorum temporum,
Plin. 7, 13, 11, § 60:illius temporis,
Ascon. Mil. 44, 16:ejus anni,
Plin. 2, 56, 57, § 147.—Absol., Cic. Fam. 12, 8; 22, 1; 28, 3; Sen. Ben. 2, 10; 3, 16; Suet. Calig. 8; Quint. 9, 3; Juv. 2, 136: Quis dabit historico, quantum daret acta legenti, i. e. to the actuarius, q. v., id. 7, 104; cf. Bahr's Rom. Lit. Gesch. 303.—C.acta triumphōrum, the public record of triumphs, fuller than the Fasti triumphales, Plin. 37, 2, 6, § 12.—D.acta fŏri (v. Inscr. Grut. 445, 10), the records,a.Of strictly historical transactions, Amm. 22, 3, 4; Dig. 4, 6, 33, § 1.—b.Of matters of private right, as wills, gifts, bonds (acta ad jus privatorum pertinentia, Dig. 49, 14, 45, § 4), Fragm. Vat. §§ 249, 266, 268, 317.—E.acta militarĭa, the daily records of the movements of a legion, Veg. R. R. 2, 19. -
10 acta militaria
ăgo, egi, actum, 3, v. a. (axim = egerim, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 22; Paul. ex Fest. s. v. axitiosi, p. 3 Mull.;I.axit = egerit,
Paul. Diac. 3, 3;AGIER = agi,
Cic. Off. 3, 15;agentum = agentium,
Vulc. Gall. Av. Cass. 4, 6) [cf. agô; Sanscr. ag, aghami = to go, to drive; agmas = way, train = ogmos; agis = race, contest = agôn; perh. also Germ. jagen, to drive, to hunt], to put in motion, to move (syn.: agitare, pellere, urgere).Lit.A.Of cattle and other animals, to lead, drive.a.Absol.: agas asellum, Seip. ap. Cic. de Or. 2, 64, 258:b.jumenta agebat,
Liv. 1, 48:capellas ago,
Verg. E. 1, 13:Pars quia non veniant pecudes, sed agantur, ab actu etc.,
Ov. F. 1, 323:caballum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 36.—With acc. of place, prep., sup., or inf.:B. a.agere bovem Romam,
Curt. 1, 45:equum in hostem,
id. 7, 4:Germani in amnem aguntur,
Tac. H. 5, 21:acto ad vallum equo,
id. A. 2, 13:pecora per calles,
Curt. 7, 11:per devia rura capellas,
Ov. M. 1, 676:pecus pastum,
Varr. L. L. 6, 41, p. 88 Mull.:capellas potum age,
Verg. E. 9, 23:pecus egit altos Visere montes,
Hor. C. 1, 2, 7.—Absol.:b.agmen agens equitum,
Verg. A. 7, 804.—With prep., abl., or inf.:C.vinctum ante se Thyum agebat,
Nep. Dat. 3:agitur praeceps exercitus Lydorum in populos,
Sil. 4, 720:(adulteram) maritus per omnem vicum verbere agit,
Tac. G. 19; Suet. Calig. 27:captivos prae se agentes,
Curt. 7, 6; Liv. 23, 1:acti ante suum quisque praedonem catenati,
Quint. 8, 3, 69:captivos sub curribus agere,
Mart. 8, 26:agimur auguriis quaerere exilia,
Verg. A. 3, 5;and simple for comp.: multis milibus armatorum actis ex ea regione = coactis,
Liv. 44, 31.— In prose: agi, to be led, to march, to go:quo multitudo omnis consternata agebatur,
Liv. 10, 29: si citius agi vellet agmen, that the army would move, or march on quicker, id. 2, 58:raptim agmine acto,
id. 6, 28; so id. 23, 36; 25, 9.— Trop.:egit sol hiemem sub terras,
Verg. G. 4, 51:poemata dulcia sunto Et quocumque volent animum auditoris agunto,
lead the mind, Hor. A. P. 100. —Hence, poet.: se agere, to betake one's self, i. e. to go, to come (in Plaut. very freq.;also in Ter., Verg., etc.): quo agis te?
where are you going? Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 294:unde agis te?
id. Most. 1, 4, 28; so id. ib. 3, 1, 31; id. Mil. 3, 2, 49; id. Poen. 1, 2, 120; id. Pers. 4, 3, 13; id. Trin. 4, 3, 71:quo hinc te agis?
where are you going, Ter. And. 4, 2, 25:Ecce gubernator sese Palinurus agebat,
was moving along, Verg. A. 6, 337:Aeneas se matutinus agebat,
id. ib. 8, 465:is enim se primus agebat,
for he strode on in front, id. ib. 9, 696.—Also without se:Et tu, unde agis?
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 20:Quo agis?
id. Pers. 2, 2, 34:Huc age,
Tib. 2, 5, 2 (unless age is here to be taken with veni at the end of the line).—To drive or carry off (animals or men), to steal, rob, plunder (usually abigere):D.Et redigunt actos in sua rura boves,
Ov. F. 3, 64.—So esp. freq. of men or animals taken as booty in war, while ferre is used of portable things; hence, ferre et agere (as in Gr. agein kai pherein, Hom. Il. 5, 484; and reversed, pherein kai agein, in Hdt. and Xen.; cf.:rapiunt feruntque,
Verg. A. 2, 374:rapere et auferre,
Cic. Off. 1, 14), in gen., to rob, to plunder: res sociorum ferri agique vidit, Liv. 22, 3:ut ferri agique res suas viderunt,
id. 38, 15; so id. 3, 37;so also: rapere agereque: ut ex alieno agro raperent agerentque,
Liv. 22, 1, 2; but portari atque agi means to bear and carry, to bring together, in Caes. B. C. 2, 29 (as pherein kai agein in Plat. Phaedr. 279, C):ne pulcram praedam agat,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 2, 3:urbes, agros vastare, praedas agere,
Sall. J. 20, 8; 32, 3:pecoris et mancipiorum praedas,
id. ib. 44, 5;so eccl. Lat.: agere praedas de aliquo,
Vulg. Jud. 9, 16; ib. 1 Reg. 27, 8; cf. Gron. Obs. 3, 22, 633.—To chase, pursue, press animals or men, to drive about or onwards in flight (for the usual agitare).a.Of animals:b.apros,
Verg. G. 3, 412:cervum,
id. A. 7, 481; cf. id. ib. 4, 71:citos canes,
Ov. H. 5, 20:feros tauros,
Suet. Claud. 21.—Of men:E.ceteros ruerem, agerem,
Ter. Ad. 3, 2, 21 (= prosequerer, premerem, Don.):ita perterritos egerunt, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 4, 12:Demoleos cursu palantis Troas agebat,
Verg. A. 5, 265; cf. id. ib. 1, 574:aliquem in exsilium,
Liv. 25, 2; so Just. 2, 9, 6; 16, 4, 4; 17, 3, 17;22, 1, 16 al.: aliquem in fugam,
id. 16, 2, 3.—Of inanimate or abstract objects, to move, impel, push forwards, advance, carry to or toward any point:F.quid si pater cuniculos agat ad aerarium?
lead, make, Cic. Off. 3, 23, 90:egisse huc Alpheum vias,
made its way, Verg. A. 3, 695:vix leni et tranquillo mari moles agi possunt,
carry, build out, Curt. 4, 2, 8:cloacam maximam sub terram agendam,
to be carried under ground, Liv. 1, 56;so often in the histt., esp. Caes. and Livy, as t. t., of moving forwards the battering engines: celeriter vineis ad oppidum actis,
pushed forwards, up, Caes. B. G. 2, 12 Herz.; so id. ib. 3, 21; 7, 17; id. B. C. 2, 1; Liv. 8, 16:accelerant acta pariter testudine Volsci,
Verg. A. 9, 505 al.:fugere colles campique videntur, quos agimus praeter navem, i. e. praeter quos agimus navem,
Lucr. 4, 391:in litus passim naves egerunt,
drove the ships ashore, Liv. 22, 19:ratem in amnem,
Ov. F. 1, 500:naves in advorsum amnem,
Tac. H. 4, 22.— Poet.: agere navem, to steer or direct a ship, Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 114; so,agere currum,
to drive a chariot, Ov. M. 2, 62; 2, 388 al.—To stir up, to throw out, excite, cause, bring forth (mostly poet.):G.scintillasque agere ac late differre favillam,
to throw out sparks and scatter ashes far around, Lucr. 2, 675:spumas ore,
Verg. G. 3, 203; so Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 66:piceum Flumen agit,
Verg. A. 9, 814:qui vocem cubantes sensim excitant, eandemque cum egerunt, etc.,
when they have brought it forth, Cic. de Or. 1, 59, 251. —Hence, animam agere, to expel the breath of life, give up the ghost, expire:agens animam spumat,
Lucr. 3, 493:anhelans vaga vadit, animam agens,
Cat. 63, 31:nam et agere animam et efflare dicimus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 19:Hortensius, cum has litteras scripsi, animam agebat,
id. Fam. 8, 13, 2; so Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 13:eodem tempore et gestum et animam ageres,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 8:Est tanti habere animam ut agam?
Sen. Ep. 101, 12; and with a play upon words: semper agis causas et res agis, Attale, semper. Est, non est, quod agas, Attale, semper agis. Si res et causae desunt, agis, Attale, mulas;Attale, ne quod agas desit, agas animam,
Mart. 1, 80.—Of plants, to put forth or out, to shoot, extend:II.(salices) gemmas agunt,
Varr. R. R. 1, 30:florem agere coeperit ficus,
Col. R. R. 5, 10, 10:frondem agere,
Plin. 18, 6, 8, § 45:se ad auras palmes agit,
Verg. G. 2, 364:(platanum) radices trium et triginta cubitorum egisse,
Varr. R. R. 1, 37, 15:per glebas sensim radicibus actis,
Ov. M. 4, 254; so id. ib. 2, 583:robora suas radices in profundum agunt,
Plin. 16, 31, 56, § 127.—Metaph.:vera gloria radices agit,
Cic. Off. 2, 12, 43:pluma in cutem radices egerat imas,
Ov. M. 2, 582.Trop.A.Spec., to guide, govern:B.Tros Tyriusque mihi nullo discrimine agetur,
Verg. A. 1, 574; cf. Forbig. ad h. 1., who considers it the only instance of this use, and compares a similar use of agô; v. L. and S. s. v. II. 2.—In gen., to move, impel, excite, urge to a thing, to prompt or induce to:C.si quis ad illa deus te agat,
Hor. S. 2, 7, 24:una plaga ceteros ad certamen egit,
Liv. 9, 41; 8, 7; 39, 15: quae te, germane, furentem Mens agit in facinus? Ov. M. 5, 14:totis mentibus acta,
Sil. 10, 191:in furorem agere,
Quint. 6, 1, 31:si Agricola in ipsam gloriam praeceps agebatur,
Tac. Agr. 41:provinciam avaritia in bellum egerat,
id. A. 14, 32.—To drive, stir up, excite, agitate, rouse vehemently (cf. agito, II.):D.me amor fugat, agit,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 8:agunt eum praecipitem poenae civium Romanorum,
Cic. Verr. 1, 3:perpetua naturalis bonitas, quae nullis casibus neque agitur neque minuitur,
Nep. Att. 9, 1 Brem.:opportunitas, quae etiam mediocres viros spe praedae transvorsos agit,
i. e. leads astray, Sall. J. 6, 3; 14, 20; so Sen. Ep. 8, 3.— To pursue with hostile intent, to persecute, disturb, vex, to attack, assail (for the usu. agitare; mostly poet.):reginam Alecto stimulis agit undique Bacchi,
Verg. A. 7, 405:non res et agentia (i. e. agitantia, vexantia) verba Lycamben,
Hor. Ep. 1, 19, 25:acerba fata Romanos agunt,
id. Epod 7, 17:diris agam vos,
id. ib. 5, 89:quam deus ultor agebat,
Ov. M. 14, 750:futurae mortis agor stimulis,
Luc. 4, 517; cf. Matth. ad Cic. Mur. § 21.—To drive at something, to pursue a course of action, i. e. to make something an object of action; either in the most general sense, like the Engl. do and the Gr. prattein, for every kind of mental or physical employment; or, in a more restricted sense, to exhibit in external action, to act or perform, to deliver or pronounce, etc., so that after the act is completed nothing remains permanent, e. g. a speech, dance, play, etc. (while facere, to make, poiein, denotes the production of an object which continues to exist after the act is completed; and gerere, the performance of the duties of an office or calling).—On these significations, v. Varr. 6, 6, 62, and 6, 7, 64, and 6, 8, 72.—For the more restricted signif. v. Quint. 2, 18, 1 sq.; cf. Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 7, 12; Hab. Syn. 426.1. a.With the gen. objects, aliquid, nihil, plus, etc.:b.numquam se plus agere quam nihil cum ageret,
Cic. Rep. 1, 17 (cf. with this, id. Off. 3, 1: numquam se minus otiosum esse quam cum otiosus esset): mihi, qui nihil agit, esse omnino non videtur. id. N. D. 2, 16, 46:post satietatem nihil (est) agendum,
Cels. 1, 2.—Hence,Without object:c.aliud agendi tempus, aliud quiescendi,
Cic. N. D. 2, 53, 132; Juv. 16, 49:agendi tempora,
Tac. H. 3, 40:industria in agendo, celeritas in conficiendo,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 29.—In colloquial lang., to do, to fare, get on: quid agis? what are you doing? M. Tulli, quid agis? Cic. Cat. 1, 11:d.Quid agis?
What's your business? Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 9; also, How goes it with you? How are you? ti pratteis, Plaut. Curc. 2, 1, 20; Cic. Fam. 7, 11 al.; Hor. S. 1, 9, 4:vereor, quid agat,
how he is, Cic. Att. 9, 17:ut sciatis, quid agam,
Vulg. Ephes. 6, 21:prospere agit anima tua,
fares well, ib. 3 Joan. 2:quid agitur?
how goes it with you? how do you do? how are you? Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 17; 1, 5, 42; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 40:Quid intus agitur?
is going on, Plaut. Cas. 5, 2, 20; id. Ps. 1, 5, 42 al.—With nihil or non multum, to do, i. e. to effect, accomplish, achieve nothing, or not much (orig. belonging to colloquial lang., but in the class. per. even in oratorical and poet. style): nihil agit;e.collum obstringe homini,
Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 29:nihil agis,
you effect nothing, it is of no use, Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 12:nihil agis, dolor! quamvis sis molestus, numquam te esse confitebor malum,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 25, 61 Kuhn.; Matius ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 10: cupis, inquit, abire; sed nihil agis;usque tenebo,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 15:[nihil agis,] nihil assequeris,
Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 15 B. and K.:ubi blanditiis agitur nihil,
Ov. M. 6, 685: egerit non multum, has not done much, Curt. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 29; cf. Ruhnk. ad Rutil. Lup. p. 120.—In certain circumstances, to proceed, do, act, manage (mostly belonging to familiar style): Thr. Quid nunc agimus? Gn. Quin redimus, What shall we do now? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 41:2.hei mihi! quid faciam? quid agam?
what shall I do? how shall I act? id. Ad. 5, 3, 3:quid agam, habeo,
id. And. 3, 2, 18 (= quid respondeam habeo, Don.) al.:sed ita quidam agebat,
was so acting, Cic. Lig. 7, 21: a Burro minaciter actum, Burrus [p. 75] proceeded to threats, Tac. A. 13, 21.—To pursue, do, perform, transact (the most usual signif. of this word; in all periods; syn.: facere, efficere, transigere, gerere, tractare, curare): cui quod agat institutumst nullo negotio id agit, Enn. ap. Gell. 19, 10, 12 (Trag. v. 254 Vahl.): ut quae egi, ago, axim, verruncent bene, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 23 (Trag. Rel. p. 114 Rib.):3.At nihil est, nisi, dum calet, hoc agitur,
Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 92:Ut id agam, quod missus huc sum,
id. Ps. 2, 2, 44: homines quae agunt vigilantes, agitantque, ea si cui in somno accidunt, minus mirum est, Att. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 22, 45:observabo quam rem agat,
what he is going to do, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 114:Id quidem ago,
That is what I am doing, Verg. E. 9, 37:res vera agitur,
Juv. 4, 35:Jam tempus agires,
Verg. A. 5, 638:utilis rebus agendis,
Juv. 14, 72:grassator ferro agit rem,
does the business with a dagger, id. 3, 305; 6, 659 (cf.:gladiis geritur res,
Liv. 9, 41):nihil ego nunc de istac re ago,
do nothing about that matter, Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 8:postquam id actumst,
after this is accomplished, id. Am. 1, 1, 72; so,sed quid actumst?
id. Ps. 2, 4, 20:nihil aliud agebam nisi eum defenderem,
Cic. Sull. 12:ne quid temere ac fortuitu, inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,
id. Off. 1, 29:agamus quod instat,
Verg. E. 9, 66:renuntiaverunt ei omnia, quae egerant,
Vulg. Marc. 6, 30; ib. Act. 5, 35:suum negotium agere,
to mind one's business, attend to one's own affairs, Cic. Off. 1, 9; id. de Or. 3, 55, 211; so,ut vestrum negotium agatis,
Vulg. 1 Thess. 4, 11:neque satis Bruto constabat, quid agerent,
Caes. B. G. 3, 14:postquam res in Africa gestas, quoque modo actae forent, fama divolgavit,
Sall. J. 30, 1:sed tu delibera, utrum colloqui malis an per litteras agere quae cogitas,
Nep. Con. 3, 8 al. —With the spec. idea of completing, finishing: jucundi acti labores, a proverb in Cic. Fin. 2, 32, 105.—To pursue in one's mind, to drive at, to revolve, to be occupied with, think upon, have in view, aim at (cf. agito, II. E., volvo and voluto):4.nescio quid mens mea majus agit,
Ov. H. 12, 212:hoc variis mens ipsa modis agit,
Val. Fl. 3, 392:agere fratri proditionem,
Tac. H. 2, 26:de intranda Britannia,
id. Agr. 13.—With a verbal subst., as a favorite circumlocution for the action indicated by the subst. (cf. in Gr. agô with verbal subst.):5.rimas agere (sometimes ducere),
to open in cracks, fissures, to crack, Cic. Att. 14, 9; Ov. M. 2, 211; Luc. 6, 728: vos qui regalis corporis custodias agitis, keep watch over, guard, Naev. ap. Non. 323, 1; so Liv. 5, 10:vigilias agere,
Cic. Verr. 4, 43, 93; Nep. Thras. 4; Tac. H. 3, 76:excubias alicui,
Ov. F. 3, 245:excubias,
Tac. H. 4, 58:pervigilium,
Suet. Vit. 10:stationem agere,
to keep guard, Liv. 35, 29; Tac. H. 1, 28:triumphum agere,
to triumph, Cic. Fam. 3, 10; Ov. M. 15, 757; Suet. Dom. 6:libera arbitria agere,
to make free decisions, to decide arbitrarily, Liv. 24, 45; Curt. 6, 1, 19; 8, 1, 4:paenitentiam agere,
to exercise repentance, to repent, Quint. 9, 3, 12; Petr. S. 132; Tac. Or. 15; Curt. 8, 6, 23; Plin. Ep. 7, 10; Vulg. Lev. 5, 5; ib. Matt. 3, 2; ib. Apoc. 2, 5:silentia agere,
to maintain silence, Ov. M. 1, 349:pacem agere,
Juv. 15, 163:crimen agere,
to bring accusation, to accuse, Cic. Verr. 4, 22, 48:laborem agere,
id. Fin. 2, 32:cursus agere,
Ov. Am. 3, 6, 95:delectum agere,
to make choice, to choose, Plin. 7, 29, 30, § 107; Quint. 10, 4, 5:experimenta agere,
Liv. 9, 14; Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:mensuram,
id. 15, 3, 4, § 14:curam agere,
to care for, Ov. H. 15, 302; Quint. 8, prooem. 18:curam ejus egit,
Vulg. Luc. 10, 34:oblivia agere,
to forget, Ov. M. 12, 540:nugas agere,
to trifle, Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 29; id. As. 1, 1, 78, and often:officinas agere,
to keep shop, Inscr. Orell. 4266.—So esp.: agere gratias ( poet. grates; never in sing. gratiam), to give thanks, to thank; Gr. charin echein ( habere gratiam is to be or feel grateful; Gr. charin eidenai; and referre gratiam, to return a favor, requite; Gr. charin apodidonai; cf. Bremi ad Nep. Them. 8, 7):diis gratias pro meritis agere,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 26:Haud male agit gratias,
id. Aul. 4, 4, 31:Magnas vero agere gratias Thais mihi?
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 1:Dis magnas merito gratias habeo atque ago,
id. Phorm. 5, 6, 80: Lentulo nostro egi per litteras tuo nomine gratias diligenter, Cic. Fam. 1, 10: immortales ago tibi gratias agamque dum vivam;nam relaturum me adfirmare non possum,
id. ib. 10, 11, 1: maximas tibi omnes gratias agimus, C. Caesar;majores etiam habemus,
id. Marcell. 11, 33:Trebatio magnas ago gratias, quod, etc.,
id. Fam. 11, 28, 8: renuntiate gratias regi me agere;referre gratiam aliam nunc non posse quam ut suadeam, ne, etc.,
Liv. 37, 37: grates tibi ago, summe Sol, vobisque, reliqui Caelites, * Cic. Rep. 6, 9:gaudet et invito grates agit inde parenti,
Ov. M. 2, 152; so id. ib. 6, 435; 484; 10, 291; 681; 14, 596; Vulg. 2 Reg. 8, 10; ib. Matt. 15, 36 al.;and in connection with this, laudes agere: Jovis fratri laudes ago et grates gratiasque habeo,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 2:Dianae laudes gratesque agam,
id. Mil. 2, 5, 2; so,diis immortalibus laudesque et grates egit,
Liv. 26, 48:agi sibi gratias passus est,
Tac. Agr. 42; so id. H. 2, 71; 4, 51; id. A. 13, 21; but oftener grates or gratis in Tac.:Tiberius egit gratis benevolentiae patrum, A. 6, 2: agit grates,
id. H. 3, 80; 4, 64; id. A. 2, 38; 2, 86; 3, 18; 3, 24; 4, 15 al.—Of time, to pass, spend (very freq. and class.): Romulus in caelo cum dis agit aevom, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 28; so Pac. id. ib. 2, 21, 49, and Hor. S. 1, 5, 101:6.tempus,
Tac. H. 4, 62; id. A. 3, 16: domi aetatem, Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6:aetatem in litteris,
Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:senectutem,
id. Sen. 3, 7; cf. id. ib. 17, 60:dies festos,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 48; Tac. G. 17:otia secura,
Verg. G. 3, 377; Ov. F. 1, 68; 4, 926:ruri agere vitam,
Liv. 7, 39, and Tac. A. 15, 63:vitam in terris,
Verg. G. 2, 538:tranquillam vitam agere,
Vulg. 1 Tim. 2, 2:Hunc (diem) agerem si,
Verg. A. 5, 51:ver magnus agebat Orbis,
id. G. 2, 338:aestiva agere,
to pass, be in, summer quarters, Liv. 27, 8; 27, 21; Curt. 5, 8, 24.— Pass.:menses jam tibi esse actos vides,
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 2:mensis agitur hic septimus,
Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 34, and Ov. M. 7, 700:melior pars acta (est) diei,
Verg. A. 9, 156; Juv. 4, 66; Tac. A. 15, 63:acta est per lacrimas nox,
Ov. H. 12, 58 Ruhnk.:tunc principium anni agebatur,
Liv. 3, 6:actis quindecim annis in regno,
Just. 41, 5, 9:Nona aetas agitur,
Juv. 13, 28 al. —With annus and an ordinal, to be of a certain age, to be so old:quartum annum ago et octogesimum,
am eighty-four years old, Cic. Sen. 10, 32:Annum agens sextum decimum patrem amisit,
Suet. Caes. 1.—Metaph.: sescentesimum et quadragesimum annum urbs nostra agebat, was in its 640 th year, Tac. G. 37.— Hence also absol. (rare), to pass or spend time, to live, to be, to be somewhere:civitas laeta agere,
was joyful, Sall. J. 55, 2:tum Marius apud primos agebat,
id. ib. 101, 6:in Africa, qua procul a mari incultius agebatur,
id. ib. 89, 7:apud illos homines, qui tum agebant,
Tac. A. 3, 19:Thracia discors agebat,
id. ib. 3, 38:Juxta Hermunduros Naristi agunt,
Tac. G. 42:ultra jugum plurimae gentes agunt,
id. ib. 43:Gallos trans Padum agentes,
id. H. 3, 34:quibus (annis) exul Rhodi agit,
id. A. 1, 4:agere inter homines desinere,
id. ib. 15, 74:Vitellius non in ore volgi agere,
was not in the sight of the people, id. H. 3, 36:ante aciem agere,
id. G. 7; and:in armis agere,
id. A. 14, 55 = versari.—In the lang. of offerings, t. t., to despatch the victim, to kill, slay. In performing this rite, the sacrificer asked the priest, agone, shall I do it? and the latter answered, age or hoc age, do it:7.qui calido strictos tincturus sanguine cultros semper, Agone? rogat, nec nisi jussus agit,
Ov. F. 1. 321 (cf. agonia and agonalia):a tergo Chaeream cervicem (Caligulae) gladio caesim graviter percussisse, praemissa voce,
hoc age, Suet. Calig. 58; id. Galb. 20. —This call of the priest in act of solemn sacrifice, Hoc age, warned the assembled multitude to be quiet and give attention; hence hoc or id and sometimes haec or istuc agere was used for, to give attention to, to attend to, to mind, heed; and followed by ut or ne, to pursue a thing, have it in view, aim at, design, etc.; cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 1, 2, 15, and Suet. Calig. 58: hoc agite, Plaut. As. prol. init.:Hoc age,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 152; id. Ep. 1, 6, 31:Hoc agite, of poetry,
Juv. 7, 20:hoc agamus,
Sen. Clem. 1, 12:haec agamus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 49:agere hoc possumus,
Lucr. 1, 41; 4, 969; Juv. 7, 48:hoccine agis an non? hoc agam,
id. ib., Ter. And. 1, 2, 15; 2, 5, 4:nunc istuc age,
id. Heaut. 3, 2, 47; id. Phorm. 2, 3, 3 al.:Hoc egit civis Romanus ante te nemo,
Cic. Lig. 4, 11:id et agunt et moliuntur,
id. Mur. 38:(oculi, aures, etc.) quasi fenestrae sunt animi, quibus tamen sentire nihil queat mens, nisi id agat et adsit,
id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46: qui id egerunt, ut gentem... collocarent, aimed at this, that, etc., id. Cat. 4, 6, 12:qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,
keep it in view, that, id. Off. 1, 13, 41:idne agebas, ut tibi cum sceleratis, an ut cum bonis civibus conveniret?
id. Lig. 6, 18:Hoc agit, ut doleas,
Juv. 5, 157:Hoc age, ne mutata retrorsum te ferat aura,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 88:Quid tuus ille destrictus gladius agebat?
have in view, mean, Cic. Leg. 3, 9:Quid aliud egimus nisi ut, quod hic potest, nos possemus?
id. ib. 4, 10:Sin autem id actum est, ut homines postremi pecuniis alienis locupletarentur,
id. Rosc. Am. 47, 137:certiorem eum fecit, id agi, ut pons dissolveretur,
Nep. Them. 5, 1:ego id semper egi, ne bellis interessem,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7.—Also, the opp.: alias res or aliud agere, not to attend to, heed, or observe, to pursue secondary or subordinate objects: Ch. Alias res agis. Pa. Istuc ago equidem, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 57; id. Hec. 5, 3, 28:usque eo animadverti eum jocari atque alias res agere,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22:atqui vides, quam alias res agamus,
id. de Or. 3, 14, 51; id. Brut. 66, 233:aliud agens ac nihil ejusmodi cogitans,
id. Clu. 64.—In relation to public affairs, to conduct, manage, carry on, administer: agere bellum, to carry on or wage war (embracing the whole theory and practice of war, while bellum gerere designates the bodily and mental effort, and the bearing of the necessary burdens; and bellum facere, the actual outbreak of hostile feelings, v. Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 28):8.qui longe alia ratione ac reliqui Galli bellum agere instituerunt,
Caes. B. G. 3, 28:Antiochus si tam in agendo bello parere voluisset consiliis ejus (Hannibalis) quam in suscipiendo instituerat, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 8, 3; Curt. 4, 10, 29:aliena bella mercedibus agere,
Mel. 1, 16:Bellaque non puero tractat agenda puer,
Ov. A. A. 1, 182 (also in id. Tr. 2, 230, Gron. Observ. 2, 3, 227, for the usu. obit, with one MS., reads agit; so Merkel).— Poet.:Martem for bellum,
Luc. 4, 2: agere proelium, to give battle (very rare):levibus proeliis cum Gallis actis,
Liv. 22, 9.—Of offices, employments, etc., to conduct, exercise, administer, hold:forum agere,
to hold court, Cic. Fam. 8, 6; and:conventus agere,
to hold the assizes, id. Verr. 5, 11, 28; Caes. B. G. 1, 54; 6, 44;used of the governors of provinces: judicium agere,
Plin. 9, 35, 58, § 120:vivorum coetus agere,
to make assemblies of, to assemble, Tac. A. 16, 34:censum agere,
Liv. 3, 22; Tac. A. 14, 46; Suet. Aug. 27:recensum agere,
id. Caes. 41:potestatem agere,
Flor. 1, 7, 2:honorem agere,
Liv. 8, 26:regnum,
Flor. 1, 6, 2:rem publicam,
Dig. 4, 6, 35, § 8:consulatum,
Quint. 12, 1, 16:praefecturam,
Suet. Tib. 6:centurionatum,
Tac. A. 1, 44:senatum,
Suet. Caes. 88:fiscum agere,
to have charge of the treasury, id. Dom. 12:publicum agere,
to collect the taxes, id. Vesp. 1:inquisitionem agere,
Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:curam alicujus rei agere,
to have the management of, to manage, Liv. 6, 15; Suet. Claud. 18:rei publicae curationem agens,
Liv. 4, 13: dilectum agere, to make a levy, to levy (postAug. for dilectum habere, Cic., Caes., Sall.), Quint. 12, 3, 5; Tac. A. 2, 16; id. Agr. 7 and 10; id. H. 2, 16, 12; Suet. Calig. 43. —Of civil and political transactions in the senate, the forum, before tribunals of justice, etc., to manage or transact, to do, to discuss, plead, speak, deliberate; constr. aliquid or de aliqua re:a.velim recordere, quae ego de te in senatu egerim, quae in contionibus dixerim,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2; 1, 9:de condicionibus pacis,
Liv. 8, 37:de summa re publica,
Suet. Caes. 28:cum de Catilinae conjuratione ageretur in curia,
id. Aug. 94:de poena alicujus,
Liv. 5, 36:de agro plebis,
id. 1, 46.—Hence the phrase: agere cum populo, of magistrates, to address the people in a public assembly, for the purpose of obtaining their approval or rejection of a thing (while [p. 76] agere ad populum signifies to propose, to bring before the people):cum populo agere est rogare quid populum, quod suffragiis suis aut jubeat aut vetet,
Gell. 13, 15, 10:agere cum populo de re publica,
Cic. Verr. 1, 1, 12; id. Lael. 25, 96:neu quis de his postea ad senatum referat neve cum populo agat,
Sall. C. 51, 43.—So also absol.:hic locus (rostra) ad agendum amplissimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1:Metellus cum agere coepisset, tertio quoque verbo orationis suae me appellabat,
id. Fam. 5, 2.— Transf. to common life.Agere cum aliquo, de aliquo or re or ut, to treat, deal, negotiate, confer, talk with one about a person or thing; to endeavor to persuade or move one, that, etc.: nihil age tecum (sc. cum odore vini);b.ubi est ipsus (vini lepos)?
I have nothing to do with you, Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 11:Quae (patria) tecum, Catilina, sic agit,
thus pleads, Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 18:algae Inquisitores agerent cum remige nudo,
Juv. 4, 49:haec inter se dubiis de rebus agebant,
thus treated together, Verg. A. 11, 445:de quo et praesens tecum egi diligenter, et scripsi ad te accurate antea,
Cic. Fam. 13, 75:egi cum Claudia et cum vestra sorore Mucia, ut eum ab illa injuria deterrerent,
id. ib. 5, 2:misi ad Metellum communes amicos, qui agerent cum eo, ut de illa mente desisteret,
id. ib. 5, 2:Callias quidam egit cum Cimone, ut eam (Elpinicen) sibi uxorem daret,
Nep. Cim. 1, 3.—Also absol.:Alcibiades praesente vulgo agere coepit,
Nep. Alc. 8, 2:si qua Caesares obtinendae Armeniae egerant,
Tac. A. 15, 14:ut Lucretius agere varie, rogando alternis suadendoque coepit,
Liv. 2, 2.—In Suet. once agere cum senatu, with acc. and inf., to propose or state to the Senate:Tiberius egit cum senatu non debere talia praemia tribui,
Suet. Tib. 54.—With the advv. bene, praeclare, male, etc., to deal well or ill with one, to treat or use well or ill:9.facile est bene agere cum eis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 14, 11:bene egissent Athenienses cum Miltiade, si, etc.,
Val. Max. 5, 3, 3 ext.; Vulg. Jud. 9, 16:praeclare cum aliquo agere,
Cic. Sest. 23:Male agis mecum,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 21:qui cum creditoribus suis male agat,
Cic. Quinct. 84; and:tu contra me male agis,
Vulg. Jud. 11, 27.—Freq. in pass., to be or go well or ill with one, to be well or badly off:intelleget secum actum esse pessime,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 50:praeclare mecum actum puto,
id. Fam. 9, 24; so id. ib. 5, 18: exstat cujusdam non inscitus jocus bene agi potuisse cum rebus humanis, si Domitius pater talem habuisset uxorem, it would have gone well with human affairs, been well for mankind, if, etc., Suet. Ner. 28.—Also absol. without cum: agitur praeclare, si nosmet ipsos regere possumus, it is well done if, etc., it is a splendid thing if, etc., Cic. Fam. 4, 14:vivitur cum eis, in quibus praeclare agitur si sunt simulacra virtutis,
id. Off. 1, 15:bene agitur pro noxia,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 23.—Of transactions before a court or tribunal.a.Aliquid agere ex jure, ex syngrapha, ex sponso, or simply the abl. jure, lege, litibus, obsignatis tabellis, causa, to bring an action or suit, to manage a cause, to plead a case:b.ex jure civili et praetorio agere,
Cic. Caecin. 12:tamquam ex syngrapha agere cum populo,
to litigate, id. Mur. 17:ex sponso egit,
id. Quint. 9: Ph. Una injuriast Tecum. Ch. Lege agito ergo, Go to law, then, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 90:agere lege in hereditatem,
Cic. de Or. 1, 38, 175; Ov. F. 1, 48; Liv. 9, 46:cum illo se lege agere dicebat,
Nep. Tim. 5: summo jure agere, to assert or claim one's right to the full extent of the law, Cic. Off. 1, 11:non enim gladiis mecum, sed litibus agetur,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 4:causa quam vi agere malle,
Tac. A. 13, 37:tabellis obsignatis agis mecum,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 11, 33:Jure, ut opinor, agat, jure increpet inciletque,
with right would bring her charge, Lucr. 3, 963; so,Castrensis jurisdictio plura manu agens,
settles more cases by force, Tac. Agr. 9:ubi manu agitur,
when the case is settled by violent hands, id. G. 36.—Causam or rem agere, to try or plead a case; with apud, ad, or absol.:c.causam apud centumviros egit,
Cic. Caecin. 24:Caesar cum ageret apud censores,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 10; so with adversus:egi causam adversus magistratus,
Vulg. 2 Esdr. 13, 11:orator agere dicitur causam,
Varr. L. L. 6, 42: causam isto modo agere, Cic. Lig. 4, 10; Tac. Or. 5; 11; 14; Juv. 2, 51; 14, 132:agit causas liberales,
Cic. Fam. 8, 9: qui ad rem agendam adsunt, M. Cael. ap. Quint. 11, 1, 51:cum (M. Tullius) et ipsam se rem agere diceret,
Quint. 12, 10, 45: Gripe, accede huc;tua res agitur,
is being tried, Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 104; Quint. 8, 3, 13;and extra-judicially: rogo ad Caesarem meam causam agas,
Cic. Fam. 5, 10:Una (factio) populi causam agebat, altera optimatum,
Nep. Phoc. 3; so, agere, absol., to plead' ad judicem sic agi solet, Cic. Lig. 10:tam solute agere, tam leniter,
id. Brut. 80:tu istuc nisi fingeres, sic ageres?
id. ib. 80; Juv. 7, 143 and 144; 14, 32.— Transf. to common life; with de or acc., to discuss, treat, speak of:Sed estne hic ipsus, de quo agebam?
of whom I was speaking, Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 53:causa non solum exponenda, sed etiam graviter copioseque agenda est,
to be discussed, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 12; id. Verr. 1, 13, 37:Samnitium bella, quae agimus,
are treating of, Liv. 10, 31.—Hence,Agere aliquem reum, to proceed against one as accused, to accuse one, Liv. 4, 42; 24, 25; Tac. A. 14, 18:d.reus agitur,
id. ib. 15, 20; 3, 13; and with the gen. of the crime, with which one is charged:agere furti,
to accuse of theft, Cic. Fam. 7, 22:adulterii cum aliquo,
Quint. 4, 4, 8:injuriarum,
id. 3, 6, 19; and often in the Pandects.—Pass. of the thing which is the subject of accusation, to be in suit or in question; it concerns or affects, is about, etc.:(α).non nunc pecunia, sed illud agitur, quomodo, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 67:non capitis ei res agitur, sed pecuniae,
the point in dispute, id. Phorm. 4, 3, 26:aguntur injuriae sociorum, agitur vis legum, agitur existimatio, veritasque judiciorum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 51:si magna res, magna hereditas agetur,
id. Fin. 2, 17: qua de re agitur, what the point of dispute or litigation is, id. Brut. 79.—Hence, trop.,Res agitur, the case is on trial, i. e. something is at stake or at hazard, in peril, or in danger:(β).at nos, quarum res agitur, aliter auctores sumus,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 72:quasi istic mea res minor agatur quam tua,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 113:agitur populi Romani gloria, agitur salus sociorum atque amicorum, aguntur certissima populi Romani vectigalia et maxima, aguntur bona multorum civium,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:in quibus eorum aut caput agatur aut fama,
id. Lael. 17, 61; Nep. Att. 15, 2:non libertas solum agebatur,
Liv. 28, 19; Sen. Clem. 1, 20 al.:nam tua res agitur, paries cum proximus ardet,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 84 (= in periculo versatur, Lambin.):agitur pars tertia mundi,
is at stake, I am in danger of losing, Ov. M. 5, 372.—Res acta est, the case is over (and done for): acta haec res est;(γ).perii,
this matter is ended, Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 3: hence, actum est de aliquo or aliqua re, it is all over with a person or thing:actum hodie est de me,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 63:jam de Servio actum,
Liv. 1, 47:actum est de collo meo,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 4, 194.—So also absol.: actumst;ilicet me infelicem,
Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 17:si animus hominem pepulit, actumst,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 27; Ter. And. 3, 1, 7; Cic. Att. 5, 15:actumst, ilicet, peristi,
Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 9: periimus;actumst,
id. Heaut. 3, 3, 3.—Rem actam agere, to plead a case already finished, i. e. to act to no purpose:10. a.rem actam agis,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 27; id. Cist. 4, 2, 36; Liv. 28, 40; so,actum or acta agere: actum, aiunt, ne agas,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 72; Cic. Att. 9, 18:acta agimus,
id. Am. 22.—Of an orator, Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 19, 79:b.quae sic ab illo acta esse constabat oculis, voce, gestu, inimici ut lacrimas tenere non possent,
id. ib. 3, 56, 214:agere fortius et audentius volo,
Tac. Or. 18; 39.—Of an actor, to represent, play, act:11.Ipse hanc acturust Juppiter comoediam,
Plaut. Am. prol. 88; so,fabulam,
Ter. Ad. prol. 12; id. Hec. prol. 22:dum haec agitur fabula,
Plaut. Men. prol. 72 al.:partis,
to have a part in a play, Ter. Phorm. prol. 27:Ballionem illum cum agit, agit Chaeream,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 7:gestum agere in scaena,
id. de Or. 2, 57:dicitur canticum egisse aliquanto magis vigente motu,
Liv. 7, 2 al. — Transf. to other relations, to represent or personate one, to act the part of, to act as, behave like: has partes lenitatis semper egi, Cic. Mur. 3:egi illos omnes adulescentes, quos ille actitat,
id. Fam. 2, 9:amicum imperatoris,
Tac. H. 1, 30:exulem,
id. A. 1, 4:socium magis imperii quam ministrum,
id. H. 2, 83:senatorem,
Tac. A. 16, 28.—So of things poetically:utrinque prora frontem agit,
serves as a bow, Tac. G. 44.—Se agere = se gerere, to carry one's self, to behave, deport one's self:12.tanta mobilitate sese Numidae agunt,
Sall. J. 56, 5:quanto ferocius ante se egerint,
Tac. H. 3, 2 Halm:qui se pro equitibus Romanis agerent,
Suet. Claud. 25:non principem se, sed ministrum egit,
id. ib. 29:neglegenter se et avare agere,
Eutr. 6, 9:prudenter se agebat,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 18, 5:sapienter se agebat,
ib. 4 Reg. 18, 7. —Also absol.:seditiose,
Tac. Agr. 7:facile justeque,
id. ib. 9:superbe,
id. H. 2, 27:ex aequo,
id. ib. 4, 64:anxius et intentus agebat,
id. Agr. 5.—Imper.: age, agite, Ter., Tib., Lucr., Hor., Ov., never using agite, and Catull. never age, with which compare the Gr. age, agete (also accompanied by the particles dum, eia, en, ergo, igitur, jam, modo, nuncjam, porro, quare, quin, sane, vero, verum, and by sis); as an exclamation.a.In encouragement, exhortation, come! come on! (old Engl. go to!) up! on! quick! (cf. I. B. fin.).(α).In the sing.:(β).age, adsta, mane, audi, Enn. ap. Delr. Synt. 1, 99: age i tu secundum,
come, follow me! Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 1:age, perge, quaeso,
id. Cist. 2, 3, 12:age, da veniam filio,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 14:age, age, nunc experiamur,
id. ib. 5, 4, 23:age sis tu... delude,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 89; id. Ep. 3, 4, 39; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18; id. Rosc. Am. 16:quanto ferocius ante se egerint, agedum eam solve cistulam,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 151; id. Capt. 3, 4, 39:Agedum vicissim dic,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 69; id. Eun. 4, 4, 27:agedum humanis concede,
Lucr. 3, 962:age modo hodie sero,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103:age nuncjam,
id. And. 5, 2, 25:En age, quid cessas,
Tib. 2, 2, 10:Quare age,
Verg. A. 7, 429:Verum age,
id. ib. 12, 832:Quin age,
id. G. 4, 329:en, age, Rumpe moras,
id. ib. 3, 43:eia age,
id. A. 4, 569.—In the plur.:b.agite, pugni,
up, fists, and at 'em! Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146:agite bibite,
id. Curc. 1, 1, 88; id. Stich. 1, 3, 68:agite in modum dicite,
Cat. 61, 38:Quare agite... conjungite,
id. 64, 372; Verg. A. 1, 627:vos agite... volvite,
Val. Fl. 3, 311:agite nunc, divites, plorate,
Vulg. Jac. 5, 1:agitedum,
Liv. 3, 62.—Also age in the sing., with a verb in the plur. (cf. age tamnete, Hom. Od. 3, 332; age dê trapeiomen, id. Il. 3, 441):age igitur, intro abite,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 54:En agedum convertite,
Prop. 1, 1, 21:mittite, agedum, legatos,
Liv. 38, 47:Ite age,
Stat. Th. 10, 33:Huc age adeste,
Sil. 11, 169.—In transitions in discourse, well then! well now! well! (esp. in Cic. Or. very freq.). So in Plaut. for resuming discourse that has been interrupted: age, tu interea huic somnium narra, Curc. 2, 2, 5: nunc age, res quoniam docui non posse creari, etc., well now, since I have taught, etc., Lucr. 1, 266:c.nunc age, quod superest, cognosce et clarius audi,
id. 1, 920; so id. 1, 952; 2, 62; 333; 730; 3, 418;4, 109 al.: age porro, tu, qui existimari te voluisti interpretem foederum, cur, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 22; so id. Rosc. Am. 16; id. Part. 12; id. Att. 8, 3.—And age (as in a.) with a verb in the plur.:age vero, ceteris in rebus qualis sit temperantia considerate,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 14; so id. Sull. 26; id. Mil. 21; id. Rosc. Am. 37.—As a sign of assent, well! very well! good! right! Age, age, mansero, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 61: age, age, jam ducat;► Position.dabo,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 57:Age, veniam,
id. And. 4, 2, 30:age, sit ita factum,
Cic. Mil. 19:age sane,
Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 27; Cic. Fin. 2, 35, 119.—Age, used with another verb in the imperative, regularly stands before it, but in poetry, for the sake of the metre, it,I.Sometimes follows such verb; as,a.In dactylic metre:b.Cede agedum,
Prop. 5, 9, 54:Dic age,
Verg. A. 6, 343; Hor. S. 2, 7, 92; Ov. F. 1, 149:Esto age,
Pers. 2, 42:Fare age,
Verg. A. 3, 362:Finge age,
Ov. H. 7, 65:Redde age,
Hor. S. 2, 8, 80:Surge age,
Verg. A. 3, 169; 8, 59; 10, 241; Ov. H. 14, 73:Vade age,
Verg. A. 3, 462; 4, 422; so,agite: Ite agite,
Prop. 4, 3, 7.—In other metres (very rarely):II.appropera age,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 2, 38:dic age,
Hor. C. 1, [p. 77] 32, 3; 2, 11, 22;3, 4, 1.—So also in prose (very rarely): Mittite agedum,
Liv. 38, 47:procedat agedum ad pugnam,
id. 7, 9.—It is often separated from such verb:1.age me huc adspice,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 118; id. Capt. 5, 2, 1:Age... instiga,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 10; 5, 6, 11:Quare agite... conjungite,
Cat. 64, 372:Huc age... veni,
Tib. 2, 5, 2:Ergo age cervici imponere nostrae,
Verg. A. 2, 707:en age segnis Rumpe moras,
id. G. 3, 42:age te procellae Crede,
Hor. C. 3, 27, 62:Age jam... condisce,
id. ib. 4, 11, 31; id. S. 2, 7, 4.—Hence,ăgens, entis, P. a.A.Adj.1.Efficient, effective, powerful (only in the rhet. lang. of Cic.):► 2.utendum est imaginibus agentibus, acribus, insignitis,
Cic. de Or. 2, 87, 358:acre orator, incensus et agens,
id. Brut. 92, 317.— Comp. and sup. not used.Agentia verba, in the grammarians, for verba activa, Gell. 18, 12.—B.Subst.: ăgentes, ium.a.Under the emperors, a kind of secret police (also called frumentarii and curiosi), Aur. Vict. Caes. 39 fin.; Dig. 1, 12; 1, 20; 21; 22; 23, etc.; Amm. 15, 3; 14, 11 al.—b.For agrimensores, land-surveyors, Hyg. Lim. p. 179.—2.actus, a, um, P. a. Lit., that has been transacted in the Senate, in the forum, before the courts of justice, etc.; hence,A.actum, i, n., a public transaction in the Senate, before the people, or before a single magistrate:B.actum ejus, qui in re publica cum imperio versatus sit,
Cic. Phil. 1, 7:acta Caesaris servanda censeo,
id. ib. 1, 7:acta tui praeclari tribunatus,
id. Dom. 31.—acta publĭca, or absol.: acta, orum, n., the register of public acts, records, journal. Julius Caesar, in his consulship, ordered that the doings of the Senate (diurna acta) should be made public, Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Ernest. Exc. 1;1.but Augustus again prohibited it,
Suet. Aug. 36. Still the acts of the Senate were written down, and, under the succeeding emperors. certain senators were appointed to this office (actis vel commentariis Senatus conficiendis), Tac. A. 5, 4. They had also public registers of the transactions of the assemblies of the people, and of the different courts of justice;also of births and deaths, marriages, divorces, etc., which were preserved as sources of future history.—Hence, diurna urbis acta,
the city journal, Tac. A. 13, 31:acta populi,
Suet. Caes. 20:acta publica,
Tac. A. 12, 24; Suet. Tib. 8; Plin. Ep. 7, 33:urbana,
id. ib. 9, 15; which were all comprehended under the gen. name acta.With the time added:2.acta eorum temporum,
Plin. 7, 13, 11, § 60:illius temporis,
Ascon. Mil. 44, 16:ejus anni,
Plin. 2, 56, 57, § 147.—Absol., Cic. Fam. 12, 8; 22, 1; 28, 3; Sen. Ben. 2, 10; 3, 16; Suet. Calig. 8; Quint. 9, 3; Juv. 2, 136: Quis dabit historico, quantum daret acta legenti, i. e. to the actuarius, q. v., id. 7, 104; cf. Bahr's Rom. Lit. Gesch. 303.—C.acta triumphōrum, the public record of triumphs, fuller than the Fasti triumphales, Plin. 37, 2, 6, § 12.—D.acta fŏri (v. Inscr. Grut. 445, 10), the records,a.Of strictly historical transactions, Amm. 22, 3, 4; Dig. 4, 6, 33, § 1.—b.Of matters of private right, as wills, gifts, bonds (acta ad jus privatorum pertinentia, Dig. 49, 14, 45, § 4), Fragm. Vat. §§ 249, 266, 268, 317.—E.acta militarĭa, the daily records of the movements of a legion, Veg. R. R. 2, 19. -
11 acta publica
ăgo, egi, actum, 3, v. a. (axim = egerim, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 22; Paul. ex Fest. s. v. axitiosi, p. 3 Mull.;I.axit = egerit,
Paul. Diac. 3, 3;AGIER = agi,
Cic. Off. 3, 15;agentum = agentium,
Vulc. Gall. Av. Cass. 4, 6) [cf. agô; Sanscr. ag, aghami = to go, to drive; agmas = way, train = ogmos; agis = race, contest = agôn; perh. also Germ. jagen, to drive, to hunt], to put in motion, to move (syn.: agitare, pellere, urgere).Lit.A.Of cattle and other animals, to lead, drive.a.Absol.: agas asellum, Seip. ap. Cic. de Or. 2, 64, 258:b.jumenta agebat,
Liv. 1, 48:capellas ago,
Verg. E. 1, 13:Pars quia non veniant pecudes, sed agantur, ab actu etc.,
Ov. F. 1, 323:caballum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 36.—With acc. of place, prep., sup., or inf.:B. a.agere bovem Romam,
Curt. 1, 45:equum in hostem,
id. 7, 4:Germani in amnem aguntur,
Tac. H. 5, 21:acto ad vallum equo,
id. A. 2, 13:pecora per calles,
Curt. 7, 11:per devia rura capellas,
Ov. M. 1, 676:pecus pastum,
Varr. L. L. 6, 41, p. 88 Mull.:capellas potum age,
Verg. E. 9, 23:pecus egit altos Visere montes,
Hor. C. 1, 2, 7.—Absol.:b.agmen agens equitum,
Verg. A. 7, 804.—With prep., abl., or inf.:C.vinctum ante se Thyum agebat,
Nep. Dat. 3:agitur praeceps exercitus Lydorum in populos,
Sil. 4, 720:(adulteram) maritus per omnem vicum verbere agit,
Tac. G. 19; Suet. Calig. 27:captivos prae se agentes,
Curt. 7, 6; Liv. 23, 1:acti ante suum quisque praedonem catenati,
Quint. 8, 3, 69:captivos sub curribus agere,
Mart. 8, 26:agimur auguriis quaerere exilia,
Verg. A. 3, 5;and simple for comp.: multis milibus armatorum actis ex ea regione = coactis,
Liv. 44, 31.— In prose: agi, to be led, to march, to go:quo multitudo omnis consternata agebatur,
Liv. 10, 29: si citius agi vellet agmen, that the army would move, or march on quicker, id. 2, 58:raptim agmine acto,
id. 6, 28; so id. 23, 36; 25, 9.— Trop.:egit sol hiemem sub terras,
Verg. G. 4, 51:poemata dulcia sunto Et quocumque volent animum auditoris agunto,
lead the mind, Hor. A. P. 100. —Hence, poet.: se agere, to betake one's self, i. e. to go, to come (in Plaut. very freq.;also in Ter., Verg., etc.): quo agis te?
where are you going? Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 294:unde agis te?
id. Most. 1, 4, 28; so id. ib. 3, 1, 31; id. Mil. 3, 2, 49; id. Poen. 1, 2, 120; id. Pers. 4, 3, 13; id. Trin. 4, 3, 71:quo hinc te agis?
where are you going, Ter. And. 4, 2, 25:Ecce gubernator sese Palinurus agebat,
was moving along, Verg. A. 6, 337:Aeneas se matutinus agebat,
id. ib. 8, 465:is enim se primus agebat,
for he strode on in front, id. ib. 9, 696.—Also without se:Et tu, unde agis?
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 20:Quo agis?
id. Pers. 2, 2, 34:Huc age,
Tib. 2, 5, 2 (unless age is here to be taken with veni at the end of the line).—To drive or carry off (animals or men), to steal, rob, plunder (usually abigere):D.Et redigunt actos in sua rura boves,
Ov. F. 3, 64.—So esp. freq. of men or animals taken as booty in war, while ferre is used of portable things; hence, ferre et agere (as in Gr. agein kai pherein, Hom. Il. 5, 484; and reversed, pherein kai agein, in Hdt. and Xen.; cf.:rapiunt feruntque,
Verg. A. 2, 374:rapere et auferre,
Cic. Off. 1, 14), in gen., to rob, to plunder: res sociorum ferri agique vidit, Liv. 22, 3:ut ferri agique res suas viderunt,
id. 38, 15; so id. 3, 37;so also: rapere agereque: ut ex alieno agro raperent agerentque,
Liv. 22, 1, 2; but portari atque agi means to bear and carry, to bring together, in Caes. B. C. 2, 29 (as pherein kai agein in Plat. Phaedr. 279, C):ne pulcram praedam agat,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 2, 3:urbes, agros vastare, praedas agere,
Sall. J. 20, 8; 32, 3:pecoris et mancipiorum praedas,
id. ib. 44, 5;so eccl. Lat.: agere praedas de aliquo,
Vulg. Jud. 9, 16; ib. 1 Reg. 27, 8; cf. Gron. Obs. 3, 22, 633.—To chase, pursue, press animals or men, to drive about or onwards in flight (for the usual agitare).a.Of animals:b.apros,
Verg. G. 3, 412:cervum,
id. A. 7, 481; cf. id. ib. 4, 71:citos canes,
Ov. H. 5, 20:feros tauros,
Suet. Claud. 21.—Of men:E.ceteros ruerem, agerem,
Ter. Ad. 3, 2, 21 (= prosequerer, premerem, Don.):ita perterritos egerunt, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 4, 12:Demoleos cursu palantis Troas agebat,
Verg. A. 5, 265; cf. id. ib. 1, 574:aliquem in exsilium,
Liv. 25, 2; so Just. 2, 9, 6; 16, 4, 4; 17, 3, 17;22, 1, 16 al.: aliquem in fugam,
id. 16, 2, 3.—Of inanimate or abstract objects, to move, impel, push forwards, advance, carry to or toward any point:F.quid si pater cuniculos agat ad aerarium?
lead, make, Cic. Off. 3, 23, 90:egisse huc Alpheum vias,
made its way, Verg. A. 3, 695:vix leni et tranquillo mari moles agi possunt,
carry, build out, Curt. 4, 2, 8:cloacam maximam sub terram agendam,
to be carried under ground, Liv. 1, 56;so often in the histt., esp. Caes. and Livy, as t. t., of moving forwards the battering engines: celeriter vineis ad oppidum actis,
pushed forwards, up, Caes. B. G. 2, 12 Herz.; so id. ib. 3, 21; 7, 17; id. B. C. 2, 1; Liv. 8, 16:accelerant acta pariter testudine Volsci,
Verg. A. 9, 505 al.:fugere colles campique videntur, quos agimus praeter navem, i. e. praeter quos agimus navem,
Lucr. 4, 391:in litus passim naves egerunt,
drove the ships ashore, Liv. 22, 19:ratem in amnem,
Ov. F. 1, 500:naves in advorsum amnem,
Tac. H. 4, 22.— Poet.: agere navem, to steer or direct a ship, Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 114; so,agere currum,
to drive a chariot, Ov. M. 2, 62; 2, 388 al.—To stir up, to throw out, excite, cause, bring forth (mostly poet.):G.scintillasque agere ac late differre favillam,
to throw out sparks and scatter ashes far around, Lucr. 2, 675:spumas ore,
Verg. G. 3, 203; so Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 66:piceum Flumen agit,
Verg. A. 9, 814:qui vocem cubantes sensim excitant, eandemque cum egerunt, etc.,
when they have brought it forth, Cic. de Or. 1, 59, 251. —Hence, animam agere, to expel the breath of life, give up the ghost, expire:agens animam spumat,
Lucr. 3, 493:anhelans vaga vadit, animam agens,
Cat. 63, 31:nam et agere animam et efflare dicimus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 19:Hortensius, cum has litteras scripsi, animam agebat,
id. Fam. 8, 13, 2; so Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 13:eodem tempore et gestum et animam ageres,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 8:Est tanti habere animam ut agam?
Sen. Ep. 101, 12; and with a play upon words: semper agis causas et res agis, Attale, semper. Est, non est, quod agas, Attale, semper agis. Si res et causae desunt, agis, Attale, mulas;Attale, ne quod agas desit, agas animam,
Mart. 1, 80.—Of plants, to put forth or out, to shoot, extend:II.(salices) gemmas agunt,
Varr. R. R. 1, 30:florem agere coeperit ficus,
Col. R. R. 5, 10, 10:frondem agere,
Plin. 18, 6, 8, § 45:se ad auras palmes agit,
Verg. G. 2, 364:(platanum) radices trium et triginta cubitorum egisse,
Varr. R. R. 1, 37, 15:per glebas sensim radicibus actis,
Ov. M. 4, 254; so id. ib. 2, 583:robora suas radices in profundum agunt,
Plin. 16, 31, 56, § 127.—Metaph.:vera gloria radices agit,
Cic. Off. 2, 12, 43:pluma in cutem radices egerat imas,
Ov. M. 2, 582.Trop.A.Spec., to guide, govern:B.Tros Tyriusque mihi nullo discrimine agetur,
Verg. A. 1, 574; cf. Forbig. ad h. 1., who considers it the only instance of this use, and compares a similar use of agô; v. L. and S. s. v. II. 2.—In gen., to move, impel, excite, urge to a thing, to prompt or induce to:C.si quis ad illa deus te agat,
Hor. S. 2, 7, 24:una plaga ceteros ad certamen egit,
Liv. 9, 41; 8, 7; 39, 15: quae te, germane, furentem Mens agit in facinus? Ov. M. 5, 14:totis mentibus acta,
Sil. 10, 191:in furorem agere,
Quint. 6, 1, 31:si Agricola in ipsam gloriam praeceps agebatur,
Tac. Agr. 41:provinciam avaritia in bellum egerat,
id. A. 14, 32.—To drive, stir up, excite, agitate, rouse vehemently (cf. agito, II.):D.me amor fugat, agit,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 8:agunt eum praecipitem poenae civium Romanorum,
Cic. Verr. 1, 3:perpetua naturalis bonitas, quae nullis casibus neque agitur neque minuitur,
Nep. Att. 9, 1 Brem.:opportunitas, quae etiam mediocres viros spe praedae transvorsos agit,
i. e. leads astray, Sall. J. 6, 3; 14, 20; so Sen. Ep. 8, 3.— To pursue with hostile intent, to persecute, disturb, vex, to attack, assail (for the usu. agitare; mostly poet.):reginam Alecto stimulis agit undique Bacchi,
Verg. A. 7, 405:non res et agentia (i. e. agitantia, vexantia) verba Lycamben,
Hor. Ep. 1, 19, 25:acerba fata Romanos agunt,
id. Epod 7, 17:diris agam vos,
id. ib. 5, 89:quam deus ultor agebat,
Ov. M. 14, 750:futurae mortis agor stimulis,
Luc. 4, 517; cf. Matth. ad Cic. Mur. § 21.—To drive at something, to pursue a course of action, i. e. to make something an object of action; either in the most general sense, like the Engl. do and the Gr. prattein, for every kind of mental or physical employment; or, in a more restricted sense, to exhibit in external action, to act or perform, to deliver or pronounce, etc., so that after the act is completed nothing remains permanent, e. g. a speech, dance, play, etc. (while facere, to make, poiein, denotes the production of an object which continues to exist after the act is completed; and gerere, the performance of the duties of an office or calling).—On these significations, v. Varr. 6, 6, 62, and 6, 7, 64, and 6, 8, 72.—For the more restricted signif. v. Quint. 2, 18, 1 sq.; cf. Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 7, 12; Hab. Syn. 426.1. a.With the gen. objects, aliquid, nihil, plus, etc.:b.numquam se plus agere quam nihil cum ageret,
Cic. Rep. 1, 17 (cf. with this, id. Off. 3, 1: numquam se minus otiosum esse quam cum otiosus esset): mihi, qui nihil agit, esse omnino non videtur. id. N. D. 2, 16, 46:post satietatem nihil (est) agendum,
Cels. 1, 2.—Hence,Without object:c.aliud agendi tempus, aliud quiescendi,
Cic. N. D. 2, 53, 132; Juv. 16, 49:agendi tempora,
Tac. H. 3, 40:industria in agendo, celeritas in conficiendo,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 29.—In colloquial lang., to do, to fare, get on: quid agis? what are you doing? M. Tulli, quid agis? Cic. Cat. 1, 11:d.Quid agis?
What's your business? Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 9; also, How goes it with you? How are you? ti pratteis, Plaut. Curc. 2, 1, 20; Cic. Fam. 7, 11 al.; Hor. S. 1, 9, 4:vereor, quid agat,
how he is, Cic. Att. 9, 17:ut sciatis, quid agam,
Vulg. Ephes. 6, 21:prospere agit anima tua,
fares well, ib. 3 Joan. 2:quid agitur?
how goes it with you? how do you do? how are you? Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 17; 1, 5, 42; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 40:Quid intus agitur?
is going on, Plaut. Cas. 5, 2, 20; id. Ps. 1, 5, 42 al.—With nihil or non multum, to do, i. e. to effect, accomplish, achieve nothing, or not much (orig. belonging to colloquial lang., but in the class. per. even in oratorical and poet. style): nihil agit;e.collum obstringe homini,
Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 29:nihil agis,
you effect nothing, it is of no use, Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 12:nihil agis, dolor! quamvis sis molestus, numquam te esse confitebor malum,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 25, 61 Kuhn.; Matius ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 10: cupis, inquit, abire; sed nihil agis;usque tenebo,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 15:[nihil agis,] nihil assequeris,
Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 15 B. and K.:ubi blanditiis agitur nihil,
Ov. M. 6, 685: egerit non multum, has not done much, Curt. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 29; cf. Ruhnk. ad Rutil. Lup. p. 120.—In certain circumstances, to proceed, do, act, manage (mostly belonging to familiar style): Thr. Quid nunc agimus? Gn. Quin redimus, What shall we do now? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 41:2.hei mihi! quid faciam? quid agam?
what shall I do? how shall I act? id. Ad. 5, 3, 3:quid agam, habeo,
id. And. 3, 2, 18 (= quid respondeam habeo, Don.) al.:sed ita quidam agebat,
was so acting, Cic. Lig. 7, 21: a Burro minaciter actum, Burrus [p. 75] proceeded to threats, Tac. A. 13, 21.—To pursue, do, perform, transact (the most usual signif. of this word; in all periods; syn.: facere, efficere, transigere, gerere, tractare, curare): cui quod agat institutumst nullo negotio id agit, Enn. ap. Gell. 19, 10, 12 (Trag. v. 254 Vahl.): ut quae egi, ago, axim, verruncent bene, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 23 (Trag. Rel. p. 114 Rib.):3.At nihil est, nisi, dum calet, hoc agitur,
Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 92:Ut id agam, quod missus huc sum,
id. Ps. 2, 2, 44: homines quae agunt vigilantes, agitantque, ea si cui in somno accidunt, minus mirum est, Att. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 22, 45:observabo quam rem agat,
what he is going to do, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 114:Id quidem ago,
That is what I am doing, Verg. E. 9, 37:res vera agitur,
Juv. 4, 35:Jam tempus agires,
Verg. A. 5, 638:utilis rebus agendis,
Juv. 14, 72:grassator ferro agit rem,
does the business with a dagger, id. 3, 305; 6, 659 (cf.:gladiis geritur res,
Liv. 9, 41):nihil ego nunc de istac re ago,
do nothing about that matter, Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 8:postquam id actumst,
after this is accomplished, id. Am. 1, 1, 72; so,sed quid actumst?
id. Ps. 2, 4, 20:nihil aliud agebam nisi eum defenderem,
Cic. Sull. 12:ne quid temere ac fortuitu, inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,
id. Off. 1, 29:agamus quod instat,
Verg. E. 9, 66:renuntiaverunt ei omnia, quae egerant,
Vulg. Marc. 6, 30; ib. Act. 5, 35:suum negotium agere,
to mind one's business, attend to one's own affairs, Cic. Off. 1, 9; id. de Or. 3, 55, 211; so,ut vestrum negotium agatis,
Vulg. 1 Thess. 4, 11:neque satis Bruto constabat, quid agerent,
Caes. B. G. 3, 14:postquam res in Africa gestas, quoque modo actae forent, fama divolgavit,
Sall. J. 30, 1:sed tu delibera, utrum colloqui malis an per litteras agere quae cogitas,
Nep. Con. 3, 8 al. —With the spec. idea of completing, finishing: jucundi acti labores, a proverb in Cic. Fin. 2, 32, 105.—To pursue in one's mind, to drive at, to revolve, to be occupied with, think upon, have in view, aim at (cf. agito, II. E., volvo and voluto):4.nescio quid mens mea majus agit,
Ov. H. 12, 212:hoc variis mens ipsa modis agit,
Val. Fl. 3, 392:agere fratri proditionem,
Tac. H. 2, 26:de intranda Britannia,
id. Agr. 13.—With a verbal subst., as a favorite circumlocution for the action indicated by the subst. (cf. in Gr. agô with verbal subst.):5.rimas agere (sometimes ducere),
to open in cracks, fissures, to crack, Cic. Att. 14, 9; Ov. M. 2, 211; Luc. 6, 728: vos qui regalis corporis custodias agitis, keep watch over, guard, Naev. ap. Non. 323, 1; so Liv. 5, 10:vigilias agere,
Cic. Verr. 4, 43, 93; Nep. Thras. 4; Tac. H. 3, 76:excubias alicui,
Ov. F. 3, 245:excubias,
Tac. H. 4, 58:pervigilium,
Suet. Vit. 10:stationem agere,
to keep guard, Liv. 35, 29; Tac. H. 1, 28:triumphum agere,
to triumph, Cic. Fam. 3, 10; Ov. M. 15, 757; Suet. Dom. 6:libera arbitria agere,
to make free decisions, to decide arbitrarily, Liv. 24, 45; Curt. 6, 1, 19; 8, 1, 4:paenitentiam agere,
to exercise repentance, to repent, Quint. 9, 3, 12; Petr. S. 132; Tac. Or. 15; Curt. 8, 6, 23; Plin. Ep. 7, 10; Vulg. Lev. 5, 5; ib. Matt. 3, 2; ib. Apoc. 2, 5:silentia agere,
to maintain silence, Ov. M. 1, 349:pacem agere,
Juv. 15, 163:crimen agere,
to bring accusation, to accuse, Cic. Verr. 4, 22, 48:laborem agere,
id. Fin. 2, 32:cursus agere,
Ov. Am. 3, 6, 95:delectum agere,
to make choice, to choose, Plin. 7, 29, 30, § 107; Quint. 10, 4, 5:experimenta agere,
Liv. 9, 14; Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:mensuram,
id. 15, 3, 4, § 14:curam agere,
to care for, Ov. H. 15, 302; Quint. 8, prooem. 18:curam ejus egit,
Vulg. Luc. 10, 34:oblivia agere,
to forget, Ov. M. 12, 540:nugas agere,
to trifle, Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 29; id. As. 1, 1, 78, and often:officinas agere,
to keep shop, Inscr. Orell. 4266.—So esp.: agere gratias ( poet. grates; never in sing. gratiam), to give thanks, to thank; Gr. charin echein ( habere gratiam is to be or feel grateful; Gr. charin eidenai; and referre gratiam, to return a favor, requite; Gr. charin apodidonai; cf. Bremi ad Nep. Them. 8, 7):diis gratias pro meritis agere,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 26:Haud male agit gratias,
id. Aul. 4, 4, 31:Magnas vero agere gratias Thais mihi?
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 1:Dis magnas merito gratias habeo atque ago,
id. Phorm. 5, 6, 80: Lentulo nostro egi per litteras tuo nomine gratias diligenter, Cic. Fam. 1, 10: immortales ago tibi gratias agamque dum vivam;nam relaturum me adfirmare non possum,
id. ib. 10, 11, 1: maximas tibi omnes gratias agimus, C. Caesar;majores etiam habemus,
id. Marcell. 11, 33:Trebatio magnas ago gratias, quod, etc.,
id. Fam. 11, 28, 8: renuntiate gratias regi me agere;referre gratiam aliam nunc non posse quam ut suadeam, ne, etc.,
Liv. 37, 37: grates tibi ago, summe Sol, vobisque, reliqui Caelites, * Cic. Rep. 6, 9:gaudet et invito grates agit inde parenti,
Ov. M. 2, 152; so id. ib. 6, 435; 484; 10, 291; 681; 14, 596; Vulg. 2 Reg. 8, 10; ib. Matt. 15, 36 al.;and in connection with this, laudes agere: Jovis fratri laudes ago et grates gratiasque habeo,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 2:Dianae laudes gratesque agam,
id. Mil. 2, 5, 2; so,diis immortalibus laudesque et grates egit,
Liv. 26, 48:agi sibi gratias passus est,
Tac. Agr. 42; so id. H. 2, 71; 4, 51; id. A. 13, 21; but oftener grates or gratis in Tac.:Tiberius egit gratis benevolentiae patrum, A. 6, 2: agit grates,
id. H. 3, 80; 4, 64; id. A. 2, 38; 2, 86; 3, 18; 3, 24; 4, 15 al.—Of time, to pass, spend (very freq. and class.): Romulus in caelo cum dis agit aevom, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 28; so Pac. id. ib. 2, 21, 49, and Hor. S. 1, 5, 101:6.tempus,
Tac. H. 4, 62; id. A. 3, 16: domi aetatem, Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6:aetatem in litteris,
Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:senectutem,
id. Sen. 3, 7; cf. id. ib. 17, 60:dies festos,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 48; Tac. G. 17:otia secura,
Verg. G. 3, 377; Ov. F. 1, 68; 4, 926:ruri agere vitam,
Liv. 7, 39, and Tac. A. 15, 63:vitam in terris,
Verg. G. 2, 538:tranquillam vitam agere,
Vulg. 1 Tim. 2, 2:Hunc (diem) agerem si,
Verg. A. 5, 51:ver magnus agebat Orbis,
id. G. 2, 338:aestiva agere,
to pass, be in, summer quarters, Liv. 27, 8; 27, 21; Curt. 5, 8, 24.— Pass.:menses jam tibi esse actos vides,
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 2:mensis agitur hic septimus,
Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 34, and Ov. M. 7, 700:melior pars acta (est) diei,
Verg. A. 9, 156; Juv. 4, 66; Tac. A. 15, 63:acta est per lacrimas nox,
Ov. H. 12, 58 Ruhnk.:tunc principium anni agebatur,
Liv. 3, 6:actis quindecim annis in regno,
Just. 41, 5, 9:Nona aetas agitur,
Juv. 13, 28 al. —With annus and an ordinal, to be of a certain age, to be so old:quartum annum ago et octogesimum,
am eighty-four years old, Cic. Sen. 10, 32:Annum agens sextum decimum patrem amisit,
Suet. Caes. 1.—Metaph.: sescentesimum et quadragesimum annum urbs nostra agebat, was in its 640 th year, Tac. G. 37.— Hence also absol. (rare), to pass or spend time, to live, to be, to be somewhere:civitas laeta agere,
was joyful, Sall. J. 55, 2:tum Marius apud primos agebat,
id. ib. 101, 6:in Africa, qua procul a mari incultius agebatur,
id. ib. 89, 7:apud illos homines, qui tum agebant,
Tac. A. 3, 19:Thracia discors agebat,
id. ib. 3, 38:Juxta Hermunduros Naristi agunt,
Tac. G. 42:ultra jugum plurimae gentes agunt,
id. ib. 43:Gallos trans Padum agentes,
id. H. 3, 34:quibus (annis) exul Rhodi agit,
id. A. 1, 4:agere inter homines desinere,
id. ib. 15, 74:Vitellius non in ore volgi agere,
was not in the sight of the people, id. H. 3, 36:ante aciem agere,
id. G. 7; and:in armis agere,
id. A. 14, 55 = versari.—In the lang. of offerings, t. t., to despatch the victim, to kill, slay. In performing this rite, the sacrificer asked the priest, agone, shall I do it? and the latter answered, age or hoc age, do it:7.qui calido strictos tincturus sanguine cultros semper, Agone? rogat, nec nisi jussus agit,
Ov. F. 1. 321 (cf. agonia and agonalia):a tergo Chaeream cervicem (Caligulae) gladio caesim graviter percussisse, praemissa voce,
hoc age, Suet. Calig. 58; id. Galb. 20. —This call of the priest in act of solemn sacrifice, Hoc age, warned the assembled multitude to be quiet and give attention; hence hoc or id and sometimes haec or istuc agere was used for, to give attention to, to attend to, to mind, heed; and followed by ut or ne, to pursue a thing, have it in view, aim at, design, etc.; cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 1, 2, 15, and Suet. Calig. 58: hoc agite, Plaut. As. prol. init.:Hoc age,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 152; id. Ep. 1, 6, 31:Hoc agite, of poetry,
Juv. 7, 20:hoc agamus,
Sen. Clem. 1, 12:haec agamus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 49:agere hoc possumus,
Lucr. 1, 41; 4, 969; Juv. 7, 48:hoccine agis an non? hoc agam,
id. ib., Ter. And. 1, 2, 15; 2, 5, 4:nunc istuc age,
id. Heaut. 3, 2, 47; id. Phorm. 2, 3, 3 al.:Hoc egit civis Romanus ante te nemo,
Cic. Lig. 4, 11:id et agunt et moliuntur,
id. Mur. 38:(oculi, aures, etc.) quasi fenestrae sunt animi, quibus tamen sentire nihil queat mens, nisi id agat et adsit,
id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46: qui id egerunt, ut gentem... collocarent, aimed at this, that, etc., id. Cat. 4, 6, 12:qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,
keep it in view, that, id. Off. 1, 13, 41:idne agebas, ut tibi cum sceleratis, an ut cum bonis civibus conveniret?
id. Lig. 6, 18:Hoc agit, ut doleas,
Juv. 5, 157:Hoc age, ne mutata retrorsum te ferat aura,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 88:Quid tuus ille destrictus gladius agebat?
have in view, mean, Cic. Leg. 3, 9:Quid aliud egimus nisi ut, quod hic potest, nos possemus?
id. ib. 4, 10:Sin autem id actum est, ut homines postremi pecuniis alienis locupletarentur,
id. Rosc. Am. 47, 137:certiorem eum fecit, id agi, ut pons dissolveretur,
Nep. Them. 5, 1:ego id semper egi, ne bellis interessem,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7.—Also, the opp.: alias res or aliud agere, not to attend to, heed, or observe, to pursue secondary or subordinate objects: Ch. Alias res agis. Pa. Istuc ago equidem, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 57; id. Hec. 5, 3, 28:usque eo animadverti eum jocari atque alias res agere,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22:atqui vides, quam alias res agamus,
id. de Or. 3, 14, 51; id. Brut. 66, 233:aliud agens ac nihil ejusmodi cogitans,
id. Clu. 64.—In relation to public affairs, to conduct, manage, carry on, administer: agere bellum, to carry on or wage war (embracing the whole theory and practice of war, while bellum gerere designates the bodily and mental effort, and the bearing of the necessary burdens; and bellum facere, the actual outbreak of hostile feelings, v. Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 28):8.qui longe alia ratione ac reliqui Galli bellum agere instituerunt,
Caes. B. G. 3, 28:Antiochus si tam in agendo bello parere voluisset consiliis ejus (Hannibalis) quam in suscipiendo instituerat, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 8, 3; Curt. 4, 10, 29:aliena bella mercedibus agere,
Mel. 1, 16:Bellaque non puero tractat agenda puer,
Ov. A. A. 1, 182 (also in id. Tr. 2, 230, Gron. Observ. 2, 3, 227, for the usu. obit, with one MS., reads agit; so Merkel).— Poet.:Martem for bellum,
Luc. 4, 2: agere proelium, to give battle (very rare):levibus proeliis cum Gallis actis,
Liv. 22, 9.—Of offices, employments, etc., to conduct, exercise, administer, hold:forum agere,
to hold court, Cic. Fam. 8, 6; and:conventus agere,
to hold the assizes, id. Verr. 5, 11, 28; Caes. B. G. 1, 54; 6, 44;used of the governors of provinces: judicium agere,
Plin. 9, 35, 58, § 120:vivorum coetus agere,
to make assemblies of, to assemble, Tac. A. 16, 34:censum agere,
Liv. 3, 22; Tac. A. 14, 46; Suet. Aug. 27:recensum agere,
id. Caes. 41:potestatem agere,
Flor. 1, 7, 2:honorem agere,
Liv. 8, 26:regnum,
Flor. 1, 6, 2:rem publicam,
Dig. 4, 6, 35, § 8:consulatum,
Quint. 12, 1, 16:praefecturam,
Suet. Tib. 6:centurionatum,
Tac. A. 1, 44:senatum,
Suet. Caes. 88:fiscum agere,
to have charge of the treasury, id. Dom. 12:publicum agere,
to collect the taxes, id. Vesp. 1:inquisitionem agere,
Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:curam alicujus rei agere,
to have the management of, to manage, Liv. 6, 15; Suet. Claud. 18:rei publicae curationem agens,
Liv. 4, 13: dilectum agere, to make a levy, to levy (postAug. for dilectum habere, Cic., Caes., Sall.), Quint. 12, 3, 5; Tac. A. 2, 16; id. Agr. 7 and 10; id. H. 2, 16, 12; Suet. Calig. 43. —Of civil and political transactions in the senate, the forum, before tribunals of justice, etc., to manage or transact, to do, to discuss, plead, speak, deliberate; constr. aliquid or de aliqua re:a.velim recordere, quae ego de te in senatu egerim, quae in contionibus dixerim,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2; 1, 9:de condicionibus pacis,
Liv. 8, 37:de summa re publica,
Suet. Caes. 28:cum de Catilinae conjuratione ageretur in curia,
id. Aug. 94:de poena alicujus,
Liv. 5, 36:de agro plebis,
id. 1, 46.—Hence the phrase: agere cum populo, of magistrates, to address the people in a public assembly, for the purpose of obtaining their approval or rejection of a thing (while [p. 76] agere ad populum signifies to propose, to bring before the people):cum populo agere est rogare quid populum, quod suffragiis suis aut jubeat aut vetet,
Gell. 13, 15, 10:agere cum populo de re publica,
Cic. Verr. 1, 1, 12; id. Lael. 25, 96:neu quis de his postea ad senatum referat neve cum populo agat,
Sall. C. 51, 43.—So also absol.:hic locus (rostra) ad agendum amplissimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1:Metellus cum agere coepisset, tertio quoque verbo orationis suae me appellabat,
id. Fam. 5, 2.— Transf. to common life.Agere cum aliquo, de aliquo or re or ut, to treat, deal, negotiate, confer, talk with one about a person or thing; to endeavor to persuade or move one, that, etc.: nihil age tecum (sc. cum odore vini);b.ubi est ipsus (vini lepos)?
I have nothing to do with you, Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 11:Quae (patria) tecum, Catilina, sic agit,
thus pleads, Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 18:algae Inquisitores agerent cum remige nudo,
Juv. 4, 49:haec inter se dubiis de rebus agebant,
thus treated together, Verg. A. 11, 445:de quo et praesens tecum egi diligenter, et scripsi ad te accurate antea,
Cic. Fam. 13, 75:egi cum Claudia et cum vestra sorore Mucia, ut eum ab illa injuria deterrerent,
id. ib. 5, 2:misi ad Metellum communes amicos, qui agerent cum eo, ut de illa mente desisteret,
id. ib. 5, 2:Callias quidam egit cum Cimone, ut eam (Elpinicen) sibi uxorem daret,
Nep. Cim. 1, 3.—Also absol.:Alcibiades praesente vulgo agere coepit,
Nep. Alc. 8, 2:si qua Caesares obtinendae Armeniae egerant,
Tac. A. 15, 14:ut Lucretius agere varie, rogando alternis suadendoque coepit,
Liv. 2, 2.—In Suet. once agere cum senatu, with acc. and inf., to propose or state to the Senate:Tiberius egit cum senatu non debere talia praemia tribui,
Suet. Tib. 54.—With the advv. bene, praeclare, male, etc., to deal well or ill with one, to treat or use well or ill:9.facile est bene agere cum eis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 14, 11:bene egissent Athenienses cum Miltiade, si, etc.,
Val. Max. 5, 3, 3 ext.; Vulg. Jud. 9, 16:praeclare cum aliquo agere,
Cic. Sest. 23:Male agis mecum,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 21:qui cum creditoribus suis male agat,
Cic. Quinct. 84; and:tu contra me male agis,
Vulg. Jud. 11, 27.—Freq. in pass., to be or go well or ill with one, to be well or badly off:intelleget secum actum esse pessime,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 50:praeclare mecum actum puto,
id. Fam. 9, 24; so id. ib. 5, 18: exstat cujusdam non inscitus jocus bene agi potuisse cum rebus humanis, si Domitius pater talem habuisset uxorem, it would have gone well with human affairs, been well for mankind, if, etc., Suet. Ner. 28.—Also absol. without cum: agitur praeclare, si nosmet ipsos regere possumus, it is well done if, etc., it is a splendid thing if, etc., Cic. Fam. 4, 14:vivitur cum eis, in quibus praeclare agitur si sunt simulacra virtutis,
id. Off. 1, 15:bene agitur pro noxia,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 23.—Of transactions before a court or tribunal.a.Aliquid agere ex jure, ex syngrapha, ex sponso, or simply the abl. jure, lege, litibus, obsignatis tabellis, causa, to bring an action or suit, to manage a cause, to plead a case:b.ex jure civili et praetorio agere,
Cic. Caecin. 12:tamquam ex syngrapha agere cum populo,
to litigate, id. Mur. 17:ex sponso egit,
id. Quint. 9: Ph. Una injuriast Tecum. Ch. Lege agito ergo, Go to law, then, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 90:agere lege in hereditatem,
Cic. de Or. 1, 38, 175; Ov. F. 1, 48; Liv. 9, 46:cum illo se lege agere dicebat,
Nep. Tim. 5: summo jure agere, to assert or claim one's right to the full extent of the law, Cic. Off. 1, 11:non enim gladiis mecum, sed litibus agetur,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 4:causa quam vi agere malle,
Tac. A. 13, 37:tabellis obsignatis agis mecum,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 11, 33:Jure, ut opinor, agat, jure increpet inciletque,
with right would bring her charge, Lucr. 3, 963; so,Castrensis jurisdictio plura manu agens,
settles more cases by force, Tac. Agr. 9:ubi manu agitur,
when the case is settled by violent hands, id. G. 36.—Causam or rem agere, to try or plead a case; with apud, ad, or absol.:c.causam apud centumviros egit,
Cic. Caecin. 24:Caesar cum ageret apud censores,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 10; so with adversus:egi causam adversus magistratus,
Vulg. 2 Esdr. 13, 11:orator agere dicitur causam,
Varr. L. L. 6, 42: causam isto modo agere, Cic. Lig. 4, 10; Tac. Or. 5; 11; 14; Juv. 2, 51; 14, 132:agit causas liberales,
Cic. Fam. 8, 9: qui ad rem agendam adsunt, M. Cael. ap. Quint. 11, 1, 51:cum (M. Tullius) et ipsam se rem agere diceret,
Quint. 12, 10, 45: Gripe, accede huc;tua res agitur,
is being tried, Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 104; Quint. 8, 3, 13;and extra-judicially: rogo ad Caesarem meam causam agas,
Cic. Fam. 5, 10:Una (factio) populi causam agebat, altera optimatum,
Nep. Phoc. 3; so, agere, absol., to plead' ad judicem sic agi solet, Cic. Lig. 10:tam solute agere, tam leniter,
id. Brut. 80:tu istuc nisi fingeres, sic ageres?
id. ib. 80; Juv. 7, 143 and 144; 14, 32.— Transf. to common life; with de or acc., to discuss, treat, speak of:Sed estne hic ipsus, de quo agebam?
of whom I was speaking, Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 53:causa non solum exponenda, sed etiam graviter copioseque agenda est,
to be discussed, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 12; id. Verr. 1, 13, 37:Samnitium bella, quae agimus,
are treating of, Liv. 10, 31.—Hence,Agere aliquem reum, to proceed against one as accused, to accuse one, Liv. 4, 42; 24, 25; Tac. A. 14, 18:d.reus agitur,
id. ib. 15, 20; 3, 13; and with the gen. of the crime, with which one is charged:agere furti,
to accuse of theft, Cic. Fam. 7, 22:adulterii cum aliquo,
Quint. 4, 4, 8:injuriarum,
id. 3, 6, 19; and often in the Pandects.—Pass. of the thing which is the subject of accusation, to be in suit or in question; it concerns or affects, is about, etc.:(α).non nunc pecunia, sed illud agitur, quomodo, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 67:non capitis ei res agitur, sed pecuniae,
the point in dispute, id. Phorm. 4, 3, 26:aguntur injuriae sociorum, agitur vis legum, agitur existimatio, veritasque judiciorum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 51:si magna res, magna hereditas agetur,
id. Fin. 2, 17: qua de re agitur, what the point of dispute or litigation is, id. Brut. 79.—Hence, trop.,Res agitur, the case is on trial, i. e. something is at stake or at hazard, in peril, or in danger:(β).at nos, quarum res agitur, aliter auctores sumus,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 72:quasi istic mea res minor agatur quam tua,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 113:agitur populi Romani gloria, agitur salus sociorum atque amicorum, aguntur certissima populi Romani vectigalia et maxima, aguntur bona multorum civium,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:in quibus eorum aut caput agatur aut fama,
id. Lael. 17, 61; Nep. Att. 15, 2:non libertas solum agebatur,
Liv. 28, 19; Sen. Clem. 1, 20 al.:nam tua res agitur, paries cum proximus ardet,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 84 (= in periculo versatur, Lambin.):agitur pars tertia mundi,
is at stake, I am in danger of losing, Ov. M. 5, 372.—Res acta est, the case is over (and done for): acta haec res est;(γ).perii,
this matter is ended, Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 3: hence, actum est de aliquo or aliqua re, it is all over with a person or thing:actum hodie est de me,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 63:jam de Servio actum,
Liv. 1, 47:actum est de collo meo,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 4, 194.—So also absol.: actumst;ilicet me infelicem,
Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 17:si animus hominem pepulit, actumst,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 27; Ter. And. 3, 1, 7; Cic. Att. 5, 15:actumst, ilicet, peristi,
Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 9: periimus;actumst,
id. Heaut. 3, 3, 3.—Rem actam agere, to plead a case already finished, i. e. to act to no purpose:10. a.rem actam agis,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 27; id. Cist. 4, 2, 36; Liv. 28, 40; so,actum or acta agere: actum, aiunt, ne agas,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 72; Cic. Att. 9, 18:acta agimus,
id. Am. 22.—Of an orator, Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 19, 79:b.quae sic ab illo acta esse constabat oculis, voce, gestu, inimici ut lacrimas tenere non possent,
id. ib. 3, 56, 214:agere fortius et audentius volo,
Tac. Or. 18; 39.—Of an actor, to represent, play, act:11.Ipse hanc acturust Juppiter comoediam,
Plaut. Am. prol. 88; so,fabulam,
Ter. Ad. prol. 12; id. Hec. prol. 22:dum haec agitur fabula,
Plaut. Men. prol. 72 al.:partis,
to have a part in a play, Ter. Phorm. prol. 27:Ballionem illum cum agit, agit Chaeream,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 7:gestum agere in scaena,
id. de Or. 2, 57:dicitur canticum egisse aliquanto magis vigente motu,
Liv. 7, 2 al. — Transf. to other relations, to represent or personate one, to act the part of, to act as, behave like: has partes lenitatis semper egi, Cic. Mur. 3:egi illos omnes adulescentes, quos ille actitat,
id. Fam. 2, 9:amicum imperatoris,
Tac. H. 1, 30:exulem,
id. A. 1, 4:socium magis imperii quam ministrum,
id. H. 2, 83:senatorem,
Tac. A. 16, 28.—So of things poetically:utrinque prora frontem agit,
serves as a bow, Tac. G. 44.—Se agere = se gerere, to carry one's self, to behave, deport one's self:12.tanta mobilitate sese Numidae agunt,
Sall. J. 56, 5:quanto ferocius ante se egerint,
Tac. H. 3, 2 Halm:qui se pro equitibus Romanis agerent,
Suet. Claud. 25:non principem se, sed ministrum egit,
id. ib. 29:neglegenter se et avare agere,
Eutr. 6, 9:prudenter se agebat,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 18, 5:sapienter se agebat,
ib. 4 Reg. 18, 7. —Also absol.:seditiose,
Tac. Agr. 7:facile justeque,
id. ib. 9:superbe,
id. H. 2, 27:ex aequo,
id. ib. 4, 64:anxius et intentus agebat,
id. Agr. 5.—Imper.: age, agite, Ter., Tib., Lucr., Hor., Ov., never using agite, and Catull. never age, with which compare the Gr. age, agete (also accompanied by the particles dum, eia, en, ergo, igitur, jam, modo, nuncjam, porro, quare, quin, sane, vero, verum, and by sis); as an exclamation.a.In encouragement, exhortation, come! come on! (old Engl. go to!) up! on! quick! (cf. I. B. fin.).(α).In the sing.:(β).age, adsta, mane, audi, Enn. ap. Delr. Synt. 1, 99: age i tu secundum,
come, follow me! Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 1:age, perge, quaeso,
id. Cist. 2, 3, 12:age, da veniam filio,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 14:age, age, nunc experiamur,
id. ib. 5, 4, 23:age sis tu... delude,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 89; id. Ep. 3, 4, 39; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18; id. Rosc. Am. 16:quanto ferocius ante se egerint, agedum eam solve cistulam,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 151; id. Capt. 3, 4, 39:Agedum vicissim dic,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 69; id. Eun. 4, 4, 27:agedum humanis concede,
Lucr. 3, 962:age modo hodie sero,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103:age nuncjam,
id. And. 5, 2, 25:En age, quid cessas,
Tib. 2, 2, 10:Quare age,
Verg. A. 7, 429:Verum age,
id. ib. 12, 832:Quin age,
id. G. 4, 329:en, age, Rumpe moras,
id. ib. 3, 43:eia age,
id. A. 4, 569.—In the plur.:b.agite, pugni,
up, fists, and at 'em! Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146:agite bibite,
id. Curc. 1, 1, 88; id. Stich. 1, 3, 68:agite in modum dicite,
Cat. 61, 38:Quare agite... conjungite,
id. 64, 372; Verg. A. 1, 627:vos agite... volvite,
Val. Fl. 3, 311:agite nunc, divites, plorate,
Vulg. Jac. 5, 1:agitedum,
Liv. 3, 62.—Also age in the sing., with a verb in the plur. (cf. age tamnete, Hom. Od. 3, 332; age dê trapeiomen, id. Il. 3, 441):age igitur, intro abite,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 54:En agedum convertite,
Prop. 1, 1, 21:mittite, agedum, legatos,
Liv. 38, 47:Ite age,
Stat. Th. 10, 33:Huc age adeste,
Sil. 11, 169.—In transitions in discourse, well then! well now! well! (esp. in Cic. Or. very freq.). So in Plaut. for resuming discourse that has been interrupted: age, tu interea huic somnium narra, Curc. 2, 2, 5: nunc age, res quoniam docui non posse creari, etc., well now, since I have taught, etc., Lucr. 1, 266:c.nunc age, quod superest, cognosce et clarius audi,
id. 1, 920; so id. 1, 952; 2, 62; 333; 730; 3, 418;4, 109 al.: age porro, tu, qui existimari te voluisti interpretem foederum, cur, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 22; so id. Rosc. Am. 16; id. Part. 12; id. Att. 8, 3.—And age (as in a.) with a verb in the plur.:age vero, ceteris in rebus qualis sit temperantia considerate,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 14; so id. Sull. 26; id. Mil. 21; id. Rosc. Am. 37.—As a sign of assent, well! very well! good! right! Age, age, mansero, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 61: age, age, jam ducat;► Position.dabo,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 57:Age, veniam,
id. And. 4, 2, 30:age, sit ita factum,
Cic. Mil. 19:age sane,
Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 27; Cic. Fin. 2, 35, 119.—Age, used with another verb in the imperative, regularly stands before it, but in poetry, for the sake of the metre, it,I.Sometimes follows such verb; as,a.In dactylic metre:b.Cede agedum,
Prop. 5, 9, 54:Dic age,
Verg. A. 6, 343; Hor. S. 2, 7, 92; Ov. F. 1, 149:Esto age,
Pers. 2, 42:Fare age,
Verg. A. 3, 362:Finge age,
Ov. H. 7, 65:Redde age,
Hor. S. 2, 8, 80:Surge age,
Verg. A. 3, 169; 8, 59; 10, 241; Ov. H. 14, 73:Vade age,
Verg. A. 3, 462; 4, 422; so,agite: Ite agite,
Prop. 4, 3, 7.—In other metres (very rarely):II.appropera age,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 2, 38:dic age,
Hor. C. 1, [p. 77] 32, 3; 2, 11, 22;3, 4, 1.—So also in prose (very rarely): Mittite agedum,
Liv. 38, 47:procedat agedum ad pugnam,
id. 7, 9.—It is often separated from such verb:1.age me huc adspice,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 118; id. Capt. 5, 2, 1:Age... instiga,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 10; 5, 6, 11:Quare agite... conjungite,
Cat. 64, 372:Huc age... veni,
Tib. 2, 5, 2:Ergo age cervici imponere nostrae,
Verg. A. 2, 707:en age segnis Rumpe moras,
id. G. 3, 42:age te procellae Crede,
Hor. C. 3, 27, 62:Age jam... condisce,
id. ib. 4, 11, 31; id. S. 2, 7, 4.—Hence,ăgens, entis, P. a.A.Adj.1.Efficient, effective, powerful (only in the rhet. lang. of Cic.):► 2.utendum est imaginibus agentibus, acribus, insignitis,
Cic. de Or. 2, 87, 358:acre orator, incensus et agens,
id. Brut. 92, 317.— Comp. and sup. not used.Agentia verba, in the grammarians, for verba activa, Gell. 18, 12.—B.Subst.: ăgentes, ium.a.Under the emperors, a kind of secret police (also called frumentarii and curiosi), Aur. Vict. Caes. 39 fin.; Dig. 1, 12; 1, 20; 21; 22; 23, etc.; Amm. 15, 3; 14, 11 al.—b.For agrimensores, land-surveyors, Hyg. Lim. p. 179.—2.actus, a, um, P. a. Lit., that has been transacted in the Senate, in the forum, before the courts of justice, etc.; hence,A.actum, i, n., a public transaction in the Senate, before the people, or before a single magistrate:B.actum ejus, qui in re publica cum imperio versatus sit,
Cic. Phil. 1, 7:acta Caesaris servanda censeo,
id. ib. 1, 7:acta tui praeclari tribunatus,
id. Dom. 31.—acta publĭca, or absol.: acta, orum, n., the register of public acts, records, journal. Julius Caesar, in his consulship, ordered that the doings of the Senate (diurna acta) should be made public, Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Ernest. Exc. 1;1.but Augustus again prohibited it,
Suet. Aug. 36. Still the acts of the Senate were written down, and, under the succeeding emperors. certain senators were appointed to this office (actis vel commentariis Senatus conficiendis), Tac. A. 5, 4. They had also public registers of the transactions of the assemblies of the people, and of the different courts of justice;also of births and deaths, marriages, divorces, etc., which were preserved as sources of future history.—Hence, diurna urbis acta,
the city journal, Tac. A. 13, 31:acta populi,
Suet. Caes. 20:acta publica,
Tac. A. 12, 24; Suet. Tib. 8; Plin. Ep. 7, 33:urbana,
id. ib. 9, 15; which were all comprehended under the gen. name acta.With the time added:2.acta eorum temporum,
Plin. 7, 13, 11, § 60:illius temporis,
Ascon. Mil. 44, 16:ejus anni,
Plin. 2, 56, 57, § 147.—Absol., Cic. Fam. 12, 8; 22, 1; 28, 3; Sen. Ben. 2, 10; 3, 16; Suet. Calig. 8; Quint. 9, 3; Juv. 2, 136: Quis dabit historico, quantum daret acta legenti, i. e. to the actuarius, q. v., id. 7, 104; cf. Bahr's Rom. Lit. Gesch. 303.—C.acta triumphōrum, the public record of triumphs, fuller than the Fasti triumphales, Plin. 37, 2, 6, § 12.—D.acta fŏri (v. Inscr. Grut. 445, 10), the records,a.Of strictly historical transactions, Amm. 22, 3, 4; Dig. 4, 6, 33, § 1.—b.Of matters of private right, as wills, gifts, bonds (acta ad jus privatorum pertinentia, Dig. 49, 14, 45, § 4), Fragm. Vat. §§ 249, 266, 268, 317.—E.acta militarĭa, the daily records of the movements of a legion, Veg. R. R. 2, 19. -
12 acta triumphorum
ăgo, egi, actum, 3, v. a. (axim = egerim, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 22; Paul. ex Fest. s. v. axitiosi, p. 3 Mull.;I.axit = egerit,
Paul. Diac. 3, 3;AGIER = agi,
Cic. Off. 3, 15;agentum = agentium,
Vulc. Gall. Av. Cass. 4, 6) [cf. agô; Sanscr. ag, aghami = to go, to drive; agmas = way, train = ogmos; agis = race, contest = agôn; perh. also Germ. jagen, to drive, to hunt], to put in motion, to move (syn.: agitare, pellere, urgere).Lit.A.Of cattle and other animals, to lead, drive.a.Absol.: agas asellum, Seip. ap. Cic. de Or. 2, 64, 258:b.jumenta agebat,
Liv. 1, 48:capellas ago,
Verg. E. 1, 13:Pars quia non veniant pecudes, sed agantur, ab actu etc.,
Ov. F. 1, 323:caballum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 36.—With acc. of place, prep., sup., or inf.:B. a.agere bovem Romam,
Curt. 1, 45:equum in hostem,
id. 7, 4:Germani in amnem aguntur,
Tac. H. 5, 21:acto ad vallum equo,
id. A. 2, 13:pecora per calles,
Curt. 7, 11:per devia rura capellas,
Ov. M. 1, 676:pecus pastum,
Varr. L. L. 6, 41, p. 88 Mull.:capellas potum age,
Verg. E. 9, 23:pecus egit altos Visere montes,
Hor. C. 1, 2, 7.—Absol.:b.agmen agens equitum,
Verg. A. 7, 804.—With prep., abl., or inf.:C.vinctum ante se Thyum agebat,
Nep. Dat. 3:agitur praeceps exercitus Lydorum in populos,
Sil. 4, 720:(adulteram) maritus per omnem vicum verbere agit,
Tac. G. 19; Suet. Calig. 27:captivos prae se agentes,
Curt. 7, 6; Liv. 23, 1:acti ante suum quisque praedonem catenati,
Quint. 8, 3, 69:captivos sub curribus agere,
Mart. 8, 26:agimur auguriis quaerere exilia,
Verg. A. 3, 5;and simple for comp.: multis milibus armatorum actis ex ea regione = coactis,
Liv. 44, 31.— In prose: agi, to be led, to march, to go:quo multitudo omnis consternata agebatur,
Liv. 10, 29: si citius agi vellet agmen, that the army would move, or march on quicker, id. 2, 58:raptim agmine acto,
id. 6, 28; so id. 23, 36; 25, 9.— Trop.:egit sol hiemem sub terras,
Verg. G. 4, 51:poemata dulcia sunto Et quocumque volent animum auditoris agunto,
lead the mind, Hor. A. P. 100. —Hence, poet.: se agere, to betake one's self, i. e. to go, to come (in Plaut. very freq.;also in Ter., Verg., etc.): quo agis te?
where are you going? Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 294:unde agis te?
id. Most. 1, 4, 28; so id. ib. 3, 1, 31; id. Mil. 3, 2, 49; id. Poen. 1, 2, 120; id. Pers. 4, 3, 13; id. Trin. 4, 3, 71:quo hinc te agis?
where are you going, Ter. And. 4, 2, 25:Ecce gubernator sese Palinurus agebat,
was moving along, Verg. A. 6, 337:Aeneas se matutinus agebat,
id. ib. 8, 465:is enim se primus agebat,
for he strode on in front, id. ib. 9, 696.—Also without se:Et tu, unde agis?
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 20:Quo agis?
id. Pers. 2, 2, 34:Huc age,
Tib. 2, 5, 2 (unless age is here to be taken with veni at the end of the line).—To drive or carry off (animals or men), to steal, rob, plunder (usually abigere):D.Et redigunt actos in sua rura boves,
Ov. F. 3, 64.—So esp. freq. of men or animals taken as booty in war, while ferre is used of portable things; hence, ferre et agere (as in Gr. agein kai pherein, Hom. Il. 5, 484; and reversed, pherein kai agein, in Hdt. and Xen.; cf.:rapiunt feruntque,
Verg. A. 2, 374:rapere et auferre,
Cic. Off. 1, 14), in gen., to rob, to plunder: res sociorum ferri agique vidit, Liv. 22, 3:ut ferri agique res suas viderunt,
id. 38, 15; so id. 3, 37;so also: rapere agereque: ut ex alieno agro raperent agerentque,
Liv. 22, 1, 2; but portari atque agi means to bear and carry, to bring together, in Caes. B. C. 2, 29 (as pherein kai agein in Plat. Phaedr. 279, C):ne pulcram praedam agat,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 2, 3:urbes, agros vastare, praedas agere,
Sall. J. 20, 8; 32, 3:pecoris et mancipiorum praedas,
id. ib. 44, 5;so eccl. Lat.: agere praedas de aliquo,
Vulg. Jud. 9, 16; ib. 1 Reg. 27, 8; cf. Gron. Obs. 3, 22, 633.—To chase, pursue, press animals or men, to drive about or onwards in flight (for the usual agitare).a.Of animals:b.apros,
Verg. G. 3, 412:cervum,
id. A. 7, 481; cf. id. ib. 4, 71:citos canes,
Ov. H. 5, 20:feros tauros,
Suet. Claud. 21.—Of men:E.ceteros ruerem, agerem,
Ter. Ad. 3, 2, 21 (= prosequerer, premerem, Don.):ita perterritos egerunt, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 4, 12:Demoleos cursu palantis Troas agebat,
Verg. A. 5, 265; cf. id. ib. 1, 574:aliquem in exsilium,
Liv. 25, 2; so Just. 2, 9, 6; 16, 4, 4; 17, 3, 17;22, 1, 16 al.: aliquem in fugam,
id. 16, 2, 3.—Of inanimate or abstract objects, to move, impel, push forwards, advance, carry to or toward any point:F.quid si pater cuniculos agat ad aerarium?
lead, make, Cic. Off. 3, 23, 90:egisse huc Alpheum vias,
made its way, Verg. A. 3, 695:vix leni et tranquillo mari moles agi possunt,
carry, build out, Curt. 4, 2, 8:cloacam maximam sub terram agendam,
to be carried under ground, Liv. 1, 56;so often in the histt., esp. Caes. and Livy, as t. t., of moving forwards the battering engines: celeriter vineis ad oppidum actis,
pushed forwards, up, Caes. B. G. 2, 12 Herz.; so id. ib. 3, 21; 7, 17; id. B. C. 2, 1; Liv. 8, 16:accelerant acta pariter testudine Volsci,
Verg. A. 9, 505 al.:fugere colles campique videntur, quos agimus praeter navem, i. e. praeter quos agimus navem,
Lucr. 4, 391:in litus passim naves egerunt,
drove the ships ashore, Liv. 22, 19:ratem in amnem,
Ov. F. 1, 500:naves in advorsum amnem,
Tac. H. 4, 22.— Poet.: agere navem, to steer or direct a ship, Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 114; so,agere currum,
to drive a chariot, Ov. M. 2, 62; 2, 388 al.—To stir up, to throw out, excite, cause, bring forth (mostly poet.):G.scintillasque agere ac late differre favillam,
to throw out sparks and scatter ashes far around, Lucr. 2, 675:spumas ore,
Verg. G. 3, 203; so Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 66:piceum Flumen agit,
Verg. A. 9, 814:qui vocem cubantes sensim excitant, eandemque cum egerunt, etc.,
when they have brought it forth, Cic. de Or. 1, 59, 251. —Hence, animam agere, to expel the breath of life, give up the ghost, expire:agens animam spumat,
Lucr. 3, 493:anhelans vaga vadit, animam agens,
Cat. 63, 31:nam et agere animam et efflare dicimus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 19:Hortensius, cum has litteras scripsi, animam agebat,
id. Fam. 8, 13, 2; so Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 13:eodem tempore et gestum et animam ageres,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 8:Est tanti habere animam ut agam?
Sen. Ep. 101, 12; and with a play upon words: semper agis causas et res agis, Attale, semper. Est, non est, quod agas, Attale, semper agis. Si res et causae desunt, agis, Attale, mulas;Attale, ne quod agas desit, agas animam,
Mart. 1, 80.—Of plants, to put forth or out, to shoot, extend:II.(salices) gemmas agunt,
Varr. R. R. 1, 30:florem agere coeperit ficus,
Col. R. R. 5, 10, 10:frondem agere,
Plin. 18, 6, 8, § 45:se ad auras palmes agit,
Verg. G. 2, 364:(platanum) radices trium et triginta cubitorum egisse,
Varr. R. R. 1, 37, 15:per glebas sensim radicibus actis,
Ov. M. 4, 254; so id. ib. 2, 583:robora suas radices in profundum agunt,
Plin. 16, 31, 56, § 127.—Metaph.:vera gloria radices agit,
Cic. Off. 2, 12, 43:pluma in cutem radices egerat imas,
Ov. M. 2, 582.Trop.A.Spec., to guide, govern:B.Tros Tyriusque mihi nullo discrimine agetur,
Verg. A. 1, 574; cf. Forbig. ad h. 1., who considers it the only instance of this use, and compares a similar use of agô; v. L. and S. s. v. II. 2.—In gen., to move, impel, excite, urge to a thing, to prompt or induce to:C.si quis ad illa deus te agat,
Hor. S. 2, 7, 24:una plaga ceteros ad certamen egit,
Liv. 9, 41; 8, 7; 39, 15: quae te, germane, furentem Mens agit in facinus? Ov. M. 5, 14:totis mentibus acta,
Sil. 10, 191:in furorem agere,
Quint. 6, 1, 31:si Agricola in ipsam gloriam praeceps agebatur,
Tac. Agr. 41:provinciam avaritia in bellum egerat,
id. A. 14, 32.—To drive, stir up, excite, agitate, rouse vehemently (cf. agito, II.):D.me amor fugat, agit,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 8:agunt eum praecipitem poenae civium Romanorum,
Cic. Verr. 1, 3:perpetua naturalis bonitas, quae nullis casibus neque agitur neque minuitur,
Nep. Att. 9, 1 Brem.:opportunitas, quae etiam mediocres viros spe praedae transvorsos agit,
i. e. leads astray, Sall. J. 6, 3; 14, 20; so Sen. Ep. 8, 3.— To pursue with hostile intent, to persecute, disturb, vex, to attack, assail (for the usu. agitare; mostly poet.):reginam Alecto stimulis agit undique Bacchi,
Verg. A. 7, 405:non res et agentia (i. e. agitantia, vexantia) verba Lycamben,
Hor. Ep. 1, 19, 25:acerba fata Romanos agunt,
id. Epod 7, 17:diris agam vos,
id. ib. 5, 89:quam deus ultor agebat,
Ov. M. 14, 750:futurae mortis agor stimulis,
Luc. 4, 517; cf. Matth. ad Cic. Mur. § 21.—To drive at something, to pursue a course of action, i. e. to make something an object of action; either in the most general sense, like the Engl. do and the Gr. prattein, for every kind of mental or physical employment; or, in a more restricted sense, to exhibit in external action, to act or perform, to deliver or pronounce, etc., so that after the act is completed nothing remains permanent, e. g. a speech, dance, play, etc. (while facere, to make, poiein, denotes the production of an object which continues to exist after the act is completed; and gerere, the performance of the duties of an office or calling).—On these significations, v. Varr. 6, 6, 62, and 6, 7, 64, and 6, 8, 72.—For the more restricted signif. v. Quint. 2, 18, 1 sq.; cf. Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 7, 12; Hab. Syn. 426.1. a.With the gen. objects, aliquid, nihil, plus, etc.:b.numquam se plus agere quam nihil cum ageret,
Cic. Rep. 1, 17 (cf. with this, id. Off. 3, 1: numquam se minus otiosum esse quam cum otiosus esset): mihi, qui nihil agit, esse omnino non videtur. id. N. D. 2, 16, 46:post satietatem nihil (est) agendum,
Cels. 1, 2.—Hence,Without object:c.aliud agendi tempus, aliud quiescendi,
Cic. N. D. 2, 53, 132; Juv. 16, 49:agendi tempora,
Tac. H. 3, 40:industria in agendo, celeritas in conficiendo,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 29.—In colloquial lang., to do, to fare, get on: quid agis? what are you doing? M. Tulli, quid agis? Cic. Cat. 1, 11:d.Quid agis?
What's your business? Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 9; also, How goes it with you? How are you? ti pratteis, Plaut. Curc. 2, 1, 20; Cic. Fam. 7, 11 al.; Hor. S. 1, 9, 4:vereor, quid agat,
how he is, Cic. Att. 9, 17:ut sciatis, quid agam,
Vulg. Ephes. 6, 21:prospere agit anima tua,
fares well, ib. 3 Joan. 2:quid agitur?
how goes it with you? how do you do? how are you? Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 17; 1, 5, 42; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 40:Quid intus agitur?
is going on, Plaut. Cas. 5, 2, 20; id. Ps. 1, 5, 42 al.—With nihil or non multum, to do, i. e. to effect, accomplish, achieve nothing, or not much (orig. belonging to colloquial lang., but in the class. per. even in oratorical and poet. style): nihil agit;e.collum obstringe homini,
Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 29:nihil agis,
you effect nothing, it is of no use, Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 12:nihil agis, dolor! quamvis sis molestus, numquam te esse confitebor malum,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 25, 61 Kuhn.; Matius ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 10: cupis, inquit, abire; sed nihil agis;usque tenebo,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 15:[nihil agis,] nihil assequeris,
Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 15 B. and K.:ubi blanditiis agitur nihil,
Ov. M. 6, 685: egerit non multum, has not done much, Curt. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 29; cf. Ruhnk. ad Rutil. Lup. p. 120.—In certain circumstances, to proceed, do, act, manage (mostly belonging to familiar style): Thr. Quid nunc agimus? Gn. Quin redimus, What shall we do now? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 41:2.hei mihi! quid faciam? quid agam?
what shall I do? how shall I act? id. Ad. 5, 3, 3:quid agam, habeo,
id. And. 3, 2, 18 (= quid respondeam habeo, Don.) al.:sed ita quidam agebat,
was so acting, Cic. Lig. 7, 21: a Burro minaciter actum, Burrus [p. 75] proceeded to threats, Tac. A. 13, 21.—To pursue, do, perform, transact (the most usual signif. of this word; in all periods; syn.: facere, efficere, transigere, gerere, tractare, curare): cui quod agat institutumst nullo negotio id agit, Enn. ap. Gell. 19, 10, 12 (Trag. v. 254 Vahl.): ut quae egi, ago, axim, verruncent bene, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 23 (Trag. Rel. p. 114 Rib.):3.At nihil est, nisi, dum calet, hoc agitur,
Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 92:Ut id agam, quod missus huc sum,
id. Ps. 2, 2, 44: homines quae agunt vigilantes, agitantque, ea si cui in somno accidunt, minus mirum est, Att. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 22, 45:observabo quam rem agat,
what he is going to do, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 114:Id quidem ago,
That is what I am doing, Verg. E. 9, 37:res vera agitur,
Juv. 4, 35:Jam tempus agires,
Verg. A. 5, 638:utilis rebus agendis,
Juv. 14, 72:grassator ferro agit rem,
does the business with a dagger, id. 3, 305; 6, 659 (cf.:gladiis geritur res,
Liv. 9, 41):nihil ego nunc de istac re ago,
do nothing about that matter, Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 8:postquam id actumst,
after this is accomplished, id. Am. 1, 1, 72; so,sed quid actumst?
id. Ps. 2, 4, 20:nihil aliud agebam nisi eum defenderem,
Cic. Sull. 12:ne quid temere ac fortuitu, inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,
id. Off. 1, 29:agamus quod instat,
Verg. E. 9, 66:renuntiaverunt ei omnia, quae egerant,
Vulg. Marc. 6, 30; ib. Act. 5, 35:suum negotium agere,
to mind one's business, attend to one's own affairs, Cic. Off. 1, 9; id. de Or. 3, 55, 211; so,ut vestrum negotium agatis,
Vulg. 1 Thess. 4, 11:neque satis Bruto constabat, quid agerent,
Caes. B. G. 3, 14:postquam res in Africa gestas, quoque modo actae forent, fama divolgavit,
Sall. J. 30, 1:sed tu delibera, utrum colloqui malis an per litteras agere quae cogitas,
Nep. Con. 3, 8 al. —With the spec. idea of completing, finishing: jucundi acti labores, a proverb in Cic. Fin. 2, 32, 105.—To pursue in one's mind, to drive at, to revolve, to be occupied with, think upon, have in view, aim at (cf. agito, II. E., volvo and voluto):4.nescio quid mens mea majus agit,
Ov. H. 12, 212:hoc variis mens ipsa modis agit,
Val. Fl. 3, 392:agere fratri proditionem,
Tac. H. 2, 26:de intranda Britannia,
id. Agr. 13.—With a verbal subst., as a favorite circumlocution for the action indicated by the subst. (cf. in Gr. agô with verbal subst.):5.rimas agere (sometimes ducere),
to open in cracks, fissures, to crack, Cic. Att. 14, 9; Ov. M. 2, 211; Luc. 6, 728: vos qui regalis corporis custodias agitis, keep watch over, guard, Naev. ap. Non. 323, 1; so Liv. 5, 10:vigilias agere,
Cic. Verr. 4, 43, 93; Nep. Thras. 4; Tac. H. 3, 76:excubias alicui,
Ov. F. 3, 245:excubias,
Tac. H. 4, 58:pervigilium,
Suet. Vit. 10:stationem agere,
to keep guard, Liv. 35, 29; Tac. H. 1, 28:triumphum agere,
to triumph, Cic. Fam. 3, 10; Ov. M. 15, 757; Suet. Dom. 6:libera arbitria agere,
to make free decisions, to decide arbitrarily, Liv. 24, 45; Curt. 6, 1, 19; 8, 1, 4:paenitentiam agere,
to exercise repentance, to repent, Quint. 9, 3, 12; Petr. S. 132; Tac. Or. 15; Curt. 8, 6, 23; Plin. Ep. 7, 10; Vulg. Lev. 5, 5; ib. Matt. 3, 2; ib. Apoc. 2, 5:silentia agere,
to maintain silence, Ov. M. 1, 349:pacem agere,
Juv. 15, 163:crimen agere,
to bring accusation, to accuse, Cic. Verr. 4, 22, 48:laborem agere,
id. Fin. 2, 32:cursus agere,
Ov. Am. 3, 6, 95:delectum agere,
to make choice, to choose, Plin. 7, 29, 30, § 107; Quint. 10, 4, 5:experimenta agere,
Liv. 9, 14; Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:mensuram,
id. 15, 3, 4, § 14:curam agere,
to care for, Ov. H. 15, 302; Quint. 8, prooem. 18:curam ejus egit,
Vulg. Luc. 10, 34:oblivia agere,
to forget, Ov. M. 12, 540:nugas agere,
to trifle, Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 29; id. As. 1, 1, 78, and often:officinas agere,
to keep shop, Inscr. Orell. 4266.—So esp.: agere gratias ( poet. grates; never in sing. gratiam), to give thanks, to thank; Gr. charin echein ( habere gratiam is to be or feel grateful; Gr. charin eidenai; and referre gratiam, to return a favor, requite; Gr. charin apodidonai; cf. Bremi ad Nep. Them. 8, 7):diis gratias pro meritis agere,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 26:Haud male agit gratias,
id. Aul. 4, 4, 31:Magnas vero agere gratias Thais mihi?
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 1:Dis magnas merito gratias habeo atque ago,
id. Phorm. 5, 6, 80: Lentulo nostro egi per litteras tuo nomine gratias diligenter, Cic. Fam. 1, 10: immortales ago tibi gratias agamque dum vivam;nam relaturum me adfirmare non possum,
id. ib. 10, 11, 1: maximas tibi omnes gratias agimus, C. Caesar;majores etiam habemus,
id. Marcell. 11, 33:Trebatio magnas ago gratias, quod, etc.,
id. Fam. 11, 28, 8: renuntiate gratias regi me agere;referre gratiam aliam nunc non posse quam ut suadeam, ne, etc.,
Liv. 37, 37: grates tibi ago, summe Sol, vobisque, reliqui Caelites, * Cic. Rep. 6, 9:gaudet et invito grates agit inde parenti,
Ov. M. 2, 152; so id. ib. 6, 435; 484; 10, 291; 681; 14, 596; Vulg. 2 Reg. 8, 10; ib. Matt. 15, 36 al.;and in connection with this, laudes agere: Jovis fratri laudes ago et grates gratiasque habeo,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 2:Dianae laudes gratesque agam,
id. Mil. 2, 5, 2; so,diis immortalibus laudesque et grates egit,
Liv. 26, 48:agi sibi gratias passus est,
Tac. Agr. 42; so id. H. 2, 71; 4, 51; id. A. 13, 21; but oftener grates or gratis in Tac.:Tiberius egit gratis benevolentiae patrum, A. 6, 2: agit grates,
id. H. 3, 80; 4, 64; id. A. 2, 38; 2, 86; 3, 18; 3, 24; 4, 15 al.—Of time, to pass, spend (very freq. and class.): Romulus in caelo cum dis agit aevom, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 28; so Pac. id. ib. 2, 21, 49, and Hor. S. 1, 5, 101:6.tempus,
Tac. H. 4, 62; id. A. 3, 16: domi aetatem, Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6:aetatem in litteris,
Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:senectutem,
id. Sen. 3, 7; cf. id. ib. 17, 60:dies festos,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 48; Tac. G. 17:otia secura,
Verg. G. 3, 377; Ov. F. 1, 68; 4, 926:ruri agere vitam,
Liv. 7, 39, and Tac. A. 15, 63:vitam in terris,
Verg. G. 2, 538:tranquillam vitam agere,
Vulg. 1 Tim. 2, 2:Hunc (diem) agerem si,
Verg. A. 5, 51:ver magnus agebat Orbis,
id. G. 2, 338:aestiva agere,
to pass, be in, summer quarters, Liv. 27, 8; 27, 21; Curt. 5, 8, 24.— Pass.:menses jam tibi esse actos vides,
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 2:mensis agitur hic septimus,
Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 34, and Ov. M. 7, 700:melior pars acta (est) diei,
Verg. A. 9, 156; Juv. 4, 66; Tac. A. 15, 63:acta est per lacrimas nox,
Ov. H. 12, 58 Ruhnk.:tunc principium anni agebatur,
Liv. 3, 6:actis quindecim annis in regno,
Just. 41, 5, 9:Nona aetas agitur,
Juv. 13, 28 al. —With annus and an ordinal, to be of a certain age, to be so old:quartum annum ago et octogesimum,
am eighty-four years old, Cic. Sen. 10, 32:Annum agens sextum decimum patrem amisit,
Suet. Caes. 1.—Metaph.: sescentesimum et quadragesimum annum urbs nostra agebat, was in its 640 th year, Tac. G. 37.— Hence also absol. (rare), to pass or spend time, to live, to be, to be somewhere:civitas laeta agere,
was joyful, Sall. J. 55, 2:tum Marius apud primos agebat,
id. ib. 101, 6:in Africa, qua procul a mari incultius agebatur,
id. ib. 89, 7:apud illos homines, qui tum agebant,
Tac. A. 3, 19:Thracia discors agebat,
id. ib. 3, 38:Juxta Hermunduros Naristi agunt,
Tac. G. 42:ultra jugum plurimae gentes agunt,
id. ib. 43:Gallos trans Padum agentes,
id. H. 3, 34:quibus (annis) exul Rhodi agit,
id. A. 1, 4:agere inter homines desinere,
id. ib. 15, 74:Vitellius non in ore volgi agere,
was not in the sight of the people, id. H. 3, 36:ante aciem agere,
id. G. 7; and:in armis agere,
id. A. 14, 55 = versari.—In the lang. of offerings, t. t., to despatch the victim, to kill, slay. In performing this rite, the sacrificer asked the priest, agone, shall I do it? and the latter answered, age or hoc age, do it:7.qui calido strictos tincturus sanguine cultros semper, Agone? rogat, nec nisi jussus agit,
Ov. F. 1. 321 (cf. agonia and agonalia):a tergo Chaeream cervicem (Caligulae) gladio caesim graviter percussisse, praemissa voce,
hoc age, Suet. Calig. 58; id. Galb. 20. —This call of the priest in act of solemn sacrifice, Hoc age, warned the assembled multitude to be quiet and give attention; hence hoc or id and sometimes haec or istuc agere was used for, to give attention to, to attend to, to mind, heed; and followed by ut or ne, to pursue a thing, have it in view, aim at, design, etc.; cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 1, 2, 15, and Suet. Calig. 58: hoc agite, Plaut. As. prol. init.:Hoc age,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 152; id. Ep. 1, 6, 31:Hoc agite, of poetry,
Juv. 7, 20:hoc agamus,
Sen. Clem. 1, 12:haec agamus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 49:agere hoc possumus,
Lucr. 1, 41; 4, 969; Juv. 7, 48:hoccine agis an non? hoc agam,
id. ib., Ter. And. 1, 2, 15; 2, 5, 4:nunc istuc age,
id. Heaut. 3, 2, 47; id. Phorm. 2, 3, 3 al.:Hoc egit civis Romanus ante te nemo,
Cic. Lig. 4, 11:id et agunt et moliuntur,
id. Mur. 38:(oculi, aures, etc.) quasi fenestrae sunt animi, quibus tamen sentire nihil queat mens, nisi id agat et adsit,
id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46: qui id egerunt, ut gentem... collocarent, aimed at this, that, etc., id. Cat. 4, 6, 12:qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,
keep it in view, that, id. Off. 1, 13, 41:idne agebas, ut tibi cum sceleratis, an ut cum bonis civibus conveniret?
id. Lig. 6, 18:Hoc agit, ut doleas,
Juv. 5, 157:Hoc age, ne mutata retrorsum te ferat aura,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 88:Quid tuus ille destrictus gladius agebat?
have in view, mean, Cic. Leg. 3, 9:Quid aliud egimus nisi ut, quod hic potest, nos possemus?
id. ib. 4, 10:Sin autem id actum est, ut homines postremi pecuniis alienis locupletarentur,
id. Rosc. Am. 47, 137:certiorem eum fecit, id agi, ut pons dissolveretur,
Nep. Them. 5, 1:ego id semper egi, ne bellis interessem,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7.—Also, the opp.: alias res or aliud agere, not to attend to, heed, or observe, to pursue secondary or subordinate objects: Ch. Alias res agis. Pa. Istuc ago equidem, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 57; id. Hec. 5, 3, 28:usque eo animadverti eum jocari atque alias res agere,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22:atqui vides, quam alias res agamus,
id. de Or. 3, 14, 51; id. Brut. 66, 233:aliud agens ac nihil ejusmodi cogitans,
id. Clu. 64.—In relation to public affairs, to conduct, manage, carry on, administer: agere bellum, to carry on or wage war (embracing the whole theory and practice of war, while bellum gerere designates the bodily and mental effort, and the bearing of the necessary burdens; and bellum facere, the actual outbreak of hostile feelings, v. Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 28):8.qui longe alia ratione ac reliqui Galli bellum agere instituerunt,
Caes. B. G. 3, 28:Antiochus si tam in agendo bello parere voluisset consiliis ejus (Hannibalis) quam in suscipiendo instituerat, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 8, 3; Curt. 4, 10, 29:aliena bella mercedibus agere,
Mel. 1, 16:Bellaque non puero tractat agenda puer,
Ov. A. A. 1, 182 (also in id. Tr. 2, 230, Gron. Observ. 2, 3, 227, for the usu. obit, with one MS., reads agit; so Merkel).— Poet.:Martem for bellum,
Luc. 4, 2: agere proelium, to give battle (very rare):levibus proeliis cum Gallis actis,
Liv. 22, 9.—Of offices, employments, etc., to conduct, exercise, administer, hold:forum agere,
to hold court, Cic. Fam. 8, 6; and:conventus agere,
to hold the assizes, id. Verr. 5, 11, 28; Caes. B. G. 1, 54; 6, 44;used of the governors of provinces: judicium agere,
Plin. 9, 35, 58, § 120:vivorum coetus agere,
to make assemblies of, to assemble, Tac. A. 16, 34:censum agere,
Liv. 3, 22; Tac. A. 14, 46; Suet. Aug. 27:recensum agere,
id. Caes. 41:potestatem agere,
Flor. 1, 7, 2:honorem agere,
Liv. 8, 26:regnum,
Flor. 1, 6, 2:rem publicam,
Dig. 4, 6, 35, § 8:consulatum,
Quint. 12, 1, 16:praefecturam,
Suet. Tib. 6:centurionatum,
Tac. A. 1, 44:senatum,
Suet. Caes. 88:fiscum agere,
to have charge of the treasury, id. Dom. 12:publicum agere,
to collect the taxes, id. Vesp. 1:inquisitionem agere,
Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:curam alicujus rei agere,
to have the management of, to manage, Liv. 6, 15; Suet. Claud. 18:rei publicae curationem agens,
Liv. 4, 13: dilectum agere, to make a levy, to levy (postAug. for dilectum habere, Cic., Caes., Sall.), Quint. 12, 3, 5; Tac. A. 2, 16; id. Agr. 7 and 10; id. H. 2, 16, 12; Suet. Calig. 43. —Of civil and political transactions in the senate, the forum, before tribunals of justice, etc., to manage or transact, to do, to discuss, plead, speak, deliberate; constr. aliquid or de aliqua re:a.velim recordere, quae ego de te in senatu egerim, quae in contionibus dixerim,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2; 1, 9:de condicionibus pacis,
Liv. 8, 37:de summa re publica,
Suet. Caes. 28:cum de Catilinae conjuratione ageretur in curia,
id. Aug. 94:de poena alicujus,
Liv. 5, 36:de agro plebis,
id. 1, 46.—Hence the phrase: agere cum populo, of magistrates, to address the people in a public assembly, for the purpose of obtaining their approval or rejection of a thing (while [p. 76] agere ad populum signifies to propose, to bring before the people):cum populo agere est rogare quid populum, quod suffragiis suis aut jubeat aut vetet,
Gell. 13, 15, 10:agere cum populo de re publica,
Cic. Verr. 1, 1, 12; id. Lael. 25, 96:neu quis de his postea ad senatum referat neve cum populo agat,
Sall. C. 51, 43.—So also absol.:hic locus (rostra) ad agendum amplissimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1:Metellus cum agere coepisset, tertio quoque verbo orationis suae me appellabat,
id. Fam. 5, 2.— Transf. to common life.Agere cum aliquo, de aliquo or re or ut, to treat, deal, negotiate, confer, talk with one about a person or thing; to endeavor to persuade or move one, that, etc.: nihil age tecum (sc. cum odore vini);b.ubi est ipsus (vini lepos)?
I have nothing to do with you, Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 11:Quae (patria) tecum, Catilina, sic agit,
thus pleads, Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 18:algae Inquisitores agerent cum remige nudo,
Juv. 4, 49:haec inter se dubiis de rebus agebant,
thus treated together, Verg. A. 11, 445:de quo et praesens tecum egi diligenter, et scripsi ad te accurate antea,
Cic. Fam. 13, 75:egi cum Claudia et cum vestra sorore Mucia, ut eum ab illa injuria deterrerent,
id. ib. 5, 2:misi ad Metellum communes amicos, qui agerent cum eo, ut de illa mente desisteret,
id. ib. 5, 2:Callias quidam egit cum Cimone, ut eam (Elpinicen) sibi uxorem daret,
Nep. Cim. 1, 3.—Also absol.:Alcibiades praesente vulgo agere coepit,
Nep. Alc. 8, 2:si qua Caesares obtinendae Armeniae egerant,
Tac. A. 15, 14:ut Lucretius agere varie, rogando alternis suadendoque coepit,
Liv. 2, 2.—In Suet. once agere cum senatu, with acc. and inf., to propose or state to the Senate:Tiberius egit cum senatu non debere talia praemia tribui,
Suet. Tib. 54.—With the advv. bene, praeclare, male, etc., to deal well or ill with one, to treat or use well or ill:9.facile est bene agere cum eis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 14, 11:bene egissent Athenienses cum Miltiade, si, etc.,
Val. Max. 5, 3, 3 ext.; Vulg. Jud. 9, 16:praeclare cum aliquo agere,
Cic. Sest. 23:Male agis mecum,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 21:qui cum creditoribus suis male agat,
Cic. Quinct. 84; and:tu contra me male agis,
Vulg. Jud. 11, 27.—Freq. in pass., to be or go well or ill with one, to be well or badly off:intelleget secum actum esse pessime,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 50:praeclare mecum actum puto,
id. Fam. 9, 24; so id. ib. 5, 18: exstat cujusdam non inscitus jocus bene agi potuisse cum rebus humanis, si Domitius pater talem habuisset uxorem, it would have gone well with human affairs, been well for mankind, if, etc., Suet. Ner. 28.—Also absol. without cum: agitur praeclare, si nosmet ipsos regere possumus, it is well done if, etc., it is a splendid thing if, etc., Cic. Fam. 4, 14:vivitur cum eis, in quibus praeclare agitur si sunt simulacra virtutis,
id. Off. 1, 15:bene agitur pro noxia,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 23.—Of transactions before a court or tribunal.a.Aliquid agere ex jure, ex syngrapha, ex sponso, or simply the abl. jure, lege, litibus, obsignatis tabellis, causa, to bring an action or suit, to manage a cause, to plead a case:b.ex jure civili et praetorio agere,
Cic. Caecin. 12:tamquam ex syngrapha agere cum populo,
to litigate, id. Mur. 17:ex sponso egit,
id. Quint. 9: Ph. Una injuriast Tecum. Ch. Lege agito ergo, Go to law, then, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 90:agere lege in hereditatem,
Cic. de Or. 1, 38, 175; Ov. F. 1, 48; Liv. 9, 46:cum illo se lege agere dicebat,
Nep. Tim. 5: summo jure agere, to assert or claim one's right to the full extent of the law, Cic. Off. 1, 11:non enim gladiis mecum, sed litibus agetur,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 4:causa quam vi agere malle,
Tac. A. 13, 37:tabellis obsignatis agis mecum,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 11, 33:Jure, ut opinor, agat, jure increpet inciletque,
with right would bring her charge, Lucr. 3, 963; so,Castrensis jurisdictio plura manu agens,
settles more cases by force, Tac. Agr. 9:ubi manu agitur,
when the case is settled by violent hands, id. G. 36.—Causam or rem agere, to try or plead a case; with apud, ad, or absol.:c.causam apud centumviros egit,
Cic. Caecin. 24:Caesar cum ageret apud censores,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 10; so with adversus:egi causam adversus magistratus,
Vulg. 2 Esdr. 13, 11:orator agere dicitur causam,
Varr. L. L. 6, 42: causam isto modo agere, Cic. Lig. 4, 10; Tac. Or. 5; 11; 14; Juv. 2, 51; 14, 132:agit causas liberales,
Cic. Fam. 8, 9: qui ad rem agendam adsunt, M. Cael. ap. Quint. 11, 1, 51:cum (M. Tullius) et ipsam se rem agere diceret,
Quint. 12, 10, 45: Gripe, accede huc;tua res agitur,
is being tried, Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 104; Quint. 8, 3, 13;and extra-judicially: rogo ad Caesarem meam causam agas,
Cic. Fam. 5, 10:Una (factio) populi causam agebat, altera optimatum,
Nep. Phoc. 3; so, agere, absol., to plead' ad judicem sic agi solet, Cic. Lig. 10:tam solute agere, tam leniter,
id. Brut. 80:tu istuc nisi fingeres, sic ageres?
id. ib. 80; Juv. 7, 143 and 144; 14, 32.— Transf. to common life; with de or acc., to discuss, treat, speak of:Sed estne hic ipsus, de quo agebam?
of whom I was speaking, Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 53:causa non solum exponenda, sed etiam graviter copioseque agenda est,
to be discussed, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 12; id. Verr. 1, 13, 37:Samnitium bella, quae agimus,
are treating of, Liv. 10, 31.—Hence,Agere aliquem reum, to proceed against one as accused, to accuse one, Liv. 4, 42; 24, 25; Tac. A. 14, 18:d.reus agitur,
id. ib. 15, 20; 3, 13; and with the gen. of the crime, with which one is charged:agere furti,
to accuse of theft, Cic. Fam. 7, 22:adulterii cum aliquo,
Quint. 4, 4, 8:injuriarum,
id. 3, 6, 19; and often in the Pandects.—Pass. of the thing which is the subject of accusation, to be in suit or in question; it concerns or affects, is about, etc.:(α).non nunc pecunia, sed illud agitur, quomodo, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 67:non capitis ei res agitur, sed pecuniae,
the point in dispute, id. Phorm. 4, 3, 26:aguntur injuriae sociorum, agitur vis legum, agitur existimatio, veritasque judiciorum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 51:si magna res, magna hereditas agetur,
id. Fin. 2, 17: qua de re agitur, what the point of dispute or litigation is, id. Brut. 79.—Hence, trop.,Res agitur, the case is on trial, i. e. something is at stake or at hazard, in peril, or in danger:(β).at nos, quarum res agitur, aliter auctores sumus,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 72:quasi istic mea res minor agatur quam tua,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 113:agitur populi Romani gloria, agitur salus sociorum atque amicorum, aguntur certissima populi Romani vectigalia et maxima, aguntur bona multorum civium,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:in quibus eorum aut caput agatur aut fama,
id. Lael. 17, 61; Nep. Att. 15, 2:non libertas solum agebatur,
Liv. 28, 19; Sen. Clem. 1, 20 al.:nam tua res agitur, paries cum proximus ardet,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 84 (= in periculo versatur, Lambin.):agitur pars tertia mundi,
is at stake, I am in danger of losing, Ov. M. 5, 372.—Res acta est, the case is over (and done for): acta haec res est;(γ).perii,
this matter is ended, Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 3: hence, actum est de aliquo or aliqua re, it is all over with a person or thing:actum hodie est de me,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 63:jam de Servio actum,
Liv. 1, 47:actum est de collo meo,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 4, 194.—So also absol.: actumst;ilicet me infelicem,
Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 17:si animus hominem pepulit, actumst,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 27; Ter. And. 3, 1, 7; Cic. Att. 5, 15:actumst, ilicet, peristi,
Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 9: periimus;actumst,
id. Heaut. 3, 3, 3.—Rem actam agere, to plead a case already finished, i. e. to act to no purpose:10. a.rem actam agis,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 27; id. Cist. 4, 2, 36; Liv. 28, 40; so,actum or acta agere: actum, aiunt, ne agas,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 72; Cic. Att. 9, 18:acta agimus,
id. Am. 22.—Of an orator, Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 19, 79:b.quae sic ab illo acta esse constabat oculis, voce, gestu, inimici ut lacrimas tenere non possent,
id. ib. 3, 56, 214:agere fortius et audentius volo,
Tac. Or. 18; 39.—Of an actor, to represent, play, act:11.Ipse hanc acturust Juppiter comoediam,
Plaut. Am. prol. 88; so,fabulam,
Ter. Ad. prol. 12; id. Hec. prol. 22:dum haec agitur fabula,
Plaut. Men. prol. 72 al.:partis,
to have a part in a play, Ter. Phorm. prol. 27:Ballionem illum cum agit, agit Chaeream,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 7:gestum agere in scaena,
id. de Or. 2, 57:dicitur canticum egisse aliquanto magis vigente motu,
Liv. 7, 2 al. — Transf. to other relations, to represent or personate one, to act the part of, to act as, behave like: has partes lenitatis semper egi, Cic. Mur. 3:egi illos omnes adulescentes, quos ille actitat,
id. Fam. 2, 9:amicum imperatoris,
Tac. H. 1, 30:exulem,
id. A. 1, 4:socium magis imperii quam ministrum,
id. H. 2, 83:senatorem,
Tac. A. 16, 28.—So of things poetically:utrinque prora frontem agit,
serves as a bow, Tac. G. 44.—Se agere = se gerere, to carry one's self, to behave, deport one's self:12.tanta mobilitate sese Numidae agunt,
Sall. J. 56, 5:quanto ferocius ante se egerint,
Tac. H. 3, 2 Halm:qui se pro equitibus Romanis agerent,
Suet. Claud. 25:non principem se, sed ministrum egit,
id. ib. 29:neglegenter se et avare agere,
Eutr. 6, 9:prudenter se agebat,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 18, 5:sapienter se agebat,
ib. 4 Reg. 18, 7. —Also absol.:seditiose,
Tac. Agr. 7:facile justeque,
id. ib. 9:superbe,
id. H. 2, 27:ex aequo,
id. ib. 4, 64:anxius et intentus agebat,
id. Agr. 5.—Imper.: age, agite, Ter., Tib., Lucr., Hor., Ov., never using agite, and Catull. never age, with which compare the Gr. age, agete (also accompanied by the particles dum, eia, en, ergo, igitur, jam, modo, nuncjam, porro, quare, quin, sane, vero, verum, and by sis); as an exclamation.a.In encouragement, exhortation, come! come on! (old Engl. go to!) up! on! quick! (cf. I. B. fin.).(α).In the sing.:(β).age, adsta, mane, audi, Enn. ap. Delr. Synt. 1, 99: age i tu secundum,
come, follow me! Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 1:age, perge, quaeso,
id. Cist. 2, 3, 12:age, da veniam filio,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 14:age, age, nunc experiamur,
id. ib. 5, 4, 23:age sis tu... delude,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 89; id. Ep. 3, 4, 39; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18; id. Rosc. Am. 16:quanto ferocius ante se egerint, agedum eam solve cistulam,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 151; id. Capt. 3, 4, 39:Agedum vicissim dic,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 69; id. Eun. 4, 4, 27:agedum humanis concede,
Lucr. 3, 962:age modo hodie sero,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103:age nuncjam,
id. And. 5, 2, 25:En age, quid cessas,
Tib. 2, 2, 10:Quare age,
Verg. A. 7, 429:Verum age,
id. ib. 12, 832:Quin age,
id. G. 4, 329:en, age, Rumpe moras,
id. ib. 3, 43:eia age,
id. A. 4, 569.—In the plur.:b.agite, pugni,
up, fists, and at 'em! Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146:agite bibite,
id. Curc. 1, 1, 88; id. Stich. 1, 3, 68:agite in modum dicite,
Cat. 61, 38:Quare agite... conjungite,
id. 64, 372; Verg. A. 1, 627:vos agite... volvite,
Val. Fl. 3, 311:agite nunc, divites, plorate,
Vulg. Jac. 5, 1:agitedum,
Liv. 3, 62.—Also age in the sing., with a verb in the plur. (cf. age tamnete, Hom. Od. 3, 332; age dê trapeiomen, id. Il. 3, 441):age igitur, intro abite,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 54:En agedum convertite,
Prop. 1, 1, 21:mittite, agedum, legatos,
Liv. 38, 47:Ite age,
Stat. Th. 10, 33:Huc age adeste,
Sil. 11, 169.—In transitions in discourse, well then! well now! well! (esp. in Cic. Or. very freq.). So in Plaut. for resuming discourse that has been interrupted: age, tu interea huic somnium narra, Curc. 2, 2, 5: nunc age, res quoniam docui non posse creari, etc., well now, since I have taught, etc., Lucr. 1, 266:c.nunc age, quod superest, cognosce et clarius audi,
id. 1, 920; so id. 1, 952; 2, 62; 333; 730; 3, 418;4, 109 al.: age porro, tu, qui existimari te voluisti interpretem foederum, cur, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 22; so id. Rosc. Am. 16; id. Part. 12; id. Att. 8, 3.—And age (as in a.) with a verb in the plur.:age vero, ceteris in rebus qualis sit temperantia considerate,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 14; so id. Sull. 26; id. Mil. 21; id. Rosc. Am. 37.—As a sign of assent, well! very well! good! right! Age, age, mansero, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 61: age, age, jam ducat;► Position.dabo,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 57:Age, veniam,
id. And. 4, 2, 30:age, sit ita factum,
Cic. Mil. 19:age sane,
Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 27; Cic. Fin. 2, 35, 119.—Age, used with another verb in the imperative, regularly stands before it, but in poetry, for the sake of the metre, it,I.Sometimes follows such verb; as,a.In dactylic metre:b.Cede agedum,
Prop. 5, 9, 54:Dic age,
Verg. A. 6, 343; Hor. S. 2, 7, 92; Ov. F. 1, 149:Esto age,
Pers. 2, 42:Fare age,
Verg. A. 3, 362:Finge age,
Ov. H. 7, 65:Redde age,
Hor. S. 2, 8, 80:Surge age,
Verg. A. 3, 169; 8, 59; 10, 241; Ov. H. 14, 73:Vade age,
Verg. A. 3, 462; 4, 422; so,agite: Ite agite,
Prop. 4, 3, 7.—In other metres (very rarely):II.appropera age,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 2, 38:dic age,
Hor. C. 1, [p. 77] 32, 3; 2, 11, 22;3, 4, 1.—So also in prose (very rarely): Mittite agedum,
Liv. 38, 47:procedat agedum ad pugnam,
id. 7, 9.—It is often separated from such verb:1.age me huc adspice,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 118; id. Capt. 5, 2, 1:Age... instiga,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 10; 5, 6, 11:Quare agite... conjungite,
Cat. 64, 372:Huc age... veni,
Tib. 2, 5, 2:Ergo age cervici imponere nostrae,
Verg. A. 2, 707:en age segnis Rumpe moras,
id. G. 3, 42:age te procellae Crede,
Hor. C. 3, 27, 62:Age jam... condisce,
id. ib. 4, 11, 31; id. S. 2, 7, 4.—Hence,ăgens, entis, P. a.A.Adj.1.Efficient, effective, powerful (only in the rhet. lang. of Cic.):► 2.utendum est imaginibus agentibus, acribus, insignitis,
Cic. de Or. 2, 87, 358:acre orator, incensus et agens,
id. Brut. 92, 317.— Comp. and sup. not used.Agentia verba, in the grammarians, for verba activa, Gell. 18, 12.—B.Subst.: ăgentes, ium.a.Under the emperors, a kind of secret police (also called frumentarii and curiosi), Aur. Vict. Caes. 39 fin.; Dig. 1, 12; 1, 20; 21; 22; 23, etc.; Amm. 15, 3; 14, 11 al.—b.For agrimensores, land-surveyors, Hyg. Lim. p. 179.—2.actus, a, um, P. a. Lit., that has been transacted in the Senate, in the forum, before the courts of justice, etc.; hence,A.actum, i, n., a public transaction in the Senate, before the people, or before a single magistrate:B.actum ejus, qui in re publica cum imperio versatus sit,
Cic. Phil. 1, 7:acta Caesaris servanda censeo,
id. ib. 1, 7:acta tui praeclari tribunatus,
id. Dom. 31.—acta publĭca, or absol.: acta, orum, n., the register of public acts, records, journal. Julius Caesar, in his consulship, ordered that the doings of the Senate (diurna acta) should be made public, Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Ernest. Exc. 1;1.but Augustus again prohibited it,
Suet. Aug. 36. Still the acts of the Senate were written down, and, under the succeeding emperors. certain senators were appointed to this office (actis vel commentariis Senatus conficiendis), Tac. A. 5, 4. They had also public registers of the transactions of the assemblies of the people, and of the different courts of justice;also of births and deaths, marriages, divorces, etc., which were preserved as sources of future history.—Hence, diurna urbis acta,
the city journal, Tac. A. 13, 31:acta populi,
Suet. Caes. 20:acta publica,
Tac. A. 12, 24; Suet. Tib. 8; Plin. Ep. 7, 33:urbana,
id. ib. 9, 15; which were all comprehended under the gen. name acta.With the time added:2.acta eorum temporum,
Plin. 7, 13, 11, § 60:illius temporis,
Ascon. Mil. 44, 16:ejus anni,
Plin. 2, 56, 57, § 147.—Absol., Cic. Fam. 12, 8; 22, 1; 28, 3; Sen. Ben. 2, 10; 3, 16; Suet. Calig. 8; Quint. 9, 3; Juv. 2, 136: Quis dabit historico, quantum daret acta legenti, i. e. to the actuarius, q. v., id. 7, 104; cf. Bahr's Rom. Lit. Gesch. 303.—C.acta triumphōrum, the public record of triumphs, fuller than the Fasti triumphales, Plin. 37, 2, 6, § 12.—D.acta fŏri (v. Inscr. Grut. 445, 10), the records,a.Of strictly historical transactions, Amm. 22, 3, 4; Dig. 4, 6, 33, § 1.—b.Of matters of private right, as wills, gifts, bonds (acta ad jus privatorum pertinentia, Dig. 49, 14, 45, § 4), Fragm. Vat. §§ 249, 266, 268, 317.—E.acta militarĭa, the daily records of the movements of a legion, Veg. R. R. 2, 19. -
13 agentes
ăgo, egi, actum, 3, v. a. (axim = egerim, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 22; Paul. ex Fest. s. v. axitiosi, p. 3 Mull.;I.axit = egerit,
Paul. Diac. 3, 3;AGIER = agi,
Cic. Off. 3, 15;agentum = agentium,
Vulc. Gall. Av. Cass. 4, 6) [cf. agô; Sanscr. ag, aghami = to go, to drive; agmas = way, train = ogmos; agis = race, contest = agôn; perh. also Germ. jagen, to drive, to hunt], to put in motion, to move (syn.: agitare, pellere, urgere).Lit.A.Of cattle and other animals, to lead, drive.a.Absol.: agas asellum, Seip. ap. Cic. de Or. 2, 64, 258:b.jumenta agebat,
Liv. 1, 48:capellas ago,
Verg. E. 1, 13:Pars quia non veniant pecudes, sed agantur, ab actu etc.,
Ov. F. 1, 323:caballum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 36.—With acc. of place, prep., sup., or inf.:B. a.agere bovem Romam,
Curt. 1, 45:equum in hostem,
id. 7, 4:Germani in amnem aguntur,
Tac. H. 5, 21:acto ad vallum equo,
id. A. 2, 13:pecora per calles,
Curt. 7, 11:per devia rura capellas,
Ov. M. 1, 676:pecus pastum,
Varr. L. L. 6, 41, p. 88 Mull.:capellas potum age,
Verg. E. 9, 23:pecus egit altos Visere montes,
Hor. C. 1, 2, 7.—Absol.:b.agmen agens equitum,
Verg. A. 7, 804.—With prep., abl., or inf.:C.vinctum ante se Thyum agebat,
Nep. Dat. 3:agitur praeceps exercitus Lydorum in populos,
Sil. 4, 720:(adulteram) maritus per omnem vicum verbere agit,
Tac. G. 19; Suet. Calig. 27:captivos prae se agentes,
Curt. 7, 6; Liv. 23, 1:acti ante suum quisque praedonem catenati,
Quint. 8, 3, 69:captivos sub curribus agere,
Mart. 8, 26:agimur auguriis quaerere exilia,
Verg. A. 3, 5;and simple for comp.: multis milibus armatorum actis ex ea regione = coactis,
Liv. 44, 31.— In prose: agi, to be led, to march, to go:quo multitudo omnis consternata agebatur,
Liv. 10, 29: si citius agi vellet agmen, that the army would move, or march on quicker, id. 2, 58:raptim agmine acto,
id. 6, 28; so id. 23, 36; 25, 9.— Trop.:egit sol hiemem sub terras,
Verg. G. 4, 51:poemata dulcia sunto Et quocumque volent animum auditoris agunto,
lead the mind, Hor. A. P. 100. —Hence, poet.: se agere, to betake one's self, i. e. to go, to come (in Plaut. very freq.;also in Ter., Verg., etc.): quo agis te?
where are you going? Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 294:unde agis te?
id. Most. 1, 4, 28; so id. ib. 3, 1, 31; id. Mil. 3, 2, 49; id. Poen. 1, 2, 120; id. Pers. 4, 3, 13; id. Trin. 4, 3, 71:quo hinc te agis?
where are you going, Ter. And. 4, 2, 25:Ecce gubernator sese Palinurus agebat,
was moving along, Verg. A. 6, 337:Aeneas se matutinus agebat,
id. ib. 8, 465:is enim se primus agebat,
for he strode on in front, id. ib. 9, 696.—Also without se:Et tu, unde agis?
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 20:Quo agis?
id. Pers. 2, 2, 34:Huc age,
Tib. 2, 5, 2 (unless age is here to be taken with veni at the end of the line).—To drive or carry off (animals or men), to steal, rob, plunder (usually abigere):D.Et redigunt actos in sua rura boves,
Ov. F. 3, 64.—So esp. freq. of men or animals taken as booty in war, while ferre is used of portable things; hence, ferre et agere (as in Gr. agein kai pherein, Hom. Il. 5, 484; and reversed, pherein kai agein, in Hdt. and Xen.; cf.:rapiunt feruntque,
Verg. A. 2, 374:rapere et auferre,
Cic. Off. 1, 14), in gen., to rob, to plunder: res sociorum ferri agique vidit, Liv. 22, 3:ut ferri agique res suas viderunt,
id. 38, 15; so id. 3, 37;so also: rapere agereque: ut ex alieno agro raperent agerentque,
Liv. 22, 1, 2; but portari atque agi means to bear and carry, to bring together, in Caes. B. C. 2, 29 (as pherein kai agein in Plat. Phaedr. 279, C):ne pulcram praedam agat,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 2, 3:urbes, agros vastare, praedas agere,
Sall. J. 20, 8; 32, 3:pecoris et mancipiorum praedas,
id. ib. 44, 5;so eccl. Lat.: agere praedas de aliquo,
Vulg. Jud. 9, 16; ib. 1 Reg. 27, 8; cf. Gron. Obs. 3, 22, 633.—To chase, pursue, press animals or men, to drive about or onwards in flight (for the usual agitare).a.Of animals:b.apros,
Verg. G. 3, 412:cervum,
id. A. 7, 481; cf. id. ib. 4, 71:citos canes,
Ov. H. 5, 20:feros tauros,
Suet. Claud. 21.—Of men:E.ceteros ruerem, agerem,
Ter. Ad. 3, 2, 21 (= prosequerer, premerem, Don.):ita perterritos egerunt, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 4, 12:Demoleos cursu palantis Troas agebat,
Verg. A. 5, 265; cf. id. ib. 1, 574:aliquem in exsilium,
Liv. 25, 2; so Just. 2, 9, 6; 16, 4, 4; 17, 3, 17;22, 1, 16 al.: aliquem in fugam,
id. 16, 2, 3.—Of inanimate or abstract objects, to move, impel, push forwards, advance, carry to or toward any point:F.quid si pater cuniculos agat ad aerarium?
lead, make, Cic. Off. 3, 23, 90:egisse huc Alpheum vias,
made its way, Verg. A. 3, 695:vix leni et tranquillo mari moles agi possunt,
carry, build out, Curt. 4, 2, 8:cloacam maximam sub terram agendam,
to be carried under ground, Liv. 1, 56;so often in the histt., esp. Caes. and Livy, as t. t., of moving forwards the battering engines: celeriter vineis ad oppidum actis,
pushed forwards, up, Caes. B. G. 2, 12 Herz.; so id. ib. 3, 21; 7, 17; id. B. C. 2, 1; Liv. 8, 16:accelerant acta pariter testudine Volsci,
Verg. A. 9, 505 al.:fugere colles campique videntur, quos agimus praeter navem, i. e. praeter quos agimus navem,
Lucr. 4, 391:in litus passim naves egerunt,
drove the ships ashore, Liv. 22, 19:ratem in amnem,
Ov. F. 1, 500:naves in advorsum amnem,
Tac. H. 4, 22.— Poet.: agere navem, to steer or direct a ship, Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 114; so,agere currum,
to drive a chariot, Ov. M. 2, 62; 2, 388 al.—To stir up, to throw out, excite, cause, bring forth (mostly poet.):G.scintillasque agere ac late differre favillam,
to throw out sparks and scatter ashes far around, Lucr. 2, 675:spumas ore,
Verg. G. 3, 203; so Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 66:piceum Flumen agit,
Verg. A. 9, 814:qui vocem cubantes sensim excitant, eandemque cum egerunt, etc.,
when they have brought it forth, Cic. de Or. 1, 59, 251. —Hence, animam agere, to expel the breath of life, give up the ghost, expire:agens animam spumat,
Lucr. 3, 493:anhelans vaga vadit, animam agens,
Cat. 63, 31:nam et agere animam et efflare dicimus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 19:Hortensius, cum has litteras scripsi, animam agebat,
id. Fam. 8, 13, 2; so Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 13:eodem tempore et gestum et animam ageres,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 8:Est tanti habere animam ut agam?
Sen. Ep. 101, 12; and with a play upon words: semper agis causas et res agis, Attale, semper. Est, non est, quod agas, Attale, semper agis. Si res et causae desunt, agis, Attale, mulas;Attale, ne quod agas desit, agas animam,
Mart. 1, 80.—Of plants, to put forth or out, to shoot, extend:II.(salices) gemmas agunt,
Varr. R. R. 1, 30:florem agere coeperit ficus,
Col. R. R. 5, 10, 10:frondem agere,
Plin. 18, 6, 8, § 45:se ad auras palmes agit,
Verg. G. 2, 364:(platanum) radices trium et triginta cubitorum egisse,
Varr. R. R. 1, 37, 15:per glebas sensim radicibus actis,
Ov. M. 4, 254; so id. ib. 2, 583:robora suas radices in profundum agunt,
Plin. 16, 31, 56, § 127.—Metaph.:vera gloria radices agit,
Cic. Off. 2, 12, 43:pluma in cutem radices egerat imas,
Ov. M. 2, 582.Trop.A.Spec., to guide, govern:B.Tros Tyriusque mihi nullo discrimine agetur,
Verg. A. 1, 574; cf. Forbig. ad h. 1., who considers it the only instance of this use, and compares a similar use of agô; v. L. and S. s. v. II. 2.—In gen., to move, impel, excite, urge to a thing, to prompt or induce to:C.si quis ad illa deus te agat,
Hor. S. 2, 7, 24:una plaga ceteros ad certamen egit,
Liv. 9, 41; 8, 7; 39, 15: quae te, germane, furentem Mens agit in facinus? Ov. M. 5, 14:totis mentibus acta,
Sil. 10, 191:in furorem agere,
Quint. 6, 1, 31:si Agricola in ipsam gloriam praeceps agebatur,
Tac. Agr. 41:provinciam avaritia in bellum egerat,
id. A. 14, 32.—To drive, stir up, excite, agitate, rouse vehemently (cf. agito, II.):D.me amor fugat, agit,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 8:agunt eum praecipitem poenae civium Romanorum,
Cic. Verr. 1, 3:perpetua naturalis bonitas, quae nullis casibus neque agitur neque minuitur,
Nep. Att. 9, 1 Brem.:opportunitas, quae etiam mediocres viros spe praedae transvorsos agit,
i. e. leads astray, Sall. J. 6, 3; 14, 20; so Sen. Ep. 8, 3.— To pursue with hostile intent, to persecute, disturb, vex, to attack, assail (for the usu. agitare; mostly poet.):reginam Alecto stimulis agit undique Bacchi,
Verg. A. 7, 405:non res et agentia (i. e. agitantia, vexantia) verba Lycamben,
Hor. Ep. 1, 19, 25:acerba fata Romanos agunt,
id. Epod 7, 17:diris agam vos,
id. ib. 5, 89:quam deus ultor agebat,
Ov. M. 14, 750:futurae mortis agor stimulis,
Luc. 4, 517; cf. Matth. ad Cic. Mur. § 21.—To drive at something, to pursue a course of action, i. e. to make something an object of action; either in the most general sense, like the Engl. do and the Gr. prattein, for every kind of mental or physical employment; or, in a more restricted sense, to exhibit in external action, to act or perform, to deliver or pronounce, etc., so that after the act is completed nothing remains permanent, e. g. a speech, dance, play, etc. (while facere, to make, poiein, denotes the production of an object which continues to exist after the act is completed; and gerere, the performance of the duties of an office or calling).—On these significations, v. Varr. 6, 6, 62, and 6, 7, 64, and 6, 8, 72.—For the more restricted signif. v. Quint. 2, 18, 1 sq.; cf. Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 7, 12; Hab. Syn. 426.1. a.With the gen. objects, aliquid, nihil, plus, etc.:b.numquam se plus agere quam nihil cum ageret,
Cic. Rep. 1, 17 (cf. with this, id. Off. 3, 1: numquam se minus otiosum esse quam cum otiosus esset): mihi, qui nihil agit, esse omnino non videtur. id. N. D. 2, 16, 46:post satietatem nihil (est) agendum,
Cels. 1, 2.—Hence,Without object:c.aliud agendi tempus, aliud quiescendi,
Cic. N. D. 2, 53, 132; Juv. 16, 49:agendi tempora,
Tac. H. 3, 40:industria in agendo, celeritas in conficiendo,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 29.—In colloquial lang., to do, to fare, get on: quid agis? what are you doing? M. Tulli, quid agis? Cic. Cat. 1, 11:d.Quid agis?
What's your business? Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 9; also, How goes it with you? How are you? ti pratteis, Plaut. Curc. 2, 1, 20; Cic. Fam. 7, 11 al.; Hor. S. 1, 9, 4:vereor, quid agat,
how he is, Cic. Att. 9, 17:ut sciatis, quid agam,
Vulg. Ephes. 6, 21:prospere agit anima tua,
fares well, ib. 3 Joan. 2:quid agitur?
how goes it with you? how do you do? how are you? Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 17; 1, 5, 42; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 40:Quid intus agitur?
is going on, Plaut. Cas. 5, 2, 20; id. Ps. 1, 5, 42 al.—With nihil or non multum, to do, i. e. to effect, accomplish, achieve nothing, or not much (orig. belonging to colloquial lang., but in the class. per. even in oratorical and poet. style): nihil agit;e.collum obstringe homini,
Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 29:nihil agis,
you effect nothing, it is of no use, Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 12:nihil agis, dolor! quamvis sis molestus, numquam te esse confitebor malum,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 25, 61 Kuhn.; Matius ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 10: cupis, inquit, abire; sed nihil agis;usque tenebo,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 15:[nihil agis,] nihil assequeris,
Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 15 B. and K.:ubi blanditiis agitur nihil,
Ov. M. 6, 685: egerit non multum, has not done much, Curt. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 29; cf. Ruhnk. ad Rutil. Lup. p. 120.—In certain circumstances, to proceed, do, act, manage (mostly belonging to familiar style): Thr. Quid nunc agimus? Gn. Quin redimus, What shall we do now? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 41:2.hei mihi! quid faciam? quid agam?
what shall I do? how shall I act? id. Ad. 5, 3, 3:quid agam, habeo,
id. And. 3, 2, 18 (= quid respondeam habeo, Don.) al.:sed ita quidam agebat,
was so acting, Cic. Lig. 7, 21: a Burro minaciter actum, Burrus [p. 75] proceeded to threats, Tac. A. 13, 21.—To pursue, do, perform, transact (the most usual signif. of this word; in all periods; syn.: facere, efficere, transigere, gerere, tractare, curare): cui quod agat institutumst nullo negotio id agit, Enn. ap. Gell. 19, 10, 12 (Trag. v. 254 Vahl.): ut quae egi, ago, axim, verruncent bene, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 23 (Trag. Rel. p. 114 Rib.):3.At nihil est, nisi, dum calet, hoc agitur,
Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 92:Ut id agam, quod missus huc sum,
id. Ps. 2, 2, 44: homines quae agunt vigilantes, agitantque, ea si cui in somno accidunt, minus mirum est, Att. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 22, 45:observabo quam rem agat,
what he is going to do, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 114:Id quidem ago,
That is what I am doing, Verg. E. 9, 37:res vera agitur,
Juv. 4, 35:Jam tempus agires,
Verg. A. 5, 638:utilis rebus agendis,
Juv. 14, 72:grassator ferro agit rem,
does the business with a dagger, id. 3, 305; 6, 659 (cf.:gladiis geritur res,
Liv. 9, 41):nihil ego nunc de istac re ago,
do nothing about that matter, Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 8:postquam id actumst,
after this is accomplished, id. Am. 1, 1, 72; so,sed quid actumst?
id. Ps. 2, 4, 20:nihil aliud agebam nisi eum defenderem,
Cic. Sull. 12:ne quid temere ac fortuitu, inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,
id. Off. 1, 29:agamus quod instat,
Verg. E. 9, 66:renuntiaverunt ei omnia, quae egerant,
Vulg. Marc. 6, 30; ib. Act. 5, 35:suum negotium agere,
to mind one's business, attend to one's own affairs, Cic. Off. 1, 9; id. de Or. 3, 55, 211; so,ut vestrum negotium agatis,
Vulg. 1 Thess. 4, 11:neque satis Bruto constabat, quid agerent,
Caes. B. G. 3, 14:postquam res in Africa gestas, quoque modo actae forent, fama divolgavit,
Sall. J. 30, 1:sed tu delibera, utrum colloqui malis an per litteras agere quae cogitas,
Nep. Con. 3, 8 al. —With the spec. idea of completing, finishing: jucundi acti labores, a proverb in Cic. Fin. 2, 32, 105.—To pursue in one's mind, to drive at, to revolve, to be occupied with, think upon, have in view, aim at (cf. agito, II. E., volvo and voluto):4.nescio quid mens mea majus agit,
Ov. H. 12, 212:hoc variis mens ipsa modis agit,
Val. Fl. 3, 392:agere fratri proditionem,
Tac. H. 2, 26:de intranda Britannia,
id. Agr. 13.—With a verbal subst., as a favorite circumlocution for the action indicated by the subst. (cf. in Gr. agô with verbal subst.):5.rimas agere (sometimes ducere),
to open in cracks, fissures, to crack, Cic. Att. 14, 9; Ov. M. 2, 211; Luc. 6, 728: vos qui regalis corporis custodias agitis, keep watch over, guard, Naev. ap. Non. 323, 1; so Liv. 5, 10:vigilias agere,
Cic. Verr. 4, 43, 93; Nep. Thras. 4; Tac. H. 3, 76:excubias alicui,
Ov. F. 3, 245:excubias,
Tac. H. 4, 58:pervigilium,
Suet. Vit. 10:stationem agere,
to keep guard, Liv. 35, 29; Tac. H. 1, 28:triumphum agere,
to triumph, Cic. Fam. 3, 10; Ov. M. 15, 757; Suet. Dom. 6:libera arbitria agere,
to make free decisions, to decide arbitrarily, Liv. 24, 45; Curt. 6, 1, 19; 8, 1, 4:paenitentiam agere,
to exercise repentance, to repent, Quint. 9, 3, 12; Petr. S. 132; Tac. Or. 15; Curt. 8, 6, 23; Plin. Ep. 7, 10; Vulg. Lev. 5, 5; ib. Matt. 3, 2; ib. Apoc. 2, 5:silentia agere,
to maintain silence, Ov. M. 1, 349:pacem agere,
Juv. 15, 163:crimen agere,
to bring accusation, to accuse, Cic. Verr. 4, 22, 48:laborem agere,
id. Fin. 2, 32:cursus agere,
Ov. Am. 3, 6, 95:delectum agere,
to make choice, to choose, Plin. 7, 29, 30, § 107; Quint. 10, 4, 5:experimenta agere,
Liv. 9, 14; Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:mensuram,
id. 15, 3, 4, § 14:curam agere,
to care for, Ov. H. 15, 302; Quint. 8, prooem. 18:curam ejus egit,
Vulg. Luc. 10, 34:oblivia agere,
to forget, Ov. M. 12, 540:nugas agere,
to trifle, Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 29; id. As. 1, 1, 78, and often:officinas agere,
to keep shop, Inscr. Orell. 4266.—So esp.: agere gratias ( poet. grates; never in sing. gratiam), to give thanks, to thank; Gr. charin echein ( habere gratiam is to be or feel grateful; Gr. charin eidenai; and referre gratiam, to return a favor, requite; Gr. charin apodidonai; cf. Bremi ad Nep. Them. 8, 7):diis gratias pro meritis agere,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 26:Haud male agit gratias,
id. Aul. 4, 4, 31:Magnas vero agere gratias Thais mihi?
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 1:Dis magnas merito gratias habeo atque ago,
id. Phorm. 5, 6, 80: Lentulo nostro egi per litteras tuo nomine gratias diligenter, Cic. Fam. 1, 10: immortales ago tibi gratias agamque dum vivam;nam relaturum me adfirmare non possum,
id. ib. 10, 11, 1: maximas tibi omnes gratias agimus, C. Caesar;majores etiam habemus,
id. Marcell. 11, 33:Trebatio magnas ago gratias, quod, etc.,
id. Fam. 11, 28, 8: renuntiate gratias regi me agere;referre gratiam aliam nunc non posse quam ut suadeam, ne, etc.,
Liv. 37, 37: grates tibi ago, summe Sol, vobisque, reliqui Caelites, * Cic. Rep. 6, 9:gaudet et invito grates agit inde parenti,
Ov. M. 2, 152; so id. ib. 6, 435; 484; 10, 291; 681; 14, 596; Vulg. 2 Reg. 8, 10; ib. Matt. 15, 36 al.;and in connection with this, laudes agere: Jovis fratri laudes ago et grates gratiasque habeo,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 2:Dianae laudes gratesque agam,
id. Mil. 2, 5, 2; so,diis immortalibus laudesque et grates egit,
Liv. 26, 48:agi sibi gratias passus est,
Tac. Agr. 42; so id. H. 2, 71; 4, 51; id. A. 13, 21; but oftener grates or gratis in Tac.:Tiberius egit gratis benevolentiae patrum, A. 6, 2: agit grates,
id. H. 3, 80; 4, 64; id. A. 2, 38; 2, 86; 3, 18; 3, 24; 4, 15 al.—Of time, to pass, spend (very freq. and class.): Romulus in caelo cum dis agit aevom, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 28; so Pac. id. ib. 2, 21, 49, and Hor. S. 1, 5, 101:6.tempus,
Tac. H. 4, 62; id. A. 3, 16: domi aetatem, Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6:aetatem in litteris,
Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:senectutem,
id. Sen. 3, 7; cf. id. ib. 17, 60:dies festos,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 48; Tac. G. 17:otia secura,
Verg. G. 3, 377; Ov. F. 1, 68; 4, 926:ruri agere vitam,
Liv. 7, 39, and Tac. A. 15, 63:vitam in terris,
Verg. G. 2, 538:tranquillam vitam agere,
Vulg. 1 Tim. 2, 2:Hunc (diem) agerem si,
Verg. A. 5, 51:ver magnus agebat Orbis,
id. G. 2, 338:aestiva agere,
to pass, be in, summer quarters, Liv. 27, 8; 27, 21; Curt. 5, 8, 24.— Pass.:menses jam tibi esse actos vides,
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 2:mensis agitur hic septimus,
Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 34, and Ov. M. 7, 700:melior pars acta (est) diei,
Verg. A. 9, 156; Juv. 4, 66; Tac. A. 15, 63:acta est per lacrimas nox,
Ov. H. 12, 58 Ruhnk.:tunc principium anni agebatur,
Liv. 3, 6:actis quindecim annis in regno,
Just. 41, 5, 9:Nona aetas agitur,
Juv. 13, 28 al. —With annus and an ordinal, to be of a certain age, to be so old:quartum annum ago et octogesimum,
am eighty-four years old, Cic. Sen. 10, 32:Annum agens sextum decimum patrem amisit,
Suet. Caes. 1.—Metaph.: sescentesimum et quadragesimum annum urbs nostra agebat, was in its 640 th year, Tac. G. 37.— Hence also absol. (rare), to pass or spend time, to live, to be, to be somewhere:civitas laeta agere,
was joyful, Sall. J. 55, 2:tum Marius apud primos agebat,
id. ib. 101, 6:in Africa, qua procul a mari incultius agebatur,
id. ib. 89, 7:apud illos homines, qui tum agebant,
Tac. A. 3, 19:Thracia discors agebat,
id. ib. 3, 38:Juxta Hermunduros Naristi agunt,
Tac. G. 42:ultra jugum plurimae gentes agunt,
id. ib. 43:Gallos trans Padum agentes,
id. H. 3, 34:quibus (annis) exul Rhodi agit,
id. A. 1, 4:agere inter homines desinere,
id. ib. 15, 74:Vitellius non in ore volgi agere,
was not in the sight of the people, id. H. 3, 36:ante aciem agere,
id. G. 7; and:in armis agere,
id. A. 14, 55 = versari.—In the lang. of offerings, t. t., to despatch the victim, to kill, slay. In performing this rite, the sacrificer asked the priest, agone, shall I do it? and the latter answered, age or hoc age, do it:7.qui calido strictos tincturus sanguine cultros semper, Agone? rogat, nec nisi jussus agit,
Ov. F. 1. 321 (cf. agonia and agonalia):a tergo Chaeream cervicem (Caligulae) gladio caesim graviter percussisse, praemissa voce,
hoc age, Suet. Calig. 58; id. Galb. 20. —This call of the priest in act of solemn sacrifice, Hoc age, warned the assembled multitude to be quiet and give attention; hence hoc or id and sometimes haec or istuc agere was used for, to give attention to, to attend to, to mind, heed; and followed by ut or ne, to pursue a thing, have it in view, aim at, design, etc.; cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 1, 2, 15, and Suet. Calig. 58: hoc agite, Plaut. As. prol. init.:Hoc age,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 152; id. Ep. 1, 6, 31:Hoc agite, of poetry,
Juv. 7, 20:hoc agamus,
Sen. Clem. 1, 12:haec agamus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 49:agere hoc possumus,
Lucr. 1, 41; 4, 969; Juv. 7, 48:hoccine agis an non? hoc agam,
id. ib., Ter. And. 1, 2, 15; 2, 5, 4:nunc istuc age,
id. Heaut. 3, 2, 47; id. Phorm. 2, 3, 3 al.:Hoc egit civis Romanus ante te nemo,
Cic. Lig. 4, 11:id et agunt et moliuntur,
id. Mur. 38:(oculi, aures, etc.) quasi fenestrae sunt animi, quibus tamen sentire nihil queat mens, nisi id agat et adsit,
id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46: qui id egerunt, ut gentem... collocarent, aimed at this, that, etc., id. Cat. 4, 6, 12:qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,
keep it in view, that, id. Off. 1, 13, 41:idne agebas, ut tibi cum sceleratis, an ut cum bonis civibus conveniret?
id. Lig. 6, 18:Hoc agit, ut doleas,
Juv. 5, 157:Hoc age, ne mutata retrorsum te ferat aura,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 88:Quid tuus ille destrictus gladius agebat?
have in view, mean, Cic. Leg. 3, 9:Quid aliud egimus nisi ut, quod hic potest, nos possemus?
id. ib. 4, 10:Sin autem id actum est, ut homines postremi pecuniis alienis locupletarentur,
id. Rosc. Am. 47, 137:certiorem eum fecit, id agi, ut pons dissolveretur,
Nep. Them. 5, 1:ego id semper egi, ne bellis interessem,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7.—Also, the opp.: alias res or aliud agere, not to attend to, heed, or observe, to pursue secondary or subordinate objects: Ch. Alias res agis. Pa. Istuc ago equidem, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 57; id. Hec. 5, 3, 28:usque eo animadverti eum jocari atque alias res agere,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22:atqui vides, quam alias res agamus,
id. de Or. 3, 14, 51; id. Brut. 66, 233:aliud agens ac nihil ejusmodi cogitans,
id. Clu. 64.—In relation to public affairs, to conduct, manage, carry on, administer: agere bellum, to carry on or wage war (embracing the whole theory and practice of war, while bellum gerere designates the bodily and mental effort, and the bearing of the necessary burdens; and bellum facere, the actual outbreak of hostile feelings, v. Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 28):8.qui longe alia ratione ac reliqui Galli bellum agere instituerunt,
Caes. B. G. 3, 28:Antiochus si tam in agendo bello parere voluisset consiliis ejus (Hannibalis) quam in suscipiendo instituerat, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 8, 3; Curt. 4, 10, 29:aliena bella mercedibus agere,
Mel. 1, 16:Bellaque non puero tractat agenda puer,
Ov. A. A. 1, 182 (also in id. Tr. 2, 230, Gron. Observ. 2, 3, 227, for the usu. obit, with one MS., reads agit; so Merkel).— Poet.:Martem for bellum,
Luc. 4, 2: agere proelium, to give battle (very rare):levibus proeliis cum Gallis actis,
Liv. 22, 9.—Of offices, employments, etc., to conduct, exercise, administer, hold:forum agere,
to hold court, Cic. Fam. 8, 6; and:conventus agere,
to hold the assizes, id. Verr. 5, 11, 28; Caes. B. G. 1, 54; 6, 44;used of the governors of provinces: judicium agere,
Plin. 9, 35, 58, § 120:vivorum coetus agere,
to make assemblies of, to assemble, Tac. A. 16, 34:censum agere,
Liv. 3, 22; Tac. A. 14, 46; Suet. Aug. 27:recensum agere,
id. Caes. 41:potestatem agere,
Flor. 1, 7, 2:honorem agere,
Liv. 8, 26:regnum,
Flor. 1, 6, 2:rem publicam,
Dig. 4, 6, 35, § 8:consulatum,
Quint. 12, 1, 16:praefecturam,
Suet. Tib. 6:centurionatum,
Tac. A. 1, 44:senatum,
Suet. Caes. 88:fiscum agere,
to have charge of the treasury, id. Dom. 12:publicum agere,
to collect the taxes, id. Vesp. 1:inquisitionem agere,
Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:curam alicujus rei agere,
to have the management of, to manage, Liv. 6, 15; Suet. Claud. 18:rei publicae curationem agens,
Liv. 4, 13: dilectum agere, to make a levy, to levy (postAug. for dilectum habere, Cic., Caes., Sall.), Quint. 12, 3, 5; Tac. A. 2, 16; id. Agr. 7 and 10; id. H. 2, 16, 12; Suet. Calig. 43. —Of civil and political transactions in the senate, the forum, before tribunals of justice, etc., to manage or transact, to do, to discuss, plead, speak, deliberate; constr. aliquid or de aliqua re:a.velim recordere, quae ego de te in senatu egerim, quae in contionibus dixerim,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2; 1, 9:de condicionibus pacis,
Liv. 8, 37:de summa re publica,
Suet. Caes. 28:cum de Catilinae conjuratione ageretur in curia,
id. Aug. 94:de poena alicujus,
Liv. 5, 36:de agro plebis,
id. 1, 46.—Hence the phrase: agere cum populo, of magistrates, to address the people in a public assembly, for the purpose of obtaining their approval or rejection of a thing (while [p. 76] agere ad populum signifies to propose, to bring before the people):cum populo agere est rogare quid populum, quod suffragiis suis aut jubeat aut vetet,
Gell. 13, 15, 10:agere cum populo de re publica,
Cic. Verr. 1, 1, 12; id. Lael. 25, 96:neu quis de his postea ad senatum referat neve cum populo agat,
Sall. C. 51, 43.—So also absol.:hic locus (rostra) ad agendum amplissimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1:Metellus cum agere coepisset, tertio quoque verbo orationis suae me appellabat,
id. Fam. 5, 2.— Transf. to common life.Agere cum aliquo, de aliquo or re or ut, to treat, deal, negotiate, confer, talk with one about a person or thing; to endeavor to persuade or move one, that, etc.: nihil age tecum (sc. cum odore vini);b.ubi est ipsus (vini lepos)?
I have nothing to do with you, Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 11:Quae (patria) tecum, Catilina, sic agit,
thus pleads, Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 18:algae Inquisitores agerent cum remige nudo,
Juv. 4, 49:haec inter se dubiis de rebus agebant,
thus treated together, Verg. A. 11, 445:de quo et praesens tecum egi diligenter, et scripsi ad te accurate antea,
Cic. Fam. 13, 75:egi cum Claudia et cum vestra sorore Mucia, ut eum ab illa injuria deterrerent,
id. ib. 5, 2:misi ad Metellum communes amicos, qui agerent cum eo, ut de illa mente desisteret,
id. ib. 5, 2:Callias quidam egit cum Cimone, ut eam (Elpinicen) sibi uxorem daret,
Nep. Cim. 1, 3.—Also absol.:Alcibiades praesente vulgo agere coepit,
Nep. Alc. 8, 2:si qua Caesares obtinendae Armeniae egerant,
Tac. A. 15, 14:ut Lucretius agere varie, rogando alternis suadendoque coepit,
Liv. 2, 2.—In Suet. once agere cum senatu, with acc. and inf., to propose or state to the Senate:Tiberius egit cum senatu non debere talia praemia tribui,
Suet. Tib. 54.—With the advv. bene, praeclare, male, etc., to deal well or ill with one, to treat or use well or ill:9.facile est bene agere cum eis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 14, 11:bene egissent Athenienses cum Miltiade, si, etc.,
Val. Max. 5, 3, 3 ext.; Vulg. Jud. 9, 16:praeclare cum aliquo agere,
Cic. Sest. 23:Male agis mecum,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 21:qui cum creditoribus suis male agat,
Cic. Quinct. 84; and:tu contra me male agis,
Vulg. Jud. 11, 27.—Freq. in pass., to be or go well or ill with one, to be well or badly off:intelleget secum actum esse pessime,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 50:praeclare mecum actum puto,
id. Fam. 9, 24; so id. ib. 5, 18: exstat cujusdam non inscitus jocus bene agi potuisse cum rebus humanis, si Domitius pater talem habuisset uxorem, it would have gone well with human affairs, been well for mankind, if, etc., Suet. Ner. 28.—Also absol. without cum: agitur praeclare, si nosmet ipsos regere possumus, it is well done if, etc., it is a splendid thing if, etc., Cic. Fam. 4, 14:vivitur cum eis, in quibus praeclare agitur si sunt simulacra virtutis,
id. Off. 1, 15:bene agitur pro noxia,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 23.—Of transactions before a court or tribunal.a.Aliquid agere ex jure, ex syngrapha, ex sponso, or simply the abl. jure, lege, litibus, obsignatis tabellis, causa, to bring an action or suit, to manage a cause, to plead a case:b.ex jure civili et praetorio agere,
Cic. Caecin. 12:tamquam ex syngrapha agere cum populo,
to litigate, id. Mur. 17:ex sponso egit,
id. Quint. 9: Ph. Una injuriast Tecum. Ch. Lege agito ergo, Go to law, then, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 90:agere lege in hereditatem,
Cic. de Or. 1, 38, 175; Ov. F. 1, 48; Liv. 9, 46:cum illo se lege agere dicebat,
Nep. Tim. 5: summo jure agere, to assert or claim one's right to the full extent of the law, Cic. Off. 1, 11:non enim gladiis mecum, sed litibus agetur,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 4:causa quam vi agere malle,
Tac. A. 13, 37:tabellis obsignatis agis mecum,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 11, 33:Jure, ut opinor, agat, jure increpet inciletque,
with right would bring her charge, Lucr. 3, 963; so,Castrensis jurisdictio plura manu agens,
settles more cases by force, Tac. Agr. 9:ubi manu agitur,
when the case is settled by violent hands, id. G. 36.—Causam or rem agere, to try or plead a case; with apud, ad, or absol.:c.causam apud centumviros egit,
Cic. Caecin. 24:Caesar cum ageret apud censores,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 10; so with adversus:egi causam adversus magistratus,
Vulg. 2 Esdr. 13, 11:orator agere dicitur causam,
Varr. L. L. 6, 42: causam isto modo agere, Cic. Lig. 4, 10; Tac. Or. 5; 11; 14; Juv. 2, 51; 14, 132:agit causas liberales,
Cic. Fam. 8, 9: qui ad rem agendam adsunt, M. Cael. ap. Quint. 11, 1, 51:cum (M. Tullius) et ipsam se rem agere diceret,
Quint. 12, 10, 45: Gripe, accede huc;tua res agitur,
is being tried, Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 104; Quint. 8, 3, 13;and extra-judicially: rogo ad Caesarem meam causam agas,
Cic. Fam. 5, 10:Una (factio) populi causam agebat, altera optimatum,
Nep. Phoc. 3; so, agere, absol., to plead' ad judicem sic agi solet, Cic. Lig. 10:tam solute agere, tam leniter,
id. Brut. 80:tu istuc nisi fingeres, sic ageres?
id. ib. 80; Juv. 7, 143 and 144; 14, 32.— Transf. to common life; with de or acc., to discuss, treat, speak of:Sed estne hic ipsus, de quo agebam?
of whom I was speaking, Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 53:causa non solum exponenda, sed etiam graviter copioseque agenda est,
to be discussed, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 12; id. Verr. 1, 13, 37:Samnitium bella, quae agimus,
are treating of, Liv. 10, 31.—Hence,Agere aliquem reum, to proceed against one as accused, to accuse one, Liv. 4, 42; 24, 25; Tac. A. 14, 18:d.reus agitur,
id. ib. 15, 20; 3, 13; and with the gen. of the crime, with which one is charged:agere furti,
to accuse of theft, Cic. Fam. 7, 22:adulterii cum aliquo,
Quint. 4, 4, 8:injuriarum,
id. 3, 6, 19; and often in the Pandects.—Pass. of the thing which is the subject of accusation, to be in suit or in question; it concerns or affects, is about, etc.:(α).non nunc pecunia, sed illud agitur, quomodo, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 67:non capitis ei res agitur, sed pecuniae,
the point in dispute, id. Phorm. 4, 3, 26:aguntur injuriae sociorum, agitur vis legum, agitur existimatio, veritasque judiciorum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 51:si magna res, magna hereditas agetur,
id. Fin. 2, 17: qua de re agitur, what the point of dispute or litigation is, id. Brut. 79.—Hence, trop.,Res agitur, the case is on trial, i. e. something is at stake or at hazard, in peril, or in danger:(β).at nos, quarum res agitur, aliter auctores sumus,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 72:quasi istic mea res minor agatur quam tua,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 113:agitur populi Romani gloria, agitur salus sociorum atque amicorum, aguntur certissima populi Romani vectigalia et maxima, aguntur bona multorum civium,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:in quibus eorum aut caput agatur aut fama,
id. Lael. 17, 61; Nep. Att. 15, 2:non libertas solum agebatur,
Liv. 28, 19; Sen. Clem. 1, 20 al.:nam tua res agitur, paries cum proximus ardet,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 84 (= in periculo versatur, Lambin.):agitur pars tertia mundi,
is at stake, I am in danger of losing, Ov. M. 5, 372.—Res acta est, the case is over (and done for): acta haec res est;(γ).perii,
this matter is ended, Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 3: hence, actum est de aliquo or aliqua re, it is all over with a person or thing:actum hodie est de me,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 63:jam de Servio actum,
Liv. 1, 47:actum est de collo meo,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 4, 194.—So also absol.: actumst;ilicet me infelicem,
Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 17:si animus hominem pepulit, actumst,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 27; Ter. And. 3, 1, 7; Cic. Att. 5, 15:actumst, ilicet, peristi,
Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 9: periimus;actumst,
id. Heaut. 3, 3, 3.—Rem actam agere, to plead a case already finished, i. e. to act to no purpose:10. a.rem actam agis,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 27; id. Cist. 4, 2, 36; Liv. 28, 40; so,actum or acta agere: actum, aiunt, ne agas,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 72; Cic. Att. 9, 18:acta agimus,
id. Am. 22.—Of an orator, Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 19, 79:b.quae sic ab illo acta esse constabat oculis, voce, gestu, inimici ut lacrimas tenere non possent,
id. ib. 3, 56, 214:agere fortius et audentius volo,
Tac. Or. 18; 39.—Of an actor, to represent, play, act:11.Ipse hanc acturust Juppiter comoediam,
Plaut. Am. prol. 88; so,fabulam,
Ter. Ad. prol. 12; id. Hec. prol. 22:dum haec agitur fabula,
Plaut. Men. prol. 72 al.:partis,
to have a part in a play, Ter. Phorm. prol. 27:Ballionem illum cum agit, agit Chaeream,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 7:gestum agere in scaena,
id. de Or. 2, 57:dicitur canticum egisse aliquanto magis vigente motu,
Liv. 7, 2 al. — Transf. to other relations, to represent or personate one, to act the part of, to act as, behave like: has partes lenitatis semper egi, Cic. Mur. 3:egi illos omnes adulescentes, quos ille actitat,
id. Fam. 2, 9:amicum imperatoris,
Tac. H. 1, 30:exulem,
id. A. 1, 4:socium magis imperii quam ministrum,
id. H. 2, 83:senatorem,
Tac. A. 16, 28.—So of things poetically:utrinque prora frontem agit,
serves as a bow, Tac. G. 44.—Se agere = se gerere, to carry one's self, to behave, deport one's self:12.tanta mobilitate sese Numidae agunt,
Sall. J. 56, 5:quanto ferocius ante se egerint,
Tac. H. 3, 2 Halm:qui se pro equitibus Romanis agerent,
Suet. Claud. 25:non principem se, sed ministrum egit,
id. ib. 29:neglegenter se et avare agere,
Eutr. 6, 9:prudenter se agebat,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 18, 5:sapienter se agebat,
ib. 4 Reg. 18, 7. —Also absol.:seditiose,
Tac. Agr. 7:facile justeque,
id. ib. 9:superbe,
id. H. 2, 27:ex aequo,
id. ib. 4, 64:anxius et intentus agebat,
id. Agr. 5.—Imper.: age, agite, Ter., Tib., Lucr., Hor., Ov., never using agite, and Catull. never age, with which compare the Gr. age, agete (also accompanied by the particles dum, eia, en, ergo, igitur, jam, modo, nuncjam, porro, quare, quin, sane, vero, verum, and by sis); as an exclamation.a.In encouragement, exhortation, come! come on! (old Engl. go to!) up! on! quick! (cf. I. B. fin.).(α).In the sing.:(β).age, adsta, mane, audi, Enn. ap. Delr. Synt. 1, 99: age i tu secundum,
come, follow me! Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 1:age, perge, quaeso,
id. Cist. 2, 3, 12:age, da veniam filio,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 14:age, age, nunc experiamur,
id. ib. 5, 4, 23:age sis tu... delude,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 89; id. Ep. 3, 4, 39; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18; id. Rosc. Am. 16:quanto ferocius ante se egerint, agedum eam solve cistulam,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 151; id. Capt. 3, 4, 39:Agedum vicissim dic,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 69; id. Eun. 4, 4, 27:agedum humanis concede,
Lucr. 3, 962:age modo hodie sero,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103:age nuncjam,
id. And. 5, 2, 25:En age, quid cessas,
Tib. 2, 2, 10:Quare age,
Verg. A. 7, 429:Verum age,
id. ib. 12, 832:Quin age,
id. G. 4, 329:en, age, Rumpe moras,
id. ib. 3, 43:eia age,
id. A. 4, 569.—In the plur.:b.agite, pugni,
up, fists, and at 'em! Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146:agite bibite,
id. Curc. 1, 1, 88; id. Stich. 1, 3, 68:agite in modum dicite,
Cat. 61, 38:Quare agite... conjungite,
id. 64, 372; Verg. A. 1, 627:vos agite... volvite,
Val. Fl. 3, 311:agite nunc, divites, plorate,
Vulg. Jac. 5, 1:agitedum,
Liv. 3, 62.—Also age in the sing., with a verb in the plur. (cf. age tamnete, Hom. Od. 3, 332; age dê trapeiomen, id. Il. 3, 441):age igitur, intro abite,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 54:En agedum convertite,
Prop. 1, 1, 21:mittite, agedum, legatos,
Liv. 38, 47:Ite age,
Stat. Th. 10, 33:Huc age adeste,
Sil. 11, 169.—In transitions in discourse, well then! well now! well! (esp. in Cic. Or. very freq.). So in Plaut. for resuming discourse that has been interrupted: age, tu interea huic somnium narra, Curc. 2, 2, 5: nunc age, res quoniam docui non posse creari, etc., well now, since I have taught, etc., Lucr. 1, 266:c.nunc age, quod superest, cognosce et clarius audi,
id. 1, 920; so id. 1, 952; 2, 62; 333; 730; 3, 418;4, 109 al.: age porro, tu, qui existimari te voluisti interpretem foederum, cur, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 22; so id. Rosc. Am. 16; id. Part. 12; id. Att. 8, 3.—And age (as in a.) with a verb in the plur.:age vero, ceteris in rebus qualis sit temperantia considerate,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 14; so id. Sull. 26; id. Mil. 21; id. Rosc. Am. 37.—As a sign of assent, well! very well! good! right! Age, age, mansero, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 61: age, age, jam ducat;► Position.dabo,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 57:Age, veniam,
id. And. 4, 2, 30:age, sit ita factum,
Cic. Mil. 19:age sane,
Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 27; Cic. Fin. 2, 35, 119.—Age, used with another verb in the imperative, regularly stands before it, but in poetry, for the sake of the metre, it,I.Sometimes follows such verb; as,a.In dactylic metre:b.Cede agedum,
Prop. 5, 9, 54:Dic age,
Verg. A. 6, 343; Hor. S. 2, 7, 92; Ov. F. 1, 149:Esto age,
Pers. 2, 42:Fare age,
Verg. A. 3, 362:Finge age,
Ov. H. 7, 65:Redde age,
Hor. S. 2, 8, 80:Surge age,
Verg. A. 3, 169; 8, 59; 10, 241; Ov. H. 14, 73:Vade age,
Verg. A. 3, 462; 4, 422; so,agite: Ite agite,
Prop. 4, 3, 7.—In other metres (very rarely):II.appropera age,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 2, 38:dic age,
Hor. C. 1, [p. 77] 32, 3; 2, 11, 22;3, 4, 1.—So also in prose (very rarely): Mittite agedum,
Liv. 38, 47:procedat agedum ad pugnam,
id. 7, 9.—It is often separated from such verb:1.age me huc adspice,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 118; id. Capt. 5, 2, 1:Age... instiga,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 10; 5, 6, 11:Quare agite... conjungite,
Cat. 64, 372:Huc age... veni,
Tib. 2, 5, 2:Ergo age cervici imponere nostrae,
Verg. A. 2, 707:en age segnis Rumpe moras,
id. G. 3, 42:age te procellae Crede,
Hor. C. 3, 27, 62:Age jam... condisce,
id. ib. 4, 11, 31; id. S. 2, 7, 4.—Hence,ăgens, entis, P. a.A.Adj.1.Efficient, effective, powerful (only in the rhet. lang. of Cic.):► 2.utendum est imaginibus agentibus, acribus, insignitis,
Cic. de Or. 2, 87, 358:acre orator, incensus et agens,
id. Brut. 92, 317.— Comp. and sup. not used.Agentia verba, in the grammarians, for verba activa, Gell. 18, 12.—B.Subst.: ăgentes, ium.a.Under the emperors, a kind of secret police (also called frumentarii and curiosi), Aur. Vict. Caes. 39 fin.; Dig. 1, 12; 1, 20; 21; 22; 23, etc.; Amm. 15, 3; 14, 11 al.—b.For agrimensores, land-surveyors, Hyg. Lim. p. 179.—2.actus, a, um, P. a. Lit., that has been transacted in the Senate, in the forum, before the courts of justice, etc.; hence,A.actum, i, n., a public transaction in the Senate, before the people, or before a single magistrate:B.actum ejus, qui in re publica cum imperio versatus sit,
Cic. Phil. 1, 7:acta Caesaris servanda censeo,
id. ib. 1, 7:acta tui praeclari tribunatus,
id. Dom. 31.—acta publĭca, or absol.: acta, orum, n., the register of public acts, records, journal. Julius Caesar, in his consulship, ordered that the doings of the Senate (diurna acta) should be made public, Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Ernest. Exc. 1;1.but Augustus again prohibited it,
Suet. Aug. 36. Still the acts of the Senate were written down, and, under the succeeding emperors. certain senators were appointed to this office (actis vel commentariis Senatus conficiendis), Tac. A. 5, 4. They had also public registers of the transactions of the assemblies of the people, and of the different courts of justice;also of births and deaths, marriages, divorces, etc., which were preserved as sources of future history.—Hence, diurna urbis acta,
the city journal, Tac. A. 13, 31:acta populi,
Suet. Caes. 20:acta publica,
Tac. A. 12, 24; Suet. Tib. 8; Plin. Ep. 7, 33:urbana,
id. ib. 9, 15; which were all comprehended under the gen. name acta.With the time added:2.acta eorum temporum,
Plin. 7, 13, 11, § 60:illius temporis,
Ascon. Mil. 44, 16:ejus anni,
Plin. 2, 56, 57, § 147.—Absol., Cic. Fam. 12, 8; 22, 1; 28, 3; Sen. Ben. 2, 10; 3, 16; Suet. Calig. 8; Quint. 9, 3; Juv. 2, 136: Quis dabit historico, quantum daret acta legenti, i. e. to the actuarius, q. v., id. 7, 104; cf. Bahr's Rom. Lit. Gesch. 303.—C.acta triumphōrum, the public record of triumphs, fuller than the Fasti triumphales, Plin. 37, 2, 6, § 12.—D.acta fŏri (v. Inscr. Grut. 445, 10), the records,a.Of strictly historical transactions, Amm. 22, 3, 4; Dig. 4, 6, 33, § 1.—b.Of matters of private right, as wills, gifts, bonds (acta ad jus privatorum pertinentia, Dig. 49, 14, 45, § 4), Fragm. Vat. §§ 249, 266, 268, 317.—E.acta militarĭa, the daily records of the movements of a legion, Veg. R. R. 2, 19. -
14 ago
ăgo, egi, actum, 3, v. a. (axim = egerim, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 22; Paul. ex Fest. s. v. axitiosi, p. 3 Mull.;I.axit = egerit,
Paul. Diac. 3, 3;AGIER = agi,
Cic. Off. 3, 15;agentum = agentium,
Vulc. Gall. Av. Cass. 4, 6) [cf. agô; Sanscr. ag, aghami = to go, to drive; agmas = way, train = ogmos; agis = race, contest = agôn; perh. also Germ. jagen, to drive, to hunt], to put in motion, to move (syn.: agitare, pellere, urgere).Lit.A.Of cattle and other animals, to lead, drive.a.Absol.: agas asellum, Seip. ap. Cic. de Or. 2, 64, 258:b.jumenta agebat,
Liv. 1, 48:capellas ago,
Verg. E. 1, 13:Pars quia non veniant pecudes, sed agantur, ab actu etc.,
Ov. F. 1, 323:caballum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 36.—With acc. of place, prep., sup., or inf.:B. a.agere bovem Romam,
Curt. 1, 45:equum in hostem,
id. 7, 4:Germani in amnem aguntur,
Tac. H. 5, 21:acto ad vallum equo,
id. A. 2, 13:pecora per calles,
Curt. 7, 11:per devia rura capellas,
Ov. M. 1, 676:pecus pastum,
Varr. L. L. 6, 41, p. 88 Mull.:capellas potum age,
Verg. E. 9, 23:pecus egit altos Visere montes,
Hor. C. 1, 2, 7.—Absol.:b.agmen agens equitum,
Verg. A. 7, 804.—With prep., abl., or inf.:C.vinctum ante se Thyum agebat,
Nep. Dat. 3:agitur praeceps exercitus Lydorum in populos,
Sil. 4, 720:(adulteram) maritus per omnem vicum verbere agit,
Tac. G. 19; Suet. Calig. 27:captivos prae se agentes,
Curt. 7, 6; Liv. 23, 1:acti ante suum quisque praedonem catenati,
Quint. 8, 3, 69:captivos sub curribus agere,
Mart. 8, 26:agimur auguriis quaerere exilia,
Verg. A. 3, 5;and simple for comp.: multis milibus armatorum actis ex ea regione = coactis,
Liv. 44, 31.— In prose: agi, to be led, to march, to go:quo multitudo omnis consternata agebatur,
Liv. 10, 29: si citius agi vellet agmen, that the army would move, or march on quicker, id. 2, 58:raptim agmine acto,
id. 6, 28; so id. 23, 36; 25, 9.— Trop.:egit sol hiemem sub terras,
Verg. G. 4, 51:poemata dulcia sunto Et quocumque volent animum auditoris agunto,
lead the mind, Hor. A. P. 100. —Hence, poet.: se agere, to betake one's self, i. e. to go, to come (in Plaut. very freq.;also in Ter., Verg., etc.): quo agis te?
where are you going? Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 294:unde agis te?
id. Most. 1, 4, 28; so id. ib. 3, 1, 31; id. Mil. 3, 2, 49; id. Poen. 1, 2, 120; id. Pers. 4, 3, 13; id. Trin. 4, 3, 71:quo hinc te agis?
where are you going, Ter. And. 4, 2, 25:Ecce gubernator sese Palinurus agebat,
was moving along, Verg. A. 6, 337:Aeneas se matutinus agebat,
id. ib. 8, 465:is enim se primus agebat,
for he strode on in front, id. ib. 9, 696.—Also without se:Et tu, unde agis?
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 20:Quo agis?
id. Pers. 2, 2, 34:Huc age,
Tib. 2, 5, 2 (unless age is here to be taken with veni at the end of the line).—To drive or carry off (animals or men), to steal, rob, plunder (usually abigere):D.Et redigunt actos in sua rura boves,
Ov. F. 3, 64.—So esp. freq. of men or animals taken as booty in war, while ferre is used of portable things; hence, ferre et agere (as in Gr. agein kai pherein, Hom. Il. 5, 484; and reversed, pherein kai agein, in Hdt. and Xen.; cf.:rapiunt feruntque,
Verg. A. 2, 374:rapere et auferre,
Cic. Off. 1, 14), in gen., to rob, to plunder: res sociorum ferri agique vidit, Liv. 22, 3:ut ferri agique res suas viderunt,
id. 38, 15; so id. 3, 37;so also: rapere agereque: ut ex alieno agro raperent agerentque,
Liv. 22, 1, 2; but portari atque agi means to bear and carry, to bring together, in Caes. B. C. 2, 29 (as pherein kai agein in Plat. Phaedr. 279, C):ne pulcram praedam agat,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 2, 3:urbes, agros vastare, praedas agere,
Sall. J. 20, 8; 32, 3:pecoris et mancipiorum praedas,
id. ib. 44, 5;so eccl. Lat.: agere praedas de aliquo,
Vulg. Jud. 9, 16; ib. 1 Reg. 27, 8; cf. Gron. Obs. 3, 22, 633.—To chase, pursue, press animals or men, to drive about or onwards in flight (for the usual agitare).a.Of animals:b.apros,
Verg. G. 3, 412:cervum,
id. A. 7, 481; cf. id. ib. 4, 71:citos canes,
Ov. H. 5, 20:feros tauros,
Suet. Claud. 21.—Of men:E.ceteros ruerem, agerem,
Ter. Ad. 3, 2, 21 (= prosequerer, premerem, Don.):ita perterritos egerunt, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 4, 12:Demoleos cursu palantis Troas agebat,
Verg. A. 5, 265; cf. id. ib. 1, 574:aliquem in exsilium,
Liv. 25, 2; so Just. 2, 9, 6; 16, 4, 4; 17, 3, 17;22, 1, 16 al.: aliquem in fugam,
id. 16, 2, 3.—Of inanimate or abstract objects, to move, impel, push forwards, advance, carry to or toward any point:F.quid si pater cuniculos agat ad aerarium?
lead, make, Cic. Off. 3, 23, 90:egisse huc Alpheum vias,
made its way, Verg. A. 3, 695:vix leni et tranquillo mari moles agi possunt,
carry, build out, Curt. 4, 2, 8:cloacam maximam sub terram agendam,
to be carried under ground, Liv. 1, 56;so often in the histt., esp. Caes. and Livy, as t. t., of moving forwards the battering engines: celeriter vineis ad oppidum actis,
pushed forwards, up, Caes. B. G. 2, 12 Herz.; so id. ib. 3, 21; 7, 17; id. B. C. 2, 1; Liv. 8, 16:accelerant acta pariter testudine Volsci,
Verg. A. 9, 505 al.:fugere colles campique videntur, quos agimus praeter navem, i. e. praeter quos agimus navem,
Lucr. 4, 391:in litus passim naves egerunt,
drove the ships ashore, Liv. 22, 19:ratem in amnem,
Ov. F. 1, 500:naves in advorsum amnem,
Tac. H. 4, 22.— Poet.: agere navem, to steer or direct a ship, Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 114; so,agere currum,
to drive a chariot, Ov. M. 2, 62; 2, 388 al.—To stir up, to throw out, excite, cause, bring forth (mostly poet.):G.scintillasque agere ac late differre favillam,
to throw out sparks and scatter ashes far around, Lucr. 2, 675:spumas ore,
Verg. G. 3, 203; so Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 66:piceum Flumen agit,
Verg. A. 9, 814:qui vocem cubantes sensim excitant, eandemque cum egerunt, etc.,
when they have brought it forth, Cic. de Or. 1, 59, 251. —Hence, animam agere, to expel the breath of life, give up the ghost, expire:agens animam spumat,
Lucr. 3, 493:anhelans vaga vadit, animam agens,
Cat. 63, 31:nam et agere animam et efflare dicimus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 19:Hortensius, cum has litteras scripsi, animam agebat,
id. Fam. 8, 13, 2; so Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 13:eodem tempore et gestum et animam ageres,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 8:Est tanti habere animam ut agam?
Sen. Ep. 101, 12; and with a play upon words: semper agis causas et res agis, Attale, semper. Est, non est, quod agas, Attale, semper agis. Si res et causae desunt, agis, Attale, mulas;Attale, ne quod agas desit, agas animam,
Mart. 1, 80.—Of plants, to put forth or out, to shoot, extend:II.(salices) gemmas agunt,
Varr. R. R. 1, 30:florem agere coeperit ficus,
Col. R. R. 5, 10, 10:frondem agere,
Plin. 18, 6, 8, § 45:se ad auras palmes agit,
Verg. G. 2, 364:(platanum) radices trium et triginta cubitorum egisse,
Varr. R. R. 1, 37, 15:per glebas sensim radicibus actis,
Ov. M. 4, 254; so id. ib. 2, 583:robora suas radices in profundum agunt,
Plin. 16, 31, 56, § 127.—Metaph.:vera gloria radices agit,
Cic. Off. 2, 12, 43:pluma in cutem radices egerat imas,
Ov. M. 2, 582.Trop.A.Spec., to guide, govern:B.Tros Tyriusque mihi nullo discrimine agetur,
Verg. A. 1, 574; cf. Forbig. ad h. 1., who considers it the only instance of this use, and compares a similar use of agô; v. L. and S. s. v. II. 2.—In gen., to move, impel, excite, urge to a thing, to prompt or induce to:C.si quis ad illa deus te agat,
Hor. S. 2, 7, 24:una plaga ceteros ad certamen egit,
Liv. 9, 41; 8, 7; 39, 15: quae te, germane, furentem Mens agit in facinus? Ov. M. 5, 14:totis mentibus acta,
Sil. 10, 191:in furorem agere,
Quint. 6, 1, 31:si Agricola in ipsam gloriam praeceps agebatur,
Tac. Agr. 41:provinciam avaritia in bellum egerat,
id. A. 14, 32.—To drive, stir up, excite, agitate, rouse vehemently (cf. agito, II.):D.me amor fugat, agit,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 8:agunt eum praecipitem poenae civium Romanorum,
Cic. Verr. 1, 3:perpetua naturalis bonitas, quae nullis casibus neque agitur neque minuitur,
Nep. Att. 9, 1 Brem.:opportunitas, quae etiam mediocres viros spe praedae transvorsos agit,
i. e. leads astray, Sall. J. 6, 3; 14, 20; so Sen. Ep. 8, 3.— To pursue with hostile intent, to persecute, disturb, vex, to attack, assail (for the usu. agitare; mostly poet.):reginam Alecto stimulis agit undique Bacchi,
Verg. A. 7, 405:non res et agentia (i. e. agitantia, vexantia) verba Lycamben,
Hor. Ep. 1, 19, 25:acerba fata Romanos agunt,
id. Epod 7, 17:diris agam vos,
id. ib. 5, 89:quam deus ultor agebat,
Ov. M. 14, 750:futurae mortis agor stimulis,
Luc. 4, 517; cf. Matth. ad Cic. Mur. § 21.—To drive at something, to pursue a course of action, i. e. to make something an object of action; either in the most general sense, like the Engl. do and the Gr. prattein, for every kind of mental or physical employment; or, in a more restricted sense, to exhibit in external action, to act or perform, to deliver or pronounce, etc., so that after the act is completed nothing remains permanent, e. g. a speech, dance, play, etc. (while facere, to make, poiein, denotes the production of an object which continues to exist after the act is completed; and gerere, the performance of the duties of an office or calling).—On these significations, v. Varr. 6, 6, 62, and 6, 7, 64, and 6, 8, 72.—For the more restricted signif. v. Quint. 2, 18, 1 sq.; cf. Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 7, 12; Hab. Syn. 426.1. a.With the gen. objects, aliquid, nihil, plus, etc.:b.numquam se plus agere quam nihil cum ageret,
Cic. Rep. 1, 17 (cf. with this, id. Off. 3, 1: numquam se minus otiosum esse quam cum otiosus esset): mihi, qui nihil agit, esse omnino non videtur. id. N. D. 2, 16, 46:post satietatem nihil (est) agendum,
Cels. 1, 2.—Hence,Without object:c.aliud agendi tempus, aliud quiescendi,
Cic. N. D. 2, 53, 132; Juv. 16, 49:agendi tempora,
Tac. H. 3, 40:industria in agendo, celeritas in conficiendo,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 29.—In colloquial lang., to do, to fare, get on: quid agis? what are you doing? M. Tulli, quid agis? Cic. Cat. 1, 11:d.Quid agis?
What's your business? Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 9; also, How goes it with you? How are you? ti pratteis, Plaut. Curc. 2, 1, 20; Cic. Fam. 7, 11 al.; Hor. S. 1, 9, 4:vereor, quid agat,
how he is, Cic. Att. 9, 17:ut sciatis, quid agam,
Vulg. Ephes. 6, 21:prospere agit anima tua,
fares well, ib. 3 Joan. 2:quid agitur?
how goes it with you? how do you do? how are you? Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 17; 1, 5, 42; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 40:Quid intus agitur?
is going on, Plaut. Cas. 5, 2, 20; id. Ps. 1, 5, 42 al.—With nihil or non multum, to do, i. e. to effect, accomplish, achieve nothing, or not much (orig. belonging to colloquial lang., but in the class. per. even in oratorical and poet. style): nihil agit;e.collum obstringe homini,
Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 29:nihil agis,
you effect nothing, it is of no use, Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 12:nihil agis, dolor! quamvis sis molestus, numquam te esse confitebor malum,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 25, 61 Kuhn.; Matius ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 10: cupis, inquit, abire; sed nihil agis;usque tenebo,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 15:[nihil agis,] nihil assequeris,
Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 15 B. and K.:ubi blanditiis agitur nihil,
Ov. M. 6, 685: egerit non multum, has not done much, Curt. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 29; cf. Ruhnk. ad Rutil. Lup. p. 120.—In certain circumstances, to proceed, do, act, manage (mostly belonging to familiar style): Thr. Quid nunc agimus? Gn. Quin redimus, What shall we do now? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 41:2.hei mihi! quid faciam? quid agam?
what shall I do? how shall I act? id. Ad. 5, 3, 3:quid agam, habeo,
id. And. 3, 2, 18 (= quid respondeam habeo, Don.) al.:sed ita quidam agebat,
was so acting, Cic. Lig. 7, 21: a Burro minaciter actum, Burrus [p. 75] proceeded to threats, Tac. A. 13, 21.—To pursue, do, perform, transact (the most usual signif. of this word; in all periods; syn.: facere, efficere, transigere, gerere, tractare, curare): cui quod agat institutumst nullo negotio id agit, Enn. ap. Gell. 19, 10, 12 (Trag. v. 254 Vahl.): ut quae egi, ago, axim, verruncent bene, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 23 (Trag. Rel. p. 114 Rib.):3.At nihil est, nisi, dum calet, hoc agitur,
Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 92:Ut id agam, quod missus huc sum,
id. Ps. 2, 2, 44: homines quae agunt vigilantes, agitantque, ea si cui in somno accidunt, minus mirum est, Att. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 22, 45:observabo quam rem agat,
what he is going to do, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 114:Id quidem ago,
That is what I am doing, Verg. E. 9, 37:res vera agitur,
Juv. 4, 35:Jam tempus agires,
Verg. A. 5, 638:utilis rebus agendis,
Juv. 14, 72:grassator ferro agit rem,
does the business with a dagger, id. 3, 305; 6, 659 (cf.:gladiis geritur res,
Liv. 9, 41):nihil ego nunc de istac re ago,
do nothing about that matter, Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 8:postquam id actumst,
after this is accomplished, id. Am. 1, 1, 72; so,sed quid actumst?
id. Ps. 2, 4, 20:nihil aliud agebam nisi eum defenderem,
Cic. Sull. 12:ne quid temere ac fortuitu, inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,
id. Off. 1, 29:agamus quod instat,
Verg. E. 9, 66:renuntiaverunt ei omnia, quae egerant,
Vulg. Marc. 6, 30; ib. Act. 5, 35:suum negotium agere,
to mind one's business, attend to one's own affairs, Cic. Off. 1, 9; id. de Or. 3, 55, 211; so,ut vestrum negotium agatis,
Vulg. 1 Thess. 4, 11:neque satis Bruto constabat, quid agerent,
Caes. B. G. 3, 14:postquam res in Africa gestas, quoque modo actae forent, fama divolgavit,
Sall. J. 30, 1:sed tu delibera, utrum colloqui malis an per litteras agere quae cogitas,
Nep. Con. 3, 8 al. —With the spec. idea of completing, finishing: jucundi acti labores, a proverb in Cic. Fin. 2, 32, 105.—To pursue in one's mind, to drive at, to revolve, to be occupied with, think upon, have in view, aim at (cf. agito, II. E., volvo and voluto):4.nescio quid mens mea majus agit,
Ov. H. 12, 212:hoc variis mens ipsa modis agit,
Val. Fl. 3, 392:agere fratri proditionem,
Tac. H. 2, 26:de intranda Britannia,
id. Agr. 13.—With a verbal subst., as a favorite circumlocution for the action indicated by the subst. (cf. in Gr. agô with verbal subst.):5.rimas agere (sometimes ducere),
to open in cracks, fissures, to crack, Cic. Att. 14, 9; Ov. M. 2, 211; Luc. 6, 728: vos qui regalis corporis custodias agitis, keep watch over, guard, Naev. ap. Non. 323, 1; so Liv. 5, 10:vigilias agere,
Cic. Verr. 4, 43, 93; Nep. Thras. 4; Tac. H. 3, 76:excubias alicui,
Ov. F. 3, 245:excubias,
Tac. H. 4, 58:pervigilium,
Suet. Vit. 10:stationem agere,
to keep guard, Liv. 35, 29; Tac. H. 1, 28:triumphum agere,
to triumph, Cic. Fam. 3, 10; Ov. M. 15, 757; Suet. Dom. 6:libera arbitria agere,
to make free decisions, to decide arbitrarily, Liv. 24, 45; Curt. 6, 1, 19; 8, 1, 4:paenitentiam agere,
to exercise repentance, to repent, Quint. 9, 3, 12; Petr. S. 132; Tac. Or. 15; Curt. 8, 6, 23; Plin. Ep. 7, 10; Vulg. Lev. 5, 5; ib. Matt. 3, 2; ib. Apoc. 2, 5:silentia agere,
to maintain silence, Ov. M. 1, 349:pacem agere,
Juv. 15, 163:crimen agere,
to bring accusation, to accuse, Cic. Verr. 4, 22, 48:laborem agere,
id. Fin. 2, 32:cursus agere,
Ov. Am. 3, 6, 95:delectum agere,
to make choice, to choose, Plin. 7, 29, 30, § 107; Quint. 10, 4, 5:experimenta agere,
Liv. 9, 14; Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:mensuram,
id. 15, 3, 4, § 14:curam agere,
to care for, Ov. H. 15, 302; Quint. 8, prooem. 18:curam ejus egit,
Vulg. Luc. 10, 34:oblivia agere,
to forget, Ov. M. 12, 540:nugas agere,
to trifle, Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 29; id. As. 1, 1, 78, and often:officinas agere,
to keep shop, Inscr. Orell. 4266.—So esp.: agere gratias ( poet. grates; never in sing. gratiam), to give thanks, to thank; Gr. charin echein ( habere gratiam is to be or feel grateful; Gr. charin eidenai; and referre gratiam, to return a favor, requite; Gr. charin apodidonai; cf. Bremi ad Nep. Them. 8, 7):diis gratias pro meritis agere,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 26:Haud male agit gratias,
id. Aul. 4, 4, 31:Magnas vero agere gratias Thais mihi?
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 1:Dis magnas merito gratias habeo atque ago,
id. Phorm. 5, 6, 80: Lentulo nostro egi per litteras tuo nomine gratias diligenter, Cic. Fam. 1, 10: immortales ago tibi gratias agamque dum vivam;nam relaturum me adfirmare non possum,
id. ib. 10, 11, 1: maximas tibi omnes gratias agimus, C. Caesar;majores etiam habemus,
id. Marcell. 11, 33:Trebatio magnas ago gratias, quod, etc.,
id. Fam. 11, 28, 8: renuntiate gratias regi me agere;referre gratiam aliam nunc non posse quam ut suadeam, ne, etc.,
Liv. 37, 37: grates tibi ago, summe Sol, vobisque, reliqui Caelites, * Cic. Rep. 6, 9:gaudet et invito grates agit inde parenti,
Ov. M. 2, 152; so id. ib. 6, 435; 484; 10, 291; 681; 14, 596; Vulg. 2 Reg. 8, 10; ib. Matt. 15, 36 al.;and in connection with this, laudes agere: Jovis fratri laudes ago et grates gratiasque habeo,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 2:Dianae laudes gratesque agam,
id. Mil. 2, 5, 2; so,diis immortalibus laudesque et grates egit,
Liv. 26, 48:agi sibi gratias passus est,
Tac. Agr. 42; so id. H. 2, 71; 4, 51; id. A. 13, 21; but oftener grates or gratis in Tac.:Tiberius egit gratis benevolentiae patrum, A. 6, 2: agit grates,
id. H. 3, 80; 4, 64; id. A. 2, 38; 2, 86; 3, 18; 3, 24; 4, 15 al.—Of time, to pass, spend (very freq. and class.): Romulus in caelo cum dis agit aevom, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 28; so Pac. id. ib. 2, 21, 49, and Hor. S. 1, 5, 101:6.tempus,
Tac. H. 4, 62; id. A. 3, 16: domi aetatem, Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6:aetatem in litteris,
Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:senectutem,
id. Sen. 3, 7; cf. id. ib. 17, 60:dies festos,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 48; Tac. G. 17:otia secura,
Verg. G. 3, 377; Ov. F. 1, 68; 4, 926:ruri agere vitam,
Liv. 7, 39, and Tac. A. 15, 63:vitam in terris,
Verg. G. 2, 538:tranquillam vitam agere,
Vulg. 1 Tim. 2, 2:Hunc (diem) agerem si,
Verg. A. 5, 51:ver magnus agebat Orbis,
id. G. 2, 338:aestiva agere,
to pass, be in, summer quarters, Liv. 27, 8; 27, 21; Curt. 5, 8, 24.— Pass.:menses jam tibi esse actos vides,
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 2:mensis agitur hic septimus,
Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 34, and Ov. M. 7, 700:melior pars acta (est) diei,
Verg. A. 9, 156; Juv. 4, 66; Tac. A. 15, 63:acta est per lacrimas nox,
Ov. H. 12, 58 Ruhnk.:tunc principium anni agebatur,
Liv. 3, 6:actis quindecim annis in regno,
Just. 41, 5, 9:Nona aetas agitur,
Juv. 13, 28 al. —With annus and an ordinal, to be of a certain age, to be so old:quartum annum ago et octogesimum,
am eighty-four years old, Cic. Sen. 10, 32:Annum agens sextum decimum patrem amisit,
Suet. Caes. 1.—Metaph.: sescentesimum et quadragesimum annum urbs nostra agebat, was in its 640 th year, Tac. G. 37.— Hence also absol. (rare), to pass or spend time, to live, to be, to be somewhere:civitas laeta agere,
was joyful, Sall. J. 55, 2:tum Marius apud primos agebat,
id. ib. 101, 6:in Africa, qua procul a mari incultius agebatur,
id. ib. 89, 7:apud illos homines, qui tum agebant,
Tac. A. 3, 19:Thracia discors agebat,
id. ib. 3, 38:Juxta Hermunduros Naristi agunt,
Tac. G. 42:ultra jugum plurimae gentes agunt,
id. ib. 43:Gallos trans Padum agentes,
id. H. 3, 34:quibus (annis) exul Rhodi agit,
id. A. 1, 4:agere inter homines desinere,
id. ib. 15, 74:Vitellius non in ore volgi agere,
was not in the sight of the people, id. H. 3, 36:ante aciem agere,
id. G. 7; and:in armis agere,
id. A. 14, 55 = versari.—In the lang. of offerings, t. t., to despatch the victim, to kill, slay. In performing this rite, the sacrificer asked the priest, agone, shall I do it? and the latter answered, age or hoc age, do it:7.qui calido strictos tincturus sanguine cultros semper, Agone? rogat, nec nisi jussus agit,
Ov. F. 1. 321 (cf. agonia and agonalia):a tergo Chaeream cervicem (Caligulae) gladio caesim graviter percussisse, praemissa voce,
hoc age, Suet. Calig. 58; id. Galb. 20. —This call of the priest in act of solemn sacrifice, Hoc age, warned the assembled multitude to be quiet and give attention; hence hoc or id and sometimes haec or istuc agere was used for, to give attention to, to attend to, to mind, heed; and followed by ut or ne, to pursue a thing, have it in view, aim at, design, etc.; cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 1, 2, 15, and Suet. Calig. 58: hoc agite, Plaut. As. prol. init.:Hoc age,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 152; id. Ep. 1, 6, 31:Hoc agite, of poetry,
Juv. 7, 20:hoc agamus,
Sen. Clem. 1, 12:haec agamus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 49:agere hoc possumus,
Lucr. 1, 41; 4, 969; Juv. 7, 48:hoccine agis an non? hoc agam,
id. ib., Ter. And. 1, 2, 15; 2, 5, 4:nunc istuc age,
id. Heaut. 3, 2, 47; id. Phorm. 2, 3, 3 al.:Hoc egit civis Romanus ante te nemo,
Cic. Lig. 4, 11:id et agunt et moliuntur,
id. Mur. 38:(oculi, aures, etc.) quasi fenestrae sunt animi, quibus tamen sentire nihil queat mens, nisi id agat et adsit,
id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46: qui id egerunt, ut gentem... collocarent, aimed at this, that, etc., id. Cat. 4, 6, 12:qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,
keep it in view, that, id. Off. 1, 13, 41:idne agebas, ut tibi cum sceleratis, an ut cum bonis civibus conveniret?
id. Lig. 6, 18:Hoc agit, ut doleas,
Juv. 5, 157:Hoc age, ne mutata retrorsum te ferat aura,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 88:Quid tuus ille destrictus gladius agebat?
have in view, mean, Cic. Leg. 3, 9:Quid aliud egimus nisi ut, quod hic potest, nos possemus?
id. ib. 4, 10:Sin autem id actum est, ut homines postremi pecuniis alienis locupletarentur,
id. Rosc. Am. 47, 137:certiorem eum fecit, id agi, ut pons dissolveretur,
Nep. Them. 5, 1:ego id semper egi, ne bellis interessem,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7.—Also, the opp.: alias res or aliud agere, not to attend to, heed, or observe, to pursue secondary or subordinate objects: Ch. Alias res agis. Pa. Istuc ago equidem, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 57; id. Hec. 5, 3, 28:usque eo animadverti eum jocari atque alias res agere,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22:atqui vides, quam alias res agamus,
id. de Or. 3, 14, 51; id. Brut. 66, 233:aliud agens ac nihil ejusmodi cogitans,
id. Clu. 64.—In relation to public affairs, to conduct, manage, carry on, administer: agere bellum, to carry on or wage war (embracing the whole theory and practice of war, while bellum gerere designates the bodily and mental effort, and the bearing of the necessary burdens; and bellum facere, the actual outbreak of hostile feelings, v. Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 28):8.qui longe alia ratione ac reliqui Galli bellum agere instituerunt,
Caes. B. G. 3, 28:Antiochus si tam in agendo bello parere voluisset consiliis ejus (Hannibalis) quam in suscipiendo instituerat, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 8, 3; Curt. 4, 10, 29:aliena bella mercedibus agere,
Mel. 1, 16:Bellaque non puero tractat agenda puer,
Ov. A. A. 1, 182 (also in id. Tr. 2, 230, Gron. Observ. 2, 3, 227, for the usu. obit, with one MS., reads agit; so Merkel).— Poet.:Martem for bellum,
Luc. 4, 2: agere proelium, to give battle (very rare):levibus proeliis cum Gallis actis,
Liv. 22, 9.—Of offices, employments, etc., to conduct, exercise, administer, hold:forum agere,
to hold court, Cic. Fam. 8, 6; and:conventus agere,
to hold the assizes, id. Verr. 5, 11, 28; Caes. B. G. 1, 54; 6, 44;used of the governors of provinces: judicium agere,
Plin. 9, 35, 58, § 120:vivorum coetus agere,
to make assemblies of, to assemble, Tac. A. 16, 34:censum agere,
Liv. 3, 22; Tac. A. 14, 46; Suet. Aug. 27:recensum agere,
id. Caes. 41:potestatem agere,
Flor. 1, 7, 2:honorem agere,
Liv. 8, 26:regnum,
Flor. 1, 6, 2:rem publicam,
Dig. 4, 6, 35, § 8:consulatum,
Quint. 12, 1, 16:praefecturam,
Suet. Tib. 6:centurionatum,
Tac. A. 1, 44:senatum,
Suet. Caes. 88:fiscum agere,
to have charge of the treasury, id. Dom. 12:publicum agere,
to collect the taxes, id. Vesp. 1:inquisitionem agere,
Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:curam alicujus rei agere,
to have the management of, to manage, Liv. 6, 15; Suet. Claud. 18:rei publicae curationem agens,
Liv. 4, 13: dilectum agere, to make a levy, to levy (postAug. for dilectum habere, Cic., Caes., Sall.), Quint. 12, 3, 5; Tac. A. 2, 16; id. Agr. 7 and 10; id. H. 2, 16, 12; Suet. Calig. 43. —Of civil and political transactions in the senate, the forum, before tribunals of justice, etc., to manage or transact, to do, to discuss, plead, speak, deliberate; constr. aliquid or de aliqua re:a.velim recordere, quae ego de te in senatu egerim, quae in contionibus dixerim,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2; 1, 9:de condicionibus pacis,
Liv. 8, 37:de summa re publica,
Suet. Caes. 28:cum de Catilinae conjuratione ageretur in curia,
id. Aug. 94:de poena alicujus,
Liv. 5, 36:de agro plebis,
id. 1, 46.—Hence the phrase: agere cum populo, of magistrates, to address the people in a public assembly, for the purpose of obtaining their approval or rejection of a thing (while [p. 76] agere ad populum signifies to propose, to bring before the people):cum populo agere est rogare quid populum, quod suffragiis suis aut jubeat aut vetet,
Gell. 13, 15, 10:agere cum populo de re publica,
Cic. Verr. 1, 1, 12; id. Lael. 25, 96:neu quis de his postea ad senatum referat neve cum populo agat,
Sall. C. 51, 43.—So also absol.:hic locus (rostra) ad agendum amplissimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1:Metellus cum agere coepisset, tertio quoque verbo orationis suae me appellabat,
id. Fam. 5, 2.— Transf. to common life.Agere cum aliquo, de aliquo or re or ut, to treat, deal, negotiate, confer, talk with one about a person or thing; to endeavor to persuade or move one, that, etc.: nihil age tecum (sc. cum odore vini);b.ubi est ipsus (vini lepos)?
I have nothing to do with you, Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 11:Quae (patria) tecum, Catilina, sic agit,
thus pleads, Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 18:algae Inquisitores agerent cum remige nudo,
Juv. 4, 49:haec inter se dubiis de rebus agebant,
thus treated together, Verg. A. 11, 445:de quo et praesens tecum egi diligenter, et scripsi ad te accurate antea,
Cic. Fam. 13, 75:egi cum Claudia et cum vestra sorore Mucia, ut eum ab illa injuria deterrerent,
id. ib. 5, 2:misi ad Metellum communes amicos, qui agerent cum eo, ut de illa mente desisteret,
id. ib. 5, 2:Callias quidam egit cum Cimone, ut eam (Elpinicen) sibi uxorem daret,
Nep. Cim. 1, 3.—Also absol.:Alcibiades praesente vulgo agere coepit,
Nep. Alc. 8, 2:si qua Caesares obtinendae Armeniae egerant,
Tac. A. 15, 14:ut Lucretius agere varie, rogando alternis suadendoque coepit,
Liv. 2, 2.—In Suet. once agere cum senatu, with acc. and inf., to propose or state to the Senate:Tiberius egit cum senatu non debere talia praemia tribui,
Suet. Tib. 54.—With the advv. bene, praeclare, male, etc., to deal well or ill with one, to treat or use well or ill:9.facile est bene agere cum eis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 14, 11:bene egissent Athenienses cum Miltiade, si, etc.,
Val. Max. 5, 3, 3 ext.; Vulg. Jud. 9, 16:praeclare cum aliquo agere,
Cic. Sest. 23:Male agis mecum,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 21:qui cum creditoribus suis male agat,
Cic. Quinct. 84; and:tu contra me male agis,
Vulg. Jud. 11, 27.—Freq. in pass., to be or go well or ill with one, to be well or badly off:intelleget secum actum esse pessime,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 50:praeclare mecum actum puto,
id. Fam. 9, 24; so id. ib. 5, 18: exstat cujusdam non inscitus jocus bene agi potuisse cum rebus humanis, si Domitius pater talem habuisset uxorem, it would have gone well with human affairs, been well for mankind, if, etc., Suet. Ner. 28.—Also absol. without cum: agitur praeclare, si nosmet ipsos regere possumus, it is well done if, etc., it is a splendid thing if, etc., Cic. Fam. 4, 14:vivitur cum eis, in quibus praeclare agitur si sunt simulacra virtutis,
id. Off. 1, 15:bene agitur pro noxia,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 23.—Of transactions before a court or tribunal.a.Aliquid agere ex jure, ex syngrapha, ex sponso, or simply the abl. jure, lege, litibus, obsignatis tabellis, causa, to bring an action or suit, to manage a cause, to plead a case:b.ex jure civili et praetorio agere,
Cic. Caecin. 12:tamquam ex syngrapha agere cum populo,
to litigate, id. Mur. 17:ex sponso egit,
id. Quint. 9: Ph. Una injuriast Tecum. Ch. Lege agito ergo, Go to law, then, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 90:agere lege in hereditatem,
Cic. de Or. 1, 38, 175; Ov. F. 1, 48; Liv. 9, 46:cum illo se lege agere dicebat,
Nep. Tim. 5: summo jure agere, to assert or claim one's right to the full extent of the law, Cic. Off. 1, 11:non enim gladiis mecum, sed litibus agetur,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 4:causa quam vi agere malle,
Tac. A. 13, 37:tabellis obsignatis agis mecum,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 11, 33:Jure, ut opinor, agat, jure increpet inciletque,
with right would bring her charge, Lucr. 3, 963; so,Castrensis jurisdictio plura manu agens,
settles more cases by force, Tac. Agr. 9:ubi manu agitur,
when the case is settled by violent hands, id. G. 36.—Causam or rem agere, to try or plead a case; with apud, ad, or absol.:c.causam apud centumviros egit,
Cic. Caecin. 24:Caesar cum ageret apud censores,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 10; so with adversus:egi causam adversus magistratus,
Vulg. 2 Esdr. 13, 11:orator agere dicitur causam,
Varr. L. L. 6, 42: causam isto modo agere, Cic. Lig. 4, 10; Tac. Or. 5; 11; 14; Juv. 2, 51; 14, 132:agit causas liberales,
Cic. Fam. 8, 9: qui ad rem agendam adsunt, M. Cael. ap. Quint. 11, 1, 51:cum (M. Tullius) et ipsam se rem agere diceret,
Quint. 12, 10, 45: Gripe, accede huc;tua res agitur,
is being tried, Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 104; Quint. 8, 3, 13;and extra-judicially: rogo ad Caesarem meam causam agas,
Cic. Fam. 5, 10:Una (factio) populi causam agebat, altera optimatum,
Nep. Phoc. 3; so, agere, absol., to plead' ad judicem sic agi solet, Cic. Lig. 10:tam solute agere, tam leniter,
id. Brut. 80:tu istuc nisi fingeres, sic ageres?
id. ib. 80; Juv. 7, 143 and 144; 14, 32.— Transf. to common life; with de or acc., to discuss, treat, speak of:Sed estne hic ipsus, de quo agebam?
of whom I was speaking, Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 53:causa non solum exponenda, sed etiam graviter copioseque agenda est,
to be discussed, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 12; id. Verr. 1, 13, 37:Samnitium bella, quae agimus,
are treating of, Liv. 10, 31.—Hence,Agere aliquem reum, to proceed against one as accused, to accuse one, Liv. 4, 42; 24, 25; Tac. A. 14, 18:d.reus agitur,
id. ib. 15, 20; 3, 13; and with the gen. of the crime, with which one is charged:agere furti,
to accuse of theft, Cic. Fam. 7, 22:adulterii cum aliquo,
Quint. 4, 4, 8:injuriarum,
id. 3, 6, 19; and often in the Pandects.—Pass. of the thing which is the subject of accusation, to be in suit or in question; it concerns or affects, is about, etc.:(α).non nunc pecunia, sed illud agitur, quomodo, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 67:non capitis ei res agitur, sed pecuniae,
the point in dispute, id. Phorm. 4, 3, 26:aguntur injuriae sociorum, agitur vis legum, agitur existimatio, veritasque judiciorum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 51:si magna res, magna hereditas agetur,
id. Fin. 2, 17: qua de re agitur, what the point of dispute or litigation is, id. Brut. 79.—Hence, trop.,Res agitur, the case is on trial, i. e. something is at stake or at hazard, in peril, or in danger:(β).at nos, quarum res agitur, aliter auctores sumus,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 72:quasi istic mea res minor agatur quam tua,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 113:agitur populi Romani gloria, agitur salus sociorum atque amicorum, aguntur certissima populi Romani vectigalia et maxima, aguntur bona multorum civium,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:in quibus eorum aut caput agatur aut fama,
id. Lael. 17, 61; Nep. Att. 15, 2:non libertas solum agebatur,
Liv. 28, 19; Sen. Clem. 1, 20 al.:nam tua res agitur, paries cum proximus ardet,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 84 (= in periculo versatur, Lambin.):agitur pars tertia mundi,
is at stake, I am in danger of losing, Ov. M. 5, 372.—Res acta est, the case is over (and done for): acta haec res est;(γ).perii,
this matter is ended, Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 3: hence, actum est de aliquo or aliqua re, it is all over with a person or thing:actum hodie est de me,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 63:jam de Servio actum,
Liv. 1, 47:actum est de collo meo,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 4, 194.—So also absol.: actumst;ilicet me infelicem,
Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 17:si animus hominem pepulit, actumst,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 27; Ter. And. 3, 1, 7; Cic. Att. 5, 15:actumst, ilicet, peristi,
Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 9: periimus;actumst,
id. Heaut. 3, 3, 3.—Rem actam agere, to plead a case already finished, i. e. to act to no purpose:10. a.rem actam agis,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 27; id. Cist. 4, 2, 36; Liv. 28, 40; so,actum or acta agere: actum, aiunt, ne agas,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 72; Cic. Att. 9, 18:acta agimus,
id. Am. 22.—Of an orator, Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 19, 79:b.quae sic ab illo acta esse constabat oculis, voce, gestu, inimici ut lacrimas tenere non possent,
id. ib. 3, 56, 214:agere fortius et audentius volo,
Tac. Or. 18; 39.—Of an actor, to represent, play, act:11.Ipse hanc acturust Juppiter comoediam,
Plaut. Am. prol. 88; so,fabulam,
Ter. Ad. prol. 12; id. Hec. prol. 22:dum haec agitur fabula,
Plaut. Men. prol. 72 al.:partis,
to have a part in a play, Ter. Phorm. prol. 27:Ballionem illum cum agit, agit Chaeream,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 7:gestum agere in scaena,
id. de Or. 2, 57:dicitur canticum egisse aliquanto magis vigente motu,
Liv. 7, 2 al. — Transf. to other relations, to represent or personate one, to act the part of, to act as, behave like: has partes lenitatis semper egi, Cic. Mur. 3:egi illos omnes adulescentes, quos ille actitat,
id. Fam. 2, 9:amicum imperatoris,
Tac. H. 1, 30:exulem,
id. A. 1, 4:socium magis imperii quam ministrum,
id. H. 2, 83:senatorem,
Tac. A. 16, 28.—So of things poetically:utrinque prora frontem agit,
serves as a bow, Tac. G. 44.—Se agere = se gerere, to carry one's self, to behave, deport one's self:12.tanta mobilitate sese Numidae agunt,
Sall. J. 56, 5:quanto ferocius ante se egerint,
Tac. H. 3, 2 Halm:qui se pro equitibus Romanis agerent,
Suet. Claud. 25:non principem se, sed ministrum egit,
id. ib. 29:neglegenter se et avare agere,
Eutr. 6, 9:prudenter se agebat,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 18, 5:sapienter se agebat,
ib. 4 Reg. 18, 7. —Also absol.:seditiose,
Tac. Agr. 7:facile justeque,
id. ib. 9:superbe,
id. H. 2, 27:ex aequo,
id. ib. 4, 64:anxius et intentus agebat,
id. Agr. 5.—Imper.: age, agite, Ter., Tib., Lucr., Hor., Ov., never using agite, and Catull. never age, with which compare the Gr. age, agete (also accompanied by the particles dum, eia, en, ergo, igitur, jam, modo, nuncjam, porro, quare, quin, sane, vero, verum, and by sis); as an exclamation.a.In encouragement, exhortation, come! come on! (old Engl. go to!) up! on! quick! (cf. I. B. fin.).(α).In the sing.:(β).age, adsta, mane, audi, Enn. ap. Delr. Synt. 1, 99: age i tu secundum,
come, follow me! Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 1:age, perge, quaeso,
id. Cist. 2, 3, 12:age, da veniam filio,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 14:age, age, nunc experiamur,
id. ib. 5, 4, 23:age sis tu... delude,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 89; id. Ep. 3, 4, 39; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18; id. Rosc. Am. 16:quanto ferocius ante se egerint, agedum eam solve cistulam,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 151; id. Capt. 3, 4, 39:Agedum vicissim dic,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 69; id. Eun. 4, 4, 27:agedum humanis concede,
Lucr. 3, 962:age modo hodie sero,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103:age nuncjam,
id. And. 5, 2, 25:En age, quid cessas,
Tib. 2, 2, 10:Quare age,
Verg. A. 7, 429:Verum age,
id. ib. 12, 832:Quin age,
id. G. 4, 329:en, age, Rumpe moras,
id. ib. 3, 43:eia age,
id. A. 4, 569.—In the plur.:b.agite, pugni,
up, fists, and at 'em! Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146:agite bibite,
id. Curc. 1, 1, 88; id. Stich. 1, 3, 68:agite in modum dicite,
Cat. 61, 38:Quare agite... conjungite,
id. 64, 372; Verg. A. 1, 627:vos agite... volvite,
Val. Fl. 3, 311:agite nunc, divites, plorate,
Vulg. Jac. 5, 1:agitedum,
Liv. 3, 62.—Also age in the sing., with a verb in the plur. (cf. age tamnete, Hom. Od. 3, 332; age dê trapeiomen, id. Il. 3, 441):age igitur, intro abite,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 54:En agedum convertite,
Prop. 1, 1, 21:mittite, agedum, legatos,
Liv. 38, 47:Ite age,
Stat. Th. 10, 33:Huc age adeste,
Sil. 11, 169.—In transitions in discourse, well then! well now! well! (esp. in Cic. Or. very freq.). So in Plaut. for resuming discourse that has been interrupted: age, tu interea huic somnium narra, Curc. 2, 2, 5: nunc age, res quoniam docui non posse creari, etc., well now, since I have taught, etc., Lucr. 1, 266:c.nunc age, quod superest, cognosce et clarius audi,
id. 1, 920; so id. 1, 952; 2, 62; 333; 730; 3, 418;4, 109 al.: age porro, tu, qui existimari te voluisti interpretem foederum, cur, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 22; so id. Rosc. Am. 16; id. Part. 12; id. Att. 8, 3.—And age (as in a.) with a verb in the plur.:age vero, ceteris in rebus qualis sit temperantia considerate,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 14; so id. Sull. 26; id. Mil. 21; id. Rosc. Am. 37.—As a sign of assent, well! very well! good! right! Age, age, mansero, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 61: age, age, jam ducat;► Position.dabo,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 57:Age, veniam,
id. And. 4, 2, 30:age, sit ita factum,
Cic. Mil. 19:age sane,
Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 27; Cic. Fin. 2, 35, 119.—Age, used with another verb in the imperative, regularly stands before it, but in poetry, for the sake of the metre, it,I.Sometimes follows such verb; as,a.In dactylic metre:b.Cede agedum,
Prop. 5, 9, 54:Dic age,
Verg. A. 6, 343; Hor. S. 2, 7, 92; Ov. F. 1, 149:Esto age,
Pers. 2, 42:Fare age,
Verg. A. 3, 362:Finge age,
Ov. H. 7, 65:Redde age,
Hor. S. 2, 8, 80:Surge age,
Verg. A. 3, 169; 8, 59; 10, 241; Ov. H. 14, 73:Vade age,
Verg. A. 3, 462; 4, 422; so,agite: Ite agite,
Prop. 4, 3, 7.—In other metres (very rarely):II.appropera age,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 2, 38:dic age,
Hor. C. 1, [p. 77] 32, 3; 2, 11, 22;3, 4, 1.—So also in prose (very rarely): Mittite agedum,
Liv. 38, 47:procedat agedum ad pugnam,
id. 7, 9.—It is often separated from such verb:1.age me huc adspice,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 118; id. Capt. 5, 2, 1:Age... instiga,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 10; 5, 6, 11:Quare agite... conjungite,
Cat. 64, 372:Huc age... veni,
Tib. 2, 5, 2:Ergo age cervici imponere nostrae,
Verg. A. 2, 707:en age segnis Rumpe moras,
id. G. 3, 42:age te procellae Crede,
Hor. C. 3, 27, 62:Age jam... condisce,
id. ib. 4, 11, 31; id. S. 2, 7, 4.—Hence,ăgens, entis, P. a.A.Adj.1.Efficient, effective, powerful (only in the rhet. lang. of Cic.):► 2.utendum est imaginibus agentibus, acribus, insignitis,
Cic. de Or. 2, 87, 358:acre orator, incensus et agens,
id. Brut. 92, 317.— Comp. and sup. not used.Agentia verba, in the grammarians, for verba activa, Gell. 18, 12.—B.Subst.: ăgentes, ium.a.Under the emperors, a kind of secret police (also called frumentarii and curiosi), Aur. Vict. Caes. 39 fin.; Dig. 1, 12; 1, 20; 21; 22; 23, etc.; Amm. 15, 3; 14, 11 al.—b.For agrimensores, land-surveyors, Hyg. Lim. p. 179.—2.actus, a, um, P. a. Lit., that has been transacted in the Senate, in the forum, before the courts of justice, etc.; hence,A.actum, i, n., a public transaction in the Senate, before the people, or before a single magistrate:B.actum ejus, qui in re publica cum imperio versatus sit,
Cic. Phil. 1, 7:acta Caesaris servanda censeo,
id. ib. 1, 7:acta tui praeclari tribunatus,
id. Dom. 31.—acta publĭca, or absol.: acta, orum, n., the register of public acts, records, journal. Julius Caesar, in his consulship, ordered that the doings of the Senate (diurna acta) should be made public, Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Ernest. Exc. 1;1.but Augustus again prohibited it,
Suet. Aug. 36. Still the acts of the Senate were written down, and, under the succeeding emperors. certain senators were appointed to this office (actis vel commentariis Senatus conficiendis), Tac. A. 5, 4. They had also public registers of the transactions of the assemblies of the people, and of the different courts of justice;also of births and deaths, marriages, divorces, etc., which were preserved as sources of future history.—Hence, diurna urbis acta,
the city journal, Tac. A. 13, 31:acta populi,
Suet. Caes. 20:acta publica,
Tac. A. 12, 24; Suet. Tib. 8; Plin. Ep. 7, 33:urbana,
id. ib. 9, 15; which were all comprehended under the gen. name acta.With the time added:2.acta eorum temporum,
Plin. 7, 13, 11, § 60:illius temporis,
Ascon. Mil. 44, 16:ejus anni,
Plin. 2, 56, 57, § 147.—Absol., Cic. Fam. 12, 8; 22, 1; 28, 3; Sen. Ben. 2, 10; 3, 16; Suet. Calig. 8; Quint. 9, 3; Juv. 2, 136: Quis dabit historico, quantum daret acta legenti, i. e. to the actuarius, q. v., id. 7, 104; cf. Bahr's Rom. Lit. Gesch. 303.—C.acta triumphōrum, the public record of triumphs, fuller than the Fasti triumphales, Plin. 37, 2, 6, § 12.—D.acta fŏri (v. Inscr. Grut. 445, 10), the records,a.Of strictly historical transactions, Amm. 22, 3, 4; Dig. 4, 6, 33, § 1.—b.Of matters of private right, as wills, gifts, bonds (acta ad jus privatorum pertinentia, Dig. 49, 14, 45, § 4), Fragm. Vat. §§ 249, 266, 268, 317.—E.acta militarĭa, the daily records of the movements of a legion, Veg. R. R. 2, 19. -
15 avoir
avoir [avwaʀ]━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━➭ TABLE 34━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque avoir fait partie d'une locution comme avoir faim, avoir raison, reportez-vous à l'autre mot.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━1. <━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━• j'ai trois frères I have or I've got three brothers• j'ai la réponse I have or I've got the answer• il n'avait pas d'argent he had no money or didn't have any money• en avoir (inf!) ( = être courageux) to have balls (vulg!)━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque avoir est utilisé pour localiser un bâtiment, un objet etc, il peut se traduire par to have (got), mais l'anglais préférera souvent une tournure avec to be.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━c. ( = obtenir) to get• pouvez-vous nous avoir ce livre ? can you get this book for us?d. ( = porter) [+ vêtements] to wear• ici, le lac a 2 km de large the lake is 2km wide hereg. ( = souffrir de) [+ rhume, maladie] to have• qu'est-ce que tu as ? what's wrong with you?• il a qu'il est jaloux he's jealous, that's what's wrong with him• qu'est-ce qu'il a à pleurer ? what's he crying for?h. ( = faire) to makei. ( = recevoir chez soi) to havej. ( = avoir un cours de, avoir à faire) to have• le vendredi, j'ai trois heures d'anglais I have three hours of English on Fridaysk. ( = atteindre, attraper) to get• on les aura ! we'll get them! (inf)• je t'aurai ! I'll get you! (inf)• je t'ai bien eu ! got you there! (inf)• je me suis fait avoir de 300 € I was conned out of 300 euros (inf!)2. <━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Le passé composé français peut se traduire soit par le prétérit, soit par le parfait anglais, selon le contexte.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━• hier, j'ai mangé trois bananes yesterday, I ate three bananas• as-tu faim ? -- non, j'ai mangé trois bananes are you hungry? -- no, I've eaten three bananas• j'étais pressé, alors j'ai couru I was in a hurry so I ran► avoir à + infinitif ( = devoir)• c'est simple, vous n'avez qu'à lui écrire it's simple, just write to him• s'il n'est pas content, il n'a qu'à partir if he doesn't like it, he can always leave3. <► il y a• il y a voiture et voiture ! there are cars and cars!• qu'y a-t-il ? what is it?• qu'est-ce qu'il y a ? what's the matter?• qu'est-ce qu'il y a eu ? what's happened?• il n'y a pas que toi ! you're not the only one!• il n'y a que lui pour faire cela ! trust him to do that!• j'achète du pain ? -- non, il y en a encore shall I buy some bread? -- no, there's some left• il y en a qui disent... there are those who say...• il y en a qui feraient mieux de se taire ! some people would do better to keep quiet!• il n'y en a que pour mon petit frère, à la maison my little brother gets all the attention at home• il n'y en a eu que pour lui pendant l'émission the whole programme revolved around him► y a pas (inf)il y a pas, faut que je parte it's no good, I've got to go• y a pas, il faut qu'il désobéisse he just won't do as he's told• il y a pas à dire, il est très there's no denying he's very intelligent► il n'y a qu'à (+ infinitif), y a qu'à (+ infinitif) (inf)b. (temps)━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Pour exprimer une durée, le présent français devient un parfait en anglais, l'imparfait un pluperfect.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Dans le cas d'une action révolue, on emploie ago et le prétérit.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━• il y a dix ans, j'ai obtenu mon diplôme I graduated ten years ago• combien y a-t-il d'ici à Lille ? how far is it from here to Lille?4. <a. ( = bien) assetsb. ( = actif) credit ; ( = billet) credit note5. <* * *
I avwaʀ1) ( obtenir) to get [objet, rendez-vous]; to catch [train, avion]2) ( au téléphone)j'ai réussi à l'avoir — I managed to get through to him/her
3) ( porter) to wear, to have [something] on4) (colloq) ( triompher) to beat, to get (colloq), to havecette fois-ci, on les aura — this time, we'll get ou have them
5) ( duper) to have (colloq); ( par malveillance) to con (colloq)elle s'est fait or laissée avoir — she's been had (colloq)
6) ( éprouver moralement) to feelavoir du chagrin/de la haine — to feel sorrow/hate
qu'est-ce que tu as? — what's wrong ou the matter with you?
7) (servant à exprimer l'âge, des sensations physiques)j'ai 20 ans/faim/froid — I am 20 years old/hungry/cold
la salle a 20 mètres de long — the room is 20 metres [BrE] long
II avwaʀnom masculin2) ( possessions) assets (pl), holdings (pl)•Phrasal Verbs:
••
Dans la plupart des situations exprimant la possession, la disponibilité avoir sera traduit par to have ou to have got: j'ai des livres/enfants/employés = I have (got) books/children/employees; je n'ai pas assez de place/temps = I don't have (ou I haven't got) enough room/time; la maison a l'électricité/cinq pièces = the house has electricity/five rooms; j'aurai mon visa demain = I'll have my visa tomorrow; ils vont/elle va avoir un bébé en mai = they're/she's having a baby in MayLes autres sens de avoir, verbe transitif simple (obtenir, porter, triompher de etc), sont traités dans l'entrée plus basOn notera qu'en règle générale les expressions figées du type avoir raison, avoir beau, en avoir marre, il y a belle lurette, il y a de quoi etc seront traitées respectivement sous raison, beau, marre, lurette, quoi etcOn pourra également consulter les diverses notes d'usage répertoriées, notamment celles consacrées à l'expression de l'âge, aux maladies, à l'expression de l'heure etcOn trouvera ci-dessous les divers emplois de avoir pour lesquelles une explication est nécessaireavoir = verbe auxiliaireavoir verbe auxiliaire se traduit toujours par to have sauf dans le cas du passé composé: ils avaient révisé les épreuves quand je suis parti = they had revised the proofs when I left; quand ils eurent (ou ont eu) révisé les épreuves, ils sont partis = when they had revised the proofs, they left; ils auront fini demain = they will have finished tomorrow; il aurait (ou eût) aimé parler = he would have liked to speak. Lorsqu'on a un passé composé en français, il sera traduit soit par le prétérit: ils ont révisé les épreuves en juin = they revised the proofs in June; ils ont révisé les épreuves avant ma démission = they revised the proofs before I resigned; je suis sûr qu'il l'a laissé là en partant = I'm sure he left it here when he left; soit par le ‘present perfect’: ils ont révisé les épreuves plusieurs fois = they have revised the proofs several timesavoir = verbe semi-auxiliaireDe même, avoir semi-auxiliaire dans les tournures attributives du type avoir le coeur malade/les genoux cagneux, se traduit de façon variable ( to be ou to have) selon la structure adoptée par l'anglais pour rendre ces tournures; voir, en l'occurrence, les entrées coeur et cagneux; mais c'est en général sous l'adjectif que ce problème est traitéavoir à + infinitifExprimant l'obligation ou la convenance, cette locution verbale se rend généralement par to have to suivi de l'infinitif: j'aurais à ajouter que... = I would have to add that...; tu auras à rendre compte de tes actes = you'll have to account for your actions; je n'ai pas à vous raconter ma vie = I don't have to tell you my life-story; vous n'aviez pas à le critiquer = you didn't have to criticize him; il n'a pas à te parler sur ce ton = he shouldn't speak to you in that tone of voice; j'ai beaucoup à faire = I have (ou I've got) a lot to do; tu n'as rien à faire? = don't you have (ou haven't you got GB) anything to do?; j'ai à faire un rapport/un rapport à faire = I have to write a report/a report to writeQuand cette locution équivaut à suffir, plusieurs possibilités de traduction se présentent: tu n'avais qu'à = tu aurais dû, elle se rend par should have suivi du participe passé; tu n'as qu'à leur écrire = you only have to (ou you've only got to GB, ou all you have to do is) write to them; tu n'auras que cinq minutes à attendre = you'll only have to wait five minutes; tu n'avais qu'à faire attention/me le dire/partir plus tôt = you should have paid attention/told me/left earlierOn trouvera sous assez, marre, etc les expressions figées en avoir assez, en avoir marre etc. Voir aussi les emplois avec il y a plus basL'anglais distingue généralement entre une tâche précise ( to take) et une activité ou absence indéterminée ( to be): vous en avez (ou aurez) pour combien de temps? (à faire ce travail) = how long will it take you?, (à me faire attendre) = how long are you going to be?; j'en ai pour cinq minutes (= je reviens dans...) = I'll be five minutes; je n'en ai pas pour longtemps = I won't be long; j'en ai eu pour deux heures = it took me two hoursSe traduit par to cost suivi du pronom personnel complément correspondant au pronom sujet français (voir aussi argent): j'en ai eu pour 500 francs = it cost me 500 francs; nous en aurons pour combien? = how much will it cost us?(sl) en avoir = to have balls (sl); ne pas en avoir = to have no balls (sl)il y a du lait dans le réfrigérateur = there's some milk in the fridge; il y a des souris/des araignées au grenier = there are mice/spiders in the attic; il n'y a pas/plus de riz = there's no/no more rice ou there isn't any/any more rice; il doit y avoir (ou il y aura) des souris dans le grenier = there must be mice in the attic; il n'y a pas eu moins de 50 concurrents = there were no less than 50 competitors; il y a chapeau et chapeau = there are hats and hats; il y aura Paul, Marie,... = there will be Paul, Marie,...; et il y aura Paul et Marie! = and Paul and Marie will be there!; il n'y a pas de raison de faire/que tu fasses = there's no reason to do/for you to do; il a dû y avoir quelque chose de grave = something serious must have happened; qu'est-ce qu'il y a? (qui ne va pas) = what's wrong?, (qui se passe) = what's going on?; il y a qu'elle m'énerve = she's getting on my nerves, that's what's wrong; il y a que l'ordinateur est en panne = the computer has broken downAttention, un mot singulier en français peut être traduit par un mot fonctionnant comme un pluriel en anglais: il y a beaucoup de monde = there are a lot of people; y avait-il du monde? = were there many people?il est venu il y a longtemps/cinq ans = he came a long time/five years ago; il y a cinq ans que j'habite ici = I have been living here for five years; il y aura cinq ans demain que j'ai pris ma retraite = it will be five years tomorrow since I retired; il y aura deux mois mardi que je travaille ici = I will have been working here for two months on Tuesday; il n'y a que deux mois que je suis/travaille ici = I have only been/been working here for two months; il n'y a pas cinq minutes qu'il est parti = he left less than five minutes ago; il n'y a pas 200 ans que l'espèce est éteinte = the species has been extinct for no more than 200 years; il y a combien de temps/d'années que tu habites ici? = how long/many years have you lived here?; il y a combien de temps/d'années qu'on ne s'est vus? = how long is it/many years has it been since we last met?Elle se fait généralement à l'aide du verbe to be: combien y a-t-il jusqu'à la gare/d'ici à la gare? = how far is it to the station/to the station from here?; combien y a-t-il encore jusqu'à la gare? = how much further is it to the station?; il y a 15 kilomètres jusqu'à/d'ici à la gare = the station is 15 kilometres [BrE] away/away from here; il y a au moins 15 kilomètres = it's at least 15 kilometres [BrE] away; il y a encore 15 kilomètres = it's another 15 kilometres [BrE]; il n'y a pas/que 200 mètres d'ici à la gare = it's less than/only 200 metres [BrE] from here to the stationil y a à + infinitifil y a à manger pour quatre = there's enough food for four; il y a (beaucoup) à faire = there's a lot to be done (ceci traduit également il y a de quoi faire); souligner le danger/l'avantage qu'il y a à faire = to stress how dangerous/advantageous it is to do; les risques qu'il y avait/aurait à faire = how risky it was/would be to do; il n'y a pas à hésiter/s'inquiéter = there's no need to hesitate/worry; il n'y a pas à discuter! = no arguments!; il n'y a qu'à le repeindre! - y a qu'à (colloq), c'est facile à dire! = all you have to do is repaint it! - just repaint it! easier said than done!L'existence se rend par there is/are, le temps par to take, et le coût par to cost ou to come to: il y en a qui n'ont pas peur du ridicule! = there are some people who aren't afraid of being ridiculed!; il y en a toujours pour se plaindre (ou qui se plaignent) = there's always someone who complains; il y en a (ou aura) pour deux heures = it'll take two hours; il y en a eu/aurait eu pour deux heures = it took/would have taken two hours; il n'y en a plus que pour deux heures = it'll only take another two hours; il y en a encore pour combien de temps? = how much longer will it take?; il y en a (ou aura) pour 200 francs = it'll cost (ou come to) 200 francs; il y en a eu pour 200 francs = it cost (ou came to) 200 francsNoter aussi: il n'y en a que pour leur chien = they only think of their dog ou their dog comes firstRemarque: certaines formes personnelles du verbe avoir sont équivalentes au présentatif il y a. En corrélation avec le relatif qui, elles ne se traduisent pas; directement suivies de l'objet présenté, elles se traitent comme il y a: j'ai mon stylo qui fuit = my pen is leaking; elle avait les larmes aux yeux = there were tears in her eyes; j'ai ma cicatrice qui me fait souffrir = my scar is hurting; à droite, vous avez une tapisserie d'Aubusson = on your right, there's an Aubusson tapestry* * *avwaʀ1. nm1) (= biens) assets pl2) COMMERCE (= note de crédit) credit2. vt1) (= posséder) to have, to have gotElle a 2 enfants. — She has 2 children., she has got 2 children
Elle a une belle maison. — She has a lovely house., She has got a lovely house.
Il a les yeux bleus. — He has blue eyes., He has got blue eyes.
Tu as de beaux cheveux. — You have beautiful hair., You have got beautiful hair.
Il a beaucoup d'amis. — He has a lot of friends., He has got a lot of friends.
2) (= obtenir) to get3) (= trouver)ici, vous avez la cuisine — here we have the kitchen
4) (= éprouver) [sensation, sentiment] to haveJ'avais un pressentiment. — I had a feeling.
Il a des démangeaisons. — He is itching.
J'ai une petite douleur ici. — I've got a slight pain here.
J'ai un drôle de pressentiment. — I have a funny feeling.
qu'est-ce que tu as?; qu'as-tu? — what's wrong?, what's the matter?
See:faim, peur, mal5) (âge)avoir 3 ans — to be 3 years old, to be 3
J'avais 10 ans quand je l'ai rencontré. — I was 10 when I met him.
6) * (= duper) to do *on vous a eu! — you've been done!, you've been had!
Vous n'avez qu'à lui demander. — You only have to ask him.
Tu n'as pas à me poser des questions. — It's not for you to ask me questions.
en avoir pour...; J'en ai pour une demi-heure. — It'll take me half an hour.
On en a eu pour 100 euros. — It cost us 100 euros.
3. vb auxJ'ai déjà mangé. — I've already eaten.
Il a mangé des frites. — He had some chips.
Hier je n'ai pas mangé. — I didn't eat yesterday.
Je lui ai parlé hier. — I spoke to him yesterday.
Il a neigé pendant la nuit. — It snowed during the night.
4. vb impers1) (présence)il y a (+ singulier) — there is, (+ pluriel) there are
Il y a quelqu'un à la porte. — There's somebody at the door.
Il y a un bon film à la télé. — There's a good film on TV.
Il y a des chocolats sur la table. — There are some chocolates on the table.
Il y a beaucoup de monde. — There are lots of people.
il doit y avoir; Il doit y avoir une explication. — There must be an explanation.
qu'est-ce qu'il y a?; qu'y a-t-il? — what's the matter?, what is it?
Il n'y a qu'à... — We will just have to...
Il n'y a qu'à partir plus tôt. — We'll just have to leave earlier.
Il ne peut y en avoir qu'un. — There can only be one.
2) (temporel)Je l'ai rencontré il y a 2 ans. — I met him 2 years ago.
Il y a 10 ans qu'il est arrivé. — It's 10 years since he arrived.
* * *I.avoir ⇒ Note d'usage verb table: avoir vtr1 ( obtenir) to get [objet, rendez-vous]; to catch [train, avion]; j'ai pu vous avoir votre visa I managed to get your visa for you; j'ai eu ce vase pour cinq euros I got this vase for five euros; pouvez-vous m'avoir un des traducteurs? can you get me one of the translators?; je n'ai pas eu mon train I didn't catch my train; il l'a eue◑ le soir même he had○ her that very evening;2 ( au téléphone) j'ai réussi à l'avoir I managed to get through to him/her; essayer d'avoir le ministre to try to get through to the minister; pouvez-vous m'avoir son adjoint/Hongkong can you put me through to ou get me his assistant/Hong Kong;3 ( porter) to wear, to have [sth] on; elle avait une robe bleue à son mariage she wore a blue dress at her wedding; elle a toujours une écharpe autour du cou she's always got a scarf round her neck; il avait un béret (sur la tête) he had a beret on ou he was wearing a beret;4 ○( triompher) to beat, to get○, to have; l'équipe de Marseille nous a eus the Marseilles team beat us; ne nous laissons pas avoir par la concurrence let's not let the competition beat us; cette fois-ci, on les aura this time, we'll get ou have them;5 ( duper) to have○; ( par malveillance) to con○; j'ai été eu I've been had○; il t'a bien eu! ( l'escroc) he conned○ you!; ( le plaisantin) he was having you on○! GB, he put one over on you○!; elle s'est fait or laissé avoir she's been had○; j'ai failli me faire avoir I was nearly conned○; je ne me laisserai pas avoir par un abruti○ I won't be conned○ by a moron;6 ( éprouver moralement) to feel; avoir du chagrin/de la haine to feel sorrow/hate; qu'est-ce que tu as? what's wrong ou the matter with you?; j'ai qu'il m'énerve he's getting on my nerves, that's what's wrong; qu'est-ce que tu as à crier comme ça? what are you shouting like that for?; j'ai que mon ordinateur ne marche pas because my computer doesn't work; qu'est-ce qu'il a à conduire comme ça? why is he driving like that?; il a qu'il est soûl because he's drunk, that's why;7 (servant à exprimer l'âge, des sensations physiques) j'ai 20 ans/faim/froid I am 20 years old/hungry/cold; la salle a 20 mètres de long the room is 20 metresGB long.en avoir○ to have balls◑; ne pas en avoir○ to have no balls◑.II.avoir nm2 ( possessions) assets (pl), holdings (pl); avoirs à l'étranger foreign assets ou holdings; avoirs en caisse cash holdings; avoirs en dollars dollar-based assets;avoir fiscal tax credit.I[avwar] nom masculin[en comptabilité] credit side2. ÉCONOMIE & FINANCEavoirs assets, holdingsavoirs numéraires ou en caisse cash holdingsII[avwar] verbe auxiliaireA.1. [avec des verbes transitifs]as-tu lu sa lettre? did you read ou have you read his letter?non content de les avoir humiliés, il les a jetés dehors not content with humiliating them, he threw them out2. [avec des verbes intransitifs]3. [avec le verbe 'être']il aurait été enchanté he would've ou would have been delightedB.1. [exprime la possibilité]a. [conseil] all they have to do ou all they've got to do is write to the managerb. [menace] just let them (try and) write to the managers'il vous manque quelque chose, vous n'avez qu'à me le faire savoir if you're missing anything, just let me know2. [exprime l'obligation]et voilà, je n'ai plus qu'à recommencer! so now I've got to start all over again!3. [exprime le besoin]il a à te parler he's got something to ou there's something he wants to tell youtu n'as pas à t'inquiéter you shouldn't worry, you have nothing to worry about4. (locution)————————[avwar] verbe transitifA.1. [être propriétaire de - action, bien, domaine etc.] to have, to own, to possess ; [ - chien, hôtel, voiture] to have, to owntu n'aurais pas un stylo en plus? have you got ou do you happen to have a spare pen?2. [ami, collègue, famille etc.] to haveavoir un/une/des... qui: elle a un mari qui fait la cuisine she's got the sort ou kind of husband who does the cookingavoir son/sa/ses... qui (familier) : j'ai la chaîne de mon vélo qui est cassée the chain on my bike is broken3. [détenir - permis de conduire, titre] to have, to hold ; [ - droits, privilège] to have, to enjoy ; [ - emploi, expérience, devoirs, obligations] to have ; [ - documents, preuves] to have, to possessavoir le ballon to be in possession of ou to have the ball[au téléphone] to get through toj'ai essayé de t'avoir toute la journée I tried to get through to you ou to contact you all day5. [jouir de - beau temps, bonne santé, liberté, bonne réputation] to have, to enjoy ; [ - choix, temps, mauvaise réputation] to haveil a tout pour lui et il n'est pas heureux! he's got everything you could wish for and he's still not happy!6. [recevoir chez soi]avoir de la famille/des amis à dîner to have relatives/friends over for dinnerbientôt, nous aurons les chaînes européennes soon, we'll be able to get the European channels8. [attraper - otage, prisonnier] to have10. [monter à bord de - avion, bus, train] to catchB.1. [présenter - tel aspect] to have (got)elle a un joli sourire she's got ou she has a nice smileton père a le défaut de ne pas écouter ce qu'on lui dit your father's weakness is not listening to what people tell him[avec pour complément une partie du corps] to havefaites attention, il a une arme careful, he's got a weapon ou he's armed3. [faire preuve de]avoir du talent to have talent, to be talentedayez la gentillesse de... would you ou please be kind enough to...4. [exprime la mesure] to bele voilier a 4 m de large ou largeur the yacht is 4 m widetu en as pour 12 jours/deux heures it'll take you 12 days/two hours5. [exprime l'âge] to beC.1. [subir - symptôme] to have, to show, to display ; [ - maladie, hoquet, mal de tête etc.] to have ; [ - accident, souci, ennuis] to have ; [ - difficultés] to have, to experience ; [ - opération] to undergo, to have ; [ - crise] to have, to go through (inseparable)avoir de la fièvre to have ou to be running a temperatureje ne sais pas ce que j'ai aujourd'hui I don't know what's the matter ou what's wrong with me todayle car n'a rien eu du tout, mais la moto est fichue (familier) there wasn't a scratch on the bus but the motorbike's a write-offun enfant/chaton qui a des vers a child/kitten with wormselle eut cette phrase devenue célèbre she said ou uttered those now famous words3. [ressentir]avoir faim to be ou to feel hungryavoir peur to be ou to feel afraidavoir du chagrin to feel ou to be sadavoir de l'amitié pour quelqu'un to regard ou to consider somebody as a friendavoir du respect pour quelqu'un to have respect for ou to respect somebodyce chien/cette guêpe en a après toi! this dog/wasp has got it in for you!en avoir après ou contre quelque chose to be angry about something4. [élaborer par l'esprit - avis, idée, suggestion] to haveD.1 500 euros pour ce buffet? tu t'es fait avoir! 1,500 euros for that dresser? you were conned ou had ou done!tu t'es fait avoir! you've been had ou taken in ou taken for a ride!tu essaies de m'avoir! you're having ou putting me on!————————il y a verbe impersonnel1. [dans une description, une énumération - suivi d'un singulier] there is ; [ - suivi d'un pluriel] there areil n'y a qu'ici qu'on en trouve this is the only place (where) you can find it/themmerci — il n'y a pas de quoi! thank you — don't mention it ou you're welcome!il n'y a rien à faire, la voiture ne démarre pas it's no good, the car won't startil n'y a pas à dire, il sait ce qu'il veut there's no denying he knows what he wantsqu'est-ce qu'il y a? — il y a que j'en ai marre! (familier) what's the matter? — I'm fed up, that's what!2. [exprimant la possibilité, l'obligation etc.]il n'y a qu'à lui dire you/we etc. just have to tell him3. [indiquant la durée]4. [indiquant la distance]il doit y avoir une raison there must be a ou some reason -
16 know
nəupast tense - knew; verb1) (to be aware of or to have been informed about: He knows everything; I know he is at home because his car is in the drive; He knows all about it; I know of no reason why you cannot go.) saber, conocer2) (to have learned and to remember: He knows a lot of poetry.) saber, conocer3) (to be aware of the identity of; to be friendly with: I know Mrs Smith - she lives near me.) conocer4) (to (be able to) recognize or identify: You would hardly know her now - she has become very thin; He knows a good car when he sees one.) reconocer•- knowing- knowingly
- know-all
- know-how
- in the know
- know backwards
- know better
- know how to
- know the ropes
know vb1. saberdo you know what time it is? ¿sabes qué hora es?2. conocerdo you know Madrid? ¿conoces Madrid?tr[nəʊ]1 (be acquainted with) conocer■ do you know Colin? conoces a Colin?■ this building is known as "La Pedrera' este edificio se conoce como "La Pedrera"■ their terrorist activities were known to the police la policía tenía conocimiento de sus actividades terroristas2 (recognize) reconocer3 (have knowledge of) saber■ do you know English? ¿sabes inglés?■ do you know where the station is? ¿sabe dónde está la estación?\SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALLI know! ¡lo sé!, ¡ya lo sé!who knows? ¿quién sabe?as far as I know que yo sepafor all I know ¡vete a saber!■ he could be dead for all I know podría estar muerto, ¡vete a saber!don't I know it! ¿y me lo dices a mí?, ¡ni que lo digas!how should I know? ¿yo qué sé?if only I'd known! ¡haberlo sabido!not that I know of que yo sepa, noto know apart saber distinguirto know... from... distinguir entre... y...you know what? ¿sabes qué?you never know nunca se sabeI know what! ¡ya lo tengo!I might've known debí imaginármeloto be in the know estar enterado,-ato get to know somebody (llegar a) conocer a alguienyou know best tú sabes mejor que yo, sabes lo que más te convieneto know better tener más juicio■ you ought to know better at your age! ¡a tu edad deberías saber comportarte mejor!to know by sight conocer de vistato know how to do something saber hacer algoto know what one's talking about hablar con conocimiento de causato make oneself known presentarse, darse a conocerdon't know (in survey) persona que no sabe, no contesta1) : saberhe knows the answer: sabe la respuesta2) : conocer (a una persona, un lugar)do you know Julia?: ¿conoces a Julia?3) recognize: reconocer4) discern, distinguish: distinguir, discernir5)to know how to : saberI don't know how to dance: no sé bailarknow vi: saberv.(§ p.,p.p.: knew, known) = conocer v.(§pres: conozco, conoces...)• reconocer v.(§pres: reconozco, reconoces...)• saber v.(§pres: sé, sabes...) subj: sep-pret: sup-fut/c: sabr-•)
I
1. nəʊ1)a) (have knowledge of, be aware of) saber*I don't know his name/how old he is — no sé cómo se llama/cuántos años tiene
to know something ABOUT something — saber* algo de algo
not to know the first thing about something — no saber* nada or no tener* ni idea de algo
how was I to know that... ? — ¿cómo iba yo a saber que... ?
I don't know that I agree/that I'll be able to come — no sé si estoy de acuerdo/si podré ir
I'll have you know that... — has de saber que..., para que sepas,...
you know what he's like — ya sabes cómo es (él), ya lo conoces
before I knew where I was, it was ten o'clock — cuando quise darme cuenta, eran las diez
it is well known that... — todo el mundo sabe que...
it soon became known that... — pronto se supo que...
to be known to + INF: he's known to be dangerous se sabe que es peligroso; I know that for a fact me consta que es así; to let somebody know something decirle* algo a alguien, hacerle* saber or comunicarle* algo a alguien (frml); ( warn) avisarle algo a alguien; let me know how much it's going to cost dime cuánto va a costar; he let it be known that... dio a entender que...; to make something known to somebody hacerle* saber algo a alguien; without our knowing it sin saberlo nosotros, sin que lo supiéramos; there's no knowing what he might do quién sabe qué hará; do you know what! ¿sabes qué?; I know what: let's go skating! tengo una idea: vayamos a patinar!; wouldn't you know it: it's starting to rain! no te digo, se ha puesto a llover!; not to know which way o where to turn no saber* qué hacer; to know something backwards: she knows her part backwards — se sabe el papel al dedillo or al revés y al derecho
b) ( have practical understanding of) \<\<French/shorthand\>\> saber*c) (have skill, ability)to know how to + INF — saber* + inf
2)a) ( be acquainted with) \<\<person/place\>\> conocer*how well do you know her? — ¿la conoces mucho or bien?
I only know her by name — la conozco or (AmL tb) la ubico sólo de nombre
you know me/him: ever the optimist — ya me/lo conoces: siempre tan optimista
to get to know somebody: how did they get to know each other? ¿cómo se conocieron?; I got to know him better/quite well llegué a conocerlo mejor/bastante bien; to get to know something \<\<subject/job\>\> familiarizarse* con algo; we knew her as Mrs Balfour — para nosotros era la Sra Balfour
he has known poverty/success — ha conocido la pobreza/el éxito
he knows no fear — no sabe lo que es or no conoce el miedo
c) ( be restricted by) (liter) tener*3)a) (recognize, identify) reconocer*to know something/somebody BY something — reconocer* algo/a alguien por algo
b) ( distinguish)to know something/somebody FROM something/somebody — distinguir* algo/a alguien de algo/alguien
I don't know one from the other — no los distingo, no distingo al uno del otro
4) (see, experience) (only in perfect tenses)
2.
vi saber*what happened? - nobody knows — ¿qué pasó? - no se sabe
how do you know? — ¿cómo lo sabes?
I won't argue: you know best — no voy a discutir: tú sabrás
I know! — ya sé!, tengo una idea!
the government didn't want to know — el gobierno se desentendió completamente or no quiso saber nada
I'm not stupid, you know! — oye, que no soy tonto ¿eh? or ¿sabes?
to know ABOUT something/somebody: he knows about computers sabe or entiende de computadoras; did you know about John? ¿sabías lo de John?, ¿estabas enterado de lo de John?; can I invite him? - I don't know about that, we'll have to see ¿lo puedo invitar? - no sé, veremos; to get to know about something enterarse de algo; to know OF something/somebody: she knew of their activities tenía conocimiento or estaba enterada de sus actividades; not that I know of que yo sepa, no; do you know of a good carpenter? ¿conoces a or sabes de algún carpintero bueno?; I don't actually know her, I know of her — no la conozco personalmente, sólo de oídas
II
[nǝʊ] (pt knew) (pp known)to be in the know — estar* enterado
1. TRANSITIVE VERBLook up set combinations such as know the ropes, know one's stuff, know sth backward at the other word.1) (=be aware of)a) [+ facts, dates etc] saberto know the difference between... — saber la diferencia entre...
•
she knows a lot about chemistry — sabe mucho de químicaI know nothing about it, I don't know anything about it — no sé nada de eso
•
one minute you're leaving school, then before you know it, you've got a family to support — dejas el colegio y al minuto siguiente, antes de darte cuenta, tienes una familia que mantenerto know why/when/where/if — saber por qué/cuándo/dónde/si
do you know how he did that? — ¿sabes cómo lo hizo?
•
I'll or I'd have you know that... — que sepas que..., para que te enteres,...•
you haven't time, as well he knew — no tienes tiempo, como él bien sabíayou know as well as I do that... — sabes tan bien como yo que...
I know what I said — ya sé qué or lo que dije
•
I don't know whether or not you've heard, but... — no sé si has oído o no pero...- know what's whatI knew it! — ¡lo sabía!
•
that's all you know! * — ¡y más que podría yo contarte!•
don't I know it! — ¡a mí me lo vas a contar!"she's furious" - "don't I know it?" — -está furiosa -¡a mí me lo vas a contar!
•
how was I to know that...? — ¿cómo iba yo a saber que...?•
I should have known you'd mess things up! — debería haberme figurado or imaginado que ibas a estropear las cosas•
do you know what, I think she did it! — ¿sabes una cosa? creo que lo hizo ellaI know what, let's drop in on Daphne! — ¡ya sé! ¡vamos a pasarnos por casa de Daphne!
you know what you can do with it! * — ¡mételo por donde te quepa! **
(well,) what do you know! * — ¿qué te parece?, ¡fíjate!, ¡mira nomás! (LAm)
what does he know about dictionaries! — ¡qué sabrá él de diccionarios!
•
Peter, wouldn't you know it, can't come! — Peter, como era de esperar, no puede venird)to know to do sth >: does he know to feed the rabbits? * — ¿sabe que tiene que dar de comer a los conejos?
2) (=be acquainted with) [+ person, place] conocer; [+ subject] saberdo you know him? — ¿lo conoces?
to know one's classics/linguistic theory — saberse los clásicos/la teoría lingüística
•
most of us know him only as a comedian — la mayoría de nosotros lo conocemos solo como comediante•
don't you know me better than that! — ¿o es que no me conoces?, ¡como si no me conocieras!•
to know sb by sight/name — conocer a algn de vista/de nombre•
she knew him for a liar and a cheat — sabía que era un mentiroso y un tramposo•
they know each other from university — se conocen de la universidad•
if I know him, he'll say no — me apuesto a que dice que no•
I've never known him to smile — nunca lo he visto sonreír•
I don't know him to speak to — no lo conozco personalmente4) (=understand)I don't know how you can say that — no sé or no entiendo cómo puedes decir eso
•
you know what I mean — ya me entiendes, ya sabes lo que quiero decir•
I know the problem! — conozco el problemaI know the problems that arise when... — sé los problemas que surgen cuando...
5) (=recognize) reconocer•
I knew him by his voice — le reconocí por la voz•
to know right from wrong — saber distinguir el bien del mal6) (=be certain)I don't know if or that it's a very good idea — no sé si es una buena idea, no estoy seguro de que sea una buena idea
7) †† (sexually)to get to know sb (llegar a) conocer a algn to get to know sthto let sb know...as you get to know the piece better... — cuando conoces mejor la pieza..., cuando estás más familiarizado con la pieza...
2. INTRANSITIVE VERB1) (gen) saberyes, I know — si, ya lo sé
he thinks he's going to get the job, but I know better — cree que va a conseguir el trabajo, pero yo sé mejor lo que cabe esperar
you ought to know better than to... — ya deberías saber que no se puede...
Mary knows better than to risk upsetting me — Mary sabe demasiado bien que no le conviene que me enfade
•
how should I know? — ¿cómo iba yo a saberlo?•
I know, let's... — ya sé, vamos a...•
there's no (way of) knowing — no hay manera de saberlo•
afterwards they just don't want to know — (in relationships) después "si te he visto no me acuerdo"; (in business) después no quieren saber nada del asunto•
who knows? — ¿quién sabe?•
"was she annoyed about it?" - "I wouldn't know" — -¿se enfadó por eso? -¿y yo que sé?•
it's not easy, you know — no es fácil, sabesall 2., 4) to know aboutyou know, I think I'm beginning to like Richard — ¿sabes? creo que me está empezando a gustar Richard
to know about sth/sb: did you know about Paul? — ¿te has enterado de or sabes lo de Paul?
I didn't know about the accident — no me había enterado de lo del accidente, no sabía nada de lo del accidente
•
"you must be delighted!" - "I don't know about that" — ¡debes estar encantado! -no sé qué decirte"you're a genius!" - "oh, I don't know about that" — -¡eres un genio! -hombre, no sé qué decirte
"I'm taking tomorrow off" - "I don't know about that!" — -mañana me tomo el día libre -no sé, habrá que ver
to get to know about sth enterarse de algo to know of (=be acquainted with) conocer•
I don't know about you, but I think it's terrible — a ti no sé, pero a mí me parece terribleI know of no reason why he should have committed suicide — que yo sepa no tenía razones para suicidarse
•
the first I knew of it was when Pete told me — lo primero que oí or supe del asunto fue lo que me dijo Peteto let sb know•
not that I know of — que yo sepa, nowe'll let you know — ya te diremos lo que sea, ya te avisaremos
why didn't you let me know? — ¿por qué no me lo dijiste?
3.NOUN•
to be in the know * — (=well-informed) estar enterado; (=privy to sth) estar al tanto or al corriente* * *
I
1. [nəʊ]1)a) (have knowledge of, be aware of) saber*I don't know his name/how old he is — no sé cómo se llama/cuántos años tiene
to know something ABOUT something — saber* algo de algo
not to know the first thing about something — no saber* nada or no tener* ni idea de algo
how was I to know that... ? — ¿cómo iba yo a saber que... ?
I don't know that I agree/that I'll be able to come — no sé si estoy de acuerdo/si podré ir
I'll have you know that... — has de saber que..., para que sepas,...
you know what he's like — ya sabes cómo es (él), ya lo conoces
before I knew where I was, it was ten o'clock — cuando quise darme cuenta, eran las diez
it is well known that... — todo el mundo sabe que...
it soon became known that... — pronto se supo que...
to be known to + INF: he's known to be dangerous se sabe que es peligroso; I know that for a fact me consta que es así; to let somebody know something decirle* algo a alguien, hacerle* saber or comunicarle* algo a alguien (frml); ( warn) avisarle algo a alguien; let me know how much it's going to cost dime cuánto va a costar; he let it be known that... dio a entender que...; to make something known to somebody hacerle* saber algo a alguien; without our knowing it sin saberlo nosotros, sin que lo supiéramos; there's no knowing what he might do quién sabe qué hará; do you know what! ¿sabes qué?; I know what: let's go skating! tengo una idea: vayamos a patinar!; wouldn't you know it: it's starting to rain! no te digo, se ha puesto a llover!; not to know which way o where to turn no saber* qué hacer; to know something backwards: she knows her part backwards — se sabe el papel al dedillo or al revés y al derecho
b) ( have practical understanding of) \<\<French/shorthand\>\> saber*c) (have skill, ability)to know how to + INF — saber* + inf
2)a) ( be acquainted with) \<\<person/place\>\> conocer*how well do you know her? — ¿la conoces mucho or bien?
I only know her by name — la conozco or (AmL tb) la ubico sólo de nombre
you know me/him: ever the optimist — ya me/lo conoces: siempre tan optimista
to get to know somebody: how did they get to know each other? ¿cómo se conocieron?; I got to know him better/quite well llegué a conocerlo mejor/bastante bien; to get to know something \<\<subject/job\>\> familiarizarse* con algo; we knew her as Mrs Balfour — para nosotros era la Sra Balfour
he has known poverty/success — ha conocido la pobreza/el éxito
he knows no fear — no sabe lo que es or no conoce el miedo
c) ( be restricted by) (liter) tener*3)a) (recognize, identify) reconocer*to know something/somebody BY something — reconocer* algo/a alguien por algo
b) ( distinguish)to know something/somebody FROM something/somebody — distinguir* algo/a alguien de algo/alguien
I don't know one from the other — no los distingo, no distingo al uno del otro
4) (see, experience) (only in perfect tenses)
2.
vi saber*what happened? - nobody knows — ¿qué pasó? - no se sabe
how do you know? — ¿cómo lo sabes?
I won't argue: you know best — no voy a discutir: tú sabrás
I know! — ya sé!, tengo una idea!
the government didn't want to know — el gobierno se desentendió completamente or no quiso saber nada
I'm not stupid, you know! — oye, que no soy tonto ¿eh? or ¿sabes?
to know ABOUT something/somebody: he knows about computers sabe or entiende de computadoras; did you know about John? ¿sabías lo de John?, ¿estabas enterado de lo de John?; can I invite him? - I don't know about that, we'll have to see ¿lo puedo invitar? - no sé, veremos; to get to know about something enterarse de algo; to know OF something/somebody: she knew of their activities tenía conocimiento or estaba enterada de sus actividades; not that I know of que yo sepa, no; do you know of a good carpenter? ¿conoces a or sabes de algún carpintero bueno?; I don't actually know her, I know of her — no la conozco personalmente, sólo de oídas
II
to be in the know — estar* enterado
-
17 БИБЛИОГРАФИЯ
Мы приняли следующие сокращения для наиболее часто упоминаемых книг и журналов:IJP - International Journal of Psycho-analysisJAPA - Journal of the American Psychoanalytic AssociationSE - Standard Edition of the Complete Psychological Works of Sigmund Freud, ed. James Strachey (London: Hogarth Press and the Institute of Psycho-Analysis, 1953—74.)PSOC - Psychoanalytic Study of the Child (New Haven: Yale University Press)PQ - Psychoanalytic QuarterlyWAF - The Writings of Anna Freud, ed. Anna Freud (New York: International Universities Press, 1966—74)PMC - Psychoanalysis The Major Concepts ed. Burness E. Moore and Bernard D. Fine (New Haven: Yale University Press)\О словаре: _about - Psychoanalytic Terms and Concepts\1. Abend, S. M. Identity. PMC. Forthcoming.2. Abend, S. M. (1974) Problems of identity. PQ, 43.3. Abend, S. M., Porder, M. S. & Willick, M. S. (1983) Borderline Patients. New York: Int. Univ. Press.4. Abraham, K. (1916) The first pregenital stage of libido. Selected Papers. London, Hogarth Press, 1948.5. Abraham, K. (1917) Ejaculatio praecox. In: selected Papers. New York Basic Books.6. Abraham, K. (1921) Contributions to the theory of the anal character. Selected Papers. New York: Basic Books, 1953.7. Abraham, K. (1924) A Short study of the development of the libido, viewed in the light of mental disorders. In: Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1927.8. Abraham, K. (1924) Manic-depressive states and the pre-genital levels of the libido. In: Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1949.9. Abraham, K. (1924) Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1948.10. Abraham, K. (1924) The influence of oral erotism on character formation. Ibid.11. Abraham, K. (1925) The history of an impostor in the light of psychoanalytic knowledge. In: Clinical Papers and Essays on Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books, 1955, vol. 2.12. Abrams, S. (1971) The psychoanalytic unconsciousness. In: The Unconscious Today, ed. M. Kanzer. New York: Int. Univ. Press.13. Abrams, S. (1981) Insight. PSOC, 36.14. Abse, D W. (1985) The depressive character In Depressive States and their Treatment, ed. V. Volkan New York: Jason Aronson.15. Abse, D. W. (1985) Hysteria and Related Mental Disorders. Bristol: John Wright.16. Ackner, B. (1954) Depersonalization. J. Ment. Sci., 100.17. Adler, A. (1924) Individual Psychology. New York: Harcourt, Brace.18. Akhtar, S. (1984) The syndrome of identity diffusion. Amer. J. Psychiat., 141.19. Alexander, F. (1950) Psychosomatic Medicine. New York: Norton.20. Allen, D. W. (1974) The Feat- of Looking. Charlottesvill, Va: Univ. Press of Virginia.21. Allen, D. W. (1980) Psychoanalytic treatment of the exhibitionist. In: Exhibitionist, Description, Assessment, and Treatment, ed. D. Cox. New York: Garland STPM Press.22. Allport, G. (1937) Personality. New York: Henry Holt.23. Almansi, R. J. (1960) The face-breast equation. JAPA, 6.24. Almansi, R. J. (1979) Scopophilia and object loss. PQ, 47.25. Altman, L. Z. (1969) The Dream in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.26. Altman, L. Z. (1977) Some vicissitudes of love. JAPA, 25.27. American Psychiatric Association. (1987) Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 3d ed. revised. Washington, D. C.28. Ansbacher, Z. & Ansbacher, R. (1956) The Individual Psychology of Alfred Adler. New York: Basic Books.29. Anthony, E. J. (1981) Shame, guilt, and the feminine self in psychoanalysis. In: Object and Self, ed. S. Tuttman, C. Kaye & M. Zimmerman. New York: Int. Univ. Press.30. Arlow. J. A. (1953) Masturbation and symptom formation. JAPA, 1.31. Arlow. J. A. (1959) The structure of the deja vu experience. JAPA, 7.32. Arlow. J. A. (1961) Ego psychology and the study of mythology. JAPA, 9.33. Arlow. J. A. (1963) Conflict, regression and symptom formation. IJP, 44.34. Arlow. J. A. (1966) Depersonalization and derealization. In: Psychoanalysis: A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.35. Arlow. J. A. (1969) Fantasy, memory and reality testing. PQ, 38.36. Arlow. J. A. (1969) Unconscious fantasy and disturbances of mental experience. PQ, 38.37. Arlow. J. A. (1970) The psychopathology of the psychoses. IJP, 51.38. Arlow. J. A. (1975) The structural hypothesis. PQ, 44.39. Arlow. J. A. (1977) Affects and the psychoanalytic situation. IJP, 58.40. Arlow. J. A. (1979) Metaphor and the psychoanalytic situation. PQ, 48.41. Arlow. J. A. (1979) The genesis of interpretation. JAPA, 27 (suppl.).42. Arlow. J. A. (1982) Problems of the superego concept. PSOC, 37.43. Arlow. J. A. (1984) Disturbances of the sense of time. PQ, 53.44. Arlow. J. A. (1985) Some technical problems of countertransference. PQ, 54.45. Arlow, J. A. & Brenner, C. (1963) Psychoanalytic Concepts and the Structural Theory, New York: Int. Univ. Press.46. Arlow, J. A. & Brenner, C. (1969) The psychopathology of the psychoses. IJP, 50.47. Asch, S. S. (1966) Depression. PSOC, 21.48. Asch, S. S. (1976) Varieties of negative therapeutic reactions and problems of technique. JAPA, 24.49. Atkins, N. (1970) The Oedipus myth. Adolescence, and the succession of generations. JAPA, 18.50. Atkinson, J. W. & Birch, D. (1970) The Dynamics of Action. New York: Wiley.51. Bachrach, H. M. & Leaff, L. A. (1978) Analyzability. JAPA, 26.52. Bacon, C. (1956) A developmental theory of female homosexuality. In: Perversions,ed, S. Lorand & M. Balint. New York: Gramercy.53. Bak, R. C. (1953) Fetishism. JAPA. 1.54. Bak, R. C. (1968) The phallic woman. PSOC, 23.55. Bak, R. C. & Stewart, W. A. (1974) Fetishism, transvestism, and voyeurism. An American Handbook of Psychiatry, ed. S. Arieti. New York: Basic Books, vol. 3.56. Balint, A. (1949) Love for mother and mother-love. IJP, 30.57. Balter, L., Lothane, Z. & Spencer, J. H. (1980) On the analyzing instrument, PQ, 49.58. Basch, M. F. (1973) Psychoanalysis and theory formation. Ann. Psychoanal., 1.59. Basch, M. F. (1976) The concept of affect. JAPA, 24.60. Basch, M. F. (1981) Selfobject disorders and psychoanalytic theory. JAPA, 29.61. Basch, M. F. (1983) Emphatic understanding. JAPA. 31.62. Balldry, F. Character. PMC. Forthcoming.63. Balldry, F. (1983) The evolution of the concept of character in Freud's writings. JAPA. 31.64. Begelman, D. A. (1971) Misnaming, metaphors, the medical model and some muddles. Psychiatry, 34.65. Behrends, R. S. & Blatt, E. J. (1985) Internalization and psychological development throughout the life cycle. PSOC, 40.66. Bell, A. (1961) Some observations on the role of the scrotal sac and testicles JAPA, 9.67. Benedeck, T. (1949) The psychosomatic implications of the primary unit. Amer. J. Orthopsychiat., 19.68. Beres, C. (1958) Vicissitudes of superego functions and superego precursors in childhood. FSOC, 13.69. Beres, D. Conflict. PMC. Forthcoming.70. Beres, D. (1956) Ego deviation and the concept of schizophrenia. PSOC, 11.71. Beres, D. (1960) Perception, imagination and reality. IJP, 41.72. Beres, D. (1960) The psychoanalytic psychology of imagination. JAPA, 8.73. Beres, D. & Joseph, E. D. (1965) Structure and function in psychoanalysis. IJP, 46.74. Beres, D. (1970) The concept of mental representation in psychoanalysis. IJP, 51.75. Berg, M D. (1977) The externalizing transference. IJP, 58.76. Bergeret, J. (1985) Reflection on the scientific responsi bilities of the International Psychoanalytical Association. Memorandum distributed at 34th IPA Congress, Humburg.77. Bergman, A. (1978) From mother to the world outside. In: Grolnick et. al. (1978).78. Bergmann, M. S. (1980) On the intrapsychic function of falling in love. PQ, 49.79. Berliner, B. (1966) Psychodynamics of the depressive character. Psychoanal. Forum, 1.80. Bernfeld, S. (1931) Zur Sublimierungslehre. Imago, 17.81. Bibring, E. (1937) On the theory of the therapeutic results of psychoanalysis. IJP, 18.82. Bibring, E. (1941) The conception of the repetition compulsion. PQ, 12.83. Bibring, E. (1953) The mechanism of depression. In: Affective Disorders, ed. P. Greenacre. New York: Int. Univ. Press.84. Bibring, E. (1954) Psychoanalysis and the dynamic psychotherapies. JAPA, 2.85. Binswanger, H. (1963) Positive aspects of the animus. Zьrich: Spring.86. Bion Francesca Abingdon: Fleetwood Press.87. Bion, W. R. (1952) Croup dynamics. IJP, 33.88. Bion, W. R. (1961) Experiences in Groups. London: Tavistock.89. Bion, W. R. (1962) A theory of thinking. IJP, 40.90. Bion, W. R. (1962) Learning from Experience. London: William Heinemann.91. Bion, W. R. (1963) Elements of Psychoanalysis. London: William Heinemann.92. Bion, W. R. (1965) Transformations. London: William Heinemann.93. Bion, W. R. (1970) Attention and Interpretation. London: Tavistock.94. Bion, W. R. (1985) All My Sins Remembered, ed. Francesca Bion. Adingdon: Fleetwood Press.95. Bird, B. (1972) Notes on transference. JAPA, 20.96. Blanck, G. & Blanck, R. (1974) Ego Psychology. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.97. Blatt, S. J. (1974) Levels of object representation in anaclitic and introjective depression. PSOC, 29.98. Blau, A. (1955) A unitary hypothesis of emotion. PQ, 24.99. Bleuler, E. (1911) Dementia Praecox or the Group of Schizophrenias. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1951.100. Blos, P. (1954) Prolonged adolescence. Amer. J. Orthopsychiat., 24.101. Blos, P. (1962) On Adolescence. New York: Free Press.102. Blos, P. (1972) The epigenesia of the adult neurosis. 27.103. Blos, P. (1979) Modification in the traditional psychoanalytic theory of adolescent development. Adolescent Psychiat., 8.104. Blos, P. (1984) Son and father. JAPA_. 32.105. Blum, G. S. (1963) Prepuberty and adolescence, In Studies ed. R. E. Grinder. New York: McMillan.106. Blum, H. P. Symbolism. FMC. Forthcoming.107. Blum, H. P. (1976) Female Psychology. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).108. Blum, H. P. (1976) Masochism, the ego ideal and the psychology of women. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).109. Blum, H. P. (1980) The value of reconstruction in adult psychoanalysis. IJP, 61.110. Blum, H. P. (1981) Forbidden quest and the analytic ideal. PQ, 50.111. Blum, H. P. (1983) Defense and resistance. Foreword. JAFA, 31.112. Blum, H. P., Kramer, Y., Richards, A. K. & Richards, A. D., eds. (1988) Fantasy, Myth and Reality: Essays in Honor of Jacob A. Arlow. Madison, Conn.: Int. Univ. Press.113. Boehm, F. (1930) The femininity-complex In men. IJP,11.114. Boesky, D. Structural theory. PMC. Forthcoming.115. Boesky, D. (1973) Deja raconte as a screen defense. PQ, 42.116. Boesky, D. (1982) Acting out. IJP, 63.117. Boesky, D. (1986) Questions about Sublimation In Psychoanalysis the Science of Mental Conflict, ed. A. D. Richards & M. S. Willick. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.118. Bornstein, B. (1935) Phobia in a 2 1/2-year-old child. PQ, 4.119. Bornstein, B. (1951) On latency. PSOC, 6.120. Bornstein, M., ed. (1983) Values and neutrality in psychoanalysis. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 3.121. Bowlby, J. (1960) Grief and morning in infancy and early childhood. PSOC. 15.122. Bowlby, J. (1961) Process of mourning. IJP. 42.123. Bowlby, J. (1980) Attachment and Loss, vol. 3. New York: Basic Books.124. Bradlow, P. A. (1973) Depersonalization, ego splitting, non-human fantasy and shame. IJP, 54.125. Brazelton, T. B., Kozlowsky, B. & Main, M. (1974) The early motherinfant interaction. In: The Effect of the Infant on Its Caregiver, ed. M. Lewis & L. Rosenblum New York Wiley.126. Brenner, C. (1957) The nature and development of the concept of repression in Freud's writings. PSOC, 12.127. Brenner, C. (1959) The masochistic character. JAPA, 7.128. Brenner, C. (1973) An Elementary Textbook of Psycho-analysis. New York Int. Univ. Press.129. Brenner, C. (1974) On the nature and development of affects PQ, 43.130. Brenner, C. (1976) Psychoanalytic Technique and Psychic Conflict. New York: Int. Univ. Press.131. Brenner, C. (1979) The Mind in Conflict. New York: Int. Univ. Press.132. Brenner, C. (1979) Working alliance, therapeutic alliance and transference. JAPA, 27.133. Brenner, C. (1981) Defense and defense mechanisms. PQ, 50.134. Brenner, C. (1983) Defense. In: the Mind in Conflict. New York Int. Univ. Press.135. Bressler, B. (1965) The concept of the self. Psychoanalytic Review, 52.136. Breuer, J. & Freud, S. (1983—95) Studies on Hysteria. SE, 3.137. Breznitz, S., ed. (1983) The Denial of Stress. New York: Int. Univ. Press.138. Brody, S. (1964) Passivity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.139. Brown, H. (1970) Psycholinquistics. New York: Free Press.140. Bruner, J. S. (1964) The course of cognitive growth. Amer. Psychologist. 19.141. Bruner, J., Jolly, A. & Sylva, K. (1976) Play. New York Basic Books.142. Bruner, J. E., Olver, R. R. &Greenfield, P. M. (1966) Studies in Cognitive Growth. New York: Wiley.143. Buie, D H. (1981) Empathy. JAPA, 29.144. Burgner, M. & Edgeumble, R. (1972) Some problems in the conceptualization of early object relationships. PSOC, 27.145. Call, J. ed. (1979) Basic Handbook of Child Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books.146. Carroll, G. (1956) Language, Thought and Reality. Cambridge & London: M. I. T. Press & John Wiley.147. Cavenar, J. O. & Nash, J. L. (1976) The effects of Combat on the normal personality. Comprehensive Psychiat., 17.148. Chassequet-Smirgel, J. (1978) Reflections on the connection between perversion and sadism. IJP, 59.149. Chomsky, N. (1978) Language and unconscious knowledge. In: Psychoanalysis and Language, ed. J. H. Smith. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, vol. 3.150. Clower, V. (1975) Significance of masturbation in female sexual development and function. In: Masturbation from Infancy to Senescence, ed. I. Marcus & J. Francis. New York: Int. Uni" Press.151. Coen, S. J. & Bradlow, P. A. (1982) Twin transference as a compromise formation. JAPA, 30.152. Compton, A. Object and relationships. PMC. Forthcoming.153. Cullen, W. (1777) First Lines of the Practice of Psysic. Edinburgh: Bell, Brandfute.154. Curtis, B. C. (1969) Psychoanalytic understanding and treatment of impotence. In: Sexual Function and Dysfunction, ed. P. J. Fink & V. B. O. Hummett. Philadelphia: F. A. Davis.155. Darwin, C. (1874) The Descent of Man. New York: Hurst.156. Davidoff-Hirsch, H. (1985) Oedipal and preoedipal phenomena. JAPA, 33.157. Davis, M. & Wallbridge, D. (1981) Boundary and Space. New York: Brunner-Mazel.158. Deutsch, H. (1932) Homosexuality in women. PQ, 1.159. Deutsch, H. (1934) Some forms of emotional disturbance and their relationship to schizophrenia. PQ, 11.160. Deutsch, H. (1937) Absence of grief. PQ, 6.161. Deutsch, H. (1942) Some forms of emotional disturbance and their relationship to schizophrenia. PQ, 11.162. Deutsch, H. (1955) The impostor. In: Neuroses and Character Types. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1965.163. Devereux, G. (1953) Why Oedipus killed Lains. IJP, 34.164. Dewald, P. (1982) Psychoanalytic perspectives On resistance. In: resistance, Psychodynamics. and Behavioral Approaches, ed. P. Wachtel. New York: Plenum Press.165. Dickes, R. (1963) Fetishistic behavior. JAPA. 11.166. Dickes, R. (1965) The defensive function of an altered state of consciousness. JAPA, 13.167. Dickes, R. (1967) Severe regressive disruption of the therapeutic alliance. JAPA, 15.168. Dickes, R. (1981) Sexual myths and misinformation. In: Understanding Human Behaviour in Health and Illness, ed. R. C. Simon & H. Pardes. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.169. Dorpat, T. L. (1985) Denial and Defense in the Therapeutic Situation. New York: Jason Aronson.170. Downey, T. W. (1978) Transitional phenomena in the analysis of early adolescent males. PSOC, 33.171. Dunbar, F. (1954) Emotions and Bodily Functions. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.172. Easson, W. M. (1973) The earliest ego development, primitive memory traces, and the Isakower phenomenon. PQ, 42.173. Edelheit, H. (1971) Mythopoiesis and the primal scene. Psychoanal. Study Society, 5.174. Edgcumbe, R. & Burgner, M. (1972) Some problems in the conceptualization of early object relation ships, part I. PSOC, 27.175. Edgcumbe, R. & Burgner, M. (1975) The phallicnarcissistic phase. PSOC, 30.176. Eidelberg, L. (1960) A third contribution to the study of slips of the tongue. IJP, 41.177. Eidelberg, L. (1968) Encyclopedia of Psychoanalysis. New York: The Free Press; London: Collier-MacMillan.178. Eissler, K. R. (1953) The effect of the structure of the ego on psychoanalytic technique. JAPA, 1.179. Ellenberg, H. F. (1970) The Discovery of the Unconscious. New York: Basic Books.180. Emde, R. N. (1980) Toward a psychoanalytic theory of affect: I. & G. H. Pollock. Washington NYMH.181. Emde R., Gaensbaner, T. & Harmon R. (1976) Emotional Expression in Infancy. New York: Int. Univ. Press.182. Erode R. & Harmon, R. J. (1972) Endogenous and exogenous smiling systems in early infancy. J. Amer. Acad. Child Psychiat., 11.183. Engel, G. L. (1962) Psychological Development in Health and Disease. New York Saunders.184. Engel, G. L. (1967) Psychoanalytic theory of somatic disorder. JAPA, 15.185. Engel, G. L. (1968) A reconsideration of the role of conversion in somatic disease. Compr. Psychiat., 94.186. English, H. B. & English, A. C. (1958) A comprehensive Dictionary of Psychological and Psychoanalytical Terms. New York: David McKay.187. Erard, R. (1983) New wine in old skins. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 10.188. Erdelyi, M. H. (1985) Psychoanalysis. New York: W. H. Freeman.189. Erikson, E. H. (1950) Childhood and Society. New York: Norton.190. Erikson, E. H. (1956) The concept of ego identity. JAPA, 4.191. Erikson, E. H. (1956) The problem of ego identity. JAPA, 4.192. Esman, A. H. (1973) The primal scene. PSOC, 28.193. Esman, A. H. (1975) The Psychology of Adolescence. New York: Int. Univ. Press.194. Esman, A. H. (1979) Some reflections on boredom. JAPA, 27.195. Esman, A. H. (1983) The "stimulus barrier": a review and reconsideration. PSOC, 38.196. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1952) Psychoanalytic Studies of the Personality. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.197. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1954) An Object-Relations Theory of the Personality. New York: Basic Books.198. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1963) Synopsis of an Object-Relations theory of the personality. IJP, 44.199. Fawcett, J., Clark, D. C., Scheftner, W. H. & Hedecker, D. (1983) Differences between anhedonia and normal hedonic depressive states. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 40.200. Fenichel, O. (1934) On the psychology of boredom. Collected Papers. New York: Norton, 1953, vol. 1.201. Fenichel, O. (1941) Problems of Psychoanalytic Technique. Albany, N. Y.: Psychoanalytic Quaterly.202. Fenichel, O. (1945) Character disorders. In: The Psychoanalytic Theory of the Neurosis. New York: Norton.203. Fenichel, O. (1945) The Psychoanalytic Theory of Neurosis New York: Norton.204. Fenichel, O. (1954) Ego strength and ego weakness. Collected Papers. New York: Norton, vol. 2.205. Ferenczi, S. (1909) Introjection and transference. In: Sex in Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books.206. Ferenczi, S. (191617) Disease or patho-neurosis. The Theory and Technique of Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press, 1950.207. Ferenczi, S. (1925) Psychoanalysis of sexual habits. In: The Theory and Technique of Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books.208. Fine, B. D., Joseph, E. D. & Waldhorn, H. F., eds. (1971) Recollection and Reconstruction in Psychoanalysis. Monograph 4, Kris Study Group. New York: Int. Univ. Press.209. Fink, G. (1967) Analysis of the Isakower phenomenon. JAPA, 15.210. Fink, P. J. (1970) Correlation between "actual" neurosis and the work of Masters and Johson. P. Q, 39.211. Finkenstein, L. (1975) Awe premature ejaculation. P. Q, 44.212. Firestein, S. K. (1978) A review of the literature. In: Termination in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.213. Fisher, C. et. al. (1957) A study of the preliminary stages of the construction of dreams and images. JAPA, 5.214. Fisher, C. et. al. (1968) Cycle of penile erection synchronous with dreaming (REM) sleep. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 12.215. Fliess, R. (1942) The metapsychology of the analyst. PQ, 12.216. Fliess, R. (1953) The Revival of Interest in the Dream. New York: Int. Univ. Press.217. Fodor, N. & Gaynor, F. (1950) Freud: Dictionary of Psycho-analysis. New York: Philosophical Library.218. Fordham, M. (1969) Children as Individuals. London: Hodder & Stoughton.219. Fordham, M. (1976) The Self and Autism. London: Academic Press.220. Fraiberg, S. (1969) Object constancy and mental representation. PSOC, 24.221. Frank, A. Metapsychology. PMS. Forthcoming.222. Frank, A. & Muslin, H. (1967) The development of Freud's concept of primal repression. PSOC, 22.223. Frank, H. (1977) Dynamic patterns for failure in college students. Can. Psychiat. Ass. J., 22.224. French, T. & Fromm, E. (1964) Dream Interpretation. New York: Basic Books.225. Freud, A. (1936) The Ego and the Mechanisms of Defense. New York Int. Univ. Press.226. Freud, A. (1951) Observations on child development. PSOC, 6.227. Freud, A. (1952) The mutual influences in the development of ego and id. WAF, 4.228. Freud, A. (1958) Adolescence. WAF, 5.229. Freud, A. (1962) Assessment of childhood disturbances. PSOC, 17.230. Freud, A. (1962) Comments on psychic trauma. In: Furst (1967).231. Freud, A. (1963) The concept of developmental lines. PSOC, 18.232. Freud, A. (1965) Assessment of pathology, part 2. WAF, 6.233. Freud, A. (1965) Normality and Pathology in Childhood. New York: Int. Univ. Press.234. Freud, A. (1970) The infantile neurosis. WAF, 7.235. Freud, A. (1971) Comments on aggression. IJP, 53.236. Freud, A. (1971) The infantile neurosis. PSOC, 26.237. Freud, A. (1981) Insight. PSOC, 36.238. Freud, S. (1887—1902) Letters to Wilhelm Fliess. New York: Basic Books, 1954.239. Freud, S. (1891) On the interpretation of the aphasias. SE, 3.240. Freud, S. (1893—95) Studies on hysteria. SE, 2.241. Freud, S. (1894) The neuropsychoses of defence. SE, 3.242. Freud, S. (1895) On the ground for detaching a particular syndrome from neurasthenia under the description "anxiety neurosis". SE, 3.243. Freud, S. (1895) Project for a scientific psychology. SE, 1.244. Freud, S. (1896) Draft K, Jameary 1, 1896, Neuroses of defense (A Christmas fairytale). In: Extracts from the Fliess papers (1892—99).245. Freud, S. (1896) Further remarks on the neuropsychosis of defense. SE, 3.246. Freud, S. (1896) Heredity and aetiology of neurosis. SE, 3.247. Freud, S. (1898) Sexuality in the aetiology of the neurosis. SE, 3.248. Freud, S. (1899) Screen memories. SE, 3.249. Freud, S. (1900) The interpretation of dreams. SE, 4—5.250. Freud, S. (1901) Childhood memories and screen memories SE, 6.251. Freud, S. (1901) On dreams. SE, 5.252. Freud, S. (1901) The psychopathology of everyday life. SE, 6.253. Freud, S. (1905) Fragments of an analysis of a case of hysteria. SE, 7.254. Freud, S. (1905) Jokes and their relation to the unconscious. SE, 8.255. Freud, S. (1905) Psysical (or mental) treatment. SE, 7.256. Freud, S. (1905) Three essays on the theory of sexuality. SE. 7.257. Freud, S. (1908) Character and anal erotism. SE, 9.258. Freud, S. (1908) On the sexual theories of children. SE, 9.259. Freud, S. (1908) Preface to Wilhelm Stekel's Nervous Anxiety-States and Their Treatment. SE, 9.260. Freud, S. (1909) Analysis of a phobia in a five-year-old boy. SE, 10.261. Freud, S. (1909) Family romances. SE, 9.262. Freud, S. (1909) Notes upon a case of obsessional neurosis. SE, 10.263. Freud, S. (1910) A special type of choice of object made by men. SE, 11.264. Freud, S. (1910) The autithentical meaning of primal words. SE, 11.265. Freud, S. (1910) The future prospects of psychoanalytic therapy. SE, 11.266. Freud, S. (1910) The psychoanalytic view of psychogenic disturbance of vision. SE, 11.267. Freud, S. (1911) Formulations on the two principles of mental functioning. SE, 12.268. Freud, S. (1911) Notes on a case of paranoia. SE, 12.269. Freud, S. (1911) Psychoanalytic notes on an autobiographical account of a case of paranoia. SE, 12.270. Freud, S. (1911—15) Papers on technique. SE, 12.271. Freud, S. (1912) Contribution to a discussion on masturbation. SE, 12.272. Freud, S. (1912) On the universal tendency to abasement in the sphere of love. SE, 11.273. Freud, S. (1912) The dynamics of transference. SE, 12.274. Freud, S. (1913) Editor's note The disposition to obsessional neurosis. SE, 12.275. Freud, S. (1913) On beginning the treatment. SE, 12.276. Freud, S. (1913) Totem and taboo. SE, 13.277. Freud, S. (1914) Fausse reconnaissance (deja reconte) in psychoanalytic treatment. SE, 13.278. Freud, S. (1914) Mourning and melancholia. SE, 15.279. Freud, S. (1914) Observations on transference love. SE, 12.280. Freud, S. (1914) On narcissism. SE. 14.281. Freud, S. (1914) On the history of the psychoanalytic movement. SE, 14.282. Freud, S. (1914) Remembering, repeating, and working-through. SE, 12.283. Freud, S. (1914—16) Some character types met with in psychoanalysis. (II) Those wrecked by success SE, 14.284. Freud, S. (1915) Das UnbewuЯte. Gesammelte Werke, 10.285. Freud, S. (1915) Instincts and their vicissitudes. SE, 14.286. Freud, S. (1915) Observation on transference-love. SE, I2.287. Freud, S. (1915) Repression. SE, 14.288. Freud, S. (1915) The unconscious. SE, 14.289. Freud, S. (1915—17) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 15 & 16.290. Freud, S. (1916) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 16.291. Freud, S. (1916) Some character types met with in psychoanalytic work. SE, 16.292. Freud, S. (1917) A metapsychological supplement to the theory of dreams. SE, 14.293. Freud, S. (1917) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 16.294. Freud, S. (1917) Mourning and melancholia. SE, 14.295. Freud, S. (1917) On transformations of instinct as exemplified in anal erotism. SE, 17.296. Freud, S. (1918) From the history of an infantile neurosis. SE, 17.297. Freud, S. (1919) "A child is being beaten". SE, 17.298. Freud, S. (1919) Lines of advance in psychoanalytic therapy. SE, 17.299. Freud, S. (1919) The uncanny. SE, 17.300. Freud, S. (1920) Beyond the pleasure principle. SE, 18.301. Freud, S. (1920) The Psychogenesis of a case of homosexuality in a woman. SE, 18.302. Freud, S. (1921) Group psychology and the analysis of the ego. SE, 18.303. Freud, S. (1923) The ego and the id. SE, 19.304. Freud, S. (1923) The infantile genital organization. SE, 19.305. Freud, S. (1924) A short account of psychoanalysis. SE, 19.306. Freud, S. (1924) Neurosis and psychosis. SE, 19.307. Freud, S. (1924) The dissolution of the Oedipus complex SE, 19.308. Freud, S. (1924) The economic problem of masochism. SE, 19.309. Freud, S. (1924) The loss of reality in neurosis and psychosis. SE, 19.310. Freud, S. (1925) Negation. SE, 19.311. Freud, S. (1925) Some psychical consequences of the anatomical distinction between the sexes. SE, 19.312. Freud, S. (1926) Inhibitions, symptoms and anxiety. SE, 20.313. Freud, S. (1926) The question of lay analysis. SE, 20.314. Freud, S. (1927) Fetishism. SE, 21.315. Freud, S. (1930) Civilization and its discontents. SE, 21.316. Freud, S. (1931) Female sexuality. SE, 21.317. Freud, S. (1931) Libidinal types. SE, 21.318. Freud, S. (1933) Femininity. SE, 22,.319. Freud, S. (1933) New introductory lectures on psycho-analysis. SE, 22.320. Freud, S. (1933) The psychology of women. New introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 22.321. Freud, S. (1936) A disturbance of memory on the Acropolis. SE, 22.322. Freud, S. (1937) Analysis terminable and interminable. SE, 23.323. Freud, S. (1937) Constructions in analysis. SE, 23.324. Freud, S. (1938) An outline on psychoanalysis. SE, 23.325. Freud, S. (1938) Splitting of the ego in the process of defense. SE, 23.326. Freud, S. (1939) Moses and monotheism. SE, 23.327. Freud, S. (1940) An outline of psychoanalysis. SE, 23.328. Frosch, J. (1966) A note on reality constancy. In: Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.329. Frosch, J. (1967) Delusional fixity sense of conviction and the psychotic conflict. IJP, 48.330. Frosch, J. (1977) The relation between acting out and disorders of impulse control. Psychiatry, 40.331. Frosch, J. (1980) Neurosis and psychosis. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. J. Greenspan & G. H. Pollock. Washington, D. C.: National Institute of Health, vol. 3.332. Frosch, J. (1983) The Psychotic Process. New York: Int. Univ. Press.333. Furer, M. (1972) The history of the superego concept in psychoanalysis. In: Moral Value and the Superego concept in Psychoanalysis, ed. S. C. Fost. New York: Int. Univ. Press.334. Furman, E. (1974) A Child s Parent Dies. New Heaven: Yale Univ. Press.335. Furman, E. (1980) Transference and externalization. PSOC, 35.336. Furst, S. Trauma. PMC, Forthcoming.337. Furst, S. (1967) Psychic trauma. In: Psychic Trauma, ed. S. S. Furst. New York: Basic Books.338. Furst, S. (1978) The stimulus barrier and the pathogenecity of trauma. IJP, 59.339. Gaddini, R. (1978) Transitional object and the psychosomatic symptom. In: Grolnich et. al. (1978).340. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1976) Some suggested revisions concerning early female development. JAPA, 24(5).341. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1980) The preoedipal development of the boy. JAPA, 28.342. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1981) Infantile Origins of Sexual Identity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.343. Ganzarain, R. Group psychology. PMC. Forthcoming.344. Ganzarain, R. (1980) Psychotic-like anxieties and primitive defenses. Issues on Ego Psychology, 3(2).345. Ganzarain, R. (1988) A comparative study of Bion's concepts about groups. In: Object Relations Group Psychotherapy. Madison, Ct.: Int. Univ. Press.346. Gediman, H. K. (1971) The concept of the stimulus barrier. IJP, 52.347. Gedo, J. & Goldberg, A. (1973) Models of the Mind. Chicago & London: Univ. of Chicago Press.348. Geerts, A. E. & Prechardt, E., reporters (1978) Colloquium on "trauma". IJP, 59.349. Gero, G. (1943) The idea of psychogenesis in modern psychiatry and in psychoanalysis. Psychoanal. Rev., 30.350. Gill. M. M. (1963) Topography and Systems in Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, Monogr. 10. New York: Int. Univ. Press.351. Gill. M. M. (1967) The primary process in motives and thought. In: Motives and Thought, ed. R. R. Holt. New York: Int. Univ. Press.352. Gill. M. M. (1974) Psychoanalysis and psychotherapy. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 11.353. Gill, M. M & Rapaport, D. (1942) A case of amnesia and its bearing on the theory of memory. Character and Personality, 11.354. Gillespie, W. (1956) The general theory of Sexual perversion. IJP, 37.355. Glenn, J. (in press) A parameter. In: Annu. Psychoanal.356. Glenn, J. & Kaplan, E. H. (1968) Types of orgasm in women. JAPA, 16.357. Glower, E. (1929) The "screening" function of traumatic memories. IJP, 4.358. Glower, E. (1931) Sublimation, substitution, and social anxiety. IJP, 12.359. Glower, E. (1933) The relation of perversion-formation to the development of reality sense. IJP, 14.360. Glower, E. (1955) The terminal phase. In: The Technique of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.361. Goldberg, A. (1975) The evolution of psychoanalytic concepts of depression. In: Depression and Human Existence, ed. E. J. Anthony & T. Benedeck. Boston: Little, Brown.362. Goldberg, A. ed. (1978) The Psychology of the Self. New York: Int. Univ. Press.363. Goldberg, A. (1983) Self psychology and alternate perspectives on internalization. In: Reflections on Self Psychology, ed. J. Lichtenberg & S. Kaplan. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.364. Green, A. (1978) Potential space in Psychoanalysis. In: Grolnich et. al. (1978).365. Greenacre, P. (1949) A contribution to the study of screen memories. FSOC, 3/4.366. Greenacre, P. (1950) General problems of acting out. PQ, 19.367. Greenacre, P. (1950) Special problems of early female sexual development. In: Trauma, Growth and Personality New York: Int. Univ. Press.368. Greenacre, P. (1952) Pregenital patterning. IJP, 33.369. Greenacre, P. (1953) Penis awe and its relation to penis envy. In: Drives, Affects, Behavior, ed. R. M. Loewenstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.370. Greenacre, P. (1956) Experiences of awe in childhood. PSOC,11.371. Greenacre, P. (1957) The childhood of the artist. PSOC, 12.372. Greenacre, P. (1958) The family romance of the artist. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1971, vol. 2.373. Greenacre, P. (1958) The relation of the impostor to the artist. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1971, vol. 1.374. Greenacre, P. (1968) Perversions. PSOC, 23.375. Greenacre, P. (1969) The fetish and the transitional object, part 1. PSOC, 24.376. Greenacre, P. (1970) The fetish and the transitional object, part 2. IJP 51, vol. 4.377. Greenacre, P. (1970) The transitional object and the fetish. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press.378. Greenacre, P. (1972) Crowds and crisis. PSOC, 27.379. Greenacre, P. (1973) The primal scene and the sense of reality. PQ, 42.380. Greenacre, P. (1975) On reconstruction. JAPA, 21.381. Greenberg, J. R. & Mitchell, S. A. (1983) Object Relations in Psychoanalytic Theory. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.382. Greenson, R. R. (1949) The psychology of apathy. PQ, 18.383. Greenson, R. R. (1953) On boredom. JAPA, 1.384. Greenson, R. R. (1960) Empathy and its vicissitudes. IJP, 41.385. Greenson, R. R. (1962) On enthusiasm. JAPA, 10.386. Greenson, R. R. (1965) The working alliance and the transference neurosis. PQ, 34.387. Greenson, R. R. (1967) The technique and Practice of Psycho-analysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.388. Greenson, R. R. (1978) Exploration in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.389. Greenspan, S. & Pollock, G., eds. (1980) The Course of Life. Vol. I. Washington, D. C.: U. S. Government Printing office.390. Grinberg, L., Sor, D. & Tabak de Bianchedi, E. (1975) Introduction to the Work of Bion, trans. A. Hahn. Scotland: Clunie Press.391. Grinker, E. R (1945) Psychiatric disorders in combat crews overseas and in returnees. Med. Clin. North. Amer., 29.392. Grinstein, A. (1983) Freud's Rules of Dream Interpretation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.393. Grolnick, S., Barkin, L. & Muensterberger, W., eds. (1978) Between Reality and Fantasy. New York: Jason Aronson.394. Grosskurth, P. (1986) Melanie Klein. New York: Alfred Knopf.395. Grossman, W. E. & Stewart, W. A. (1976) Penis envy. JAPA, 24 (5).396. Grotstein, J. S. (1981) Splitting and Projective Indentification. New York: Jason Aronson.397. Guntrip, H. (1961) Personality Structure and Human Interaction. New York: Int. Univ. Press.398. Guntrip, H. (1968) Schizoid Phenomena, Object-Relations and the Self. London: Hogarth Press.399. Harley, M. (1967) Transference developments in a five-year old child. In: the Child Analyst at Work, ed. E. Geleerd. New York: Int. Univ. Press.400. Harley, M. (1974) Analyst and Adolescent at Work. New York: Quadrangle.401. Harley, M. (1986) Child analysis, 1947—1984, a retrospective. PSOC, 41.402. Harre, R. and Lamb, R. (1983) The Encyclopedia Dictionary of Psychology. Cambridge: M. I. T. Press.403. Harrison, J. B. (1975) On the maternal origins of awe. PSOC, 30.404. Harrison, J. B. (1979) On Freud's view of the infant-mother relationship and of the oceanic feeling. JAPA, 27.405. Harrison, S. J. (1970) Is psychoanalysis "our science?". JAPA, 18.406. Hartmann, H. PSOC, 5.407. Hartmann, H. (1937) Ego Psychology and the Problem of Adaptation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.408. Hartmann, H. (1939) Ego Psychology and the Problem of Adaptation. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1958.409. Hartmann, H. (1939) Psychoanalysis and the concept of health. In: Hartmann (1964).410. Hartmann, H. (1947) On rational and irrational action. In: Essays on Ego Psychology. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1964.411. Hartmann, H. (1948) Comments on the theory of instinctual drives. PQ, 17.412. Hartmann, H. (1950) Comments on the psychoanalytic theory of the ego. New York: Int. Univ. Press.413. Hartmann, H. (1951) Technical implications of ego psychology PQ, 20.414. Hartmann, H. (1952) The mutual influences in the development of ego and id. PSOC, 7.415. Hartmann, H. (1953) Contribution to the metapsychology of schizophrenia. In: Hartmann, PSOC, 8.416. Hartmann, H. (1953) The metapsychology of schizophrenia. PSOC, 8.417. Hartmann, H. (1955) Notes on the theory of sublimation. PSOC, 10.418. Hartmann, H. (1956) The development of the ego concept in Freud's work. IJP, 37.419. Hartmann, H. (1964) Essays in Ego Psychology. New York Int. Univ. Press.420. Hartmann, H. (1964) The development of the ego concept in Freud's work. IJP, 37.421. Hartmann, H., Kris, E. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1946) Comments in the formation of psychic structure. PSOC, 2.422. Hartmann, H., Kris, E. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1949) Notes on the theory of aggression. PSOC, 3/4.423. Hartmann, H. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1962) Notes on the superego. PSOC, 17.424. Hassler, A. D. (1960) Guideposts of migrating fish. Science, 122.425. Hastings, D. W. (1963) Impotence and Frigidity. Boston: Little, Brown.426. Heimann, P. (1952) Certain functions of introjection and projection in early infancy. In: Klein et al. (1952).427. Heimann, P. & Valenstein, A. F. (1962) Notes on the anal stage IJP, 43.428. Heimann, P. & Valenstein, A. F. (1972) The psychoanalytical concept of aggression. IJP, 53.429. Hendrick, I. (1958) Facts and Theories of Psychoanalysis, 3rd ed. New York: Alfred Knopf.430. Hill, M. (1982) Analysis of transference. In: Theory and Technique, vol. 1. New York: Int. Univ. Press.431. Hoffer, W. (1949) Mouth, hand, and ego integration. PSOC, 3/4.432. Holder, A. (1982) Preoedipal contributions to the formation of the superego. PSOC, 37.433. Holt, R. R. (1964) The emergence of cognitive psychology JAPA, 12.434. Holt, R. R. (1967) Beyond vitalism and mechanism. In: Science and Psychoanalysis, ed. J. H. Masserman. Hew York: Grune & Stratton, vol. 2.435. Hook, S. (1959) Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method and Philosophy. New York: Grove Press.436. Horney, K. (1924) On the genesis of the castration complex in women. IJP, 5.437. Horney, K. (1926) The flight from womanhood. IJP, 7.438. Horowitz, M. J. (1972) Modes of representation of thought. JAFA, 20.439. Horowitz, M. J. (1979) States of Mind, 2d. ed. New York: Plenum, 1987, chap. 3.440. Hurvich, M. (1970) On the concept of reality testing. IJP, 51.441. Isaacs, S. (1952) The nature and function of phantasy. In: Klein et. al. (1952).442. Isakower, O. (1938) A contribution to the pathopsychology of phenomena associated with falling asleep. IJP, 19.443. Isakower, O. (1963) Minutes of the faculty meeting. New York Psychoanalytic Institute, Oct. 14—Nov. 20. A. Z. Pteffer, reporter.444. Isay, R. A. (1986) Homosexuality in homosexual and heterosexual men. In: The Psychology of Men, ed. G. Fogel, F. Lane & R. Liebert. New York: Basic Books.445. Jacobi, J. (1959) Complex (Archetype) Symbol in the Work of C. G. Jung. Princeton, N. J.: Princeton Univ. Press.446. Jacobs, T. J. (1986) Transference relationships, relationships between transferences and reconstruction. In: Psycho-analysis, the Science of Mental Conflict, ed. A. D. Richards & M. S. Willick. Hillsdale N. J.: Analytic Press.447. Jacobson, E. (1953) Contribution to the metapsychology of cyclothymic depression. In: Affective Disorders, ed. P. Greenacre. New York: Int. Univ. Press.448. Jacobson, E. (1954) Contribution to the metapsychology of psychotic identifications. JAPA, 2.449. Jacobson, E. (1957) Normal and pathological moods. PSOC, 12.450. Jacobson, E. (1959) Depersonalization. JAPA, 7.451. Jacobson, E. (1964) The Self and the Object World. New York: Int. Univ. Press.452. Jacobson, E. (1967) Psychotic Conflict and Reality. New York: Int. Univ. Press.453. Jacobson, E. (1971) Depression. New York: Int. Univ. Press.454. Jacobson, E. (1971) Depression: Comparative Studies of Normal, Neurotic and Psychotic Conditions. Madison, Conn.: Int. Univ. Press.455. Jacobson, E. (1971) Normal and pathological moods. In: Depression. New York: Int. Univ. Press.456. Jacobson, E. (1975) The regulation of self-esteem. In: Depression and Human Existence. ed. E. J. Anthony & T. Benedeck. Boston: Little, Brown.457. Jaffe, A. (1971) The Myth of Meaning. New York: Putnam.458. Jaffe, D. S. (1970) Forgetting and remembering. P. Q, 39.459. Janet, Dr. Pierre (1924) Principles of Psychotherapy. New York: Macmillan.460. John, E. R. (1976) A model of consciousness. In: Consciousness and Self-Regulation, ed. G. E. Schwartz & D. Shapiro. New York: Plenum Press, 1976, vol. 1.461. Jones, E. (1908) Rationalization in everyday life J Abnorm. Psychol., 3: 161—169.462. Jones, E. (1918) Anal-erotic character traits. In: Papers on Psychoanalysis London— Balliere Tindall & Cox, 1948.463. Jones, E. (1931) The concept of a normal mind. In: Papers on Psychoanalysis, 5th ed., London. Bailliйre, Tindall & Cox, 1948.464. Jones, E. (1933) The phallic phase. IJP, 14.465. Jones, E. (1934) Editorial preface to the Collected Papers of Sigmund Freud, 4. London— Hogarth Press.466. Jones, E. (1941) Evolution and revolution. IJP, 22.467. Jones, E. (1949) Hamlet and Oedipus. New York: Norton.468. Jones, E. (1957) The life and work of Sigmund Freud, vol. 3. New York: Basic Books.469. Joseph, E. D. (1965) Regressive Ego Phenomena in Psychoanalysis. Monograph I, Kris Study Group. New York Int. Univ. Press.470. Joseph, E. D. (1966) Memory and conflict. PQ, 35.471. Joseph, E. D. & Wallerstein, R. S (1982) Psychotherapy. New York: Int. Univ. Press.472. Jung, C. G. (1921—57) Collected Works of C. G. Jung Princeton, N. J.: Princeton Univ. Press.473. Jung, C. G. (1938) Psychological aspects of the mother archetype. In: Collected Works, vol. 9, pt. 1.474. Jung, C. G. (1957) Animus and Anima. Zurich: Spring.475. Jung, C. G. (1963) Memories Dreams, Reflections. New York Pantheon.476. Kamyer, M. (1985) Identification and its vicissitudes. IJP, 66.477. Kandell, E (1976) Cellular Basis of Behavior. San Francisco— W H. Freeman.478. Kanzer, M. (1948) The passing of the Oedipus complex' in Greek drama. IJP, 29.479. Kanzer, M. (1964) On interpreting the Oedipus plays Psychoanal Study Society, 3.480. Kanzer, M. (1981) Freud's "analytic pact". JAPA, 29.481. Kardiner, A. (1941) The Traumatic Neurosis of War New. York: Hoeber.482. Karma, L. (1981) A clinical report of penis envy. JAPA, 29.483. Karush, A., Daniels, C. E., Flood, C. & O'Connor, J. F. (1977) Psychotherapy in Chronic Ulcerative Colitis. Philadelphia: Sannders.484. Katan, A. (1972) The infant's first reaction to strangers. IJP, 53.485. Katan, M. (1940) The role of the word in mania. Bull. Phi la. Assn. Psychoanal., 22.486. Katz, J. (1963) On primary gain and secondary gain. PSOC, 18.487. Katz, J. (1985) Book review of Melanie Klein by Hanna Segal. New York: Viking Press. 1980 JAPA, 33 (suppl.).488. Kaywin, L. (1966) Problems of sublimation. JAPA, 14.489. Kernberg, O. F. (1966) Structural derivations of object relationships. IJP, 47.490. Kernberg, O. F. (1967) Borderline personality organization. JAPA, 15.491. Kernberg, O. F. (1975) Borderline Conditions and Pathological Narcissism. New York: Jason Aronson.492. Kernberg, O. F. (1976) Object Relations Theory and Clinical Psychoanalysis. New York: Jason Aronson.493. Kernberg, O. F. (1977) Boundaries and structure in love relations. JAPA, 25.494. Kernberg, O. F. (1980) Fairbairn's theory and challenge. In: Internal World and External Reality: Object Relations Theory Applied. New York: Jason Aronson.495. Kernberg, O. F. (1980) Internal World and External Reality. New York: Jason Aronson.496. Kernberg, O. F. (1984) Severe Personality Disorders. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.497. Kessler, J. W. (1970) Contributions of the mentally retarded toward a theory of cognitive development. In: Cognitive Studies, ed. J. Hellmuth. New York Brunner/Mazel.498. Kestenberg, J. S. (1967) Phases of adolescence. J. Amer. Acad. Child. Psychiat., 6.499. Khan, M. (1982) Introduction. In: D. W. Winnicott, Through Paediatrics to Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.500. Klein, G. S. (1966) The several grades of memory. In: Psychoanalysis. A General Psychology, pd. H. M. Lowenstein, L M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York Int. Univ. Press.501. Klein, M. (1932) The Psychoanalysis of Children London: Hogarth Press.502. Klein, M. (1946) Notes on some schizoid mechanisms IJP, 27.503. Klein, M. (1948) Contributions to Psychoanalysis, 1921—45. London: Hogarth Press.504. Klein, M. (1950) Narrative of a Child Analysis. New York Basic Books.505. Klein, M. (1957) Envy and Gratitude. New York: Basic Books.506. Klein, M. (1957) On identification. In: New Directions in Psychoanalysis, ed. M. Klein, P. Heimann & R. Money-Kyrle. New York: Basic Books.507. Klein, M. (1959) On the development of Mental functioning. In: Envy and Gratitude London: Delacorte Press, 1975.508. Klein, M., Heimann, P., Isaacs, S. & Riviere J. (eds.) (1952) Developments in Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.509. Knight, R. P. (1953) Borderline states. Bull. Menn. Clin., 17.510. Knight, R. P. (1972) Clinician and Therapist: Selected Papers of Robert P. Knight, ed. Stuart C. Miller. New York: Basic Books.511. Kohut, H. (1959) Introspection, empathy, and psycho-analysis. JAPA, 7.512. Kohut, H. (1971) The Analysis of the Self. New York: Int. Univ. Press.513. Kohut, H. (1977) The Restoration of the Self. New York Int. Univ. Press.514. Kohut, H. (1978) The Search for the Self, ed. P. Ornstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.515. Kohut, H. (1984) How Does Analysis Cure? ed. A Goldben & P. Stepansky. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press.516. Kohut, H. & Wolf, E. S. (1978) The disorders of the self and their treatment. IJP, 59.517. Krapf, E. E. (1961) The concept of normality and mental, health in psychoanalysis. IJP, 59.518. Kreisler, L. (1984) Fundamentals for a psychosomatic pathology of infants. In: Frontiers of Infant Psychiatry, ed. J. D. Call, E. Galenson & R. L. Tyson. New York: Basic Books, vol. 2.519. Kris, A. O. (1982) Free Association. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.520. Kris, A. O. (1984) The conflicts of ambivalence. PSOC, 39.521. Kris, E. (1951) Ego psychology and interpretation in psychoanalytic therapy. P. Q, 20.522. Kris, E. (1952) Psychoanalytic Exploration in Art. New York: Int. Univ. Press.523. Kris, E. (1956) On some vicissitudes of insight in psychoanalysis. IJP, 37.524. Kris, E. (1956) The personal myth. JAPA, 4.525. Kris, E. (1956) The recovery of childhood memories in psychoanalysis. PSOC, 11.526. Krupuick, J. L. & Horowitz, M. J. (1981) Stress response syndromes. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 38.527. Krystal, H. ed. (1968) Massive Psychic Trauma. New York: Int. Univ. Press.528. Krystal, H. (1978) Trauma and affects. PSOC, 33.529. Krystal, H. (1981) The hedonic element in affectivity. J. Psychoanal., 9.530. Krystal, H. (1982) Alexithymia and the affectiveness of psychoanalytic treatment. Int. J. Psychoanal. Psychother., 9.531. Kubie, L. S. (1947) The fallacious use of quantitative concepts in dynamic psychology. P. Q, 16.532. Kubie, L. S. (1962) The fallacious misuse of the concept of sublimation. PQ, 31.533. Kubie, L. S. (1972) Personal communication.534. Kubie, L. S. (1975) The language tools of psychoanalysis. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 2.535. Labov, W. (1972) Language in the Inner City. Philadelphia: Univ. Penn. Press.536. Lagache, D. (1953) Behavior and psychoanalytic experience In Drives. Affects, Behavior, ed. R. Loewenstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.537. Langer, S. K. (1962) Problems and techniques of psychoanalytic validation and progress. In: Psychoanalysis as Science, ed. E. Pumplan-Mindlin. Stanford: Stanford Univ. Press.538. Langer, W. (1958) The next assignment. Amer. Imago, 15.539. Langhlin, H. P. (1967) The Neurosis. Washington: Butterworth.540. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1967) Vocabulaire de la Psychoanalyse. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.541. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1973) The Language of Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.542. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1983) The Language of psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.543. Laseque, C. (1977) Les exhibitionnistes. L'Union Medicale, Froisieme Serie, 23.544. Leaff, L. A. (1971) Affect versus feeling. JAPA, 19.545. Leon, I. G. (1984) Psychoanalysis, Piaget and attachment. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 11.546. Lerner, H. E. (1976) Parental Mislabeling of female genitals as a determinant of penis envy and learning inhibitions in women. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).547. Levey, M. (1985) The concept structure in psychoanalysis. Annu. Psychoanal. 12—13.548. Levy, D. (1983) Wittgenstein on the form of psychoanalytic interpretation. Int. Rev. Psycho-anal., 10.549. Levy, S. T. (1984) Principles of Interpretaion. New York: Aronson.550. Levy, S. T. (1984) Psychoanalytic perspectives on emptiness. JAPA, 32.551. Levy, S. T. (1985) Empathy and psychoanalytic technique. JAPA, 33.552. Lewin, B. D. (1933) The body as phallus. PQ, 2.553. Lewin, B. D. (1946) Sleep, the mouth, and the dream screen. PQ, 15.554. Lewin, B. D. (1950) The Psychoanalysis of Elation. New York: Norton.555. Lewin, B. D. (1953) Reconslde ration of the dream screen. PQ, 22.556. Lewis, H. B. (1971) Shame and Guilt in Neurosis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.557. Lichtenberg, J., Bornstein, M. & Silver, D., eds. (1984) Empathy, vols. 1—2. Hillsdale & London: Analytic Press.558. Lichtenberg, J. D. & Kaplan, S. (1983) Reflections on Self Psychology. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.559. Lichtenberg, J. D. & Slap, J. W. (1973) Notes on the concept of splitting and defense mechanism of splitting of representations. JAPA, 21.560. Lichtenstein, H. (1961) Identity and sexuality. JAPA, 9.561. Lichtenstein, H. (1970) Changing implications of the concept of psychosexual development. JAPA, 18.562. Lidz, T., Fleck, S. & Cornelison. A. R. (1965) Schizophrenia and the Family. New York: Int. Univ. Press.563. Lifschutz, J. E. (1976) A critique of reporting and assessment in the training analysis. JAPA, 24.564. Limentani, A. (1979) The significance of transsexualism in relation to some basic psychoanalytic concepts. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 6.565. Loewald, H. W. (1951) Ego and reality. IJP, 32.566. Loewald, H. W. (1959) The waning of the Oedipus complex. JAPA, 27.567. Loewald, H. W. (1962) Internalization, separation, mourning, and the superego. PQ, 31.568. Loewald, H. W. (1971) Some considerations on repetition and repetition compulsion. IJP, 52.569. Loewald, H. W. (1973) On internalization. IJP, 54.570. Loewenstein, R. M. (1951—72) Practice and Precept in Psycho analytic Technique. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, 1982.571. Loewenstein, R. M. (1951) The problem of interpretation. PQ, 20.572. Loewenstein, R. M. (1957) A contribution to the psychoanalytic theory of masochism. JAPA, 5.573. Loewenstein, R. M., Newman, L. M., Schur, M. & Solnit, A. J., eds. (1966) Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology. New York: Int. Univ. Press.574. Lorand, S. (1950) Clinical Studies in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.575. Lowinger, J. (1976) Ego Development. San Francisco: Jossey Bass.576. Luria, A. R. (1978) The human brain and conscious activity. In: Consciousness and Self-Regulation, ed. G. E. Shwarta & D. Shapiro. New York: Plenum Press, 1978, vol. 2.577. Lustman, J. (1977) On splitting. PSOC, 32.578. Lynd, H. M. (1961) On Shame and the Search for Identity New York: Science Editions.579. Madow, Z. & Snow, L. H., eds. (1970) The Psychodynamic Implications of the Physiological Studies on Dreams. Springfield, III: Thomas.580. Mahler, M. S. (1952) On child psychosis and schizophrenia. PSOC, 7.581. Mahler, M. S. (1963) Thoughts and development and individuation. PSOC. 12.582. Mahler, M. S. (1966) Notes on the development of basic moods: the depressive affect in psychoanalysis. In: Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schuz & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.583. Mahler, M. S. (1968) On Human Symbiosis and the Vicissitudes of Individuation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.584. Mahler, M. S. (1975) Discussion on Bernard L. Pacella's paper. JAPA, 23.585. Mahler, M. S. (1975) On the current status of infantile neurosis. JAPA, 23.586. Mahler, M. S. (1979) Selected Papers of Margaret S. Mahler, vol. 2. New York: Jason Aronson.587. Mahler, M. S. & Purer, M. (1968) On Human Symbiosis and the Vicissitudes of Individuation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.588. Mahler, M. S. & Gosliner, B. J. (1955) On Symbiotic child psychosis. PSOC, 10.589. Mahler, M. S., Pine, F. & Bergman, A. (1975) The Psychological Birth of the Human Infant. New York: Basic Books.590. Mahony, P. (1979) The boundaries of free association. Psychoanal. Contemp. Thought, 2.591. Malcove, L. (1975) The analytic situation (and Panel discussion). J. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 2.592. Marcovitz, E. (1973) On confidentiality in psychoanalysis. Bull. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 23.593. Marcus, I. M. & Francis, J. J. (1975) Masturbation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.594. Marty, P. & de M'Uzan, M. (1963) La pensйe opйratoire. Rev. Psychoanaltique, 27 suppl.595. Masson, J. M. (1980) The Oceanic Feeling. Boston: D. Reidel Publishing Company.596. Masters, W. H. & Johnson, V. E. (1966) Human Sexual Response. Boston: Little, Brown.597. McDaugall, J. (1984) The "dis-affected" patient. PQ, 53.598. McDevitt, J. B. (1975) Separation-individuation and object constancy. JAPA, 23.599. Meehl, P. E. (1962) Hedonic capacity. Bull. Menn. Clin., 39.600. Meissner, W. H. (1978) The Paranoid Process. New York: Aronson.601. Meissner, W. W. (1979) Internalization and object relations. JAPA, 27.602. Meissner, W. W. (1981) Internalization in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.603. Meissner, W. W. (1981) Metapsychology: who needs it. JAPA, 29.604. Meissner, W. W., Mack, J. E. & Semrad, E. V. (1975) Classical Psychoanalysis. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. A. M. Freedman, H. I. Kaplan & J. Sadock. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.605. Menninger, W. (1943) Characterologic and symptomatic expressions related to the anal phase of psycho sexual development. PQ, 12.606. Mesmer, Franz Anton (1965) The Nature of Hypnosis, ed. Ronald E. Shor and Martin T. Orne. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.607. Metcalf, D. & Spitz, R. A. (1978) The transitional object. In: Grolnick et al. (1978).608. Meyer, B. C. (1972) The contribution of psychoanalysis to biography. Psychoanal. Contemp. Sci., 1.609. Meyer, J. (1982) The theory of gender identity disorders. JAPA, 30.610. Meyer, J. (1985) Ego-dystonic homosexuality. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, 4th ed., ed. H. Kaplan & B. Sadock. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.611. Meyer, J. (1985) Paraphilia. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. H. Kaplan & B. Sadock. Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, 4th ed.612. Michaels, R. & Gaeger, R. K. Adaptation. PMC. Forthcoming.613. Milrod, D. (1982) The wished-for-self-image. PSOC, 37.614. Modell, A. H. (1958) The Theoretical implications of hallucinatory experiences in schizophrenia. JAFA, 6.615. Modell, A. H. (1965) Object Love and Reality. New York: Int. Univ. Press.616. Modell, A. H. (1970) The transitional object and the creative act. PQ, 39.617. Modell, A. H. (1975) The ego and the id. IJP, 56.618. Money, J. & Green, R. (1969) Transsexualism and Sex Reassignment. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.619. Monroe, R. R (1970) Episodic Behavior Disorders. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.620. Moore, B. E. (164) Frigidity. PQ. 33.621. Moore, B. E. (1975) Freud and female sexuality. IJP, 57.622. Moore, B. E. (1975) Toward a clarification on the concept of narcissism. PSOC, 30.623. Moore, B. E. (1976) Freud and female sexuality. IJP, 57.624. Moore, B. E. (1977) Psychic representation and female orgasm. In: Female Psychology, ed. H. P. Blum. New York: Int. Univ. Press.625. Moore, B. E. & Fine, B. D., eds. (1967) A Glossary of Psychoanalytic Terms and Concepts. New York: Amer. Psychoanal. Assn.626. Moore, B. E. & Rubinfine, D. Z. (1969) The mechanism of denial. Kris Study Group Monographs, New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 3.627. Moses, R. (1978) Adult psychic trauma. IJP, 59.628. Murray, C. D. (1930) Psychogenic factors in the etiology of ulcerative colitis and bloody diarrhea. Amer. J. Med. Sci., 180.629. Nagera, H., ed. (1966) Early Childhood Disturbances, the Infantile Neurosis, and the Adulthood Disturbances. New York: Int. Univ. Press.630. Nagera, H. (1967) The concepts of structure and structuralization. PSOC, 22.631. Nagera, H. (1969—71) Basic Psychoanalytic Concepts. New York: Int. Univ. Press.632. Nagera, H. (1976) Obsessional Neuroses. New York: Aronson.633. Natterson, J. M. (1980) The Dream in Clinical Practice. New York: Jason Aronson.634. Nemiah, J. C. & Sifneos, P. E. (1970) Affect and fantasy in patients with psychosomatic disorders. In: Modern Trends in Psychosomatic Medicine, ed. O. W. Hill. London: Butterworths, vol. 2.635. Neubaner, P. B. (1979) The role of insight in psychoanalysis JAPA, 27.636. Neubaner, P. B. (1982) Rivalry, envy, and Jealousy. PSOC, 37.637. Novick, J. (1982) Varieties of transference in the analysis of an adolescent. IJP, 42.638. Novick, J. & Kelly, K. (1970) Projection and externalization. PSOC, 25.639. Noy, P. Wollstein, S. & Kaplan-de-Nour, A. (1966) Clinical observations of the psychogenesis of impotence. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 39.640. Nunberg, H. (1948) The synthetic function of the ego. In: Practice and Theory of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 1.641. Nunberg, H. (1954) Evaluation of the results of psychoanalytic treatment. IJP, 35.642. Nunberg, H. (1955) Principles of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.643. Ogden, T. (1982) Projective Identification and Psycho-therapeutic Technique. New York: Jason Aronson.644. Olinick, S. Z. (1964) The negative therapeutic reaction. IJP, 45.645. Olinick, S. Z. (1980) The Psychotheraputic Instrument. New York: Jason Aronson.646. Ornston, D. G. (1978) On projection. PSOC, 33.647. Ornston, D. G. (1982) Strachey's influence. IJP, 63.648. Ornston, D. G. (1985a) Freud's conception is different from Strachey's. JAPA, 33.649. Ornston, D. G. (1985b) The invention of "cathexes" and Strachey's strategy. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 12.650. Ornston, D. G. (1988) How standard is the "Standard Edition? In Freud in Exile, ed. E. Timns & N. Segal. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.651. Orr, D. W. (1954) Transference and countertransference. JAPA, 2.652. Ostow, M. (1974) Sexual Deviation. New York: Quadrangle.653. Pacella, B. (1975) Early ego development and the deja vu. JAPA, 23.654. Panel (1957) Acting out and its relation to impulse disorders. M. Kanzer, reporter. JAPA, 5.655. Panel (1958) Problems of identity. D. Z. Rubinfine, reporter. JAPA, 6.656. Panel (1958) Technical aspects of regression during psychoanalysis. K. T. Calder, reporter. JAFA, 11.657. Panel (1963) The concept of the id. E. Marcovitz, reporter. JAPA, 11.658. Panel (1964) Depersonalization. W. A. Stewart, reporter. JAPA, 12.,.659. Panel (1966) Clinical and theoretical aspects of "as-if" characters. J. Weiss, reporter. JAPA, 11.660. Panel (1969) The theory of genital primacy in the light of ego psychology. M. Berezin, reporter. JAPA, 17.661. Panel (1971) Action, acting out, and the symptomatic act. N. Actins, reporter. JAPA, 18.662. Panel (1970) Psychoanalytic theory of affects. L. B. Lofgren, reporter. JAPA, 16.663. Panel (1970) The development of the child's sense of his sexual identity. Virginia, L. Glower, reporter. JAPA, 18.664. Panel (1970) The negative therapeutic reaction. S. L. Olinick, reporter. JAPA, 18.665. Panel (1972) Levels of confidentiality in the psychoanalytic situation. A. S. Watson, reporter JAPA, 20.666. Panel (1974) Toward a theory of affects. P. Castelneuvo-Tedesco, reporter. JAPA, 22. W.667. Panel (1975) The analytic situation. S. T. Shapiro, reporter. J. Phila. Aasn. Psychoanal.,2.668. Panel (1980) New directions in affect theory. E. P. Lester, reporter. JAPA, 30.669. Panel (1981) Insight. K. H. Blacker, reporter. JAPA, 29.670. Panel (1981) Masochism. W. Fischer, reporter. JAPA, 29.671. Panel (1982) Beyond lay analysis. H. Fischer, reporter. JAPA, 30.672. Panel (1983) Clinical aspects of character. M. Willick, reporter. JAPA, 31.673. Panel (1983) Theory of character. S. M. Abend, reporter. JAPA, 31.674. Panel (1984) The neutrality of the analyst in the analytic situation, R. J. Leider, reporter. JAPA, 32. (1985) Perspectives on the nature of psychic reality. E. Roughton, reporter. JAPA, 33.675. Panel (1987) Toward the further understanding of homosexual women. A Wolfson, reporter. JAPA, 35.676. Pao, P.-N. (1971) Elation, hypomania and mania. JAFA, 19.677. Parens, H. (1979) The Development of Aggression in Early Childhood. New York: Jason Aronson.678. Parens, H. (1980) Psychic development during the second and third years of life. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. Greenspan & G. Pollock. Washington: Nat. Inst. Health.679. Parens, H. & Saul, L. J. (1971) Dependence in Man. New York: Int. Univ. Press.680. Person, E. & Ovesey, L. (1974) The transsexual syndrome in males. Amer. J. Psychother., 28.681. Person, E. & Ovesey, L. (1983) Psychoanalytic theories of gender identity. J. Amer. Acad. Psychoanal., 2.682. Peterfreund, E. & Schwartz, J. T. (1971) Information, systems, and Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.683. Peto, A. (1976) The etiological significance of the primal scene in perversions. PQ, 44.684. Pfeffer, A. Z. (1984) Modes of obsessional thinking. Presented at the New York Psychoanalytic Society, October 23.685. Piaget, J. (1937) The Construction of Reality in the Child. New York: Basic Books, 1954.686. Piaget, J. (1962) Play, Dreams and Imitation in Childhood New York: Norton.687. Piers, G. & Singer, M. B. (1953) Shame and Guilt. Springfield: Thomas; New ed., New York: Norton.688. Pine, F. (1985) Developmental Theory and Clinical Process. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.689. Poland, W. S. (1984) On the analyst's neutrality. JAFA, 32.690. Pollock, G. H. (1961) Mourning and adaptation. IJP, 42.691. Pollock, G. H. (1978) Process and affect. IJP, 59.692. Potamianau, A. (1985) The personal myth. PSOC, 40.693. Provence, S. & Lipton, R. (1962) Infants in Institutions. New York: Int. Univ. Press.694. Pulver, S. E. Symptomatology. PMC. Forthcoming.695. Pulver, S. E. (1970) Narcissism. JAPA, 18.696. Rado, S. (1949) An adaptational view of sexual behavior In Psychosexual Development in Health and Disease, ed. P. H. Hock & J. Lubin. New York: Grune & Stratton.697. Rangell, L. Affects. PMC. Forthcoming.698. Rangell, L. (1959) The nature of conversion. JAPA, 7.699. Rangell, L. (1963) Structural problems in intrapsychic conflict. PSOC, 18.700. Rangell, L. (1966) An overview of the ending of an analysis. In: Psychoanalysis in Americas, ed. R. E. Litman. New York: Int. Univ. Press.701. Rangell, L. (1968) A point of view on acting out. IJP, 49.702. Rangell, L. (1981) From insight to change. JAPA, 29.703. Rangell, L. (1981) Psychoanalysis and dynamic psychotherapy. PQ, 50.704. Rangell, L. (1983) Defense and resistance in psychoanalysis and life. JAPA, 31 (suppl.).705. Rangell, L. (1985) The object in psychoanalytic theory. JAPA, 33.706. Rank, O. (1909) The Myth of the Birth of the Hero. New York: Nerv. Ment. Dis. Monogr., 18.707. Rank, O. (1924) The Trauma of Birth. New York: Robert Brunner, 1952.708. Rapaport, D. (1942) Emotions and Memory. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1950.709. Rapaport, D. (1960) The structure of Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, monogr. 6, New York: Int. Univ. Press.710. Rapaport, D. & Gill, M. M. (1959) The points of view and assumptions of metapsychology. In: The Collected Papers of David Rapaport. New York: Basic Books, 1967.711. Rapoport, A. (1955) The role of symbols in human behavior. Psychiatric Research Reports, vol. 2, ed. J. S. Gottlieb et al. Washington: Amer. Psychiat. Assn.712. Rappaport, E. A. (1968) Beyond traumatic neurosis. IJP, 49.713. Reich, A. (1951) On countertransference. In: Psychoanalytic Contributions. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1973.714. Reich, A. (1953) Narcissistic object choice in women. JAPA, 1.715. Reich, A. (1954) Early identifications as archaic elements in the superego. JAPA, 2.716. Reich, A. (1960) Pathologic forms of self-esteem regulation. PSOC, 15.717. Reich, W. (1933) Character Analysis. New York: Orgone Press, 1949.718. Reich, W. (1933) Some circumscribed character forms. In: Character Analysis. New York: Orgone Institute Press.719. Reik, T. (1919) Ritual. New York: Int. Univ. Press.720. Reiser, M. (1984) Mind, Brain and Body New York: Basic Books.721. Richards, A. D. (1985) Isakower-like experience on the couch. PQ. 54.722. Ricoeur, P. (1970) Freud and Philosophy. New Haven — Yale Univ. Press.723. Ricoeur, P. (1976) Interpretation Theory. Forth Worth-Texas Christian Univ. Press.724. Rinsley, D. B. (1982) Fairbairn's object relations and classical concepts of dynamics and structure. In: Borderline and Other Self Disorders' A Developmental and Object-Relations Respective New York: Jason Aronson.725. Rioch, M. (1970) The work of W. R Bion on groups. Psychiatry, 33.726. Ritvo, S. (1971) Late adolescence. PSOC, 18.727. Ritvo, S. (1974) Current status of the concept of infantile neurosis. PSOC, 29.728. Robbins, F & Sadow, L (1974) A developmental hypothesis of reality processing. JAPA, 22.729. Rodman, F. R. (1987) Introduction In the Spontaneous Gesture — Selected Letters of D. W. Winnicott, ed. F. R. Rodman Cambridge—Harvard Univ. Press.730. Roiphe, H. (1968) On an early genital phase. PSOC, 23.731. Roiphe, H. & Galenson, E. (1981) Infantile Roots of Sexual Identity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.732. Rose, G. (1978) The creativity of everyday life. In: Grolnick et al (1978).733. Rose, H. (1928) A Handbook of Greek Mythology. London: Methuen.734. Rosenblatt, A. D. & Thickstun, J T. (1970) A study of the concept of psychic energy. IJP, 51.735. Rosenthal, S. M. (1968) The involutional depressive syndrome. Amer J. Psychiat., 124.736. Ross, N. (1967) The "as-if" concept. JAPA, 15.737. Ross, N. (1970) The primacy of genitality in the light of ego psychology. JAPA, 18.738. Rothstein, A. (1983) The Structural Hypothesis. New York: Int., Univ. Press.739. Roughton, R. Action and acting out. FMC. Forthcoming.740. Rubinstein, B. B. (1972) On metaphor and related phenomena. In: Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Science, ed. A. R. Holt & E. Peterfreund., New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 1.741. Rutter, M. (1972) Maternal Deprivation. Baltimore: Penguin Books.742. Rycroft, C. (1968) A critical Dictionary of Psychoanalysis New York: Basic Books.743. Sachs, D. M. (1979) On the relationship between psycho-analysis and psychoanalytic psychotherapy. Bull. Phila Assn. Psychoanal, 6.744. Sachs, H. (1942) The Creative Unconscious Cambridge, Mass.: Sci. Art. Publishers.745. Samuels, A. (1985) Jung and the Post-Jungians London — Routledge & Kegan Paul.746. Sandler, J. (1960) On the concept of the superego. PSOC, 15.747. Sandler, J., Dare, C. & Holder, A (1973) The negative therapeutic reaction. In: The Patient and the Analyst New York: Int. Univ. Press.748. Sandler, J. & Freud, A. (1985) The Analysis of Defense. New York: Int. Univ. Press.749. Sandler, J., Hodler, A. & Meers, D. (1963) The ego ideal and the ideal self. PSOC, 18.750. Sandler, J., Kennedy, H & Tyson, R. L (1980) The Technique of Child Psychoanalysis. Cambridge—Harvard Univ. Press.751. Sandler, J. & Rosenblatt, B. (1962) The concept of the representational world. PSOC, 17.752. Sandler, J. & Sandier, A. M. (1978) On the development of object relationships and affects. IJP, 59.753. Sarlin, C. N. (1962) Depersonalization and derealization. JAPA, 10.754. Sarlin, C. N. (1970) The current status of the concept of genital primacy. JAPA. 18.755. Sarnoff, C. A. (1978) Latency. New York: Aronson.756. Saussure de, F. (1911) Course in General Linguistic. New York: McGraw Hill.757. Schafer. R. (1968) Aspects of Internalization. New York: Int. Univ. Press.758. Schafer. R. (1974) Problems in Freud's psychology of women. JAPA, 22.759. Schafer. R. (1975) Psychoanalysis without psychodynamics. IJP, 56.760. Schafer. R. (1976) A New Language for Psychoanalysis. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.761. Schafer. R. (1983) The Analytic Attitude. New York: Basic Books.762. Schechner, R. & Schuman, M. (1976) Ritual, Play and Performance New York: Seabury Press.763. Schlesinger, N. & Robbins, F. P. (1983) A Developmental View of the Psychoanalytic Process. New York; Int. Univ. Press.764. Schneirla, T. C. (1959) An evolutionary and developmental theory of biphasic processes underlying approach and withdrawal. In: Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, ed. H. R. Jones. London: Univ. Nebraska Press.765. Schur, M. (1955) Comments on the metapsychology of somatization. PSOC, 10.766. Schur, M. (1966) The Id and the Regulatory Principles of Mental Functioning. New York: Int. Univ. Press.767. Schuster. D. B. (1969) Bisexuality and body as phallus. PQ, 38.768. Schwartz, H. J., ed. (1984) Psychotherapy of the Combat Veteran. New York: SP Medical and Scientific Books.769. Segal, H. (1957) Notes on symbol formation. IJP, 39.770. Segal, H. (1964) Introduction to the Work of Melanie Klein. London: Hogarth Press, 1973.771. Segal, H. (1973) Introduction to the work of Melanie Klein. London: W. Heinemann.772. Segal, H. (1981) The Work of Hanna Segal. New York: Jason Aronson.773. Segal, H. (1986) Illumination of the dim, shadowy era. Sunday Times, London, May 11, 1986.774. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1982) Psychoanalytic theories of aggression. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 2.775. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1984) The end phase of analysis. JAPA, 32.776. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1985) Change and integration in psychoanalytic developmental theory. In: New Ideas in Psychoanalysis, ed. C. F. Settlage & R. Brockbank. Hillsdale, N. J. Analytic Press.777. Shapiro, T. (1979) Clinical Psycholinguistics. New York: Plenum Press.778. Shapiro, T. (1984) On neutrality. JAPA, 32.779. Shengold, L. (1967) The effects of overstimulation. IJP, 48.780. Shopper, M. (1979) The (re)discovery of the vagina and the importance of the menstrual tampon. In: Female Adolescent Development, ed. M. Sugar. New York: Brunner/Mazel.781. Sifneos, P. E. (1975) Problems of psychotherapy of patients with alexithymic characteristics and physical disease Psychother & Psychosom., 26.782. Slap, J. & Saykin, J. (1984) On the nature and organization of the repressed. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 4.783. Slovenko, R. (1973) Psychiatry and Law. Boston: Little, Brown.784. Smith, J. H. (1976) Language and the genealogy of the absent object. In: Psychiatry and the Humanities, vol. 1, ed. J. H. Smith. New Haven-Yale Univ. Press.785. Smith, J. H. ed. (1978) Psychoanalysis and Language. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.786. Smith, W. R. (1894) The Religion of the Semites. New York: Meridian Library, 1956.787. Socarides, C. W. (1963) The historical development of theoretical and clinical aspects of female homosexuality. JAPA, 11.788. Socarides, C. W. (1970) A psychoanalytic study of the desire for sexual transformation ("transsexualism"). IJP, 51.789. Socarides, C. W. (1978) Homosexuality. New York: Jason Aronson.790. Socarides, C. W. (1982) Abdication fathers, Homosexual Sons. In: Father and Child, ed. S. H. Cath, A. R. Gurwitt & J. M. Ross. Boston: Little, Brown.791. Solnit, A. J. & Ritvo, S. Instinct theory. PMC. Forthcoming.792. Sophocles. The Oedipus Cycle, tr. D. Fitts & R. Fitzgerald. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World, 1969.793. Sours, J. A. (1974) The anorexia nervosa syndrome. IJP, 55.794. Sours, J. A. (1980) Starving to Death in a Sia of Objects. New York: Aronson.795. Spence, J. T. & Helmrich, R. L. (1978) Masculinity and Femininity. Austin and London: Univ. of Texas Press.796. Sperber, D. (1974) Rethinking Symbolism. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press.797. Sperling, M. (1976) Anorexia nervosa. In: Psychosomatic Disorders in Childhood, ed. O. Sperling. New York: Aronson.798. Spitz, R. A. (1945) Hospitalism. FSOC. 1.799. Spitz, R. A. (1946) Anaclitic depression. PSOC, 2.800. Spitz, R. A. (1946) Hospitalism: A follow-up report. PSOC, 2.801. Spitz, R. A. (1946) The smiling response. Genet. Psychol. Monagr. 34.802. Spitz, R. A. (1955) The primal cavity. PSOC, 10.803. Spitz, R. A. (1957) No and Yes. New York: Int. Univ. Press.804. Spitz, R. A. (1959) A Genetic Field Theory of Ego Formation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.805. Spitz, R. A. (1965) The First Year of Life. New York:Int. Univ. Press.806. Spitz, R. A. & Wolf, K. M. (1946) The smiling response. Genet. Psycholol. Monogr., 34.807. Spruiell, V. The self. PMC. Forthcoming.808. Stamm, J. L. (1962) Altered ego states allied to the depersonalization. JAPA, 10.809. Stein, M. (1971) The principle of multiple function. Bull. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 21.810. Stekely, L. (1960) Success, success neurosis and the self. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 33.811. Sterba, R. E. (1936—37) Hardwцrterbuch der Psychoanalyse. Vienna: Int. Psychoanal. Verlag.812. Stern, D. N. (1974) The goal and structure of mother-infant play. J. Amer. Acad. Child Psychiat., 13.813. Stern, D. N. (1984) Affect attunement. In: Frontiers of Infant Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books, vol. 2.814. Stern, D. N. (1985) The Interpersonal World of the Infant New York: Basic Books.815. Stevens, A. (1982) Archetype. London: Rouledge & Kegan Paul.816. Stoller, R. J. (1971) The term "transvestism". Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 24.817. Stoller, R. J. (1972) The "bedrock" of masculinity and femininity: bisexuality. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 26.818. Stoller, R. J. (1974) Hostility and mystery in perversion. IJP, 55.819. Stoller, R. J. (1975) Sex and Gender, vol. 2. New York: Jason Aronson.820. Stoller, R. J. (1976) Primary femininity. JAPA, 24 (5).821. Stoller, R. J. (1982) Hear miss. In: Eating, Sleeping, and Sexuality, ed. M. Zalea. New York: Brunner/ Mazel.822. Stoller, R. J. (1985) Observing the Erotic Imagination. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.823. Stolorow, R. (1984) Self psychology — a structural psychology. In: Reflections on Self Psychology, ed. J. Lichtenberg & S. Kaplan Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.824. Stolorow, R. Transference. PMC. Forthcoming.825. Stone, L. (1954) The widening scope of indications for psychoanalysis. JAPA, 2.826. Stone, L. (1961) The Psychoanalytic Situation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.827. Stone, L. (1967) The psychoanalytic situation and transference. JAPA, 15.828. Stone, L. (1971) Reflections on the psychoanalytic concept of aggression. FQ, 40.829. Stone, L. (1973) On resistance to the psychoanalytic process. In: Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Science, ed. B. B. Rubinstein. New York: Macmillan, vol. 2.830. Stone, M. H. (1980) Borderline Syndromes. New York: McGrow Hill.831. Strachey, J. (1934) The nature of the therapeutic action of psychoanalysis. IJP, 15.832. Strachey, J. (1962) The emergence of Freud's fundamental hypothesis. SE, 3.833. Strachey, J. (1963) Obituary (Joan Riviere). IJP, 44.834. Strachey, J. (1966) General preface. SE, 1.835. Swank, R. L. (1949) Combat exhaustion. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 109.836. Szekely, L. (1960) Success, success neurosis and the self. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 33.837. Taylor, G. J. (1977) Alexithymia and countertranceference. Psychother & Psychosom., 28.838. Ticho, E. (1972) Termination of psychoanalysis. PQ, 41.839. Tolpin, M. (1970) The infantile neurosis. PSOC, 25.840. Tolpin, M. (1971) On the beginnings of a cohesive self. PSOC. 26.841. Tolpin, M. & Kohut, H. (1980) The disorders of the self. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. Greenspan & G. Pollock. Washington, B. C.: U. S. Dept. Health and Human Services.842. Turkle, S. (1986) A review of Grosskurth, P.: Molanie Klein. New York: Times Books, Review, May 18, 1986.843. Tyson, P. Development. PMC. Forthcoming.844. Tyson, P. (1982) A developmental line of gender identity, gender role, and choice of love object. JAPA, 30.845. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. Development. PMC. Forthcoming.846. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. The psychoanalitic theory of development. PMC. Forthcoming.847. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. (1984) Narcissism and superego development. JAPA, 34.848. Tyson, R. & Sundler, J. (1971) Problems in the selection of patients for psychoanalysis. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 44.849. Valenstein, A. F. (1979) The concept of "classical" psycho-analysis. JAPA. 27. (suppl.).850. Volkan, V. D. (1981) Linking Objects and Linking Phenomena. New York: Int. Univ. Press.851. Waelder, R. (1930) The principle of multiple function. PQ, 5.852. Waelder, R. (1962) Book review of Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method and Philosophy, ed. S. Hook. JAPA, 10.853. Waelder, R. (1962) Psychoanalysis scientific method, and philosophy. JAPA, 10.854. Waelder, R. (1963) Psychic determinism and the possibility of prediction. PQ, 32.855. Waelder, R. (1967) Trauma and the variety of extraordinary challenges. In: Fuest (1967).856. Waelder, R. (1967) Inhibitions, symptoms and anxiety: forty years later. PQ, 36.857. Waldhorn, H. F. (1960) Assessment of analyzability. PQ, 29.858. Waldhorn, H. F. & Fine, B. (1971) Trauma and symbolism. Kris Study Group monogr. New York: Int. Univ. Press.859. Wallace, E. R. (1983) Freud and Anthropology. New York: Int. Univ. Press.860. Wallerstein, R. Reality. PMC. Forthcoming.861. Wallerstein, R. (1965) The goals of psychoanalysis. JAPA, 13.862. Wallerstein, R. (1975) Psychotherapy and Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.863. Wallerstein, R. (1983) Defenses, defense mechanisms and the structure of the mind. JAPA, 31 (suppl.).864. Wallerstein, R. (1988) One psychoanalysis or many? IJP, 69.865. Wangh, M. (1979) Some psychoanalytic observations on boredom. IJP, 60.866. Weinshel, E. M. (1968) Some psychoanalytic considerations on moods. IJP, 51.867. Weinshel, E. M. (1971) The ego in health and normality. JAPA, 18.868. Weisman, A. D. (1972) On Dying and Denying. New York: Behavioral Publications.869. Weinstock, H. J. (1962) Successful treatment of ulcerative colitis by psychoanalysis. Brit. J. Psychoanal. Res., 6.870. Welmore, R. J. (1963) The role of grief in psychoanalysis. IJP. 44.871. Werner, H. & Kaplan, B. (1984) Symbol Formation. Hillsdale N. J.: Lawrence Eribaum.872. White. R. W. (1963) Ego and Reality in Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, 3.873. Whitman, R. M. (1963) Remembering and forgetting dreams in psychoanalysis. JAPA, 11.874. Wiedeman, G. Sexuality. PMC. Forthcoming.875. Wiedeman, G. (1962) Survey of psychoanalytic literature on overt male homosexuality. JAPA, 10.876. Wieder, H. (1966) Intellectuality. PSOC, 21.877. Wieder, H. (1978) The psychoanalytic treatment of preadolescents In Child Analysis and Therapy, ed. J. Glenn. New York Aronson.878. Willick, M. S. Defense. PMC. Forthcoming.879. Wilson, C. P. (1967) Stone as a symbol of teeth. PQ, 36.880. Wilson, C. P Hohan, C. & Mintz, I. (1983) Fear of Being Fat. New York: Aronson.881. Wilson, C. P. S Mintz, I. (1982) Abstaining and bulimic anorexics. Primary Care, 9.882. Wilson, E. O. (1978) On Human Nature. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.883. Winnicott, C. (1978) D. W. W.: a reflection. In: Between Reality and Fantasy. New York: Jason Aronson.884. Winnicott, D. W. (1953) Transitional object and transitional phenomena. In: Collected Papers. New York Basic Books, 1958.885. Winnicott, D. W. (1956) Primary maternal preoccupation. In: Winnicott (1958).886. Winnicott, D. W. (1958) Collected Papers. New York: Basic Books, Inc.887. Winnicott, D. W. (1960) Ego distortions in terms of true and false self. In: The Maturational Processes and the Facilitating Environment. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1965.888. Winnicott, D. W. (1960) The theory of the parent-infant relationship. In: Winnicott (1965).889. Winnicott, D. W. (1965) The Maturational Processes and the Facilitating Environment. New York: Int. Univ. Press.890. Winnicott, D. W. (1971) Playing and Reality. New York: Basic Books.891. Winnicott, D. W. (1971) Therapeutic Consultations in Child Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books.892. Winnicott, D. W. (1977) The Piggle. New York: Int. Univ. Press.893. Winson, J. (1985) Brain and Psyche. New York: Anchor Press.894. Wolf, E. S. (1976) Ambience and abstinence. Annu. Psycho-anal., 4.895. Wolf, E. S. (1980) On the developmental line of self-object relations. In: Advances in Self Psychology, ed. A. Goldberg. New York: Int. Univ. Press.896. Wolf, E. S. (1983) Empathy and countertransference. In: The Future of Psychoanalysis, ed. A. Coldberg. New York: Int. Univ. Press.897. Wolf, E. S. (1984) Disruptions in the psychoanalytic treatment of disorders of the self. In: Kohut's Legacy, ed. P. Stepansky & A. Coldberg, Hillsdale, H. J.: Analytic Press, 1984.898. Wolf, E. S. (1984) Selfobject relations disorders. In: Character Pathology, ed. M. Zales. New York: Bruner/Mazel.899. Wolf, E. S. & Trosman, H. (1974) Freud and Popper-Lynkeus. JAPA, 22.900. Wolfenstein, M. (1966) How is mourning possible? PSOC, 21.901. Wolman, B. B. ed. (1977) The International Encyclopedia of Psychiatry, Psychology, Psychoanalysis, and Neurology. New York: Aesculapius.902. Wolpert, E. A. (1980) Major affective disorders. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. H. I. Kaplan, A. M. Freedman & B. J. Saddock. Boston: Williams & Wilkins, vol. 2.903. Wurmser, L. (1977) A defense of the use of metaphor in analytic theory formation. PQ, 46.904. Wurmser, L. (1981) The Mask of Shame. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.905. Zetzel, E. R. (1956) Current concepts of transference. TJP, 37.Словарь психоаналитических терминов и понятий > БИБЛИОГРАФИЯ
-
18 on
1.[ɒn]prepositionput something on the table — etwas auf den Tisch legen od. stellen
be on the table — auf dem Tisch sein
write something on the wall — etwas an die Wand schreiben
be hanging on the wall — an der Wand hängen
have something on one — etwas bei sich (Dat.) haben
be on the board/committee — im Vorstand/Ausschuss sein
2) (with basis, motive, etc. of)on the evidence — aufgrund des Beweismaterials
on the assumption/hypothesis that... — angenommen,...
3) in expressions of time an [einem Abend, Tag usw.]it's just on nine — es ist gerade neun
on [his] arrival — bei seiner Ankunft
on entering the room... — beim Betreten des Zimmers...
on time or schedule — pünktlich
4) expr. state etcthe drinks are on me — (coll.) die Getränke gehen auf mich
be on £20,000 a year — 20 000 Pfund im Jahr kriegen od. haben
5) (concerning, about) über (+ Akk.)2. adverb1)with/without a hat/coat on — mit/ohne Hut/Mantel
boil something with/without the lid on — etwas in geschlossenem/offenem Topf kochen
2) (in some direction)the light/radio etc. is on — das Licht/Radio usw. ist an
4) (arranged)is Sunday's picnic on? — findet das Picknick am Sonntag statt?
5) (being performed)what's on at the cinema? — was gibt es od. was läuft im Kino?
his play is currently on in London — sein Stück wird zur Zeit in London aufgeführt od. gespielt
6) (on duty)come/be on — seinen Dienst antreten/Dienst haben
7)something is on (feasible) /not on — etwas ist möglich/ausgeschlossen
you're on! — (coll.): (I agree) abgemacht!; (making bet) die Wette gilt!
be on about somebody/something — (coll.) [dauernd] über jemanden/etwas sprechen
what is he on about? — was will er [sagen]?
be on at/keep on and on at somebody — (coll.) jemandem in den Ohren/dauernd in den Ohren liegen (ugs.)
on to, onto — auf (+ Akk.)
be on to something — (have discovered something) etwas ausfindig gemacht haben. See also academic.ru/62377/right">right 4. 4)
* * *[on] 1. preposition1) (touching, fixed to, covering etc the upper or outer side of: The book was lying on the table; He was standing on the floor; She wore a hat on her head.) auf, in3) (at or during a certain day, time etc: on Monday; On his arrival, he went straight to bed.) an, bei4) (about: a book on the theatre.) über5) (in the state or process of: He's on holiday.) in6) (supported by: She was standing on one leg.) auf7) (receiving, taking: on drugs; on a diet.) auf9) (towards: They marched on the town.) zu10) (near or beside: a shop on the main road.) an12) (being carried by: The thief had the stolen jewels on him.) mit13) (when (something is, or has been, done): On investigation, there proved to be no need to panic.) als14) (followed by: disaster on disaster.) auf2. adverb1) ((especially of something being worn) so as to be touching, fixed to, covering etc the upper or outer side of: She put her hat on.) auf2) (used to show a continuing state etc, onwards: She kept on asking questions; They moved on.) weiter3) (( also adjective) (of electric light, machines etc) working: The television is on; Turn/Switch the light on.) an4) (( also adjective) (of films etc) able to be seen: There's a good film on at the cinema this week.) hinein5) (( also adjective) in or into a vehicle, train etc: The bus stopped and we got on.) im Gange3. adjective1) (in progress: The game was on.) stattfinden2) (not cancelled: Is the party on tonight?) stattfinden•- oncoming- ongoing
- onwards
- onward
- be on to someone
- be on to
- on and on
- on time
- on to / onto* * *on[ɒn, AM ɑ:n]I. prepthere are many books \on my desk auf meinem Tisch sind viele Bücherlook at that cat \on the chair! schau dir die Katze auf dem Stuhl an!\on top of sth [ganz] oben auf etw datput the pot \on the table! stell den Topf auf den Tisch!he had to walk out \on the roof er musste auf das Dach hinaufshe hung their washing \on the line to dry sie hängte ihre Wäsche zum Trocknen auf die Leinelet's hang a picture \on the wall lass uns ein Bild an die Wand hängento get \on a horse auf ein Pferd aufsteigen, aufsitzen, auf + datour house is \on Sturton Street unser Haus ist in der Sturton Streetthey lay \on the beach sie lagen am Strandthe town is \on the island die Stadt ist auf der Inselher new house is \on the river ihr neues Haus liegt am Fluss\on the balcony/her estate auf dem Balkon/ihrem Gut\on the border an der Grenzethe shop \on the corner der Laden an der Ecke\on the hill/mountain auf dem Hügel/Berg\on the left/right auf der linken/rechten Seite\on track two an Gleis zweiseveral bird houses hung \on the branches an den Ästen hingen mehrere Nistkästena huge chandelier hung \on the ceiling ein großer Kronleuchter hing von der Decke herabwith shoes \on his feet mit Schuhen an den Füßenthe wedding ring \on the ring finger der Ehering am RingfingerI hit my head \on the shelf ich habe mir den Kopf am Regal angestoßenshe tripped \on the wire sie blieb an dem Kabel hängenhe cut his foot \on some glass er hat sich den Fuß an einer Glasscherbe verletztto stumble \on sth über etw akk stolpernto lie \on one's back auf dem Rücken liegento stand \on one's head auf dem Kopf stehento have sth \on one etw bei sich dat habenI thought I had my driver's licence \on me ich dachte, ich hätte meinen Führerschein dabeihave you got a spare cigarette \on you? hast du eine Zigarette für mich übrig?how did you get that blood \on your shirt? wie kommt das Blut auf Ihr Hemd?he had a scratch \on his arm er hatte einen Kratzer am Armthere was a smile \on her face ein Lächeln lag auf ihrem Gesichta documentary \on volcanoes ein Dokumentarfilm über Vulkanehe needs some advice \on how to dress er braucht ein paar Tipps, wie er sich anziehen sollessays \on a wide range of issues Aufsätze zu einer Vielzahl von Themenhe commented \on the allegations er nahm Stellung zu den Vorwürfenhe advised her \on her taxes er beriet sie [o gab ihr Ratschläge] in Sachen SteuernI'll say more \on that subject later ich werde später mehr dazu sagenthey settled \on a price sie einigten sich auf einen Preisto congratulate sb \on sth jdn zu etw dat gratulierento frown \on sth etw missbilligento have something/anything \on sb etw gegen jdn in der Hand habendo the police have anything \on you? hat die Polizei etwas Belastendes gegen dich in der Hand?he reacted \on a hunch er reagierte auf ein Ahnung hinhe quit his job \on the principle that he did not want to work for an oil company er kündigte seine Stelle, weil er nicht für eine Ölgesellschaft arbeiten wolltethey cancelled all flights \on account of the bad weather sie sagten alle Flüge wegen des schlechten Wetters ab\on purpose mit Absicht, absichtlichdependent/reliant \on sb/sth abhängig von jdm/etwto be based \on sth auf etw dat basierento be based \on the ideas of freedom and equality auf den Ideen von Freiheit und Gleichheit basierento rely \on sb sich akk auf jdn verlassenhow many people are \on your staff? wie viele Mitarbeiter haben Sie?have you ever served \on a jury? warst du schon einmal Mitglied in einer Jury?whose side are you \on in this argument? auf welcher Seite stehst du in diesem Streit?a writer \on a women's magazine eine Autorin bei einer Frauenzeitschriftthe dog turned \on its own master der Hund ging auf seinen eigenes Herrchen losthe gangsters pulled a gun \on him die Gangster zielten mit der Pistole auf ihnthousands were marching \on Cologne Tausenden marschierten auf Köln zudon't be so hard \on him! sei nicht so streng mit ihm!criticism has no effect \on him Kritik kann ihm nichts anhabenhe didn't know it but the joke was \on him er wusste nicht, dass es ein Witz über ihn wartwo air raids \on Munich zwei Luftangriffe auf Münchenthey placed certain restrictions \on large companies großen Unternehmen wurden bestimmte Beschränkungen auferlegtthere is a new ban \on the drug die Droge wurde erneut verbotento place a limit \on sth etw begrenzento force one's will \on sb jdm seinen Willen aufzwingento cheat \on sb jdn betrügenhe's \on the phone er ist am Telefonshe weaved the cloth \on the loom sie webte das Tuch auf dem WebstuhlChris is \on drums Chris ist am Schlagzeugwe work \on flexitime wir arbeiten Gleitzeit\on the piano am KlavierI'd like to see that offer \on paper ich hätte dieses Angebot gerne schriftlichI saw myself \on film ich sah mich selbst im Filmwhat's \on TV tonight? was kommt heute Abend im Fernsehen?do you like the jazz \on radio? gefällt dir der Jazz im Radio?I heard the story \on the news today ich habe die Geschichte heute in den Nachrichten gehörta 10-part series \on Channel 3 eine zehnteilige Serie im 3. Programmto be available \on cassette auf Kassette erhältlich seinto store sth \on the computer etw im Computer speichernto put sth down \on paper etw aufschreiben [o BRD, ÖSTERR zu Papier bringen]to come out \on video als Video herauskommen\on the way to town auf dem Weg in die Stadt, mit + datI love travelling \on buses/trains ich fahre gerne mit Bussen/Zügenwe went to France \on the ferry wir fuhren mit der Fähre nach Frankreichhe got some sleep \on the plane er konnte im Flugzeug ein wenig schlafen\on foot/horseback zu Fuß/auf dem Pferdmany shops don't open \on Sundays viele Läden haben an Sonntagen geschlossenwhat are you doing \on Friday? was machst du am Freitag?we always go bowling \on Thursdays wir gehen donnerstags immer kegelnmy birthday's \on the 30th of May ich habe am 30. Mai Geburtstag\on a very hot evening in July an einem sehr heißen Abend im Juli\on Saturday morning/Wednesday evening am Samstagvormittag/Mittwochabend\on his brother's death beim Tod seines Bruders\on the count of three, start running! bei drei lauft ihr los!trains to London leave \on the hour every hour die Züge nach London fahren jeweils zur vollen Stundethe professor entered the room at 1:00 \on the minute der Professor betrat den Raum auf die Minute genau um 13.00 Uhr\on receiving her letter als ich ihren Brief erhielt\on arriving at the station bei der Ankunft im Bahnhof\on arrival/departure bei der Ankunft/Abreise\on the dot [auf die Sekunde] pünktlichto be finished \on schedule planmäßig fertig werdenwe were \on page 42 wir waren auf Seite 42he was out \on errands er machte ein paar Besorgungenwe made a big profit \on that deal wir haben bei diesem Geschäft gut verdient\on business geschäftlich, beruflichto work \on sth an etw dat arbeiten21. (regularly taking)▪ to be \on sth etw nehmenmy doctor put me \on antibiotics mein Arzt setzte mich auf Antibiotikahe lived \on berries and roots er lebte von Beeren und WurzelnRichard lives \on a diet of junk food Richard ernährt sich ausschließlich von Junkfoodto be \on drugs unter Drogen stehen, Drogen nehmento be \on medication Medikamente einnehmenshe wants it done \on the National Health Service sie möchte, dass die gesetzliche Krankenkasse die Kosten übernimmtthis meal is \on me das Essen bezahle ichthe drinks are \on me die Getränke gebe ich austo buy sth \on credit/hire purchase etw auf Kredit/Raten kaufen, von + datdoes this radio run \on batteries? läuft dieses Radio mit Batterien?I've only got £50 a week to live \on ich lebe von nur 50 Pfund pro Wochethey are living \on their savings sie leben von ihren Ersparnissento go \on the dole stempeln gehento live \on welfare von Sozialhilfe lebenI've wasted a lot of money \on this car ich habe für dieses Auto eine Menge Geld ausgegebenhow much interest are you paying \on the loan? wie viel Zinsen zahlst du für diesen Kredit?a few pence \on the electricity bill ein paar Pfennige mehr bei der Stromrechnungdogs should be kept \on their leads Hunde sollten an der Leine geführt werdento be \on the phone AUS, BRIT ans Telefonnetz angeschlossen sein, telefonisch erreichbar seinwe've just moved and we're not \on the phone yet wir sind gerade umgezogen und haben noch kein Telefon\on the agenda/list auf der Tagesordnung/Liste\on the whole im Ganzen, insgesamt\on the whole, it was a good year alles in allem war es ein gutes Jahrit's been \on my mind ich muss immer daran denkenshe had something \on her heart sie hatte etwas auf dem Herzenthat lie has been \on his conscience diese Lüge lastete auf seinem Gewissenthis is \on your shoulders das liegt in deiner Hand, die Verantwortung liegt bei dirthe future of the company is \on your shoulders du hast die Verantwortung für die Zukunft der Firma29. (experiencing)crime is \on the increase again die Verbrechen nehmen wieder zuI'll be away \on a training course ich mache demnächst einen Ausbildungslehrganghe's out \on a date with a woman er hat gerade eine Verabredung mit einer FrauI was \on a long journey ich habe eine lange Reise gemachtwe're going \on vacation in two weeks wir fahren in zwei Wochen in Urlaubto set sth \on fire etw anzündendid you know that she's got a new book \on the go? hast du gewusst, dass sie gerade ein neues Buch schreibt?to be \on strike streiken30. (compared with)I can't improve \on my final offer dieses Angebot ist mein letztes Wortsales are up \on last year der Umsatz ist höher als im letzten Jahrto have nothing [or not have anything] \on sth kein Vergleich mit etw dat seinmy new bike has nothing \on the one that was stolen mein neues Fahrrad ist bei Weitem nicht so gut wie das, das mir gestohlen wurde31. (by chance)▪ \on sb ohne jds Verschuldenshe was really worried when the phone went dead \on her sie machte sich richtig Sorgen, als das Telefon ausfiel, ohne dass sie etwas getan hattethe fire went out \on me das Feuer ist mir einfach ausgegangento chance \on sb jdn [zufällig] treffen, jdm [zufällig] begegnenthe government suffered defeat \on defeat die Regierung erlitt eine Niederlage nach der anderenwave \on wave of refugees has crossed the border immer neue Flüchtlingswellen strömten über die GrenzeClive's team is \on five points while Joan's is \on seven das Team von Clive hat fünf Punkte, das von Joan hat sieben34.▶ to be \on sth BRIT, AUS etw verdienen▶ \on the board in Planung▶ to have time \on one's hands noch genug Zeit haben1. (in contact with) aufmake sure the lid's \on properly pass auf, dass der Deckel richtig zu istthey sewed the man's ear back \on sie haben das Ohr des Mannes wieder angenähtto screw sth \on etw anschraubenI wish you wouldn't screw the lid \on so tightly schraube den Deckel bitte nicht immer so fest2. (on body) anput a jumper \on! zieh einen Pullover drüber!get your shoes \on! zieh dir die Schuhe an!to have/try sth \on etw anhaben/anprobierenwith nothing \on nackt3. (indicating continuance) weiterto get \on with sth mit etw dat weitermachento keep \on doing sth etw weitermachenif the phone's engaged, keep \on trying! wenn besetzt ist, probier es weiter!\on and \on immer weiterthe noise just went \on and \on der Lärm hörte gar nicht mehr aufhe talked \on and \on er redete pausenlos4. (in forward direction) vorwärtswould you pass it \on to Paul? würdest du es an Paul weitergeben?time's getting \on die Zeit vergehtfrom that day \on von diesem Tag anthey never spoke to each other from that day \on seit diesem Tag haben sie kein Wort mehr miteinander gewechseltlater \on späterwhat are you doing later \on? was hast du nachher vor?to urge sb \on jdn anspornenI'd never have managed this if my friend hadn't urged me \on ich hätte das nie geschafft, wenn mein Freund mich nicht dazu gedrängt hätte5. (being shown)▪ to be \on auf dem Programm stehenare there any good films \on at the cinema this week? laufen in dieser Woche irgendwelche guten Filme im Kino?what's \on at the festival? was ist für das Festival geplant?there's a good film \on this afternoon heute Nachmittag kommt ein guter Film6. (scheduled) geplantis the party still \on for tomorrow? ist die Party noch für morgen geplant?I've got nothing \on next week ich habe nächste Woche nichts vorI've got a lot \on this week ich habe mir für diese Woche eine Menge vorgenommen7. (functioning) anthe brakes are \on die Bremsen sind angezogenis the central heating \on? ist die Zentralheizung an?to put the kettle \on das Wasser aufsetzento leave the light \on das Licht anlassento switch/turn sth \on etw einschaltencould you switch \on the radio? könntest du das Radio anmachen?8. (aboard)the horse galloped off as soon as she was \on kaum war sie aufgesessen, da galoppierte das Pferd schon los9. (due to perform)you're \on! du bist dran!10.12.what are you \on about? wovon redest du denn nun schon wieder?he knows what he's \on about er weiß, wovon er redetI never understand what she's \on about ich verstehe nie, wovon sie es hat famshe's still \on at me to get my hair cut sie drängt mich dauernd, mir die Haare schneiden zu lassen▶ to be \on AM aufpassen▶ to hang \on warten▶ head \on frontal▶ \on and off, off and \on hin und wieder, ab und zuthe bike hit our car side \on das Rad prallte von der Seite auf unser Auto▶ this way \on AUS, BRIT auf diese Weise▶ to be well \on spät sein▶ to be well \on in years nicht mehr der Jüngste seinIII. adj inv, attrthis seems to be one of her \on days es scheint einer von ihren guten Tagen zu sein2. ELEC, TECH\on switch Einschalter m* * *[ɒn]1. PREPOSITIONWhen on is the second element in a phrasal verb, eg live on, lecture on, look up the verb. When it is part of a set combination, eg on the right, on request, on occasion, look up the other word.1) indicating place, position auf (+dat); (with vb of motion) auf (+acc); (on vertical surface, part of body) an (+dat); (with vb of motion) an (+acc)he hung it on the wall/nail — er hängte es an die Wand/den Nagel
a house on the coast/main road — ein Haus am Meer/an der Hauptstraße
he hit his head on the table/on the ground — er hat sich (dat) den Kopf am Tisch/auf dem or am Boden angeschlagen
on TV/the radio — im Fernsehen/Radio
held on computer — auf Computer (dat) gespeichert
2)= by means of, using
we went on the train/bus — wir fuhren mit dem Zug/Buson a bicycle — mit dem ( Fahr)rad
on foot/horseback — zu Fuß/Pferd
3) = about, concerning über (+acc)a book on German grammar we read Stalin on Marx — ein Buch über deutsche Grammatik wir lasen Stalins Ausführungen zu Marx
4) in expressions of time an (+dat)stars visible on clear nights — Sterne, die in klaren Nächten sichtbar sind
5)= earning, getting
I'm on £18,000 a year — ich bekomme £ 18.000 im Jahr6) = at the time of bei (+dat)on hearing this he left — als er das hörte, ging er
7) = as a result of auf... (acc) hin8) indicating membership in (+dat)he is on the committee/the board — er gehört dem Ausschuss/Vorstand an, er sitzt im Ausschuss/Vorstand
he is on the "Evening News" — er ist bei der "Evening News"
9)10)= at the expense of
this round is on me — diese Runde geht auf meine Kostenhave it on me — das spendiere ich (dir), ich gebe (dir) das aus
See:→ house11) = compared with im Vergleich zuprices are up on last year( 's) — im Vergleich zum letzten Jahr sind die Preise gestiegen
12)= taking
to be on drugs/the pill — Drogen/die Pille nehmen13)he made mistake on mistake — er machte einen Fehler nach dem anderen14)he played (it) on the violin/trumpet — er spielte (es) auf der Geige/Trompeteon drums/piano — am Schlagzeug/Klavier
Roland Kirk on tenor sax — Roland Kirk, Tenorsaxofon
15) = according to nach (+dat)on your theory — Ihrer Theorie nach or zufolge, nach Ihrer Theorie
2. ADVERB1)= in place, covering
he screwed the lid on — er schraubte den Deckel draufshe had nothing on —
2)put it this way on — stellen/legen Sie es so herum (darauf)3)move on! — gehen Sie weiter!, weitergehen!4)from now on — von jetzt anit was well on in the night — es war zu vorgerückter Stunde, es war spät in der Nacht
5)to keep on talking — immer weiterreden, in einem fort reden6)__diams; on and on they talked on and on — sie redeten und redeten, sie redeten unentwegtshe went on and on — sie hörte gar nicht mehr auf __diams; to be on at sb
he's always on at me — er hackt dauernd auf mir herum, er meckert dauernd an mir herum (inf)
he's always on at me to get my hair cut — er liegt mir dauernd in den Ohren, dass ich mir die Haare schneiden lassen soll
he's been on at me about that several times — er ist mir ein paar Mal damit gekommen (inf) __diams; to be on about sth
she's always on about her experiences in Italy — sie kommt dauernd mit ihren Italienerfahrungen (inf)
what's he on about? —
he knows what he's on about — er weiß, wovon er redet
3. ADJECTIVEthe "on" switch — der Einschalter
in the "on" position —
2) = in place lid, cover draufhis hat/tie was on crookedly — sein Hut saß/sein Schlips hing schief
his hat/coat was already on — er hatte den Hut schon auf/den Mantel schon an
3)= taking place
there's a tennis match on at the moment — ein Tennismatch ist gerade im Gangwhat's on in London? —
4)= being performed, performing
to be on (in theatre, cinema) — gegeben or gezeigt werden; (on TV, radio) gesendet or gezeigt werdenwho's on tonight? (Theat, Film) — wer spielt heute Abend?, wer tritt heute Abend auf?; (TV) wer kommt heute Abend (im Fernsehen)?
you're on now (Theat, Rad, TV) — Ihr Auftritt!, Sie sind (jetzt) dran (inf)
tell me when the English team is on — sagen Sie mir, wenn die englische Mannschaft dran ist or drankommt
5)you're on! —
are you on? ( inf = are you with us ) —,, machst du mit?
you're/he's not on ( Brit inf ) — das ist nicht drin (inf)
* * *on [ɒn; US auch ɑn]A präpthe scar on his face die Narbe in seinem Gesicht;a ring on one’s finger ein Ring am Finger;have you got a lighter on you? haben Sie ein Feuerzeug bei sich?;find sth on sb etwas bei jemandem finden4. (Richtung, Ziel) auf (akk) … (hin), an (akk), zu:a blow on the chin ein Schlag ans Kinn;drop sth on the floor etwas auf den Fußboden oder zu Boden fallen lassen;hang sth on a peg etwas an einen Haken hängen5. fig (auf der Grundlage von) auf (akk) … (hin):based on facts auf Tatsachen begründet;live on air von (der) Luft leben;this car runs on petrol dieser Wagen fährt mit Benzin;a scholar on a foundation ein Stipendiat (einer Stiftung);borrow on jewels sich auf Schmuck(stücke) Geld borgen;a duty on silk (ein) Zoll auf Seide;interest on one’s capital Zinsen auf sein Kapitalloss on loss Verlust auf oder über Verlust, ein Verlust nach dem andern;be on one’s second glass bei seinem zweiten Glas seinbe on a committee (the jury, the general staff) zu einem Ausschuss (zu den Geschworenen, zum Generalstab) gehören;be on the “Daily Mail” bei der „Daily Mail“ (beschäftigt) seinbe on sth etwas (ein Medikament etc) (ständig) nehmen;be on pills tablettenabhängig oder -süchtig seina joke on me ein Spaß auf meine Kosten;shut (open) the door on sb jemandem die Tür verschließen (öffnen);the strain tells severely on him die Anstrengung nimmt ihn sichtlich mit;a) jemandem nichts voraus haben,b) jemandem nichts anhaben können;have sth on sb umg eine Handhabe gegen jemanden haben, etwas Belastendes über jemanden wissenan agreement (a lecture, an opinion) on sth;on Sunday, on the 1st of April, on April 1st;on or after April 1st ab oder mit Wirkung vom 1. April;on or before April 1st bis zum oder bis spätestens am 1. April;on being asked als ich etc (danach) gefragt wurde12. nachdem:on leaving school, he … nachdem er die Schule verlassen hatte, …13. gegenüber, im Vergleich zu:losses were £100,000 down on the previous yearB adva) an…:b) auf…:keep one’s hat on3. (a in Zusammensetzungen mit Verben) weiter(…):and so on und so weiter;on and on immer weiter;a) ab und zu,b) ab und an, mit Unterbrechungen;from that day on von dem Tage an;on with the show! weiter im Programm!;C adj präd1. be ona) im Gange sein (Spiel etc), vor sich gehen:what’s on? was ist los?;what’s on in London? was ist in London los?, was tut sich in London?;have you anything on tomorrow? haben Sie morgen etwas vor?;that’s not on! das ist nicht drin! umgb) an sein umg (Licht, Radio, Wasser etc), an-, eingeschaltet sein, laufen, auf sein umg (Hahn):on - off TECH An - Aus;the light is on das Licht brennt oder ist an(geschaltet);the brakes are on die Bremsen sind angezogen;the race is on SPORT das Rennen ist gestartet;you are on! abgemacht!d) d(a)ran (an der Reihe) seine) (mit) dabei sein, mitmachenbe well on ganz schön blau seinabout wegen)* * *1.[ɒn]prepositionput something on the table — etwas auf den Tisch legen od. stellen
have something on one — etwas bei sich (Dat.) haben
on the bus/train — im Bus/Zug; (by bus/train) mit dem Bus/Zug
be on the board/committee — im Vorstand/Ausschuss sein
2) (with basis, motive, etc. of)on the assumption/hypothesis that... — angenommen,...
3) in expressions of time an [einem Abend, Tag usw.]on [his] arrival — bei seiner Ankunft
on entering the room... — beim Betreten des Zimmers...
on time or schedule — pünktlich
4) expr. state etcthe drinks are on me — (coll.) die Getränke gehen auf mich
be on £20,000 a year — 20 000 Pfund im Jahr kriegen od. haben
5) (concerning, about) über (+ Akk.)2. adverb1)with/without a hat/coat on — mit/ohne Hut/Mantel
boil something with/without the lid on — etwas in geschlossenem/offenem Topf kochen
the light/radio etc. is on — das Licht/Radio usw. ist an
4) (arranged)what's on at the cinema? — was gibt es od. was läuft im Kino?
6) (on duty)come/be on — seinen Dienst antreten/Dienst haben
7)something is on (feasible) /not on — etwas ist möglich/ausgeschlossen
you're on! — (coll.): (I agree) abgemacht!; (making bet) die Wette gilt!
be on about somebody/something — (coll.) [dauernd] über jemanden/etwas sprechen
what is he on about? — was will er [sagen]?
be on at/keep on and on at somebody — (coll.) jemandem in den Ohren/dauernd in den Ohren liegen (ugs.)
on to, onto — auf (+ Akk.)
be on to something — (have discovered something) etwas ausfindig gemacht haben. See also right 4. 4)
* * *adj.eingeschaltet adj.in adj. prep.an präp.auf präp.bei präp.über präp. -
19 τίθημι
τίθημι (Hom.+) and its by-form τιθέω (Hv 1, 1, 3 and 2, 1, 2 as historical present; B-D-F §321; s. Rob. 318); impf. 3 sg. ἐτίθει, 3 pl. ἐτίθεσαν Mk 6:56 and ἐτίθουν as v.l.; Ac 3:2; 4:35; Hv 3, 2, 7 (B-D-F §94, 1; Mlt-H. 202); fut. θήσω; 1 aor. ἔθηκα (B-D-F §95, 1; Rob. 308; 310); 2 aor. subj. θῶ, impv. 2 pl. θέτε, inf. θεῖναι, ptc. θείς; pf. τέθεικα.; plpf. ἐτεθείκει (Just., D. 78, 5). Mid.: fut. θήσομαι; 2 aor. ἐθέμην. Pass.: fut. 3 pl. τεθήσονται Jer 13:16; 1 aor. ἐτέθην; pf. τέθειμαι, ptc. τεθειμένος (Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 130, 18 p. 401, 3 Jac.) J 19:41; Hs 9, 15, 4 (on the pf. s. B-D-F §97, 2). The middle is gener. not different in mng. fr. the act. (B-D-F §316, 1; s. Rob. 804f). The semantic boundaries of this multivalent verb are quite flexible.① to put or place in a particular location, lay, putⓐ act. and pass.: gener.α. w. acc. lay (away), set up, put (away) ποῦ τεθείκατε αὐτόν; where have you laid him? J 11:34 (as early as Hom. τιθέναι has the special sense lay away, bury); cp. Mk 16:6; J 19:42; 20:2, 13, 15. Pass. (ApcMos 42 ποῦ μέλλοι τεθῆναι τὸ σῶμα αὐτῆς) Mk 15:47; Lk 23:55. ὅπου ἦν τεθείς GPt 12:51. λίθον Ro 9:33 (Is 28:16 ἐμβαλῶ); 1 Pt 2:6; pass. B 6:2. θεμέλιον lay a foundation Lk 14:29; 1 Cor 3:10f (in imagery).—Of stones ἐξώτεροι ἐτέθησαν they were placed on the outside Hs 9, 8, 3; 5a (cp. c); 7. ἐν ἰσχύι τέθεικεν τὴν σάρκα αὐτοῦ κύριος the Lord (God) has set his (Christ’s) flesh in strength B 6:3a; cp. b (Is 50:7).β. w. the acc., oft. supplied fr. the context, and a prepositional expr. closely related to the verb (Herodas 4, 34 τιθέναι εἰς τοὺς λίθους ζοήν [ sic]) εἰς κρύπτην put someth. in a cellar Lk 11:33. εἰς μνημεῖον lay in a tomb Ac 13:29; cp. Rv 11:9. Of stones τιθ. εἰς τ. οἰκοδομήν put into the building Hv 3, 2, 7. Pass. Hs 9, 4, 5; 9, 6, 8; cp. 9, 5, 4. Opp. ἐκ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς ἐτέθησαν they were put out of the building 9, 8, 1. ἔμπροσθέν τινος GPt 4:12. ἔν τινι (Gen 50:26; Jos., Ant. 14, 124; TestJob 20:9): ἐν μνημείῳ Mt 27:60; cp. Mk 6:29; 15:46; Lk 23:53; Ac 7:16. Pass. J 19:41.—Mk 6:56; Ac 9:37. ἐνώπιόν τινος (1 Km 10:25) Lk 5:18. ἐπί τινος (X., Cyr. 8, 8, 16; Ezk 40:2; JosAs 3:11; Jos., Ant. 6, 15) 8:16b; J 19:19; Ac 5:15; Rv 10:2; GPt 3:8; 6:21; 12:53. ἐπί τινι 8:32. ἐπί τι (Ps 20:4; 1 Km 6:8; TestAbr B 5 p. 109, 18 [Stone p. 66]; JosAs 16:11; ParJer 9:32; Mel., P. 14, 90) Mk 4:21b; Lk 6:48 (θεμέλιον; s. α above); 2 Cor 3:13. Esp. τὰς χεῖρας ἐπί τι or ἐπί τινα (cp. Ps 138:5) Mk 8:25 v.l.; 10:16: τὴν δεξιάν Rv 1:17. θήσω τὸ πνεῦμά μου ἐπʼ αὐτόν Mt 12:18 (=ἔδωκα Is 42:1; τ. τὸ πνεῦμα as Is 63:11). παρά τι (Plut., Mor. 176e; 3 Km 13:31) Ac 4:35, 37 v.l.; 5:2. πρός τι (JosAs 8:4 πρὸς τὸ στῆθος) 3:2; 4:37. ὑπό τι Mt 5:15; Mk 4:21; cp. 1 Cor 15:25 (s. 5aα). ὑποκάτω τινός (Jer 45:12) Lk 8:16a.—Mt 22:44 (Ps 109:1); Mk 12:36.ⓑ special expressionsα. act. explain in what figure of speech can we present (the Reign of God)? (i.e., how shall I put it?) Mk 4:30.β. act. take off, give up in Joh. lit. take off, remove τὰ ἱμάτια (Hdt 1, 10, 1 τ. τὰ εἵματα; cp. Herodas 5, 62; Plut., Alc. 195 [8, 2]; Jos., Bell. 1, 390 τ. τὸ διάδημα and s. ἱμάτιον 3) J 13:4. τὴν (ἑαυτοῦ) ψυχήν lay down or give (up) one’s life 10:11 and 15 (both v.l. δίδωμι), 17, 18ab (ApcSed 1:5 τὴν ψυχὴν θῇ ὑπὲρ τῶν φίλων; EFascher, Z. Auslegg. v. J 10:17, 18: Deutsche Theol. ’41, 37–66); 13:37f; 15:13; 1 J 3:16ab (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 68 §289 δεξιάς; SibOr 5, 157 τ. simply=δίδωμι).γ. act. show deference to τιθέναι τὰ γόνατα (σοι γόνυ τίθημι γαίᾳ Eur., Troad. 1307; also in Lat.: genua ponere Ovid, Fasti 2, 438; Curt. 8, 7, 13; B-D-F §5, 3b) bend the knee, kneel down Mk 15:19; Lk 22:41; Ac 7:60; 9:40; 20:36; 21:5; Hv 1, 1, 3; 2, 1, 2.δ. act. place before someone, serve (X., Mem. 3, 14, 1; JosAs 15:14 τράπεζαν καὶ ἄρτον Just., A I, 66, 4) οἶνον J 2:10 (Bel 11 Theod. οἶνον θές).ε. act. and mid. have (in mind) θέτε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις w. inf. foll. make up (your) minds Lk 21:14. Mid. ἔθεντο ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῶν they kept in mind (the obj. acc. is supplied by the immediate context) Lk 1:66 (1 Km 21:13). The same expr.= come to think of someth., contrive someth. in one’s mind 21:14 v.l.; Ac 5:4. Likew. ἔθετο ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῷ πνεύματι w. inf. foll. Paul resolved 19:21. θέσθε εἰς τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν τοὺς λόγους τούτους Lk 9:44.ζ. act. and mid. effect someth., arrange for someth. τ. ἐπί τινος foll. by the acc. and inf. ordain by means of someone that … B 13:6.—τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ὑποκριτῶν θήσει (μέρος 2) Mt 24:51; cp. Lk 12:46. Mid. w. acc. (GrBar 2:1 [of God]; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 106 §442 εὐχὰς τίθεσθαι=offer prayers) βουλήν reach a decision (βουλή 2a) Ac 27:12.η. mid. put (in custody) τίθεσθαί τινα ἐν τηρήσει Ac 5:18; ἐν (τῇ) φυλακῇ (Gen 41:10; 42:17) Mt 14:3 v.l.; Ac 5:25; εἰς φυλακήν (PPetr II, 5a, 3 [III B.C.]) 12:4; εἰς τήρησιν (w. the acc. easily supplied) 4:3. ἐν σωτηρίῳ place in safety, cause to share salvation (w. acc. to be supplied) 1 Cl 15:6 (Ps 11:6).θ. act. provide (an example) ὑπόδειγμά τινος τιθ. set up an example of someth. 2 Pt 2:6 (cp. Jos., Ant. 17, 313 παράδειγμα τῆς ἀρετῆς τιθέναι). Those persons are added, in the dat., to whose advantage or disadvantage the example is given: τιθέναι πρόσκομμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ Ro 14:13 (πρόσκομμα 2b). σκοπὸν τοῖς νέοις θήσομεν 2 Cl 19:1.② act. to lay aside/deposit (money), put aside, store up, deposit a t.t. term of commercial life (Demosth. 52, 3 ἀργύριον al.; Hyperid. 5, 4; Theocr., Epigr. 14, 2; Plut., Mor. 829b; pap) opp. αἴρειν you withdraw what you did not deposit Lk 19:21; cp. vs. 22. ἕκαστος παρʼ ἑαυτῷ τιθέτω each one is to put aside at home 1 Cor 16:2.③ to assign to some task or function, appoint, assignⓐ τιθέναι τινὰ εἴς τι place/appoint someone to or for ( to function as) someth. (for the construction cp. Ael. Aristid. 53 p. 636 D.: τοὺς οὐκ ὄντας νόμους εἰς νόμους τ.) τέθεικά σε εἰς φῶς ἐθνῶν Ac 13:47 (Is 49:6); pass.: εἰς ὸ̔ ἐτέθην ἐγὼ κῆρυξ 1 Ti 2:7; 2 Ti 1:11. Also τιθ. τινὰ ἵνα appoint someone to … J 15:16.ⓑ mid. τίθεσθαι τινὰ εἴς τι appoint someone to or for someth. Dg 6:10. W. acc. easily supplied 1 Ti 1:12.ⓐ establish, give, of a law (τιθέναι νόμον since Soph., El. 580; IAndrosIsis, Kyme 4; the mid. τίθεσθαι νόμον since Hdt. 1, 29. Both oft. in Pla.; likew. Diod S 5, 83, 5, where the act. as well as the mid. is used of law. The act. also EpArist 15; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 316, Ant. 16, 1; Ath. 34, 2. The mid. also Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 55 §228; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 269; 2, 273; Ar. 13, 7) only in the pass. (as Pla., Leg.; 4, 705d al.; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 184; Just., D. 11, 2; Ath. 33, 1) ὁ νόμος ἐτέθη Gal 3:19 D.ⓑ mid. w. acc. fix, establish, set καιροὺς οὓς ὁ πατὴρ ἔθετο times which the Father has fixed Ac 1:7. θέμενος ἐν ἡμῖν τὸν λόγον τῆς καταλλαγῆς as he established among us the word of reconciliation (=entrusted to us … ; cp. Ps 104:27 ἔθετο ἐν αὐτοῖς τ. λόγους) 2 Cor 5:19. ὁ θεὸς ἔθετο τὰ μέλη God has arranged the parts of the body 1 Cor 12:18.⑤ to cause to undergo a change in experience/condition, make, consignⓐ act. or pass., either w. a double acc. of the obj. and of the pred. (Hom.+; X., Cyr. 4, 6, 3; Lucian, Dial. Marin. 14, 2; Aelian, VH13, 6; Lev 26:31; Is 5:20; Wsd 10:21; Jos., Ant. 11, 39) or in the form τιθέναι τινὰ εἴ τι (cp. 3a).α. make someone ὸ̔ν ἔθηκεν κληρονόμον πάντων Hb 1:2. πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν τέθεικά σε Ro 4:17 (Gen 17:5). ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet (Ps 109:1): Mt 22:44 v.l.; Lk 20:43; Ac 2:35; Hb 1:13; the same quotation introduced with ἄχρι οὗ θῇ 1 Cor 15:25; pass. Hb 10:13 (on this expr. cp. Plut., Mor. 1097c [HAlmqvist, Pl. u. das NT ’46, 104]). Consign, act. εἰ κόλασιν 1 Cl 11:1; pass. of those who refuse to believe the word εἰ ὸ̔ καὶ ἐτέθησαν 1 Pt 2:8; of Paul’s obligation to accept his destiny at Rome εἰς τοῦτο γὰρ ἐτέθην AcPl Ha 7, 15. Cp. 3a.β. make someth. (Mimnermus 1, 10 D.2 cause someth. to become someth. [adj.]: ‘God has made old age vexatious’) ἀδάπανον θήσω τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 Cor 9:18.ⓑ mid. w. a double acc. make someone someth. (Appian., Illyr. 13 §37 φίλον τίθεσθαί τινα; schol. on Pind., O. 1, 58b; 2 Macc 5:21; Ath. 12, 2. S. also Tyrtaeus [VII B.C.] 8, 5 D.3 of the man who is called upon to hate his own life [in battle]: ἀνὴρ ἐχθρὴν ψυχὴν θέμενος) Ac 20:28 (CClaereboets, Biblica 24, ’43, 370–87); 1 Cor 12:28. τίθεσθαι τινὰ εἲ τι consign someone to someth. ὀργήν 1 Th 5:9.—B. 832. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. -
20 to
1. tə,tu preposition1) (towards; in the direction of: I cycled to the station; The book fell to the floor; I went to the concert/lecture/play.) a, hacia2) (as far as: His story is a lie from beginning to end.) a, hasta3) (until: Did you stay to the end of the concert?) hasta4) (sometimes used to introduce the indirect object of a verb: He sent it to us; You're the only person I can talk to.) con, a5) (used in expressing various relations: Listen to me!; Did you reply to his letter?; Where's the key to this door?; He sang to (the accompaniment of) his guitar.) a, para6) (into a particular state or condition: She tore the letter to pieces.) en7) (used in expressing comparison or proportion: He's junior to me; Your skill is superior to mine; We won the match by 5 goals to 2.) a8) (showing the purpose or result of an action etc: He came quickly to my assistance; To my horror, he took a gun out of his pocket.) en; para9) (tə used before an infinitive eg after various verbs and adjectives, or in other constructions: I want to go!; He asked me to come; He worked hard to (= in order to) earn a lot of money; These buildings were designed to (= so as to) resist earthquakes; She opened her eyes to find him standing beside her; I arrived too late to see him.) para10) (used instead of a complete infinitive: He asked her to stay but she didn't want to.) (hacerlo)
2. tu: adverb1) (into a closed or almost closed position: He pulled/pushed the door to.) hasta cerrar2) (used in phrasal verbs and compounds: He came to (= regained consciousness).) a•to prep1. a2. a / hastashe works from nine to five trabaja de nueve a cinco / trabaja desde las nueve hasta las cinco3. menos4. paratotr[tʊ, ʊnstressed tə]1 (with place) a■ did you go to the bank? ¿fuiste al banco?■ A is to the north/south/east/west of B A está al norte/sur/este/oeste de B2 (towards) hacia3 (as far as, until) a, hasta■ I like all music, from Abba to ZZTop me gusta toda la música, desde Abba hasta ZZTop4 (of time) menos6 (for) de■ what's the answer to question 4? ¿cuál es la respuesta a la pregunta número 4?7 (attitude, behaviour) con, para con8 (in honour of) a9 (touching) a, contra10 (accompanied by) acompañado,-a de11 (causing something) para■ to my surprise, it was empty para mi sorpresa, estaba vacío12 (as seen by) por lo que respecta■ to a foreigner, it must seem awful para un extranjero, debe parecer terrible■ to some people he was a hero, to others a traitor para algunos era un héroe, para otros era un traidor14 (ratio) a15 (per, equivalent) a, en■ how much does your car do to the gallon? ≈ ¿cuánto gasta tu coche a los cien kilómetros?16 (according to) según■ is it to your taste? ¿es de su agrado?17 (result) a18 (in order to) para, a fin de■ would you like to dance? --I'd love to ¿te gustaría bailar? --me encantaría■ she didn't want to go, but she had to no quería ir, pero no le quedaba más remedio1 (of door) ajustada\SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALLto and fro vaivén, ir y venir Table 1SMALLNOTA/SMALL Cuando se usa con la raíz del verbo para formar el infinitivo no se traduce/Table 1 ■ I want to help you quiero ayudarteto ['tu:] adv1) : a un estado conscienteto come to: volver en sí2)to and fro : de aquí para allá, de un lado para otroto prepto go to the doctor: ir al médicoI'm going to John's: voy a la casa de John2) toward: a, haciatwo miles to the south: dos millas hacia el sur3) on: en, sobreapply salve to the wound: póngale ungüento a la herida4) up to: hasta, ato a degree: hasta cierto gradofrom head to toe: de pies a cabezait's quarter to seven: son las siete menos cuarto6) until: a, hastafrom May to December: de mayo a diciembrethe key to the lock: la llave del candadodancing to the rhythm: bailando al compásit's similar to mine: es parecido al míothey won 4 to 2: ganaron 4 a 2made to order: hecho a la ordento my knowledge: a mi sabertwenty to the box: veinte por cajato understand: entenderto go away: irse
I tuː, weak form tə1)a) ( indicating destination) awe went to John's — fuimos a casa de John, fuimos a lo de John (RPl), fuimos donde John (esp AmL)
you can wear it to a party/the wedding — puedes ponértelo para una fiesta/la boda
b) ( indicating direction) haciac) ( indicating position) ato the left/right of something — a la izquierda/derecha de algo
2) (against, onto)3)a) ( as far as) hastab) ( until) hastac) ( indicating range)there will be 30 to 35 guests — habrá entre 30 y 35 invitados; see also from 4)
4)a) ( showing indirect object)who did you send/give it to? — ¿a quién se lo mandaste/diste?
what did you say to him/them? — ¿qué le/les dijiste?
I'll hand you over to Jane — te paso or (Esp tb) te pongo con Jane
I was singing/talking to myself — estaba cantando/hablando solo
to me, he will always be a hero — para mí, siempre será un héroe
he was very kind/rude to me — fue muy amable/grosero conmigo
b) (in toasts, dedications)to Paul with love from Jane — para Paul, con cariño de Jane
5) (indicating proportion, relation)how many ounces are there to the pound? — ¿cuántas onzas hay en una libra?
it does 30 miles to the gallon — da or rinde 30 millas por galón, consume 6.75 litros a los or por cada cien kilómetros
there's a 10 to 1 chance of... — hay una probabilidad de uno en 10 de...
that's nothing to what followed — eso no es nada comparado or en comparación con lo que vino después
6) ( concerning)what do you say to that? — ¿qué dices a eso?, ¿qué te parece (eso)?
there's nothing to it — es muy simple or sencillo
7)a) ( in accordance with)b) ( producing)to my horror/delight... — para mi horror/alegría...
c) ( indicating purpose)8) ( indicating belonging) dethe solution to the problem — la solución al or del problema
it has a nice ring/sound to it — suena bien
9) ( telling time) (BrE)ten to three — las tres menos diez, diez para las tres (AmL exc RPl)
10) ( accompanied by)they sang it to the tune of `Clementine' — lo cantaron con la melodía de `Clementine'
II tə1)a)to sing/fear/leave — cantar/temer/partir
b) ( in order to) parac) ( indicating result)he awoke to find her gone — cuando despertó, ella ya se había ido
I walked 5 miles only to be told they weren't home — caminé 5 millas para que me dijeran que no estaban en casa
d) ( without vb)2) (after adj or n)it's easy/difficult to do — es fácil/difícil de hacer
III tuː [tʊ, tuː, tǝ]1. PREPOSITIONWhen to is the second element in a phrasal verb, eg set to, heave to, look up the phrasal verb. When to is part of a set combination, eg nice to, to my mind, to all appearances, appeal to, look up the other word.1) (destination) aNote: a + el = al
it's 90 kilometres to Lima — de aquí a Lima hay 90 kilómetros, hay 90 kilómetros a Lima
to go to Paris/Spain — ir a París/España
to go to school/university — ir al colegio/a la Universidad
I liked the exhibition, I went to it twice — me gustó la exposición, fui a verla dos veces
we're going to John's/my parents' for Christmas — vamos a casa de John/mis padres por Navidad
•
have you ever been to India? — ¿has estado alguna vez en la India?•
flights to Heathrow — vuelos a or con destino a Heathrowchurch 1., 2)•
the road to Edinburgh — la carretera de Edimburgo2) (=towards) haciamove it to the left/right — muévelo hacia la izquierda/derecha
3) (=as far as) hastafrom here to London — de aquí a or hasta Londres
4) (=up to) hastato some extent — hasta cierto punto, en cierta medida
•
to this day I still don't know what he meant — aún hoy no sé lo que quiso decir•
from Monday to Friday — de lunes a viernesfrom morning to night — de la mañana a la noche, desde la mañana hasta la noche
decimal 1.•
funds to the value of... — fondos por valor de...5) (=located at) a6) (=against) contrait's a quarter to three — son las tres menos cuarto, es or (LAm) falta un cuarto para las tres
the man I sold it to or frm to whom I sold it — el hombre a quien se lo vendí
it belongs to me — me pertenece (a mí), es mío
what is that to me? — ¿y a mí qué me importa eso?
"that's strange," I said to myself — -es raro -me dije para mis adentros
9) (in dedications, greetings)greetings to all our friends! — ¡saludos a todos los amigos!
welcome to you all! — ¡bienvenidos todos!
"to P.R. Lilly" — (in book) "para P.R. Lilly"
here's to you! — ¡va por ti!, ¡por ti!
a monument to the fallen — un monumento a los caídos, un monumento en honor a los caídos
10) (in ratios, proportions) porthe odds against it happening are a million to one — las probabilidades de que eso ocurra son una entre un millón
three to the fourth, three to the power of four — (Math) tres a la cuarta potencia
11) (in comparisons) a12) (=about, concerning)what do you say to that? — ¿qué te parece (eso)?
what would you say to a beer? — ¿te parece que tomemos una cerveza?
"to repairing pipes:..." — (on bill) "reparación de las cañerías:..."
13) (=according to) segúnto my way of thinking — a mi modo de ver, según mi modo de pensar
14) (=to the accompaniment of)it is sung to the tune of "Tipperary" — se canta con la melodía de "Tipperary"
15) (=of, for) de16) (with gerund/noun)•
to look forward to doing sth — tener muchas ganas de hacer algo•
to prefer painting to drawing — preferir pintar a dibujar•
to be used to (doing) sth — estar acostumbrado a (hacer) algo•
to this end — a or con este fin•
to my enormous shame I did nothing — para gran vergüenza mía, no hice nada•
to my great surprise — con gran sorpresa por mi parte, para gran sorpresa mía2. INFINITIVE PARTICLE1) (infinitive)a)A preposition may be required with the Spanish infinitive, depending on what precedes it: look up the verb.•
she refused to listen — se negó a escuchar•
to start to cry — empezar or ponerse a llorar•
to try to do sth — tratar de hacer algo, intentar hacer algo•
to want to do sth — querer hacer algo•
I'd advise you to think this over — te aconsejaría que te pensaras bien esto•
he'd like me to give up work — le gustaría que dejase de trabajar•
we'd prefer him to go to university — preferiríamos que fuese a la universidad•
I want you to do it — quiero que lo hagasc)there was no one for me to ask, there wasn't anyone for me to ask — no había nadie a quien yo pudiese preguntar
he's not the sort or type to do that — no es de los que hacen eso
•
that book is still to be written — ese libro está todavía por escribir•
now is the time to do it — ahora es el momento de hacerlo•
and who is he to criticize? — ¿y quién es él para criticar?3) (purpose, result) paraThe particle to is not translated when it stands for the infinitive:it disappeared, never to be seen again — desapareció para siempre
we didn't want to sell it but we had to — no queríamos venderlo pero tuvimos que hacerlo or no hubo más remedio
"would you like to come to dinner?" - "I'd love to!" — -¿te gustaría venir a cenar? -¡me encantaría!
For combinations like difficult/easy/foolish/ ready/ slow to etc, look up the adjective.you may not want to do it but you ought to for the sake of your education — tal vez no quieres hacerlo pero deberías en aras de tu educación
the first/last to go — el primero/último en irse
See:EASY, DIFFICULT, IMPOSSIBLE in easyand then to be let down like that! — ¡y para que luego te decepcionen así!
and to think he didn't mean a word of it! — ¡y pensar que nada de lo que dijo era de verdad!
7)to see him now one would never think that... — al verlo or viéndolo ahora nadie creería que...
3.ADVERBto pull the door to — tirar de la puerta para cerrarla, cerrar la puerta tirando
to push the door to — empujar la puerta para cerrarla, cerrar la puerta empujando
* * *
I [tuː], weak form [tə]1)a) ( indicating destination) awe went to John's — fuimos a casa de John, fuimos a lo de John (RPl), fuimos donde John (esp AmL)
you can wear it to a party/the wedding — puedes ponértelo para una fiesta/la boda
b) ( indicating direction) haciac) ( indicating position) ato the left/right of something — a la izquierda/derecha de algo
2) (against, onto)3)a) ( as far as) hastab) ( until) hastac) ( indicating range)there will be 30 to 35 guests — habrá entre 30 y 35 invitados; see also from 4)
4)a) ( showing indirect object)who did you send/give it to? — ¿a quién se lo mandaste/diste?
what did you say to him/them? — ¿qué le/les dijiste?
I'll hand you over to Jane — te paso or (Esp tb) te pongo con Jane
I was singing/talking to myself — estaba cantando/hablando solo
to me, he will always be a hero — para mí, siempre será un héroe
he was very kind/rude to me — fue muy amable/grosero conmigo
b) (in toasts, dedications)to Paul with love from Jane — para Paul, con cariño de Jane
5) (indicating proportion, relation)how many ounces are there to the pound? — ¿cuántas onzas hay en una libra?
it does 30 miles to the gallon — da or rinde 30 millas por galón, consume 6.75 litros a los or por cada cien kilómetros
there's a 10 to 1 chance of... — hay una probabilidad de uno en 10 de...
that's nothing to what followed — eso no es nada comparado or en comparación con lo que vino después
6) ( concerning)what do you say to that? — ¿qué dices a eso?, ¿qué te parece (eso)?
there's nothing to it — es muy simple or sencillo
7)a) ( in accordance with)b) ( producing)to my horror/delight... — para mi horror/alegría...
c) ( indicating purpose)8) ( indicating belonging) dethe solution to the problem — la solución al or del problema
it has a nice ring/sound to it — suena bien
9) ( telling time) (BrE)ten to three — las tres menos diez, diez para las tres (AmL exc RPl)
10) ( accompanied by)they sang it to the tune of `Clementine' — lo cantaron con la melodía de `Clementine'
II [tə]1)a)to sing/fear/leave — cantar/temer/partir
b) ( in order to) parac) ( indicating result)he awoke to find her gone — cuando despertó, ella ya se había ido
I walked 5 miles only to be told they weren't home — caminé 5 millas para que me dijeran que no estaban en casa
d) ( without vb)2) (after adj or n)it's easy/difficult to do — es fácil/difícil de hacer
III [tuː]
- 1
- 2
См. также в других словарях:
Paul King (New Zealand) — Paul King is a New Zealand political candidate. In the 1999 elections and the 2002 elections, he stood as a candidate for ACT New Zealand, being ranked 37th and 11th, respectively. He also stood in the Banks Peninsula electorate on both occasions … Wikipedia
Paul Oakenfold — Oakenfold in 2009. Background information Birth name Paul Mark Oakenfold Also known as … Wikipedia
Paul I of Russia — Paul I Emperor and Autocrat of All the Russias Reign 17 November 1796 – 23 March 1801 ( 100000000000000040000004 years, 10000000000000126000000126 days) … Wikipedia
Paul R. Pillar — is a 28 year veteran of the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) and a visiting professor at Georgetown University for security studies and as a member of the Center for Peace and Security Studies. [ [http://explore.georgetown.edu/people/prp8/?action… … Wikipedia
Paul Ryan and Meg Snyder — are fictional characters and a popular couple on the American soap opera As the World Turns. Paul is currently played by Roger Howarth (July 7, 2003 Present) and Meg is currently played by Marie Wilson (June 16, 2005 Present). The couple has been … Wikipedia
Paul Dirac — Paul Adrien Maurice Dirac Born Paul Adrien Maurice Dirac 8 August 1902(1902 08 08) Bristol, England … Wikipedia
Paul von Hindenburg — 2nd President of Germany 2nd President of the German Reich In office 12 May 1925 – 2 August 1934 Chancellor … Wikipedia
Paul Hackett — Paul Lewis Hackett III (born March 30, 1962) is a lawyer and veteran of the Iraq War who unsuccessfully sought election to the United States Congress from the Second District of Ohio ( [http://nationalatlas.gov/printable/images/pdf/congdist/OH02… … Wikipedia
Paul Tudor Jones — II (born September 28, 1954, Memphis, Tennessee) is a well known commodity trader. Having made $750 million in 2006, he is worth an estimated $2.5 billion, and was ranked by Forbes in March 2007 as the 369th richest person in the world.cite web | … Wikipedia
Paul Schneider (pastor) — Paul Schneider (August 29, 1897 – July 18, 1939) was a German Reformed Church pastor who was the first Protestant minister to be martyred by the Nazis. He was executed at Buchenwald. Early lifePaul Robert Schneider was born in Pferdsfeld, Germany … Wikipedia
Paul Edwin Zimmer — (16 October 1943 18 October 1997), the brother of science fiction and fantasy author Marion Zimmer Bradley, was a noted poet and an established author in his own right. He was also an accomplished swordsman who studied both eastern and western… … Wikipedia